This is a modern-English version of Making Money, originally written by Johnson, Owen.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

MAKING MONEY
MAKING MONEY
BY
OWEN JOHNSON
AUTHOR OF "THE SALAMANDER," "STOVER AT YALE,"
AUTHOR OF "THE SALAMANDER," "STOVER AT YALE,"
"THE SIXTY-FIRST SECOND," ETC.
"THE 61st SECOND," ETC.
WITH EIGHT ILLUSTRATIONS BY
JAMES MONTGOMERY FLAGG

NEW YORK
FREDERICK A. STOKES COMPANY
PUBLISHERS
Copyright, 1915, by
Copyright, 1915, by
Frederick A. Stokes Company
Frederick A. Stokes Company
CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATIONS
CHAPTER I
THE ARRIVAL
Toward the close of a pleasant September afternoon, in one of the years when the big stick of President Roosevelt was cudgeling the shoulders of malefactors of great wealth, the feverish home-bound masses which poured into upper Fifth Avenue with the awakening of the electric night were greeted by the strangest of all spectacles which can astound a metropolitan crowd harassed by the din of sounds, the fret and fury of the daily struggle which is the tyranny of New York. A very young man, of clean-cut limbs and boyish countenance, absolutely unhurried amidst the press, without a trace of preoccupation, worry, or painful mental concentration, was swinging easily up the Avenue as though he were striding among green fields, head up, shoulders squared like a grenadier, without a care in the world, so visibly delighted at the novelty of gay crowds, of towering buildings decked in electric garlands, of theatric shop-windows, that more than one perceiving this open enthusiasm smiled with a tolerant amusement.
Toward the end of a pleasant September afternoon, during one of the years when President Roosevelt's big stick was cracking down on wealthy wrongdoers, the restless crowds heading home into upper Fifth Avenue as night fell were met with the most unusual sight to astonish a city crowd worn down by noise and the daily grind of New York. A very young man, with a fit build and a youthful face, completely at ease among the throng, with no sign of worry or deep thoughts, was leisurely strolling up the Avenue as if he were walking through green fields, head held high, shoulders square like a soldier, completely carefree, and so visibly excited by the lively crowds, the towering buildings adorned with electric lights, and the flashy shop windows that several onlookers couldn't help but smile with tolerant amusement.
Now when a young man appears thus on Fifth Avenue, undriven, without preoccupation, without a contraction of the brows and particularly without that[Pg 2] strained metropolitan gaze of trying to decide something of importance, either he is on his way to the station with a coveted vacation ahead or he has been in the city less than twenty-four hours. In the present instance the latter hypothesis was true.
Now, when a young man shows up like this on Fifth Avenue, unhurried, carefree, not frowning, and especially without that[Pg 2] tense city look of trying to figure out something important, he’s either heading to the train station for an exciting vacation or he’s been in the city for less than twenty-four hours. In this case, the second assumption was correct.
Tom Beauchamp Crocker, familiarly known as Bojo, had sent his baggage ahead, eager to enjoy the delights one enjoys at twenty-four, which the long apprenticeship of school and college is ended and the city is waiting with all the mystery of that uncharted dominion—The World. He went his way with long, swinging steps, smiling from the pure delight of being alive, amazed at everything: at the tangled stream of nations flowing past him; at the prodigious number of entrancing eyes which glanced at him from under provoking brims; at the sheer flights of blazing windows, shutting out the feeble stars; at the vigor and vitality on the sidewalks; at the flooded lights from sparkling shop windows; at the rolling procession of incalculable wealth on the Avenue.
Tom Beauchamp Crocker, known to friends as Bojo, had sent his bags ahead, excited to experience all the joys of being twenty-four, now that his long years in school and college were over and the city was waiting with all the mysteries of that unexplored territory—The World. He walked with long, carefree strides, smiling from the simple joy of being alive, amazed by everything: the bustling mix of people around him; the countless captivating eyes peeking out from under stylish hats; the dazzling displays in countless windows, blocking out the faint stars; the energy and life on the sidewalks; the bright lights from glittering shop windows; the endless parade of unimaginable wealth on the Avenue.
Everywhere was the stir of returning crowds, the end of the summer's hot isolation, the reopening of gilded theaters, the thronging of hotels, and the displays of radiant shop fronts, preparing for the winter's campaign. In the crush of the Avenue was the note of home-coming, in taxicabs and coupés piled high with luggage and brown-faced children hanging at the windows, acclaiming familiar landmarks with piping cries. Tradesmen and all the world of little business, all the world that must prepare to feed, clothe, and amuse the winter metropolis, were pouring in.
Everywhere, there was the buzz of returning crowds, the end of the summer's hot solitude, the reopening of fancy theaters, the busy hotels, and the bright shop windows getting ready for winter. In the hustle of the Avenue, there was a sense of homecoming, with taxicabs and coupes loaded with luggage and sun-kissed kids hanging out the windows, calling out to familiar sights. Shopkeepers and everyone involved in small businesses, all those who needed to get ready to feed, clothe, and entertain the winter city, were streaming in.
And in the midst of this feverish awaking of[Pg 3] luxury and pleasure one felt at every turn a new generation of young men storming every avenue with high imaginations, eager to pierce the multitudes and emerge as masters. Bojo himself had not woven his way three blocks before he felt this imperative need of a stimulating dream, a career to emulate—a master of industry or a master of men—and, sublimely confident, he imagined that some day, not too distant, he would take his place in the luxurious flight of automobiles, a personage, a future Morgan or a future Roosevelt, to be instantly recognized, to hear his name on a thousand lips, never doubting that life was only a greater game than the games he had played, ruled by the same spirit of fair play with the ultimate prize to the best man.
And in the middle of this intense awakening of[Pg 3] luxury and pleasure, one could feel at every turn a new generation of young men rushing down every street with big dreams, eager to stand out and become leaders. Bojo himself hadn’t walked three blocks before he felt this strong urge for an inspiring vision, a career to admire—a master of industry or a master of people—and, filled with confidence, he imagined that someday, not too far off, he would be part of the luxurious parade of cars, a notable figure, a future Morgan or Roosevelt, instantly recognizable, hearing his name on a thousand lips, never doubting that life was simply a bigger game than the ones he had played, governed by the same spirit of fair play, with the ultimate prize going to the best man.
In the crowd he perceived a familiar figure, a college mate of the class above him, and he hailed him with enthusiasm as though the most amazing and delightful thing in the world was to be out of college on Fifth Avenue and to meet a friend.
In the crowd, he spotted a familiar face, a college buddy from the class ahead of him, and he greeted him excitedly as if nothing could be more incredible and enjoyable than being out of college on Fifth Avenue and running into a friend.
"Foster! Hallo there!"
"Foster! Hey there!"
At this greeting the young man stopped, shot out his hand, and rattled off in business manner: "Why, Bojo, how are you? How's it going? Making lots of money?"
At this greeting, the young man paused, extended his hand, and quickly said in a businesslike tone: "Hey, Bojo, how's it going? Making good money?"
"I've just arrived," said Crocker, somewhat taken back.
"I've just arrived," said Crocker, somewhat taken aback.
"That so? You're looking fine. I'm in the devil of a rush—call me up at the club some time. Good luck."
"Is that so? You look great. I'm in a huge rush—give me a call at the club sometime. Good luck."
He was gone with purposeful steps, lost in the quick, nervous crowd before Crocker with a thwarted sense of comradeship could recover himself. A little[Pg 4] later another acquaintance responded to his greeting, hesitated, and offered his hand.
He walked away confidently, getting lost in the fast-moving, anxious crowd before Crocker, feeling a bit of camaraderie, could collect himself. A little[Pg 4] later, another person he knew responded to his greeting, paused, and extended their hand.
"Hello, Bojo, how are things? You look prosperous; making lots of money, I suppose. Glad to have seen you—so long."
"Hey, Bojo, how's it going? You look successful; making a lot of money, I guess. Great to see you—take care."
For a second time he felt a sense of disappointment. Every one seemed in a hurry, oppressed by the hundred details to be crowded into the too short day. He became aware of this haste in the air and in the street. In this speed-driven world even the great stone flights seemed to have risen with the hour. Dazzling electric signs flashed in and out, transferring themselves into bewildering combinations with the necessity of startling this wonder-surfeited city into an instant's recognition. Electricity was in the vibrant air, in the scurrying throngs, in the nervous craving of the crowd for excitement after drudgery, to be out, to be seen in brilliant restaurants, to go with the rushing throngs, keyed to a higher tension, avid of lights and thrumming sounds.
For a second time, he felt disappointed. Everyone seemed to be in a rush, weighed down by the countless details that had to fit into the too-short day. He noticed this urgency in the air and on the street. In this fast-paced world, even the grand stone structures seemed to rise with the passing hour. Dazzling electric signs flashed in and out, creating confusing combinations as if to jolt this wonder-saturated city into immediate recognition. Electricity buzzed in the vibrant air, in the hurried crowds, in the restless desire of the people for excitement after a long day, to be out, to be seen in flashy restaurants, to move with the bustling masses, all tuned to a higher energy, eager for lights and booming sounds.
Insensibly he felt the stimulus about him, his own gait adjusted itself to the rush of those who jostled past him. He began to watch for openings, to dart ahead, to slip through this group and that, weaving his way as though there was something precious ahead, an object to be gained by the first arrival. All at once he perceived how unconsciously he had surrendered to the subtle spirit of contention about him, and pulled himself up, laughing. At this moment an arm was slipped through his and he turned to find a classmate, Bob Crowley, at his side.
Without realizing it, he felt the excitement around him, and his own pace adjusted to the rush of people jostling by. He started to look for gaps, to move ahead, to slip through one group after another, navigating his way as if there was something valuable waiting for him, something to be claimed by whoever got there first. Suddenly, he recognized how unwittingly he had given in to the intense competition surrounding him and stopped, laughing. At that moment, someone linked their arm with his, and he turned to see his classmate, Bob Crowley, beside him.
"Whither so fast?
"Where are you going so fast?"
"Fred DeLancy's been asking about you for a week. I saw Marsh and old Granny yesterday. The Big Four still keeping together?
"Fred DeLancy's been asking about you for a week. I saw Marsh and Grandma yesterday. Are the Big Four still sticking together?"
"Yes, we're going to stick together. How are you?"
"Yeah, we're going to stick together. How have you been?"
"Oh, so-so."
"Oh, not great."
"Making money?"
"Making cash?"
The salutation came like a trick to his lips before he noticed the adoption. Crowley looked rather pleased.
The greeting came to his lips like a clever trick before he realized the adoption. Crowley looked quite pleased.
"Thanks, I've got a pretty good thing. If you've got any loose change I can put you on to a cinch. Step into the club a moment. You'll see a lot of the crowd."
"Thanks, I've got a pretty good deal going. If you have any spare change, I can show you an easy win. Step into the club for a moment. You'll see a lot of people there."
At the club, an immense hotel filled with businesslike young men rushing in and rushing out, thronging the grill-room with hats and coats on, an eye to the clock, Bojo was acclaimed with that rapturous campus enthusiasm which greets a returned hero. The tribute pleased him, after the journey through the indifferent multitude. It was something to return as even a moderate-sized frog to the small puddle. He wandered from group to group, ensconced at round tables for a snatched moment before the call of the evening. The vitality of these groups, the conflict of sounds in the low room, bewildered him. Speculation was in the air. The bonanza age of American finance was reaching its climax. Immense corporations were being formed overnight and stocks were mounting by bounds. All the talk in corners was of this tip and that while in the jumble staccato sentences struck his ear.
At the club, a huge hotel bustling with business-like young men coming in and going out, crowding the grill room wearing hats and coats, constantly checking the time, Bojo was welcomed with that enthusiastic campus excitement that greets a returning hero. The attention made him happy, especially after navigating through the indifferent crowd. It felt good to return, even if just as a small fish in a big pond. He moved from group to group, settling at round tables for a brief moment before the night picked up. The energy of these groups, the mix of sounds in the crowded room, left him dazed. There was a buzz of speculation in the air. The golden age of American finance was hitting its peak. Huge corporations were being created overnight and stock prices were soaring. All the chatter in the corners was about this tip and that, while snippets of conversation caught his attention in the chaos.
"A sure thing, Joe— I'll tell you where I got it."[Pg 6]
"A guaranteed thing, Joe— I'll let you know where I got it."[Pg 6]
"They say Harris cleaned up two thousand last week."
"They say Harris made two thousand last week."
"The amalgamation's bound to go through."
"The merger is definitely going to happen."
"I'm in the bond business now; let me talk to you."
"I'm in the bond business now; let me chat with you."
"Two more years in the law school, worse luck."
"Two more years in law school, what bad luck."
"At the P. and S."
"At the P. & S."
"They say the Chicago crowd made fifteen millions on the rise—"
"They say the Chicago crowd made fifteen million on the upswing—"
"I ran across Bozer last week."
"I ran into Bozer last week."
"Hello, Bill, you old scout, they tell me you're making money so fast—"
"Hey, Bill, you old friend, I hear you’re making money really quickly—"
All the talk was of business and opportunity, among these graduates of a year or two, eager and restless, all keen, all confident of arriving, all watching with vulture-like sharpness for an opportunity for a killing: a stock that was bound to shoot up or to tumble down. Every one seemed to be making money or certain to do so soon, cocksure of his opinion, prognosticating the trend of industry with sure mastery. Bojo was rather dazed by this academic fervor for material success; it gave him the feeling that the world was after all only a postgraduate course. He had left a group, with a beginning of critical amusement, when a hand spun him around and he heard a well-known voice cry:
All the talk was about business and opportunity among these graduates from a year or two ago, eager and restless, all sharp and confident about making it big, all watching closely for a chance to score big: a stock that was bound to rise or fall dramatically. Everyone seemed to be making money or was sure they would soon, completely convinced of their opinions, predicting industry trends with confidence. Bojo felt a bit overwhelmed by this academic enthusiasm for material success; it made him feel like the world was just a postgrad class. He had stepped away from a group, feeling a hint of critical amusement, when a hand spun him around, and he heard a familiar voice call out:
"Bojo—you old sinner—you come right home!"
"Bojo—you naughty soul—you come straight home!"
It was Roscoe Marsh, chum of chums, rather slight, negligently dressed among these young men of rather precise elegance, but dominating them all by the shock of an aggressive personality that stood out against their factoried types. Just as the generality of men incline to the fashions of conduct, philosophy, and politics of the day, there are certain individualities constituted by nature to be instinctively of the opposition.[Pg 7] Marsh, finding himself in a complacent society, became a terrific radical, perhaps more from the necessity of dramatic sensations which was inherent in his brilliant nature than from a profound conviction. His features were irregular, the nose powerful and aquiline, the eyebrows arched with a suggestion of eloquence and imagination, the eyes gray and domineering, the mouth wide and expressive of every changing thought, while the outstanding ears on the thin, curved head completed an accent of oddity and obstinacy which he himself had characterized good-humoredly when he had described himself as looking like a poetical calf. Roscoe Marsh, the father—editor, politician, and capitalist, one of the figures of the last generation—had died, leaving him a fortune.
It was Roscoe Marsh, the ultimate best friend, a bit on the slim side, casually dressed compared to these sharply dressed young men, yet he overshadowed them all with his bold personality that stood out against their factory-like appearances. Just as most people tend to follow the trends in behavior, beliefs, and politics of their time, some individuals are naturally inclined to be rebels. Marsh, finding himself in a comfortable social scene, became an intense radical, likely more out of a need for dramatic experiences inherent in his vibrant personality than from any deep belief. His face was unique, with a strong, hooked nose, expressive eyebrows hinting at eloquence and imagination, gray eyes that were authoritative, a wide mouth that conveyed every thought, and prominent ears on his thin, curved head that added to his quirky and stubborn look, which he humorously described as resembling a “poetical calf.” Roscoe Marsh, his father—an editor, politician, and capitalist, one of the prominent figures of the previous generation—had passed away, leaving him a fortune.[Pg 7]
"What the deuce are you wasting time in this collection of fashion-plates and messenger-boys for?" said Marsh when the greetings were over. "Come out into the air where we can talk sense. When did you come?"
"What on earth are you wasting your time on in this collection of fashion magazines and delivery guys for?" said Marsh once the greetings were over. "Come outside so we can talk properly. When did you arrive?"
"An hour ago."
"One hour ago."
"Fred and Granny have been here all summer. You're a pampered darling, Bojo, to get a summer off. What was it—heart interest?"
"Fred and Grandma have been here all summer. You're such a spoiled darling, Bojo, to get a summer break. What was it—romantic interest?"
"Ask me no questions, I'll tell you no lies," said Bojo with a half laugh and a whirl of his cane. "By George, Roscy, it's good to be here!"
"Don't ask me anything, and I won't lie to you," Bojo said with a half-laugh and a swing of his cane. "By George, Roscy, it's great to be here!"
"We'll get you to work."
"We'll get you to your job."
"Who could help it? I say, is every one making money in this place? I've heard nothing else since I landed."
"Who can blame anyone? I mean, is everyone making money here? That's all I've heard since I arrived."
"On paper, yes, but you don't make money till you hear it chink, as lots will find out," said Marsh with[Pg 8] a laugh. "However, this place's a regular mining-camp—every one's speculating. I say, what are you going to do?"
"On paper, sure, but you don't actually make money until you hear that cash register ding, as many will discover," said Marsh with[Pg 8] a laugh. "But this place is just like a mining camp—everyone's gambling on something. So, what are you going to do?"
"Oh, I'm going into Wall Street too, I suppose. I spent a month with Dan Drake."
"Oh, I guess I'm heading to Wall Street as well. I spent a month with Dan Drake."
"—And daughter."
—And daughter.
"And daughters," said Bojo, smiling. "I think I'll have a good opening there—after I learn the ropes, of course."
"And daughters," Bojo said with a smile. "I think I'll find a great opportunity there—once I get the hang of things, of course."
"Drake, eh," said Marsh reflectively, naming one of the boldest manipulators of the day. "Well, you ought to get plenty of excitement out of that. No use my tempting you with a newspaper job, then. But how about your Governor?"
"Drake, huh," Marsh said thoughtfully, mentioning one of the most daring players around. "Well, you should have plenty of excitement from that. No point in me trying to lure you with a newspaper job, then. But what about your Governor?"
Bojo became quiet, whistling to himself. "I've got a bad half-hour there," he said solemnly. "I've got to fight it out with the old man as soon as he arrives. You know what he thinks of Wall Street."
Bojo fell silent, humming to himself. "I’ve got a rough half hour ahead," he said seriously. "I need to confront the old man as soon as he gets here. You know how he feels about Wall Street."
"I like your Governor."
"I like your governor."
"So do I. The trouble is we're too much alike."
"So do I. The problem is we're too similar."
"So you've made up your mind?"
"So you’ve made a choice?"
"I have; no mills and drudgery for me."
"I have no mills and hard work for me."
"Well, if you've made up your mind, you've made it up," said Marsh a little anxiously.
"Well, if you’ve decided, then you’ve decided," said Marsh a bit nervously.
In college the saying was that Marsh would sputter but Crocker would stick, and this byword expressed the difference between them. One attacked and the other entrenched. Crocker had an intense admiration for Marsh, for whom he believed all things possible. As they walked side by side, Bojo was the more agreeable to the eye; there was an instinctive sense of pleasing about him. He liked most men, so genuinely interested in their problems and point of[Pg 9] view that few could resist his good nature. Mentally and in the knowledge of the world he was much the younger. There was a boyishness and an unsophistication about him that was in the clear forehead and laughing brown eyes, in the spontaneous quality of his smile, the spring in his feet, the general enthusiasm for all that was new or difficult. But underneath this easy manner there was a dangerous obstinacy ready to flare up at an instant's provocation, which showed in the lower jaw slightly undershot, which gave the lips a look of being pugnaciously compressed. He was implacable in a hatred or a fight, blind to the faults of a friend, and stubborn in his opinions.
In college, people used to say that Marsh would sputter while Crocker would dig in, which highlighted their differences. One would go on the offensive, and the other would fortify his position. Crocker had a deep admiration for Marsh, believing that anything was possible for him. As they walked together, Bojo was definitely the more visually appealing; there was something instinctively charming about him. He genuinely liked most people, showing a sincere interest in their problems and perspectives that made it hard for anyone to resist his friendly nature. Mentally and in worldly knowledge, he was much younger. He had a boyish quality and a certain naivety about him, evident in his clear forehead and bright brown eyes, in the spontaneous nature of his smile, the bounce in his step, and his overall enthusiasm for anything new or challenging. But beneath this easygoing demeanor, there was a stubbornness that could erupt at the slightest provocation, reflected in his slightly jutting lower jaw that gave his lips a combative look. He was relentless in his hatred or in a fight, blind to a friend's faults, and unwavering in his opinions.
"What sort of quarters have we got?" asked Bojo, who had left the detail to his three friends.
"What kind of place do we have?" asked Bojo, who had left the details to his three friends.
"The queerest spot in New York—the cave of Ali Baba. Wait till you see it—you'd never believe it. Hidden as safe as a needle in a haystack. No more than a stone's throw from here, and you'd never guess it."
"The strangest place in New York—the cave of Ali Baba. Just wait until you see it—you won’t believe it. It’s tucked away as securely as a needle in a haystack. Just a short distance from here, and you’d never expect it."
He stopped, for at this moment they entered Times Square under the shadow of the incredible tower, dazzled by the sudden ambuscade of lights which flamed about them. Marsh, who could never brook waiting, without having altered his pace made a wide detour amid a jam of automobiles, dodged two surface cars and a file of trucks, and arrived at the opposite curb considerably after Crocker, who had waited for the direct route. Neither perceived how characteristic of their divergent temperaments this incident had been. But Marsh, whose spirit was irreverence, exclaimed contemptuously:
He stopped, as they entered Times Square beneath the towering skyscraper, amazed by the sudden burst of lights surrounding them. Marsh, who couldn't stand waiting, made a wide detour through a traffic jam, dodging two cars and a line of trucks, and reached the opposite curb much later than Crocker, who had taken the direct route. Neither of them noticed how telling this incident was of their different personalities. But Marsh, whose attitude was one of irreverence, exclaimed disdainfully:
"The Great White Way. What a sham!" He[Pg 10] extended his arm with an extravagant gesture, as much as to say, "I could change all that," and continued: "Look at it. There are not ten buildings on it that will last five years. Take away the electric advertisements and you'll see it as it is—a main street in a mining town. All the rest is shanty civilization, that will come tumbling down like a pack of cards. Look at it; a few hidden theaters with an entrance squeezed between a cigar-store and a haberdashery, restaurants on one floor, and the rest advertisements."
"The Great White Way. What a joke!" He[Pg 10] gestured dramatically, as if to say, "I could change all of this," and added: "Just look at it. There aren’t even ten buildings here that will last five years. Remove the neon signs, and you’ll see it for what it really is—a main street in a mining town. The rest is just makeshift civilization, ready to collapse like a house of cards. Look closely; there are a few hidden theaters with entrances squeezed between a cigar store and a men's clothing shop, restaurants on one floor, and everything else is just advertisements."
"Still it gives you quite a feeling," said Bojo in dissent, caught in the surging currents of automobiles and the mingled throngs of late workers and early pleasure-seekers. "There's an exhilaration about it all. It does wake you up."
"Still, it really gives you a vibe," said Bojo, disagreeing, as he was swept up in the rush of cars and the mixed crowds of late workers and early party-goers. "There’s something exciting about it all. It definitely wakes you up."
"Think of a city of five thousand millionaires that can build a hundred business cathedrals a year, that has an opera house with the front of a warehouse and calls a row of squatty booths luxury. Well, never mind; here we are. Rub your eyes."
"Imagine a city with five thousand millionaires that can construct a hundred impressive buildings each year, that has an opera house that looks like a warehouse and calls a line of small booths luxury. Well, never mind; here we are. Rub your eyes."
They had left the roar and brilliancy of the curiously blended mass behind, plunging down a squalid side street with tenements in the dark distances, when Marsh came to a stop before two green pillars, above which a swaying sign announced—
They had left the noise and brightness of the oddly mixed crowd behind, turning down a dirty side street with rundown buildings in the dark ahead, when Marsh stopped in front of two green pillars, above which a swinging sign announced—
WESTOVER COURT
BACHELOR APARTMENTS
Before Bojo could recover from his astonishment, he found himself conducted through a long, irregular monastic hall flooded with mellow lights and sudden[Pg 11] arches, and as bewilderingly introduced, in a sort of Arabian Nights adventure, into an oasis of quiet and green things. They were in an inner court shut in from the outer world by the rise of a towering wall at one end and at the other by the blazing glass back of a great restaurant. In the heart of the noisiest, vilest, most brutal struggle of the city lay this little bit of the Old World, decked in green plots, with vine-covered fountain and a stone Cupid perched on tip-toe, and above a group of dream trees filling the lucent yellow and green enclosure with a miraculous foliage. Lights blazed in a score of windows above them, while at four medieval entrances, of curved doorways under sloping green aprons, the suffused glow of iron lanterns seemed like distant signals lost in a fog. Everything about them was so remote from the stress and fury out of which they had stepped, that Bojo exclaimed in astonishment:
Before Bojo could recover from his shock, he found himself led through a long, uneven monastic hall illuminated by soft lights and sudden arches. It felt like he had stepped into an Arabian Nights adventure, entering an oasis of peace and greenery. They were in an inner courtyard shielded from the outside world by a towering wall on one side and the bright glass back of a large restaurant on the other. In the midst of the loudest, most brutal chaos of the city was this small piece of the Old World, adorned with green patches, a vine-covered fountain, and a stone Cupid standing on tiptoe, surrounded by a group of dreamy trees that filled the bright yellow and green space with miraculous foliage. Lights shone in a dozen windows above them, while at four medieval entrances with curved doorways under sloping green awnings, the soft glow of iron lanterns appeared like distant signals lost in a fog. Everything around them felt so far removed from the stress and turmoil they had just left, that Bojo exclaimed in amazement:
"Impossible!"
"No way!"
"Isn't it bully?" said Marsh enthusiastically. "Ali Baba Court I call it. That's what a touch of imagination can do in New York. I say, look over here. What do you think of this for a quiet pipe at night?"
"Isn't it great?" said Marsh excitedly. "I call it Ali Baba Court. That’s what a little imagination can do in New York. I say, check this out. What do you think about this for a nice smoke at night?"
He drew him under the trees, where a table and comfortable chairs were waiting. Above the low roofs high against the blue-black sky the giant city came peeping down upon them from the regimented globes of fire on the Astor roof. A milky flag drifted lazily across an aigrette of steam. To the right, the top of the Times Tower, divorced from all the ugliness at its feet, rose like an historic campanile played about by timid stars. Over the roof-tops the hum of the[Pg 12] city, never stilled, turned like a great wheel, incessantly, with faint, detached sounds pleasantly audible: a bell; a truck moving like a shrieking shell; the impertinent honk of taxis; urchins on wheels; the shattering rush of distant iron bodies tearing through the air; an extra cried on a shriller note; the ever-recurring pipe of a police whistle compelling order in the confusion; fog horns from the river, and underneath something more elusive and confused, the churning of great human masses passing and repassing.
He led him under the trees, where a table and comfy chairs were waiting. Above the low roofs, high against the dark blue sky, the massive city peeked down at them from the bright lights on the Astor roof. A white flag lazily floated across a plume of steam. To the right, the top of the Times Tower, free from the ugliness below, rose like a historic bell tower surrounded by shy stars. Over the rooftops, the constant hum of the[Pg 12] city never stopped, turning like a great wheel, with faint, distant sounds pleasantly audible: a bell; a truck rolling by like a screaming shell; the annoying honk of taxis; kids on bikes; the explosive rush of far-off trains slicing through the air; an extra called out on a sharper note; the regular sound of a police whistle demanding order in the chaos; foghorns from the river; and beneath it all, something more elusive and confusing—the churn of huge crowds moving back and forth.
Marsh gave a peculiar whistle and instantly at a window on the second floor a shadowy figure appeared, the sash went up with a bang, and a cheery voice exclaimed:
Marsh let out a strange whistle, and right away, a shadowy figure showed up at a second-floor window. The sash flew up with a loud bang, and a cheerful voice shouted:
"Hello, below there! Is that Bojo with you? Come up and show your handsome map!"
"Hey down there! Is that Bojo with you? Come up and show us your cool map!"
"Coming, Freddie, coming," said Bojo with a laugh, and, plunging into a swinging entrance, he found himself in a cozy den, almost thrown off his feet by the greetings of a little fellow who dived at him with the frenzy of a faithful dog.
"Coming, Freddie, coming," Bojo said with a laugh, and as he stepped through a swinging door, he found himself in a cozy den, nearly knocked off his feet by the excited greetings of a little kid who jumped at him with the enthusiasm of a loyal dog.
"Well, old fashion-plate, how are you?" Bojo said at last, flinging him across the room. "Been into any more trouble?"
"Well, you stylish person, how are you?" Bojo finally said, tossing him across the room. "Been into any more trouble?"
"Nope. That is, not lately," said DeLancy, picking himself up. "Haven't a chance, living with two policemen. What kept you all this time? Fallen in love?"
"Nope. Not recently," said DeLancy, getting back on his feet. "I haven't had a chance, living with two cops. What have you been up to all this time? Did you fall in love?"
"None of your damned business. By George, this looks homelike," said Bojo to turn the conversation. On the walls were a hundred mementoes of school and college, while a couple of lounges and several great chairs were indolently grouped about the fireplace,[Pg 13] where a fire was laid. "I say, Roscy, has the infant really been behaving?"
"None of your business. Wow, this place feels cozy," Bojo said, trying to change the subject. The walls were covered with a hundred reminders of school and college, and a couple of sofas along with several big chairs were lazily arranged around the fireplace,[Pg 13] where a fire was ready to be lit. "Hey, Roscy, has the little one actually been behaving?"
"Well, we haven't bailed, him out yet," said Marsh meditatingly.
"Well, we haven't bailed him out yet," Marsh said thoughtfully.
Fred DeLancy had been in trouble all his life and out of it as easily. Trouble, as he himself expressed it, woke up the moment he went out. He had been suspended and threatened with expulsion for one scrape after another more times than he could remember. But there was something that instantly disarmed anger in the odd star-pointing nose, the twinkly eyes, and the wide mouth set at a perpetual grin. One way or another he wriggled through regions where angels fear to tread, assisted by much painful effort on the part of his friends.
Fred DeLancy had constantly been in trouble and just as easily found his way out of it. Trouble, as he put it, appeared the moment he stepped outside. He had been suspended and even threatened with being kicked out for one incident after another more times than he could count. But there was something about his quirky star-shaped nose, his sparkling eyes, and his wide grin that instantly defused anger. Somehow, he managed to navigate places where even angels would hesitate, with a lot of painful effort from his friends.
"I'm getting frightfully serious," he said with mock contrition. "I'm getting to be an old man; the cares of life and all that sort of stuff."
"I'm being really serious," he said with fake remorse. "I'm becoming an old man; the responsibilities of life and all that kind of thing."
He broke off and flung himself at the piano, where he started an improvisation:
He stopped and threw himself at the piano, where he began to improvise:
"The cares of life,
This dreadful strife,
I'll take a wife—
No, change the rhyme
I haven't time
For matrimony—O!
Leave that to handsome Bojo
Bojo's in love,
Blush like a dove—
"Life's worries,"
This terrible struggle,
I’ll get a wife—
No, change that verse
I'm busy.
For marriage—wow!
Leave that to charming Bojo.
Bojo's in love.
Blushing like a bird—
"No, doves don't blush," he said, swinging around. "Do they or don't they? Anyhow, a dove in love might— To continue:
"No, doves don't blush," he said, turning around. "Do they or don't they? Anyway, a dove in love might— To continue:
"Bojo's in love,
Blush like a dove,
Won't tell her name,
I'll guess the same—"
[Pg 14]
"Bojo's in love,"
Blushing like a bird,
Not disclosing her name,
I guess it’s the same—
[Pg 14]
But at this moment, just as a pillow came hurtling through the air, the doorway was ruled with a great body and George Granning came crowding into the room, hand out, a smile on his honest, open face.
But at that moment, just as a pillow flew through the air, the doorway was filled by a large figure, and George Granning rushed into the room, hand extended, with a smile on his genuine, friendly face.
"Hello, Tom, it's good to see you again."
"Hey, Tom, great to see you again."
"The government can go on," said DeLancy joyfully. "We're here!"
"The government can keep going," said DeLancy happily. "We're here!"
As the four sat grouped about the room they presented one of those strange combinations of friendship which could only result from the process of American education. Four more dissimilar individualities could not have been molded together except by the curious selective processes of an academic society system. The Big Four, as they had been dubbed (there is always a Big Four in every school and college), had come from Andover linked by the closest ties, and this intimacy had never relaxed, despite all the incongruous opposition of their beginnings.
As the four sat together in the room, they created one of those unusual friendships that can only come from the process of American education. You couldn't find four more different personalities coming together without the selective nature of an academic system. They had been called the Big Four (there’s always a Big Four in every school and college) and had come from Andover, bound by close connections. This bond had never weakened, despite the stark differences in their backgrounds.
Marsh was a New Yorker, an aristocrat by inheritance and by force of fortune; Crocker a Yankee, son of a keen, self-made father, who had fought his way up to a position of mastery in the woolen mills of New England; DeLancy from Detroit, of more modest means, son of a small business man, to whom his education had meant a genuine sacrifice; while George Granning, older by many years than the rest, was evidence of that genius for evolution that stirs in the American mass. They knew but little of his history beyond what he had chosen to confide in his silent, reserved way.
Marsh was a New Yorker, an aristocrat by birth and by the luck of circumstances; Crocker was a Yankee, the son of a sharp, self-made man who had worked his way up to a position of authority in the woolen mills of New England; DeLancy was from Detroit, coming from more humble beginnings, the son of a small business owner, for whom his education had required real sacrifice; while George Granning, much older than the others, represented that drive for progress that exists within the American spirit. They knew little of his background beyond what he had chosen to share in his quiet, reserved manner.
He had the torso of a stevedore, the neck and hands of the laborer, while the boulder-like head, though devoid of the lighter graces of imagination and wit, had certain immovable qualities of persistence and determination[Pg 15] in the strongly hewn jaw and firm, high-cheekbones. He was tow-headed and blue-eyed, of unfailing good humor, like most men of great strength. Only once had he been known to lose his temper, and that was in a football match in his first year in the varsity. His opponent, doubtless hoping to intimidate the freshman, struck him a blow across the face under cover of the first scrimmage. Before the half was over the battering he had received from the enraged Granning was so terrific that he had to be transferred to the other side of the line.
He had the build of a dockworker, with a neck and hands like a laborer, while his massive head, lacking the lighter traits of creativity and humor, carried a certain unyielding quality of persistence and determination in his strong jaw and high cheekbones. He was light-haired and blue-eyed, always in good spirits, like most strong men. He had only lost his temper once, during a football game in his first year on the varsity team. His opponent, likely trying to scare the freshman, hit him in the face during the first play. By the end of the half, the punishment he dealt out in retaliation was so severe that the guy had to be moved to the other side of the field.
Granning had worked his way through Andover by menial service at the beginning, gradually advancing by acquiring the agencies for commercial fields and doing occasional tutoring. His summers had been given over to work in foundries and in preparation for the business career he had chosen long ago. He was deeply religious in a quiet, unostentatious way. That there had been stormy days in the beginning, tragedies perhaps, the friends divined; besides, there were lines in his face, stern lines of pain and hardship, that had been softened but could never disappear.[Pg 16]
Granning had worked his way through Andover by doing menial jobs at first, gradually moving up by taking on roles in commercial fields and occasionally tutoring. He spent his summers working in foundries and preparing for the business career he had chosen long ago. He was deeply religious in a quiet, unflashy way. His friends sensed that there had been difficult times in the beginning, perhaps tragedies; in addition, there were deep lines on his face, lines of pain and hardship that had softened but could never fully disappear.[Pg 16]
CHAPTER II
FOUR AMBITIONS, AND THREE WAYS TO MAKE MONEY
They dined that night on the top of the Astor roof, where in the midst of aërial gardens one forgot that another city waited toiling below. Their table was placed by an embrasure from which they could scan the dark reaches toward the west where the tenements of the city, broken by the occasional uprising of a blatant sign, mathematically divided into squares by rows of sentinel lights, rolled somberly toward the river. To the south, vaguely defined by the converging watery darkness, the city ran down to flaming towers in the glistening haze that seemed a luminous vapor rising from dazzling avenues.
They had dinner that night on the roof of the Astor, where amidst the rooftop gardens, one could forget that another city struggled below them. Their table was set by a nook where they could look out over the dark expanse to the west, where the city's tenements, interrupted by the occasional bright sign, were neatly divided into squares by rows of streetlights, stretching somberly toward the river. To the south, barely visible in the merging watery darkness, the city extended down to glowing towers in the shimmering haze that looked like a bright mist rising from the dazzling streets.
Wherever the eye could see myriad lights were twinkling: brooding and fraught with the dark mystery of lonely, distant river banks; red, green and golden on the rivers, crossing busily on a purposeful way; intruding and bewildering in the service of industry from steel skeletons against the sky; magic and dreamlike on the fairy spread of miraculous bridges; winking and dancing with the spirit of gaiety from the theaters below and the roof gardens above; that in the summer, suddenly spread a new and brilliant city of the night above the tired metropolis of the day. Looking down on these myriad points of light one seemed to have suddenly come upon the[Pg 17] nesting of the stars; where planets and constellations germinated and took flight toward the swarming firmament.
Wherever you looked, countless lights were shining: dark and mysterious along lonely, distant riverbanks; red, green, and gold on the rivers, moving purposefully; intrusive and confusing in the industrial landscape of steel structures against the sky; magical and dreamlike on the stunning bridges; sparkling and lively with joy from the theaters below and the rooftop gardens above; that in the summer, suddenly unveiled a vibrant city of the night over the weary city of the day. Looking down on these countless points of light, it felt like stumbling upon the nesting of the stars; where planets and constellations were born and soared toward the bustling sky.
The incomparable drama of the spectacle affected the four young men on the threshold of life in a different way. Bojo, to whom the sensation was new, felt a sort of prophetic stimulation as though in the glittering sweep below lay the jewel which he was to carry off. Granning, who had broken into the monastic routine of his life to make an exception of this gathering of the clans, looked out in reverence, stirred to deeper questionings of the spirit. Marsh, more dramatically attuned, felt a sensation of weakness, as though suddenly confronted with the gigantic scheme of the multitude; he felt the impotence of single effort. While DeLancy, who dined thus every night, seeing no further than the festooned gardens, the brilliant splashes of color, the faces of women flushed in the yellow glow of candle-lights, hearing only the pleasant thrumming sounds of a hidden orchestra, rattled on in his privileged way.
The incredible drama of the event affected the four young men on the brink of adulthood in different ways. Bojo, experiencing this sensation for the first time, felt a kind of prophetic excitement as if the dazzling scene below held the treasure he was meant to claim. Granning, who had stepped away from his routine life to attend this gathering of clans, looked on in awe, stirred to deeper reflections about the spirit. Marsh, more in tune with the dramatic, felt a sense of weakness, as if he were suddenly faced with the vastness of the crowd; he sensed the futility of individual effort. Meanwhile, DeLancy, who dined like this every night, noticed nothing beyond the decorated gardens, the vibrant splashes of color, and the faces of women glowing in the soft candlelight, hearing only the pleasant sounds from a hidden orchestra, carried on in his usual privileged manner.
"Well, now that the Big Four is together again, let's divide up the city." He sent a sweeping gesture toward the stenciled stretch of blocks below and continued: "Boscy, what'll you have? Take your choice. I'll have a couple of hotels, a yacht and a box at the opera. Next bidder, please!"
"Alright, now that the Big Four is back together, let’s split up the city." He waved his hand toward the stenciled area of blocks below and added, "Boscy, what do you want? Pick anything. I’ll take a couple of hotels, a yacht, and a box at the opera. Who’s next?"
But Bojo without attention to this chatter said:
But Bojo, ignoring this chatter, said:
"Remember the night before we went to college and we picked out what we intended to make. Came pretty close to it too, didn't we?"
"Remember the night before we started college when we decided what we wanted to create? We really came close to it, didn't we?"
Marsh looked up quickly, seized by a sudden dramatic suggestion.[Pg 18]
Marsh glanced up suddenly, struck by a dramatic idea. [Pg 18]
"Well, here we are again. I'll tell you what we'll do. Let's tell the truth—no buncombe—just what each expects to get out of life."
"Well, here we are again. I'll tell you what we're going to do. Let's be honest—no nonsense—just what each of us hopes to gain from life."
"But will we tell the truth?" said Bojo doubtfully.
"But will we tell the truth?" Bojo asked, uncertain.
"I will."
"I will."
"Of course we all want to make a million first," said Fred DeLancy, laughing. "Roscy's got his, so I suppose he wants ten. First place, is it admitted each of us wants a million? Every properly brought up young American ought to believe in that, oughtn't he?"
"Of course we all want to make a million first," Fred DeLancy said with a laugh. "Roscy's got his, so I guess he wants ten. Let's be honest, don't we all want a million? Every well-raised young American should believe in that, right?"
"Freddie, behave yourself," said Bojo severely. "Be serious."
"Freddie, get it together," Bojo said sternly. "This is serious."
"Serious," said DeLancy, with an offended air. "I'll be more serious than any of you and I'll tell more of the truth and when I do you won't believe me."
"Serious," DeLancy said, sounding offended. "I'll be more serious than any of you, and I'll tell more of the truth, and when I do, you won't believe me."
"Go on, Roscy, start first."
"Go ahead, Roscy, you start."
"Freddie's right in one respect. I intend to treble what I've got in ten years or go bankrupt," said Marsh instantly. He flung the stub of his cigar out into the night, watched it a moment in earthbound descent, and then leaned forward over the table, elbows down, hands clasped, the lights laying deep shadows about the hollowed eyes, the outstanding ears accentuating the irregularity and oddity of the head. "I'm not sure but that would be the best thing for me. If I had to start at the bottom I believe I'd do something. I mean something big."
"Freddie's right in one way. I plan to triple what I have in ten years or go broke," Marsh said immediately. He tossed the end of his cigar into the night, watched it fall for a moment, and then leaned forward over the table, with his elbows down and hands clasped. The lights cast deep shadows around his hollowed eyes, and his prominent ears highlighted the irregularity and uniqueness of his head. "I'm not so sure, but maybe that would be the best thing for me. If I had to start from scratch, I think I would actually accomplish something. I mean something significant."
A half-concealed smile passed about the group, accustomed to the speaker's dramatic instincts.
A half-hidden smile spread through the group, used to the speaker's flair for drama.
"Well, I've got to start at life in a different way.[Pg 19] The trouble is, in this American scheme I have no natural place unless I make one. Abroad I could settle down to genteel loafing and find a lot of other congenial loafers, who would gamble, hunt, fish, race, globe-trot, beat up Africa in search of big sport, or drift around fashionable capitals for a bit of amusement; either that or if I wanted to develop along the line of brains there's a career in politics or a chance at diplomacy. Here we are developing millionaires as fast as we can turn them out and never thinking how we can employ them. What's the result? The daughters of great fortunes marry foreign titles as fast as they get the chance in order to get the opportunity to enjoy their wealth to the fullest, because here there is no class so limited and circumscribed without national significance as our so-called Four Hundred; the sons either become dissipated loafers, professional amateurs of sport, or are condemned to piling more dollars on dollars, which is an absurdity."
"Well, I have to start living life differently.[Pg 19] The problem is, in this American system, I don’t have a natural place unless I create one. Abroad, I could settle into a relaxed lifestyle and find plenty of like-minded people who want to gamble, hunt, fish, race, travel the globe, explore Africa for adventure, or just hang out in trendy cities for some fun. On the other hand, if I wanted to focus on using my brain, there are careers in politics or opportunities in diplomacy. Here, we’re producing millionaires as fast as we can and not thinking about how to utilize them. What’s the result? The daughters of great fortunes marry foreign nobility as quickly as possible to fully enjoy their wealth, because here, our so-called Four Hundred are the most limited and insignificant class nationally; the sons either become reckless layabouts, amateur athletes, or are stuck just piling up more and more money, which is ridiculous."
"I grieve for the millionaire," interjected DeLancy flippantly.
"I feel sorry for the millionaire," DeLancy said casually.
"And yet you want to triple what you've got," said Bojo with a smile.
"And yet you want to triple what you have," Bojo said, smiling.
"I'm coming to that—wait. Now the idea of money grubbing is distasteful to me. What I want is a great opportunity which only money can give. I have, I suppose, if a conservative estimate could be made, pretty close to two million dollars—which means around one hundred thousand a year. Now if I want to settle down and marry, that's a lot; but if I want to go in and compete with other men, the leaders, that's nothing at all. Now the principal interest I've got ahead is the Morning Post; it's not all[Pg 20] mine, but the controlling share is. It's a good conservative nursery rocking-horse. It can go rocking on for another twenty years, satisfied with its little rut. Now do you understand why I want more money? I want a million clear to throw into it. I don't want it to be a profitable high-class publication—I want it to be the paper in New York."
"I'm getting to that—hold on. The idea of being greedy for money really turns me off. What I truly want is a big opportunity that only money can provide. I have, I guess, a conservative estimate of nearly two million dollars—which comes to about one hundred thousand a year. If I decide to settle down and get married, that's a good amount; but if I want to jump in and compete with the other guys at the top, that’s nothing at all. The main investment I have right now is the Morning Post; I don’t own it all[Pg 20], but I do have the controlling share. It’s a solid, conservative little venture. It can keep going for another twenty years, content with its small routine. Now do you see why I want more money? I want a clear million to throw into it. I don't want it to be a successful, high-end publication—I want it to be the paper in New York."
"But are you willing to go slow, to learn every rope first?" said Granning with a shake of his head.
"But are you willing to take it slow and learn the ropes first?" Granning said, shaking his head.
"You know I am," said Marsh impatiently. "I've plugged at it harder than any one on the paper this summer and last too."
"You know I am," Marsh said impatiently. "I've worked harder at it than anyone on the staff this summer and last year, too."
"Yes, you work hard—and play hard too," Granning admitted.
"Yeah, you put in a lot of effort—and you have fun too," Granning admitted.
Marsh accepted the admission with a pleased smile and continued enthusiastically:
Marsh accepted the admission with a happy smile and continued excitedly:
"Exactly. Win or lose, play the limit! That's my motto, and there's something glorious in it. I'm going to work hard, but I'm going to play just as hard. I want to live life to its fullest; I want to get every sensation out of it. And when I'm ready I'm going to make the paper a force, I'm going to make myself feared. I want to round myself out. I want to touch everything that I can, but above all I want to be on the fighting line. After this period of financial buccaneering there's going to come a great period—a radical period, the period of young men."
"Exactly. Win or lose, play to the limit! That's my motto, and there's something amazing about it. I'm going to work hard, but I'm going to play just as hard. I want to live life to the fullest; I want to squeeze every experience out of it. And when the time is right, I'm going to make the paper a powerful force, and I'm going to make sure I'm respected. I want to develop myself fully. I want to experience everything I can, but above all, I want to be on the frontline. After this time of financial adventuring, a great era is coming—a revolutionary era, the era of young men."
"Roscy, you want to be noticed," said DeLancy.
"Roscy, you want attention," DeLancy said.
"I admit it. If you had what I have, wouldn't you? I repeat, I want the sensation of living in the big way. Granning shakes his head— I know what he's thinking."[Pg 21]
"I'll admit it. If you had what I have, wouldn't you? I want the feeling of life on a grand scale. Granning shakes his head—I can tell what he's thinking."[Pg 21]
"Roscy, you're a gambler," said Granning, but without saying all he thought.
"Roscy, you're a gambler," said Granning, though he didn't express everything on his mind.
"I am, but I'm going to gamble for power, which is different, and that's the first step to-day; that's what they all have done."
"I am, but I'm going to take a risk for power, which is different, and that's the first step today; that's what everyone has done."
"You haven't told us what your ambition is," said Bojo.
"You haven't shared what your goals are," Bojo said.
"I want to make of the Morning Post not simply a great paper but a great institution," said Marsh seriously. "I believe the newspaper can be made the force that the church once was. Now the church was dominant only as it entered into every side of the life of the community; when it was not simply the religious and political force, but greater still, the social force. I believe the newspaper will become great as it satisfies every need of the human imagination. There are papers that print a Sunday sermon. I would have a religious page every day, just as you print a woman's page and a children's page. I'd run a legal bureau free or at nominal charges, and conduct aggressive campaigns against petty abuses. I'd organize the financial department so as to make it personal to every subscriber, with an investment bureau which would offer only a carefully selected list for conservative investors and would refuse to deal in seven per cent. bonds and fifteen per cent. shares. I would have a great auditorium where concerts and plays would be given at no higher price than fifty cents."
"I want to turn the Morning Post into not just a great newspaper, but a great institution," Marsh said earnestly. "I believe the newspaper can become as influential as the church once was. The church was powerful because it was involved in every aspect of community life; it wasn't just a religious and political force but also a social one. I think the newspaper can become significant by meeting every need of people's imaginations. There are newspapers that publish a Sunday sermon. I’d want a religious page every day, just like the women's page and the children's page you already print. I’d offer a legal advice section for free or at minimal cost and run strong campaigns against small injustices. I’d set up a financial section to make it relevant to every subscriber, featuring an investment bureau that would provide only a carefully curated list for conservative investors and avoid dealing in seven percent bonds and fifteen percent shares. I would also create a large auditorium where concerts and plays can be held for no more than fifty cents."
"Hold up! How could you get plays on such conditions?" said DeLancy, who had been held breathless by this Utopian scheme.[Pg 22]
"Wait! How could you get plays under those conditions?" said DeLancy, who had been left breathless by this idealistic plan.[Pg 22]
"Any manager in the city with a sense of publicity would jump at the chance of giving an afternoon performance, expenses paid, under such conditions, especially as the list would be guaranteed. Then, above all, I'd give the public fiction, the best I could get and first hand. What do you think gives Le Petit Parisien and Le Petit Journal a circulation of about a million each and all over France? Serial novels. Do you know the circulation of papers in New York? There are only three over a hundred thousand and the greatest has hardly a quarter of a million. However, I won't go on. You see my ideas make an institution—the modern institution, replacing and absorbing all past institutions."
"Any manager in the city who understands publicity would jump at the chance to put on an afternoon show, expenses covered, under these conditions, especially since the audience is guaranteed. Plus, I'd deliver the public some fiction, the best I can find and straight from the source. What do you think drives Le Petit Parisien and Le Petit Journal to have a circulation of about a million each all over France? Serial novels. Do you know the circulation of newspapers in New York? There are only three that reach over a hundred thousand, and the largest barely hits a quarter of a million. But I won't go on. You can see my ideas create an institution—the modern institution, replacing and absorbing all previous institutions."
"And what else do you want?" said Bojo, laughing.
"And what else do you want?" Bojo said, laughing.
"I want that by the time I'm thirty-five. I want ten millions and I want to be at forty either senator or ambassador to Paris or London. I want to build a yacht that will defend the American cup and to own a horse that will win the derby.
"I want to achieve that by the time I’m thirty-five. I want ten million dollars, and by the time I’m forty, I want to be either a senator or an ambassador to Paris or London. I want to build a yacht that will compete for the America’s Cup and own a horse that will win the Derby."
"And will you marry?"
"And will you get married?"
"The most beautiful woman in America."
"The most beautiful woman in America."
The four burst into laughter simultaneously, none more heartily than Marsh, who added:
The four of them laughed out loud at the same time, with Marsh laughing the hardest as he added:
"Remember, we're to tell the truth, and that's what I'd like to do." He concluded: "Win or lose, play the limit. Never mind, Granny; when I'm broke, you'll give me a job. Up to you. Confess."
"Remember, we need to be honest, and that's what I want to do." He finished with, "Regardless of the outcome, go all in. Don't worry, Granny; when I'm out of cash, you'll help me out. It's your call. Just admit it."
Granning began diffidently, for he was always slow at speech and the fluency of Marsh's recital intimidated him.
Granning started hesitantly because he was always slow to speak, and Marsh's smooth storytelling made him feel uneasy.
"I don't know that there's anything so interesting[Pg 23] in my future," he began, turning the menu nervously in his hands and fixing a spot on the tablecloth where a wine stain broke the white monotony. "You see, I'm different from you fellows. You're facing life in a different sort of way. I'm not sure but what there's more danger in it than you think, but the fact is you're all looking for the gamble. You want what you want, Roscy, by the time you're thirty-five. Bojo and Fred want a million by the time they're thirty. You're looking for the easy way—the quick way. You may get it and then you may not. You've got friends, opportunities—perhaps you will."
"I don't really think there's anything that exciting[Pg 23] in my future," he started, nervously fiddling with the menu and staring at a spot on the tablecloth where a wine stain interrupted the white surface. "You see, I'm different from you guys. You’re approaching life in a different way. I’m not sure, but I think there’s more risk involved than you realize. The truth is, you’re all looking for a chance to take. You want what you want, Roscy, by the time you turn thirty-five. Bojo and Fred want a million by thirty. You’re seeking the easy way—the quick path. You might get it, but then again, you might not. You have friends, opportunities—maybe you will."
"That's where you'll never learn, you old fossil," said Marsh. "If you'd get out and meet people, why, some time you'd strike a man with a nice fat contract in his pocket looking for just the reliable—" he stopped, not wishing to add, "old plodder that you are."
"That's where you'll never learn, you old fossil," Marsh said. "If you’d just get out and meet people, eventually you might come across a guy with a nice big contract in his pocket, looking for someone reliable—" he stopped, not wanting to add, "old plodder that you are."
Granning shook his head emphatically. Among these boyish types he seemed of another generation, a rather roughly hewn type of a district leader of fixed purpose and irresistible momentum.
Granning shook his head firmly. Among these youthful types, he felt like he was from a different generation, a somewhat rugged figure of a district leader with a strong determination and unstoppable drive.
"Not for me," he said decisively. "There's one thing I've got strong, where I have the start over you and a good thing it is, too: I know my limitations. I'm not starting where you are. My son will; I'm not. Hold up; it's the truth, and the truth is what we're telling. You can gamble with life—you've got something to fall back on. I'm the fellow who's got to build. Yes, I'll be honest. I want to make a million, too, I suppose, as Fred said, like every American does. After all, if you're out to make[Pg 24] money, it's a good thing to try for something high. There isn't much chance for romance in what I'm doing. I've got to go up step by step, but it means more to me to get a fifty-dollar raise than that next million can mean to you, Roscy. That's because I look back, because I remember."
"Not for me," he said firmly. "Here's one thing where I really have the upper hand over you, and it’s a big deal: I know my limits. I'm not starting from where you are. My son will; I’m not. Just know that it’s true, and we’re just stating the facts. You can take risks with life—you’ve got a safety net. I’m the one who has to build everything from scratch. Yes, I’ll be honest. I want to make a million, too, like Fred said, just like every American does. After all, if you’re aiming to make[Pg 24] money, it’s good to aim for something big. There isn’t much chance for romance in what I’m doing. I’ve got to climb up step by step, but getting a fifty-dollar raise means more to me than that next million could ever mean to you, Roscy. That’s because I look back; I remember."
He stopped and the memories of the existence out of which he had dragged himself, of which he never spoke, threw thoughtful shadows over the broad forehead. All at once, taking a knife, he drew a long straight line on the table, inclining upward like the slope of a hill, with a cross at the bottom and one at the top, while the others looked on, puzzled.
He paused, and the memories of the life he had pulled himself away from—memories he never mentioned—cast reflective shadows over his broad forehead. Suddenly, grabbing a knife, he drew a long straight line on the table, sloping upward like a hill, with a cross at the bottom and another at the top, while the others watched, confused.
"You see there's not much banging of drums or dancing in what I've got ahead and not much to tell until I get there. You know how a mole travels; well, that's me." He laid his finger on the cross at the bottom and then shifted it to the cross at the top. "Here's where I go in and here's where I come out. In between doesn't count."
"You see, there's not a lot of fanfare or excitement in what I've got planned and not much to share until I get there. You know how a mole moves; well, that's me." He pointed to the cross at the bottom and then moved his finger to the cross at the top. "Here's where I enter and here's where I exit. What happens in between doesn't matter."
"And what besides that?" said Bojo.
"And what else is there?" said Bojo.
"Well," said Granning simply, "I don't know what else. I'd like to get off for a couple of months and see Europe and what they're doing over in France and Germany in the steel line."
"Well," Granning said plainly, "I don't know what else. I'd like to take a couple of months off and see Europe and what they're doing in the steel industry in France and Germany."
"But all that'll happen. What would you really like to get out of life?" said Marsh, smiling—"you old unimaginative bear!"
"But all that will happen. What would you really want to get out of life?" said Marsh, smiling—"you old unimaginative bear!"
"I'd like to go into politics in the right sort of way; I think every man ought. Perhaps I'll marry, have a home and all that sort of thing some day. I think what I'd like best would be to get a chance[Pg 25] to run a factory along certain lines I've thought out—a cooperative arrangement in a way. There's so much to be worked out along the lines of organization and efficiency." He thought over the situation a moment and then concluded with sudden diffidence as though surprised at the daring of his self-confession. "That's about all there is to it, I guess."
"I want to get into politics the right way; I believe every man should. Maybe one day I'll get married, have a home, and all that stuff. What I'd really like is the chance[Pg 25] to run a factory based on some ideas I've come up with—a sort of cooperative setup. There's so much to figure out when it comes to organization and efficiency." He paused for a moment, then added with a bit of hesitation, as if taken aback by his own boldness. "I guess that's about it."
When he had ended thus clumsily, DeLancy took up immediately, but without that spirit of good-humored raillery which was characteristic. When he spoke in matter-of-fact, direct phrases, the three friends looked at him in astonishment, realizing all at once an undivined intent underneath all the lightness of that attitude by which they had judged him.
When he awkwardly finished, DeLancy jumped in right away, but without the typical lighthearted teasing he usually had. As he spoke in straightforward, clear terms, the three friends stared at him in shock, suddenly aware of a deeper purpose behind the casual demeanor they had used to assess him.
"One thing Granning said strikes at me—knowing your limitations," he said with a certain defiance, as though aware that he was going to shock them. "I suppose you fellows think of me as a merry little jester, an amusing loafer, happy-go-lucky and all that sort of stuff. Well, you're mistaken. I know my limitations, I know what I can do and what I can't. I'm just as anxious to get ahead as any of you, and you can bet I don't fool myself. I don't sit down and say, 'Freddie, you've got railroads in your head—you're an organizer—you'd shine at the bar—you'd push John Rockefeller off the map,' or any of that rot. No, sir! I know where I stand. On a straight out-and-out proposition I wouldn't be worth twenty dollars a week to any one. But just the same I'm going to have my million and my automobile in five years. Dine with me five years from this date and you'll see."[Pg 26]
"One thing Granning said really hits home for me—knowing your limits," he said with a bit of defiance, as if he knew he was going to surprise them. "I guess you guys see me as a cheerful little jokester, a fun-loving slacker, carefree and all that. Well, you're wrong. I know my limits; I understand what I can do and what I can't. I'm just as eager to move up as any of you, and trust me, I don't deceive myself. I don’t sit down and think, 'Freddie, you've got railroads in your head—you’re an organizer—you’d thrive at the bar—you’d shove John Rockefeller off the map,' or any of that nonsense. No way! I know where I stand. If it came down to it, I wouldn’t be worth twenty dollars a week to anyone. But still, I’m going to have my million and my car in five years. Have dinner with me five years from now, and you’ll see."[Pg 26]
"Well, Fred, what's the secret? How are you going to do it?" said Bojo, a little suspicious of his seriousness.
"Hey Fred, what's the secret? How are you going to pull this off?" said Bojo, a bit doubtful about how serious he was.
But DeLancy as though still aware of the necessity of further explanations before his pronouncement continued:
But DeLancy, seeming to understand that he needed to provide more explanations before making his statement, continued:
"I said I didn't fool myself and I don't. I haven't got ability like Granning over here, who's entirely too modest and who'll end by being an old money-bags—see if he doesn't. I haven't got a bunch of greenbacks left me or behind me like Roscy or Bojo. My old dad's a brick; he's scraped and pinched to put me through college on the basis of you fellows. Now it's up to me. I haven't got what you fellows have got, but I've got some very valuable qualities, very valuable when you keep in mind what you can do with them. I have a very fine pair of dancing legs, I play a good game of bridge and a better at poker, I can ride other men's horses and drive their automobiles in first-rate style, I wear better clothes than my host with all his wad, and you bet that impresses him. I know how to gather in friends as fast as you can drum up circulation, I can liven up any party and save any dinner from going on the rocks, I can amuse a bunch of old bores until they get to liking themselves; in a word, I know how to make myself indispensable in society and the society that counts."
"I said I don't deceive myself, and I really don't. I don't have the talent like Granning over here, who’s way too modest and is going to end up being a wealthy old guy—just wait and see. I don't have cash like Roscy or Bojo. My dad’s amazing; he’s worked hard and saved to pay for my college, thanks to you guys. Now it's my turn. I might not have what you guys have, but I do have some pretty valuable traits, especially when you think about what you can do with them. I have a great pair of dancing legs, I play a solid game of bridge and am even better at poker, I can ride other people’s horses and drive their cars like a pro, I wear nicer clothes than my host with all his cash, and you can bet that leaves an impression on him. I know how to make friends as fast as you can drum up interest, I can liven up any party and keep any dinner from falling apart, I can entertain a group of dull people until they start to enjoy themselves; in short, I know how to make myself essential in the social scene that really matters."
"What the deuce is he driving at?" Marsh broke in with a puzzled expression.
"What on earth is he getting at?" Marsh interrupted with a confused look.
"Why am I sitting down in a broker's office drawing fifty dollars a week, just to smoke long black[Pg 27] cigars? Because I know a rap what's going on? No. Because I know people, because I'm a cute little social runner who brings custom into the office; because my capital is friends and I capitalize my friends."
"Why am I sitting in a broker's office making fifty dollars a week just to smoke long black[Pg 27] cigars? Is it because I know what's happening? No. It's because I know people; I'm a charming little socialite who brings business into the office. My assets are my friends, and I leverage my friendships."
"Oh, come now, Fred, that's rather hard," said Bojo, feeling the note of bitterness in this cynical self-estimate.
"Oh, come on, Fred, that's a bit harsh," said Bojo, sensing the bitterness in this cynical self-assessment.
"It's the truth. What do you think that old fraud of a Runker, my boss, said to me last week when I dropped in an hour late? 'Young man, what do you come to the office for—for afternoon tea?' And what did I answer? I said 'Boss, you know what you've got me here for, and do you want me to tell you what you ought to say? You ought to say, "Mr. DeLancy, you've been working very hard in our interest these nights and though we can't give you an expense account, you must be more careful of your health. I don't want to see you burning the candle at both ends. Sleep late of mornings."' And what did he say, the old humbug? He burst out laughing and raised my salary. He knew I was wise."
"It's the truth. What do you think that old fraud Runker, my boss, said to me last week when I showed up an hour late? 'Young man, what do you come to the office for—for afternoon tea?' And what did I say? I replied, 'Boss, you know why I'm here, and do you want me to tell you what you should say? You should say, "Mr. DeLancy, you've been working really hard for us these nights, and even though we can't give you an expense account, you need to take better care of your health. I don't want to see you burning the candle at both ends. Sleep in a bit in the mornings."' And what did he say, the old humbug? He burst out laughing and gave me a raise. He knew I was onto him."
"Well, what's the point of all this?" said Granning after the laugh. "Never heard you take so long coming to the point before."
"What's the point of all this?" Granning said after the laughter. "I've never heard you take so long to get to the point before."
"The point is this: there're three ways of making money and only three: to have it left you like Roscy, to earn it like Granning, and to marry it—"
"The point is this: there are three ways to make money and only three: to inherit it like Roscy, to earn it like Granning, and to marry it—"
"Like you!"
"Just like you!"
"Like me!"
"Follow me!"
The others looked at him with constraint, for at[Pg 28] that period there was still a prejudice against an American man who made a marriage of calculation. Finally Granning said:
The others looked at him awkwardly, because at[Pg 28] that time there was still a bias against an American man who entered into a marriage for convenience. Finally, Granning said:
"You won't do that, Freddie!"
"You won't do that, Freddie!"
"Indeed I will," said DeLancy, but with a nervous acceleration. "My career is society. Oh, I don't say I'm going to marry for money and nothing else. It's much easier than that. Besides, there's the patriotic motive, you know. I'm saving an American fortune for American uses, American heiresses for American men. Sounds like American styles for American women," he added, trying to take the edge off the declaration with a laugh. "After all, there's a lot of buncombe about it. A broken-down foreigner comes over here with a reputation like a Sing-Sing favorite, and because he calls himself Duke he's going to marry the daughter of Dan Drake to pay up his debts and the Lord knows for what purposes in the future—and do you fellows turn your back on him and raise your eyebrows as you did a moment ago? Not at all. You're tickled to death to go up and cling to his ducal finger. Am I right, Roscy?"
"Of course I will," said DeLancy, but he sounded a bit anxious. "My career is all about social status. Oh, I’m not saying I’m going to marry for money alone. It's actually a lot simpler than that. Plus, there’s a patriotic angle, you know. I’m helping to keep American fortunes for American needs, and American heiresses for American men. Sounds like the latest American trends for American women," he added, trying to lighten the mood with a laugh. "Honestly, there's a lot of nonsense about it. A washed-up foreigner comes here with a reputation like a criminal, and just because he calls himself a Duke, he thinks he’s going to marry Dan Drake's daughter to settle his debts—and God knows what else he’s planning for the future—and you guys shy away from him and raise your eyebrows like you did a minute ago? Not at all. You're thrilled to rush over and cling to his duke status. Am I right, Roscy?"
"Yes, but—"
"Yeah, but—"
"But I'm an American and will make a damned sight better husband, and American children will inherit the money instead of its being swallowed up by a rotten aristocracy. There's the answer."
"But I'm American and will be a much better husband, and American kids will inherit the money instead of it getting taken by a corrupt aristocracy. That's the answer."
"It's the way you say it, Fred," said Bojo uneasily.
"It's how you say it, Fred," Bojo said nervously.
"Because I have the nerve to say it. This is all I'm worth and this is the only way to get what we all want."[Pg 29]
"Because I have the guts to say it. This is all I'm worth, and this is the only way to get what we all want."[Pg 29]
"You'll never do it," said Granning with decision; "not in the way you say it."
"You'll never pull it off," Granning said firmly, "not the way you're suggesting."
"Granning, you're a babe in the woods. You don't know what life is," said DeLancy, laughing boisterously. "After all, what are you going to do? You're going to put away the finest days of your life to come out with a pile when you're middle-aged and then what good will it do you? I knew I'd shock you. Still there it is—that's flat!" He drew back, lighting a cigar to cover his retreat and said: "Bojo next. I dare you to be as frank."
"Granning, you're a total novice. You have no idea what life is like," said DeLancy, laughing loudly. "I mean, what are you planning to do? You're going to save the best days of your life just to end up with some money when you’re middle-aged, and then what will it even matter? I knew I’d surprise you. But there it is—that’s just the way it is!" He stepped back, lighting a cigar to ease his way out, and said: "Bojo next. I dare you to be as honest."
Bojo, thus interrogated, took refuge in an evasive answer. The revelations he had listened to gave him a keen sense of change. On this very evening when they had come together for the purpose of celebrating old friendship, it seemed to him that the parting of their ways lay clearly before him.
Bojo, questioned like this, gave a vague answer. What he had heard made him feel a strong sense of change. On this very evening, when they had gathered to celebrate their long-standing friendship, it felt to him like their paths were clearly dividing.
"I don't know what I shall do," he said at last. "No, I'm not dodging; I don't know. Much depends on certain circumstances." He could not say how vividly their different announced paths represented to him the difficulties of his choice. "I'd like to do something more than just make money, and yet that seems the most natural thing, I suppose. Well, I'd like a chance to have a year or two to think things over, see all kinds of men and activities—but I don't know, by next week I may be at the bottom—striking out for myself and glad of a chance."
"I don't know what I'm going to do," he finally said. "No, I'm not avoiding the question; I genuinely don't know. A lot depends on certain circumstances." He couldn't express how clearly their different paths illustrated the challenges of his decision. "I'd really like to do something beyond just making money, but that seems like the most natural choice, I guess. Well, I'd love to have a year or two to think things through, meet all kinds of people and try different activities—but I don't know, by next week I could be starting from scratch and just happy to have the opportunity."
He stopped and they did not urge him to continue. After DeLancy's flat exposition each had a feeling of the danger of disillusionment. Besides, Fred and Roscoe were impatient to be off, Fred to a roof garden, Marsh to the newspaper. Bojo declined DeLancy's[Pg 30] invitation, alleged the necessity of unpacking, in reality rather desirous of being alone or of a quieter talk with Granning in the new home.
He stopped and they didn’t push him to go on. After DeLancy's straightforward explanation, each of them felt the risk of being let down. On top of that, Fred and Roscoe were eager to leave—Fred to a rooftop garden, and Marsh to the newspaper office. Bojo turned down DeLancy's[Pg 30] invitation, claiming he needed to unpack, when in reality he really wanted to be alone or have a quieter conversation with Granning in their new place.
"Here's to us, then," said Marsh, raising his glass. "Whatever happens the old combination sticks together."
"Here’s to us, then," said Marsh, lifting his glass. "No matter what happens, the old crew sticks together."
Bojo raised his glass thoughtfully, feeling underneath that there was something irrevocably changed. The city was outside sparkling and black, but there was a new feeling in the night below, and the more he felt the multiplicity of its multifold expressions the more it came to him that what he would do he would do alone.[Pg 31]
Bojo raised his glass thoughtfully, sensing that something had changed forever. The city outside sparkled in the darkness, but there was a fresh vibe in the night below, and the more he sensed the variety of its many expressions, the more it dawned on him that whatever he was going to do, he would do it alone.[Pg 31]
CHAPTER III
ON THE TAIL OF A TERRIER
When he returned with Granning into the court and upstairs to their quarters a telegram greeted him from the floor as he opened the door. It was from his father, brief and businesslike.
When he came back with Granning into the hallway and upstairs to their rooms, a telegram awaited him on the floor as he opened the door. It was from his dad, short and to the point.
Arrive to-morrow. Wish to see you at three at office. Important.
Arriving tomorrow. I would like to see you at three in the office. It's important.
J. B. Crocker.
J. B. Crocker.
He stood by the fireplace tearing it slowly to pieces, feeling the approach of reality in his existence, a little frightened at its imminence.
He stood by the fireplace, slowly tearing it apart, feeling reality creeping into his life, a bit scared of how close it was.
"Not bad news," said Granning, settling his great bulk on the couch and reaching for a pipe from the rack. But at this instant a smiling Japanese valet ushered in the trunks.
"Not bad news," said Granning, settling his large frame on the couch and reaching for a pipe from the rack. But at that moment, a smiling Japanese valet came in with the trunks.
"This is Sweeney," said Granning with an introductory wave. "He's one of four. We gave up trying to remember their names, so Fred rechristened them. The others are Patsy, O'Rourke, and Houlahan. Sweeney speaks perfect English, if you ask him for a telephone book he'll rush out and bring you a taxicab. Understand, eh, Sweeney?"
"This is Sweeney," Granning said with a wave. "He's one of four. We stopped trying to remember their names, so Fred gave them new ones. The others are Patsy, O'Rourke, and Houlahan. Sweeney speaks perfect English; if you ask him for a phone book, he'll hurry out and get you a cab. Got it, Sweeney?"
"Velly well, yes, sir," said Sweeney, smiling a pleased smile.
"Very well, yes, sir," Sweeney said, smiling a satisfied smile.
"How the deuce do you work it then?" said Bojo, prying open his trunk.[Pg 32]
"How on earth do you make it work then?" said Bojo, prying open his trunk.[Pg 32]
"Oh, it's quite simple. Fred discovered the combination. All you have to remember is that no matter what you ask for Sweeney always gets a taxi, Patsy brings in the breakfast, Houlahan starts for the tailor, and O'Rourke produces the scrubwoman. Just remember that and you'll have no trouble. But for the Lord's sake don't get em mixed up." He broke off. "What's the matter? You look serious."
"Oh, it’s really easy. Fred figured out the combination. Just keep in mind that no matter what you ask for, Sweeney always gets a taxi, Patsy brings in the breakfast, Houlahan heads to the tailor, and O’Rourke gets the cleaning lady. Just remember that, and you won’t have any issues. But for goodness’ sake, don’t get them mixed up." He paused. "What’s wrong? You look serious."
"I'm wondering how I'll feel this time to-morrow," said Bojo with his arms full of shirts and neckties. "I've got a pleasant little interview with the Governor ahead." He filled a drawer of the bureau and returned into the sitting-room, and as Granning, with his usual discretion, ventured no question he added, looking out at the court where three blazing windows of the restaurant were flinging pools of light across the dark green plots: "He'll want me to chuck all this,—shoot up to a hole in the mud; bury myself in a mill town for four or five years. Pleasant prospect."
"I'm curious about how I'll feel this time tomorrow," Bojo said, carrying a stack of shirts and neckties. "I've got a nice little interview with the Governor coming up." He filled a drawer in the dresser and went back to the sitting room. Since Granning, as usual, didn’t ask any questions, Bojo added, glancing out at the courtyard where three bright restaurant windows were casting pools of light across the dark green patches: "He'll want me to give all this up—dash off to some backwater; bury myself in a mill town for four or five years. Great outlook."
It did seem a bleak prospect, indeed, standing there in the commodious bay window, seeing the flooded sky, hearing all the distant mingled songs of the city. From the near-by wall the orchestra of the theater sent the gay beats of a musical comedy march feebly out through open windows, while from the adjoining wall of the Times Annex, beyond the brilliant busy windows, the linotype machines were clicking out the news of the world that came throbbing in. The theater, the press, that world of imagination and hourly sensation, the half-opened restaurant with glimpses of gay tables and the beginnings of the nightly cabaret, the blazing court itself[Pg 33] filled with ardent young men at the happy period of the first great ventures, all were brought so close to his own eager curiosity that he turned back rebelliously:
It really did seem like a grim situation, standing there in the spacious bay window, watching the overcast sky and hearing the distant, mixed sounds of the city. From the nearby wall, the theater’s orchestra faintly sent out the lively beats of a musical comedy through open windows, while from the adjacent wall of the Times Annex, beyond the bright, bustling windows, the linotype machines were churning out the world’s news that came pulsing in. The theater, the press, that world of creativity and constant excitement, the half-open restaurant showing glimpses of cheerful tables and the start of the nightly cabaret, the vibrant courtyard itself[Pg 33] filled with passionate young men at the thrilling moment of their first big adventures, all felt so close to his own eager curiosity that he turned back defiantly:
"By heavens, I won't do it, whatever happens! I won't be starved out for the sake of more dollars. Well, would you in my place—now?"
"Honestly, I won't do it, no matter what! I won't be pushed out just for a few extra dollars. So, would you do it if you were in my position—now?"
He took a pair of shoes and flung them scudding across the floor into the room and then stood looking down at the noncommittal figure of his friend.
He grabbed a pair of shoes and tossed them sliding across the floor into the room, then stood there, looking down at the indifferent figure of his friend.
"Granning, you don't approve of us, do you? Stop looking like a sphinx. Answer or I'll dump the tray over you. You don't approve, do you? Besides, I watched your face to-night when Fred was spouting all that ridiculous stuff."
"Granning, you don't approve of us, do you? Stop looking so mysterious. Answer or I'll pour this tray all over you. You don't approve, right? By the way, I saw your expression tonight when Fred was going on about all that nonsense."
"He meant it."
"He was serious."
"Do you think so?" He sat down thoughtfully. "I wonder."
"Do you really think that?" He sat down, deep in thought. "I wonder."
"What worried you?" said Granning directly, with a sharp look.
"What’s bothering you?" Granning asked directly, giving a pointed look.
"I was sort of upset," Bojo admitted. "You know when you got through and Fred got through, I thought after all you were right—we are gamblers. We want things quick and easily. It's the excitement, the living on a high tension."
"I was kind of upset," Bojo admitted. "You know when you got through and Fred got through, I thought after all you were right—we are gamblers. We want things fast and easy. It's the thrill, the living on edge."
"I always sort of figured out you'd want to do something different," said Granning slowly.
"I always kind of thought you’d want to do something different," said Granning slowly.
"So I would," he said moodily. "I wish I had Roscy's brains. I wonder what I could do if I had to shift for myself."
"So I would," he said darkly. "I wish I had Roscy's smarts. I wonder what I could do if I had to fend for myself."
"So that's the idea, is it?"
"So that's the plan, right?"
He nodded.
He agreed.
"The old Dad's stubborn as blazes. Had an up-and-down[Pg 34] row with Jack, my older brother, and turned him out. Lord knows what's become of him. Dad's got as much love for the Wall Street game as your pesky old self. Thinks they're a lot of loafers and confidence men."
"The old man is as stubborn as they come. He had a rocky fight with Jack, my older brother, and kicked him out. Who knows what’s happened to him now? Dad has as much love for the Wall Street scene as you do, which is to say, none at all. He thinks they're full of slackers and con artists."
"I didn't say it," said Granning with a short laugh.
"I didn't say it," Granning said with a chuckle.
"No, but you think it."
"No, but you believe that."
Granning rose as the clock struck ten and shouldered off to his bedroom according to his invariable custom. When Bojo finally turned in it was to sleep by fits and starts. The weight of the decision which he would have to make on the morrow oppressed him. It was all very well to announce that he would start at the bottom rather than yield, but the world had opened up to him in a different light since the dinner of confidences. He saw the two ways clearly—the long, slow plodding way of Granning, and the other way, the world of opportunities through friends, the world of quick results to those privileged to be behind the scenes. If the end were the same, why take the way of toil and deprivation? Besides, there were other reasons, sentimental reasons, that urged him to the easier choice. If he could only make his father see things rationally—but he had slight hope of making an impression upon that direct and adamant will.
Granning got up when the clock struck ten and headed to his bedroom as he always did. When Bojo finally went to bed, he could only sleep in fits and starts. The weight of the decision he had to make the next day was heavy on him. It was easy to say he would start from the bottom instead of giving in, but everything had changed for him since the dinner of confidences. He clearly saw the two paths ahead—Granning's long, slow, hard-working route, and the other path, filled with opportunities through connections, where quick results awaited those who had insider access. If the outcome would be the same, why choose the path of struggle and deprivation? Plus, there were other, more sentimental reasons pushing him toward the easier option. If only he could make his father see things logically—but he had little hope of changing that direct and stubborn mindset.
"Well, if everything goes smash, I'll make Roscy give me a job on the paper," he thought as he turned restlessly in his bed.
"Well, if everything falls apart, I'll make Roscy hire me at the paper," he thought as he tossed and turned in his bed.
The white gleam of a shifting electric sign, high above the roofs, played over the opposite wall. At midnight he heard dimly two sounds which were destined from now on to dispute the turning of the[Pg 35] night with their contending notes of work and pleasure—the sound of great presses beginning to rumble under the morning edition and from the restaurant an inconscient chorus welcoming the midnight with jingling rhythm.
The bright glow of a moving electric sign, high above the rooftops, flickered across the wall opposite. At midnight, he faintly heard two sounds that would from now on compete for his attention throughout the night, with their contrasting notes of work and leisure—the rumble of large printing presses getting ready for the morning edition and, from the restaurant, a mindless chorus celebrating the midnight hour with a rhythmic jingling.
You want to cry,
You want to die,
But all you do is laugh, Hi! Hi!
You've got the High Jinks! That's why!
You feel like crying,
You want to end it,
But all you do is laugh, Ha! Ha!
You've got the High Jinks! That's the reason!
When he awoke the next morning it was to the sound of Roscoe Marsh in the adjoining sitting-room telephoning for breakfast. The sun was pouring over his coverlet and the clock stood reproachfully at nine o clock. He slipped into a dressing-gown and found Marsh yawning over the papers. Granning had departed at seven o'clock to the works on the Jersey shore. DeLancy presently staggered out, tousled and sleepy, resplendent in a blazing red satin dressing-gown, announcing:
When he woke up the next morning, he heard Roscoe Marsh in the next room calling for breakfast. The sun was streaming over his blanket, and the clock was glaring at him, showing nine o'clock. He put on a robe and found Marsh yawning over the newspaper. Granning had left at seven o'clock to head to the factory on the Jersey shore. DeLancy soon stumbled out, messy and half-asleep, looking vibrant in a bright red satin robe, announcing:
"Lord, but this brokerage business is exacting work."
"Wow, this brokerage business is demanding work."
"Late party, eh?" said Bojo, laughing.
"Running late to the party, huh?" Bojo said, chuckling.
"Where the devil is the coffee?" said DeLancy for all answer.
"Where the heck is the coffee?" DeLancy replied.
Marsh, too, had been of the party after the night work had been completed, though he showed scarcely a trace of the double strain. Breakfast over, Bojo finished unpacking, killing time until noon arrived, when, after a solicitous selection of shirts and neckties, he went off by appointment to meet Miss Doris Drake.
Marsh had also been part of the group after they finished their night work, although he didn't seem to show much of the stress from it. After breakfast, Bojo finished unpacking, passing the time until noon. At that point, after carefully choosing his shirts and neckties, he left to meet Miss Doris Drake by appointment.
To-day the thoughts of that other interview with[Pg 36] his father were too present in his imagination to permit of the usual zest such a meeting usually drew forth. The attachment, for despite the insinuations of DeLancy and Marsh it was hardly more than that, had been of long standing. There had been a period toward the end of boarding-school when he had been tremendously in love and had corresponded with extraordinary faithfulness and treasured numerous tokens of feminine reciprocation with a sentimental devotion. The infatuation had cooled, but the devotion had remained as a necessary romantic outlet. She had been his guest as a matter of course at all the numerous gala occasions of college life, at the football match, the New London race, and the Prom. He was tremendously proud to have her on his arm, so proud that at times he temporarily felt a return of that bitter-sweet frenzy when at school he turned hot and cold with the expectancy of her letters. At the bottom he was perhaps playing at love, a little afraid of her with that spirit of cautious deliberation which, had he but known it, abides not with romance.
Today, the memories of that other conversation with[Pg 36] his father were so vivid in his mind that they took away the usual excitement he felt for such meetings. The connection, despite what DeLancy and Marsh suggested, was really only that—an attachment that had lasted a long time. There had been a phase towards the end of boarding school when he was deeply in love, writing letters with incredible loyalty and keeping many tokens of her affection with sentimental care. Although the infatuation had faded, the devotion remained as an essential outlet for his romantic feelings. She had naturally been his date for all the various celebrations of college life, including the football game, the New London race, and the Prom. He felt immensely proud to have her by his side, so proud that sometimes he would momentarily relive that bittersweet excitement he had felt in school when he waited anxiously for her letters. Deep down, he might have been playing at love, slightly intimidated by her, with a cautious mindset that, if he had realized it, had no place in romance.
During the month on the ranch he had spent in their house-party, he had a hundred times tried to convince himself that the old ardor was there, and when somehow in his own honesty he failed, he would often wonder what was the subtle reason that prevented it. She was everything that the eye could imagine, brilliant, perhaps a little too much so for a young lady of twenty, and sought after by a score of men to whom she remained completely indifferent. He was flattered and yet he remained uneasy, forced to admit to himself that there was something lacking[Pg 37] in her to stir his pulses as they had once been stirred. When DeLancy had so frankly announced his intention of making a favorable marriage, something had uneasily stirred his conscience. Was there after all some such unconscious instinct in him at the bottom of this continued intimacy?
During the month he spent at the ranch with their house party, he tried a hundred times to convince himself that the old passion was still there. When he honestly realized it wasn’t, he often wondered what subtle reason was holding it back. She was everything someone could imagine—brilliant, maybe a bit too much so for a twenty-year-old, and pursued by countless men, none of whom captured her interest. He was flattered, yet uneasy, having to admit there was something missing in her that no longer stirred his emotions as they once had. When DeLancy openly stated his intention to make a favorable marriage, it stirred something uncomfortable in his conscience. Was there an unconscious instinct driving him to maintain this ongoing closeness?
When he reached the metropolitan castle of the Drakes on upper Fifth Avenue, he found the salons still covered up in summer trappings, long yellow linens over the furniture, the paintings on the walls still wrapped in cheesecloth. As he was twirling his cane aimlessly before the fireplace, wondering how long it would please Miss Doris to keep him waiting, there came a breathless scamper and rush, accompanied by delighted giggles, and the next moment an Irish terrier, growling and snarling in mock fury, slid over the polished floor, pursued by a young girl who had a firm grip on the stubby tail. The chase ended in the center of the room with a sudden tumble. The dog, liberated, stood quivering with delight at a safe distance, head on one side, tongue out, ready for the next move of his tormenter who was camped in the middle of the floor. But at this moment she perceived Bojo.
When he arrived at the Drake mansion on upper Fifth Avenue, he saw that the rooms were still decorated for summer, with long yellow linens draped over the furniture and paintings covered in cheesecloth. As he twirled his cane aimlessly in front of the fireplace, wondering how long Miss Doris would make him wait, he suddenly heard a breathless scurry and laughter, and in the next moment, an Irish terrier, growling and pretending to be angry, slid across the polished floor, chased by a young girl who had a firm grip on its stubby tail. The chase ended in the middle of the room with a sudden tumble. The dog, now free, stood quivering with excitement at a safe distance, head tilted, tongue out, ready for the next move from its tormentor, who was sprawled out in the middle of the floor. But at that moment, she noticed Bojo.
"Oh, hello," she said with a start of surprise but no confusion. "Who are you?"
"Oh, hi," she said, startled but not confused. "Who are you?"
"I'm Crocker, Tom Crocker," he said, laughing back at the flushed oval face, with mischievous eyes dancing somewhere in the golden hair that tumbled in shocks to her shoulder.
"I'm Crocker, Tom Crocker," he said, laughing at the flushed oval face, with playful eyes sparkling in the golden hair that fell in waves to her shoulder.
She sprang up brightly, advancing with outstretched hand.
She jumped up cheerfully, moving forward with her hand extended.
"Oh, you're Bojo," she said in correction. "You[Pg 38] don't know me. I'm Patsie, the terror of the family. Now don't say you thought I was a child, I'm seventeen—going on eighteen in January."
"Oh, you're Bojo," she said, correcting him. "You[Pg 38] don't know me. I'm Patsie, the troublemaker of the family. And don’t say you thought I was a kid; I’m seventeen—turning eighteen in January."
He shook the hand that was thrust out to him in a direct boyish grip, surprised and a little bewildered at the irresistible youth and spirits of the young lady who stood so naturally before him in short skirt and in simple shirtwaist open at the tanned neck.
He shook the hand that was offered to him with a straightforward, youthful grip, surprised and a bit confused by the vibrant youth and energy of the young woman who stood so comfortably before him in a short skirt and a simple shirtwaist, unbuttoned at the tanned neck.
"Of course they've told you I'm a terror," she said defiantly. He nodded, which seemed to please her, for she rattled on: "Well, I am. They had to keep me away until Dolly hooked the Duke. Have you seen him? Well, if that's a duke all I've got to say is I think he's a mutt. Of course you're waiting for Doris, aren't you?"
"Of course, they've told you I'm a nightmare," she said boldly. He nodded, which seemed to make her happy, so she continued: "Well, I am. They had to keep me away until Dolly landed the Duke. Have you seen him? Well, if that's a duke, all I can say is I think he's a loser. Of course, you're waiting for Doris, right?"
The assumption of his vassalage somehow stirred a little antagonism, but before he could answer she was off again.
The idea that he was now her vassal stirred up some resentment, but before he could respond, she was off again.
"Well, a jolly long wait you'll have, too. Doris is splashing around among the rouge and powder like Romp in a puddle."
"Well, you're in for a really long wait, too. Doris is playing around with the makeup like a kid in a puddle."
Her own cheeks needed no such encouragement, he thought, laughing back at her through the pure infection of her high spirits.
Her own cheeks didn't need any encouragement, he thought, laughing back at her from the contagious joy of her high spirits.
"I like you; you're all right," she said, surveying him with her head on one side like Romp, the terrier, who came sniffing up to him in the friendliest way. "You're not like a lot of these fashion plates that come in on tiptoes. Say, that was a bully tackle you made in that Harvard game."
"I like you; you're cool," she said, looking at him with her head tilted like Romp, the terrier, who approached him in the friendliest way. "You're not like a lot of those models who walk in on tiptoes. By the way, that was an awesome tackle you made in that Harvard game."
He was down on one knee rubbing the shaggy coat of the terrier. He looked up.
He was on one knee, petting the furry coat of the terrier. He looked up.
"Yep! I guess there wasn't much left of that fellow! Dad said that was the finest tackle he ever saw."
"Yeah! I guess there wasn’t much left of that guy! Dad said it was the best tackle he’d ever seen."
"It shook me up all right," he said, grinning.
"It really shook me up," he said, grinning.
"Well, if Dad likes you and Romp likes you, you must be some account," she continued, camping on the rug and seizing triumphantly the stubby tail. "Dad's strong for you!"
"Well, if Dad likes you and Romp likes you, you must be something special," she said, settling on the rug and confidently grabbing the stubby tail. "Dad really thinks highly of you!"
Bojo settled on the edge of the sofa, watching the furious encounter which took place for the possession of the strategic point.
Bojo settled on the edge of the sofa, watching the intense struggle for control of the strategic point.
"I suppose you're going to marry Doris," she said in a moment of calm, while Romp made good his escape.
"I guess you're going to marry Doris," she said during a brief moment of calm, while Romp made his getaway.
Bojo felt himself flushing under the direct child-like gaze.
Bojo felt himself blushing under the direct, innocent gaze.
"I should be very flattered if Doris—"
"I'd be really flattered if Doris—"
"Oh, don't talk that way," she said with a fling of her shoulders. "That's like all the others. Tell me, are all New York men such hopeless ninnies? Lord, I'm going to have a dreary time of it." She looked at him critically. "One thing I like about you; you don't wear spats."
"Oh, don’t say things like that," she said, shaking her shoulders. "You sound just like everyone else. Seriously, are all New York guys such hopeless fools? Ugh, this is going to be a boring time for me." She examined him closely. "There's one thing I like about you; you don’t wear spats."
"I suppose you're home for the wedding," he asked curiously, "or are you through with the boarding-school?"
"I guess you're back for the wedding," he asked with interest, "or have you finished with boarding school?"
"Didn't you hear about this?" she said with a touch to her shortened hair. "They wanted me to come out and I said I wouldn't come out. And when they said I should come out, I said to myself, I'll just fix them so I can't come out, and I hacked off all my hair. That's why they sent me off to Coventry for the summer. I'd have hacked it off[Pg 40] again, but Dad cut up so I let it grow, and now the plaguey old fashion has gotten around to bobbed hair. What do you think of that?"
"Didn't you hear about this?" she said, touching her short hair. "They wanted me to go out, and I said I wouldn't. When they insisted I should go out, I thought to myself, I'll just do something to make it so I can't go out, so I chopped off all my hair. That's why they sent me off to Coventry for the summer. I would have chopped it off[Pg 40] again, but Dad freaked out, so I let it grow. Now that annoying old trend has come back to bobbed hair. What do you think of that?"
"So you don't want to come out?" he answered.
"So you don't want to come out?" he replied.
"What for? To be nice to a lot of old frumps you don't like, to dress up and drink tea and lean up against a wall and have a crowd of mechanical toys tell you that your eyes are like evening stars and all that rot. I should say not."
"What for? To be nice to a bunch of old nags you don't care for, to get dressed up, sip tea, lean against a wall, and listen to a crowd of robotic idiots tell you that your eyes are like evening stars and all that nonsense. I'd say not."
"Well, what would you like to do?"
"Well, what do you want to do?"
"I'd like to go riding and hunting with Dad, live in a great country house, with lots of snow in winter and tobogganing—" She broke off with a sudden suspicion. "Say, am I boring you?"
"I want to go riding and hunting with Dad, live in a beautiful country house with a lot of snow in the winter, and go tobogganing—" She paused, suddenly suspicious. "Am I boring you?"
"You are not," he said with emphasis.
"You are not," he said, emphasizing his point.
"You don't like that society flub-dub either, do you?" she continued confidentially. "Lord, these dolled up women make me tired. I'd like to jounce them ten miles over the hills. Say, you're a judge of muscle, aren't you?"
"You don't like that social nonsense either, do you?" she continued in a confidential tone. "Honestly, these dressed-up women exhaust me. I'd like to toss them ten miles over the hills. By the way, you're fit, right?"
"In a way."
"In a way."
"What do you think of that?" She held out a cool firm forearm for his inspection and he was in this intimate position when Doris came down the great stairway, with her willowy, trailing elegance. She gave a quick glance of her dark eyes at the unconventional group, with Romp in the middle an interested spectator, and said:
"What do you think of that?" She extended a cool, firm forearm for him to look at, and he was in this close moment when Doris came down the grand staircase, exuding her graceful, flowing elegance. She cast a brief glance with her dark eyes at the unconventional group, with Romp in the middle as an interested observer, and said:
"Have I been keeping you hours? I hope this child's been amusing you."
"Have I been keeping you for a long time? I hope this kid has been entertaining you."
The child, being at this moment perfectly screened, retorted by a roguish wink which almost upset Bojo's[Pg 41] equanimity. The two sisters were an absolute contrast. In her two seasons Doris had been converted into a complete woman of the world; she had the grace that was the grace of art, yet undeniably effective; stunning was the term applied to her. Her features were delicate, thinly turned, and a quality of precious fragility was about her whole person, even to the conscious moods of her smile, her enthusiasm, her serious poising for an instant of the eyes, which were deep and black and lustrous as the artfully pleasing masses of her hair. But the charm that was gone was the charm that looked up at him from the unconscious twilight eyes of the younger sister!
The child, perfectly hidden at that moment, responded with a cheeky wink that nearly threw Bojo off balance.[Pg 41] The two sisters were complete opposites. In her two seasons, Doris had transformed into a sophisticated woman of the world; she exuded a polished grace that felt artistic yet totally captivating; stunning was the word used to describe her. Her features were delicate and finely crafted, giving her an air of precious fragility that extended to the conscious way she smiled, her enthusiasm, and her serious gazes. Her eyes were deep, black, and glossy, just like the beautifully styled waves of her hair. But the charm that was missing was the charm that looked up at him from the innocent, twilight eyes of the younger sister!
"Patsie, you terrible tomboy—will you ever grow up!" she said reprovingly. "Look at your dress and your hair. I never saw such a little rowdy. Now run along like a dear. Mother's waiting."
"Patsie, you awful tomboy—are you ever going to grow up!" she said with a disapproving tone. "Look at your dress and your hair. I've never seen such a little wild child. Now, hurry along, sweetie. Mom's waiting."
But Patsie maliciously declined to hurry. She insisted that she had promised to show off Romp and, abetted by Bojo in this deception, she kept her sister waiting while she put the dog through his tricks and—to cap the climax went off with a bombshell.
But Patsie spitefully refused to hurry. She insisted that she had promised to show off Romp, and with Bojo's help in this trickery, she made her sister wait while she had the dog perform his tricks and— to top it all off— she pulled off a bombshell.
"My, you two don't look a bit glad to see each other—you look as conventional as Dolly and the Duke."
"My, you two don't seem excited to see each other at all—you look as ordinary as Dolly and the Duke."
"Heavens," said Doris with a sigh, "I shall have my hands full this winter. What they'll think of her in society the Lord knows."
"Heavens," Doris sighed, "I'm going to be really busy this winter. Who knows what they'll think of her in society?"
"I wouldn't worry about her," said Bojo pensively. "I don't think she's going to have as much trouble as you fear."[Pg 42]
"I wouldn't worry about her," Bojo said thoughtfully. "I don't think she's going to have as much trouble as you think."[Pg 42]
"Oh, you think so?" said Doris, glancing up. Then she laid her hand over his with a little pressure. "I'm awfully glad to see you, Bojo."
"Oh, you really think so?" Doris said, looking up. Then she placed her hand over his with a gentle pressure. "I'm really glad to see you, Bojo."
"I'm awfully glad to see you," he returned with accented enthusiasm.
"I'm really glad to see you," he replied with enthusiastic emphasis.
"Just as glad as ever?"
"Still as happy as ever?"
"Of course."
"Sure."
"We shall have to use the Mercedes; Dolly's off with the Reynier. You don't mind?" she said, flitting past the military footman. "Where are we lunching?"
"We'll have to take the Mercedes; Dolly's with the Reynier. You okay with that?" she asked, darting past the military footman. "Where are we having lunch?"
He named a fashionable restaurant.
He named a trendy restaurant.
"Oh, dear, no; you never see any one you know there. Let's go to the Ritz." And without waiting for his answer she added: "Duncan, the Ritz."
"Oh, no; you never see anyone you know there. Let's go to the Ritz." And without waiting for his response, she added: "Duncan, the Ritz."
At the restaurant all the personelle seemed to know her. The head waiter himself showed her to a favorite corner, and advised with her solicitously as to the selection of the menu, while Bojo, who had still to eat ten thousand such luncheons, furtively compared his elegant companion with the brilliant women who were grouped about him like rare hot-house plants in a perfumed conservatory. The little shell hat she wore suited her admirably, concealing her forehead and half of her eyes with the same provoking mystery that the eastern veil lends to the women of the Orient. Everything about her dress was soft and beguilingly luxurious. All at once she turned from a fluttered welcome to a distant group and, assuming a serious air, said:
At the restaurant, everyone in the staff seemed to know her. The head waiter personally took her to a preferred corner and attentively helped her choose from the menu, while Bojo, who still had to experience ten thousand more lunches, secretly compared his stylish companion to the stunning women around him, like rare exotic plants in a fragrant greenhouse. The little shell hat she wore suited her perfectly, hiding her forehead and half her eyes with the same intriguing mystery that an Eastern veil gives to women of the Orient. Everything about her outfit was soft and enticingly luxurious. Suddenly, she turned away from a warm greeting to a distant group and, adopting a serious expression, said:
"Have you seen Dad yet? Oh, of course not—you haven't had time. You must right away. He's taken a real fancy to you, and he's promised me to[Pg 43] see that you make a lot of money—" she looked up in his eyes and then down at the table with a shy smile, adding emphatically—"soon!"
"Have you seen Dad yet? Oh, of course not—you haven't had the time. You need to go right away. He's really taken a liking to you, and he promised me to[Pg 43] make sure you earn a lot of money—" she looked up into his eyes and then down at the table with a shy smile, adding emphatically—"soon!"
"So you've made up your mind to that?"
"So you decided on that?"
"Yes, indeed. I'm going to make you!"
"Yes, definitely. I'm going to make you!"
She nodded, laughing and favoring him with a long contemplation.
She nodded, laughing and giving him a long, thoughtful look.
"You dress awfully well," she said approvingly. "Clothes seem to hang on you just right—"
"You dress really well," she said, looking pleased. "Your clothes fit you perfectly—"
"But—" he said, laughing.
"But—" he said, laughing.
"Well, there are one or two things I'd like you to do," she admitted, a little confused. "I wish you'd wear a mustache, just a little one like the Duke. You'd look stunning."
"Well, there are a couple of things I’d like you to do," she said, a bit unsure. "I wish you’d wear a mustache, just a small one like the Duke. You’d look amazing."
He laughed in a way that disconcerted her, and an impulse came into his mind to try her, for he began to resent the assumption of possession which she had assumed.
He laughed in a way that unsettled her, and an urge came over him to challenge her, as he started to resent the sense of ownership she had taken on.
"How do you think that would go in a mill town with overalls and a lunch can?"
"How do you think that would play out in a mill town with people in overalls and carrying lunch boxes?"
"What do you mean?
"What do you mean?"
"In a week I expect to be shipped to New England, to a little town, with ten thousand inhabitants; nice, cheery place with two moving-picture houses and rows on rows of factory homes for society."
"In a week, I expect to be sent to New England, to a small town with ten thousand residents; a nice, cheerful place with two movie theaters and rows upon rows of factory homes for the community."
"For how long?"
"How long?"
"For four or five years."
"For 4 or 5 years."
"Bojo, how horrible! You're not serious!"
"Bojo, that's awful! You're not being serious!"
"I may be. How would you like to keep house up there?" He caught at the disconsolate look in her face and added: "Don't worry, I know better than to ask that of you. Now listen, Doris, we've been good chums too long to fool ourselves. You've[Pg 44] changed and you're going to change a lot more. Do you really like this sort of life?"
"I might be. How would you feel about managing a home up there?" He noticed the sad expression on her face and added, "Don't worry, I know better than to put that on you. Now listen, Doris, we've been friends for too long to kid ourselves. You've[Pg 44] changed, and you're going to change a lot more. Do you actually enjoy this kind of life?"
"I adore it!"
"I love it!"
"Dressing up, parading yourself, tearing around from one function to another." She nodded, her face suddenly clouded over. "Then why in the world do you want me? There are fifty—a hundred men you'll find will play this game better than I can."
"Dressing up, showing off, rushing from one event to another." She nodded, her expression suddenly darkening. "So why do you even want me? There are fifty—a hundred guys who would do this better than I can."
He had dropped his tone of sarcasm and was looking at her earnestly, but the questions he put were put to his own conscience.
He had stopped being sarcastic and was looking at her sincerely, but the questions he asked were directed at his own conscience.
"Why do you act this way just when you've come back?" she said, frightened at his sudden ascendency.
"Why are you acting like this now that you're back?" she said, scared by his sudden dominance.
"Because I sometimes think that we both know that nothing is going to happen," he said directly; "only it's hard to face the truth. Isn't that it?"
"Because I sometimes feel like we both know that nothing is going to happen," he said plainly; "it's just hard to admit the truth. Isn't that right?"
"No, that isn't it. I love to be admired, I love pretty things and society and all that. Why shouldn't I? But I do care for you, Bojo; you've always brought out—" she was going to say, "the best in me," but changed her mind and instead added: "I am very proud of you— I always would be. Don't look at me like that. What have I done?"
"No, that's not it. I love being admired, I love beautiful things and socializing and all that. Why shouldn't I? But I do care about you, Bojo; you've always brought out—" she was going to say, "the best in me," but changed her mind and instead said: "I am very proud of you— I always will be. Don't look at me like that. What have I done?"
"Nothing," he said, drawing a breath. "You can't help being what you are. Really, Doris, in the whole room you're the loveliest here. No one has your style or a smile as bewitching as yours. There is a fascination about you."
"Nothing," he said, taking a breath. "You can't change who you are. Honestly, Doris, you're the most beautiful person in this entire room. No one has your style or a smile as enchanting as yours. There's something captivating about you."
She was only half reassured.
She felt somewhat reassured.
"Well, then, don't talk so idiotically."
"Well, then, don't speak so foolishly."
"Idiotic is exactly the word," he said with a laugh,[Pg 45] and the compliments he had paid her in a spirit of self-raillery awakened a little feeling of tenderness after his teasing had shown him that, according to her lights, she cared more than he had thought.
"Idiot is exactly the word," he said with a laugh,[Pg 45] and the compliments he had given her in a self-deprecating way stirred up a bit of tenderness since his teasing had revealed that, from her perspective, she actually cared more than he had realized.
All the same when he rose to hurry downtown, he was under no illusions: if opportunity permitted him to fit into the social scheme of things, well and good; if not— His thoughts recurred to Fred DeLancy's words:
All the same, when he got up to rush downtown, he knew the reality: if he got a chance to fit into the social scene, great; if not— His thoughts went back to what Fred DeLancy had said:
"There are three ways of making money: to have it left to you, to earn it, and to marry it."
"There are three ways to make money: inherit it, earn it, or marry it."
He broke off angrily, troubled with doubts, and for the hundredth time he found himself asking:
He stopped abruptly, filled with frustration and uncertainty, and for the hundredth time, he caught himself wondering:
"Now why the deuce can't I be mad in love with a girl who cares for me, who's a beauty and has everything in the world! What is it?"
"Now why the heck can't I be head over heels in love with a girl who cares for me, who's beautiful and has everything in the world! What's going on?"
For he had once been very much in love when he was a schoolboy and Doris had been just a schoolgirl, with open eyes and impulsive direct ways, like a certain young lady, with breathless, laughing lips who had come sliding into his life on the comical tail of a scampering terrier.[Pg 46]
For he had once been deeply in love when he was a schoolboy and Doris had been just a schoolgirl, full of life and straightforwardness, like a certain young lady with breathless, laughing lips who had unexpectedly entered his life on the comical tail of a playful terrier.[Pg 46]
CHAPTER IV
BOJO'S FATHER
The offices of the Associated Woolen Mills were on the sixteenth floor of a modern office building in the lower city, which towered above the surrounding squalid brownstone houses given over to pedlers and delicatessen shops like a gleaming stork ankle deep in a pool of murky water.
The offices of the Associated Woolen Mills were on the sixteenth floor of a modern office building in the lower city, which stood tall above the rundown brownstone houses crowded with peddlers and deli shops, like a shiny stork standing in a dirty puddle.
Bojo wandered through long mathematical rooms with mathematical young men perched high on desk stools all with the same mathematical curve of the back, past squadrons of clicking typewriters, clicking endlessly as though each human unit had been surrendered into the cogs of a universal machine. He passed one by one a row of glassed-in rooms with names of minor officers displayed, marking them solemnly as though already he saw the long slow future ahead: Mr. Pelton, treasurer; Mr. Spinny, general secretary; Mr. Colton, second vice-president; Mr. Horton, vice-president; Mr. Rhoemer, general manager, until he arrived at the outer waiting-room with its faded red leather sofas and polished brass spittoons, where he had come first as a boy in need of money.
Bojo walked through long rooms filled with math, where young guys sat hunched over on high stools, all with the same curved backs. He passed by rows of clacking typewriters, sounding like each person had been turned into a part of some giant machine. One by one, he saw glass-walled offices with the names of junior executives displayed, each name felt like a somber reminder of the long, slow future he envisioned: Mr. Pelton, treasurer; Mr. Spinny, general secretary; Mr. Colton, second vice-president; Mr. Horton, vice-president; Mr. Rhoemer, general manager. Finally, he reached the outer waiting room with its worn red leather couches and shiny brass spittoons, the place where he first came as a kid in need of cash.
Richardson, an old young man, who walked as though he had never been in a hurry and spoke in a whisper, showed him into the inner office of Jotham B. Crocker, explaining that his father would return presently. Everything was in order; chairs precisely[Pg 47] placed, the window shades at the same level, bookcases with filed memoranda, even to the desk, where letters to be read and letters to be signed were arranged in neat packages side by side.
Richardson, a somewhat young old man, walked as if he had all the time in the world and spoke in a soft voice. He led him into the inner office of Jotham B. Crocker, mentioning that his father would be back shortly. Everything was tidy; chairs were perfectly arranged, the window shades were all at the same height, the bookcases were organized with neatly filed memos, and even the desk was orderly, with letters to be read and letters to be signed neatly sorted into separate stacks.
On the wall was extended an immense oil painting fifteen feet by ten, of Niagara Falls in frothy eruption, with a large and brilliant rainbow lost in the mist and several figures in the foreground representing the noble Indians gazing with feelings of awe upon the spectacle of nature. Behind the desk hung a large black and white engraving of Abraham Lincoln, with one hand resting on the Proclamation of Emancipation, flanked by smaller portraits of Henry Ward Beecher and the author of the McKinley tariff. Opposite was an old-time family group done in crayons, representing Mr. and Mrs. Crocker standing side by side, with Jack in long trousers and Tom in short, while on the shining desk amid the papers was a daguerrotype mounted in a worn leather frame, of the wife who had been dead fifteen years.
On the wall was a huge oil painting that was fifteen feet by ten, depicting Niagara Falls in a frothy eruption, with a large and vibrant rainbow lost in the mist, and several figures in the foreground showing noble Indigenous people gazing in awe at the natural spectacle. Behind the desk hung a large black and white engraving of Abraham Lincoln, with one hand resting on the Proclamation of Emancipation, flanked by smaller portraits of Henry Ward Beecher and the author of the McKinley tariff. On the opposite wall was an old family portrait done in crayons, featuring Mr. and Mrs. Crocker standing side by side, with Jack in long trousers and Tom in shorts, while on the shining desk amidst the papers was a daguerreotype mounted in a worn leather frame of the wife who had been dead for fifteen years.
Bojo selected a cigar from the visitors box and strode up and down, rehearsing in his mind the arguments he would bring to bear against the expected ultimatum. From the window the lower bay expanded below him with its steam insects crawling across the blue-gray surface, its wharf-crowded shores, beyond the ledges on ledges of factories trailing cotton streamers against the brittle sky. Everywhere the empire of industry extended its stone barracks without loveliness or pomp, smoke-grimed, implacable prisons, where multitudes herded under artificial light that humanity might live in terms of millions.[Pg 48]
Bojo picked a cigar from the visitor's box and paced back and forth, mentally preparing the arguments he would present against the expected ultimatum. From the window, the lower bay stretched out beneath him, with steam-filled vessels crawling across the blue-gray water and crowded wharves along the shores. Beyond the layers of factories waved cotton streamers against the harsh sky. Everywhere, the empire of industry spread its drab stone buildings, lacking charm or grandeur—smoke-stained, unyielding prisons where crowds gathered under artificial lights so that humanity could exist in the millions.[Pg 48]
As he looked, he seemed already to have surrendered his individuality, swallowed up in the army of labor, and the revolt arose in him anew. What was the use of money if it could not bring a wider horizon and greater opportunities? And a sort of dull anger moved in him against the parental ambition which limited him to unnecessary drudgery.
As he looked, he seemed to have already given up his individuality, lost in the workforce, and the desire to rebel rose up in him again. What was the point of money if it couldn't provide a broader perspective and more opportunities? A kind of dull anger stirred within him towards his parents' ambitions that confined him to pointless hard work.
Of all the persons he had met the greatest stranger to him was his father. Since his mother's death, when he was but eight years of age, his life had been spent in boarding school and college, in summer camps or on visits to chums. Their relations had been formal. At the beginning and end of each summer he had come down the long avenue of desks, past the glass doors into the private office, to report, to receive money, and to be sped with a few appropriate words of advice. Several times during the year his father would appear on a short warning, stay a few hours, and hurry off. On such occasions Tom had always felt that he was being surveyed and estimated as a lumberman watches the growth of a young forest.
Of all the people he had met, his father felt like the biggest stranger to him. Since his mother's death when he was just eight, he had spent his life in boarding school and college, at summer camps, or visiting friends. Their relationship had been formal. At the beginning and end of each summer, he would walk down the long row of desks, past the glass doors into the private office, to check in, get some money, and receive a few standard words of advice. Several times a year, his father would show up on short notice, stay for a few hours, and then leave quickly. During those times, Tom always felt like he was being judged, as if his father was a lumberman assessing the growth of a young forest.
His father was always in a hurry, always in good health, matter of fact, and generous. That his business had prospered and extended he knew, though to what extent his father's activities had multiplied he still was ignorant. Conversation between them had always been difficult in those tours of inspection; but Bojo, instinctively, censored the lithographs on the wall (harmless though they were) and the choice of novels which his father would be sure to examine with a critical eye.
His dad was always in a rush, always healthy, and really generous. He knew his dad's business had done well and grown, but he still wasn't sure just how much his father's work had expanded. Talking during those inspection trips was always tough for them; still, Bojo instinctively filtered out the lithographs on the wall (even though they were harmless) and the selection of novels that his dad would definitely scrutinize closely.
Klondike, the sweep, arranged the room in military[Pg 49] order and Fred DeLancy was enjoined to observe a bread-and-milk diet. Bojo had an idea that his father was very stern, rigid, and exact, with the unrelenting attitude toward folly and leisure which had characterized the Crocker family in the days of their seven celebrated divines.
Klondike, the organizer, set the room up in a strict, military fashion[Pg 49] and Fred DeLancy was instructed to stick to a bread-and-milk diet. Bojo thought that his father was really strict, disciplined, and precise, with an unforgiving approach to silliness and relaxation that had defined the Crocker family during the time of their seven famous ministers.
"How are you, Tom?" said a chest-voice behind him. "Turn around. You look in first-class shape. Glad to see you."
"How's it going, Tom?" said a deep voice from behind him. "Turn around. You look great. Good to see you."
"Glad to see you, father," he said hastily, taking the stubby, powerful hand.
"Good to see you, Dad," he said quickly, grasping the thick, strong hand.
"Just a moment—go on with your cigar. Let me straighten out this desk. Train was ten minutes late."
"Just a second—go ahead with your cigar. Let me tidy up this desk. The train was ten minutes late."
"Now it comes," thought Bojo to himself as he gripped his hands and assumed a determined frown.
"Here it goes," Bojo thought to himself as he clenched his fists and put on a determined frown.
As they faced each other they were astonishingly alike and unlike. They had the same squaring of the brows, the same obstinate rise of the head at the back, and the prominent undershot jaw. Years had thickened the frame of the father and written characteristic lines about the mouth and the eyes. He had become so integral a part of the machine he had created that in the process all the finer youthful shades of expression had faded away.
As they stood across from each other, they were strikingly similar yet different. They shared the same furrowed brows, the same stubborn tilt of the head at the back, and the same pronounced underbite. Time had added bulk to the father's frame and carved distinctive lines around his mouth and eyes. He had become such a fundamental part of the machine he built that all the subtler youthful expressions had gradually disappeared.
Concentration on a fixed idea, indomitable purpose, decision, self-discipline were there in the strongly sculptured chin and maxillary muscles, under the sparse, close-cropped beard shot with gray; courage and tenacity in the deep eyes, which, like Bojo's, had the disconcerting fixity of the mastiff's; but the quality of dreams which so keenly qualified the tempestuous obstinacy of the son had been discarded as so much[Pg 50] superfluous baggage. Life to him was a succession of immediate necessities, a military progress, and his imagination went with difficulty beyond the demands of the hour. He dressed in a pepper-and-salt business suit made of his own product, wore a made-up tie and comfortable square-toed shoes, with a certain aggressive disdain for the fashions as a quality of pretentiousness.
Focusing on a single idea, unyielding determination, decision-making, and self-discipline were evident in the strong chin and jaw muscles, beneath the sparse, closely trimmed gray-streaked beard; the courage and persistence showed in the deep-set eyes, which, much like Bojo's, had an unsettling intensity reminiscent of a mastiff's gaze. However, the dreams that so vividly characterized the son’s passionate stubbornness had been tossed aside as unnecessary clutter. To him, life was just a series of immediate tasks, a military operation, and he found it hard to let his imagination stretch beyond the needs of the moment. He wore a pepper-and-salt business suit made from his own fabric, a pre-made tie, and comfortable square-toed shoes, showing a certain aggressive indifference to fashion as a sign of pretentiousness.
He ran through his correspondence in five minutes while Bojo pricked up his ears at the sums which he flung off without hesitation. Richardson faded from the room, the father shifted a package of memoranda, turned the face of his desk clock so he could follow the time, drew back in his chair, and helped himself to a cigar, shooting a glance at the embattled figure of the son.
He went through his mail in five minutes while Bojo perked up at the numbers he tossed out effortlessly. Richardson left the room, the father adjusted a pile of notes, turned his desk clock so he could see the time, leaned back in his chair, grabbed a cigar, and glanced at his son, who looked like he was struggling.
"You look all primed up—ready to jump in the ring," he said with a smile, and without waiting for Bojo's embarrassed answer he continued, caging his fingers and adopting a quick, incisive tone.
"You look all set—ready to jump in the ring," he said with a smile, and without waiting for Bojo's embarrassed response, he continued, clasping his fingers and using a quick, sharp tone.
"Well, Tom, you have now arrived at man's estate and it is right that I should discuss with you your future course in life. But before we come to that I wish to say several things. You've finished your college course very creditably. You have engaged a good deal in different sports, it is true; but you have not allowed it to interfere with your serious work, and I believe on the whole your experience in athletics has been valuable. It has taught you qualities of self-restraint and discipline, and it has given you a sound body. Your record in your studies, while it has not been brilliant, has been creditable. You've kept out of bad company, chosen the right[Pg 51] friends— I am particularly impressed with Mr. Granning—and you've not gone in for dissipation. You've done well and I have no complaint. You've worked hard and you've played hard. You will take a serious view of life."
"Well, Tom, you've reached adulthood, and it's important that we talk about your future. But before we dive into that, I want to share a few thoughts. You’ve completed your college program quite well. It’s true you participated in various sports, but you didn’t let that get in the way of your serious studies, and overall, I believe your athletic experiences have been beneficial. They’ve taught you self-control and discipline, and you’ve developed a healthy body. Your academic performance, while not outstanding, has been respectable. You've avoided bad influences, chosen the right friends—I’m especially impressed with Mr. Granning—and you haven’t indulged in any partying. You’ve done well, and I have no complaints. You’ve worked hard and played hard. You’ll take life seriously."
This discourse annoyed Bojo. It seemed to fling a barrier of conventionality between them, driving them further apart.
This conversation annoyed Bojo. It felt like it put up a wall of conventionality between them, pushing them further apart.
"Why the deuce doesn't he talk in a natural way?" he thought moodily. And he felt with a sudden depression the futility of arguing his case. "We're in for a row. There's no way out."
"Why the heck doesn't he talk normally?" he thought, feeling down. And he suddenly felt the pointlessness of trying to make his case. "We're in for a fight. There's no way out."
"Now, Tom, lets talk about the future."
"Now, Tom, let’s talk about the future."
"Here it comes," said Bojo to himself, bracing himself to resist.
"Here it comes," Bojo said to himself, getting ready to hold his ground.
"What would you like to do?"
"What do you want to do?"
"What would I like?" said Tom, completely off his guard.
"What do I want?" said Tom, totally caught off guard.
"Yes, what are your ideas?"
"Yeah, what are your thoughts?"
The turn was so unexpected that he could not for the moment assemble his thoughts. He rose, making a pretext of seeking an ash-tray, and returned.
The turn was so unexpected that he couldn't gather his thoughts for a moment. He got up, using the excuse of looking for an ashtray, and came back.
"Why, to tell the truth, sir, I came here expecting that you would demand that I go into this—into the mills."
"Honestly, sir, I came here thinking that you would ask me to go into this—into the mills."
"I see, and you don't want to do what your father's done. You want something else, something better."
"I get it, and you don't want to follow in your father's footsteps. You want something different, something better."
The tone in which this was said aroused the obstinacy in the young man, but he repressed the first answer.
The tone in which this was said provoked the stubbornness in the young man, but he held back his initial response.
"I don't know, sir, that there's any use of my explaining myself; I don't know what good it'll do," he said slowly.
"I don’t know, sir, if there’s any point in me explaining myself; I don’t know what good it’ll do," he said slowly.
"On the contrary, I am not making demands on you. I am here to discuss with you." (Bojo repressed a smile at this.) "You've thought about this. What do you suggest?"
"Actually, I'm not imposing anything on you. I'm here to have a conversation with you." (Bojo held back a smile at this.) "You've given this some thought. What do you recommend?"
"I don't think you'll understand it at all, but I want time."
"I don’t think you’ll get it, but I need some time."
"Time to do what?"
"Time to do what?"
"To get out and see the world, to meet men who are doing things, to get a chance to develop, to get my ideas straightened out a bit."
"To get out and see the world, to meet people who are making things happen, to have an opportunity to grow, to clarify my ideas a bit."
"Is that all?"
"Is that it?"
"No, that's not quite honest," said Bojo suddenly. "The truth is, sir, I don't see why I should begin all over again, the drudgery and the isolation and all. If you wanted me to do only that why did you send me to college? I've made friends and it's only right I should have the opportunity to lead as big a life as they. Money isn't everything, it's what you get out of life, and besides I've got opportunities, unusual opportunities to get ahead here."
"No, that's not entirely honest," Bojo said suddenly. "The truth is, sir, I don't understand why I should start all over again with the hard work and the loneliness. If you wanted me to do just that, why did you send me to college? I've made friends, and it's only fair that I should have the chance to live as full a life as they do. Money isn't everything; it's about what you gain from life, and besides, I've got opportunities—unique opportunities to move forward here."
"Have you made up your mind, Tom?" said the father slowly.
"Have you decided, Tom?" said the father slowly.
"I'm afraid I have, sir."
"I'm sorry, I have, sir."
"Let me talk to you. You may see it in a different light. First you speak of opportunities—what opportunities?"
"Let me have a word with you. You might see it from a different perspective. First, you mention opportunities—what opportunities?"
"Mr. Drake has been kind enough—"
"Mr. Drake has been very generous—"
"That means Wall Street."
"That means the stock market."
"Yes, sir."
"Yes, sir."
The father thought a moment.[Pg 53]
The dad thought for a moment.
"What is the situation between you and Miss Drake?"
"What’s going on between you and Miss Drake?"
"We are very good friends."
"We're really good friends."
"Would you marry her if you didn't have a cent?"
"Would you marry her if you didn't have any money?"
"I would not."
"Absolutely not."
"I am glad to hear you say that. Very glad. So you re going into Wall Street," he said, after a moment. "Are you going into the banking business?"
"I’m really happy to hear that. Really happy. So you’re heading to Wall Street," he said after a pause. "Are you going into banking?"
"Why, no."
"Of course not."
"Or into railroads or any creative industry?"
"Or into railroads or any creative field?"
"Not exactly."
"Not really."
"You're going into Wall Street," said Crocker, "like a great many young men, who've been having an easy, luxurious time at college and who want to go on with it. You're going there as a gambler, hoping to get the inside track through some influence and make a hundred thousand dollars of other people's money in a lucky year."
"You're heading to Wall Street," Crocker said, "like a lot of young guys who’ve had an easy, luxurious time at college and want to keep that lifestyle. You're going there as a gambler, hoping to gain an advantage through some connections and make a hundred thousand dollars using other people's money in a fortunate year."
"That's rather a hard way to put it, sir."
"That's a pretty tough way to say it, sir."
"You don't pretend to be able to earn a hundred thousand dollars in one year or in five, do you, Tom?"
"You’re not actually claiming you can make a hundred thousand dollars in a year or even in five, are you, Tom?"
"Let me put it in another way," said Bojo after a moment's indecision. "What you have made and what you have been able to give me have put me in the way of acquiring friends that others can't make, and friends are assets. The higher up you go in society the easier it is to make money; isn't it so? Opportunities are assets also. If I have the opportunity to make a lot of money in a short time, what is the sense of turning my back on the easiest way and taking up the hardest?"[Pg 54]
"Let me rephrase that," Bojo said after a brief pause. "What you've created and what you've given me have helped me gain friends that others can't make, and friends are valuable. The higher you rise in society, the easier it is to make money; don't you agree? Opportunities are valuable too. If I have the chance to make a lot of money quickly, why would I turn away from the easiest path and choose the hardest one?"[Pg 54]
"Tom, do you young fellows ever stop to think that there is such a thing as your own country, and that if you've got advantages you've also got responsibilities?" said Crocker, senior, shaking his head. "You want money like all the rest. What good do you want to do in return? What usefulness do you accomplish in the scheme of things here? You talk of opportunity—you don't know what a real opportunity and a privilege is. Now let me say my say."
"Tom, do you guys ever stop to think that there's such a thing as your own country, and that if you have advantages, you also have responsibilities?" said Crocker, senior, shaking his head. "You want money like everyone else. What good do you plan to do in return? How do you contribute to the bigger picture here? You talk about opportunity—you have no idea what a real opportunity and privilege are. Now let me have my say."
Richardson came sliding into the room at this moment and he paused to deny the card, with a curt order against further interruptions. When he resumed it was on a quieter note, with a touch of sadness.
Richardson slid into the room just then and stopped to reject the card, firmly telling everyone to stop interrupting. When he began again, it was in a softer tone, with a hint of sadness.
"The trouble is, our points of view are too far apart for us to come together at present. You want something that isn't going to satisfy you and I know isn't going to satisfy you. But I can't make you see it, there's the pity of it. You've got to get your hard knocks yourself. You've got real ambition in you. Now let me tell you something about the mills and you think it over. There's some bigger things in this world than you think, and the biggest is to create something, something useful to the community; to make a monument of it and to pass it down for your son to carry on—family pride. You think there's only drudgery in it. Did you ever think there were thousands and thousands of people depending on how you run your business? Do you realize that every great business to-day means the protection of those thousands; that you've got to study out how to protect them at every point in order to make them efficient; that there's nothing unimportant?[Pg 55] You've got to watch over their health and their happiness, see that they get amusement, relaxation; that they're encouraged to buy homes and taught to save money. You've got to see that they get education to keep them out of the hands of ignorant agitators. You've got to make them self-respecting and able intelligently to understand your own business, so that they'll perceive they're getting their just share. Add to that the other side, the competition, the watching of every new invention, the calculating to the last cent, the study of local and foreign conditions of supply and demand, the habits and tastes of different communities. Add also the biggest thing that you've got, a mixed population, that's got to be turned into intelligent, useful American citizens, and you've got as big an opportunity and responsibility as you can place before any young fellow I know. What do you say?"
The problem is, our viewpoints are too different for us to come together right now. You want something that won't satisfy you, and I know it won't. But I can't make you see that, and that's the sad part. You have to learn from your own experiences. You've got real ambition. Let me tell you something about the mills, and you can think it over. There are bigger things in this world than you realize, and the biggest is creating something meaningful for the community; to build a legacy for your son to carry on—family pride. You think it’s just hard work. Did you ever consider that there are thousands of people relying on how you run your business? Do you understand that every great business today protects those thousands; that you need to figure out how to keep them safe at every level to make them effective; that nothing is unimportant? You have to look after their health and happiness, ensure they have fun and relaxation; that they're encouraged to buy homes and taught how to save. You need to ensure they get an education to keep them from being swayed by ignorant agitators. You have to make them self-respecting and able to understand your business well enough to see they're getting their fair share. On top of that, consider the competition, keeping an eye on every new invention, calculating everything down to the last cent, studying local and global supply and demand conditions, and the habits and preferences of different communities. Plus, you have the challenge of a diverse population that needs to be shaped into informed, productive American citizens, and that presents a huge opportunity and responsibility for any young person I know. What do you think?
Bojo had nothing to say—not that he had surrendered, but that his own arguments seemed petty besides these.
Bojo had nothing to say—not because he had given up, but because his own points felt insignificant next to these.
The father rose and laid his hands on his son's shoulders.
The father stood up and placed his hands on his son's shoulders.
"Why, Tom, don't you know it's been the dream of my life to hand you down this thing that I've built myself? Don't you know there's a sentiment about it? Why, it isn't dollars and cents: I've got ten times what I want; it's pride. I'm proud of every bit of it. There isn't a new turn, mechanical or social, has come up over the world but what I've adopted it there. I haven't had a strike in fifteen years. I've done things there would open your eyes. You'd be proud. Well, what are you thinking?"[Pg 56]
"Hey Tom, don’t you realize it’s been my lifelong dream to pass on this thing I built with my own hands? Don’t you see the emotional value in it? It’s not just about money; I have way more than I need—it's about pride. I'm proud of every single part of it. Every new development, whether it’s mechanical or social, I’ve embraced it there. I haven’t had a strike in fifteen years. I’ve done things that would blow your mind. You’d be proud too. So, what’s on your mind?"[Pg 56]
"You make it very hard, sir," he said slowly. He had not expected this sort of appeal. "If I were older, I don't know—but it's hard now." He could not tell him all the surrender would mean, and though his deeper nature had been reached he still fought on. "I'm not starting where you started, sir; that's the trouble. You went to work when you were twelve. It would be easier if I had, and, if you'll forgive me, it's your fault too that I want what I want now. I suppose I do want to begin on top, but I've been on top all these years, that's all. I couldn't do it now; perhaps later—I don't know. If I went up to the mills now I should eat my heart out. I'm sorry to have to say this to you, but it's the truth."
"You make it really tough, sir," he said slowly. He hadn't anticipated this kind of request. "If I were older, I don’t know—but it's really hard right now." He couldn't explain all that giving in would mean, and even though his deeper feelings had been touched, he still resisted. "I'm not starting from the same place you did, sir; that's the problem. You started working when you were twelve. It would be easier if I had too, and, if you don't mind me saying, it's your fault as well that I want what I want now. I guess I do want to start at the top, but I've been at the top all these years, that's all. I couldn't do it now; maybe later—I just don’t know. If I went to the mills now, I would be completely miserable. I'm sorry to say this to you, but it's the truth."
The father left him abruptly and seated himself at his desk without speaking.
The father left him suddenly and sat down at his desk without saying a word.
"If I insisted you would refuse," he said slowly.
"If I pushed, you would say no," he said slowly.
"I'm afraid I'd have to, sir," said Bojo, with a feeling of dread.
"I'm sorry, but I have to, sir," said Bojo, feeling anxious.
There was another silence, at the end of which Mr. Crocker drew out his check-book and looked at it solemnly.
There was another pause, and after that, Mr. Crocker took out his checkbook and stared at it seriously.
"Good! Now he's figuring how much he'll give me and cut me off!" thought the son.
"Great! Now he's deciding how much he'll give me and is cutting me off!" thought the son.
"Tom, I don't want to lose you too," said the father slowly. "I'm going to try a different way with you. You're sound and you ring true. The only trouble is you don't know; you've got to learn your lesson. So you think if you had a start you'd clean up a fortune, don't you?—and you believe—" he paused—"in Wall Street friends. Very well; I'm going to give you an opportunity to get your eyes open."[Pg 57]
"Tom, I don't want to lose you as well," the father said slowly. "I'm going to try a new approach with you. You're solid and genuine. The only problem is you don't know; you need to learn your lesson. So you think if you had a chance, you'd make a lot of money, right?—and you believe—" he paused—"in Wall Street connections. Alright; I'm going to give you a chance to see things clearly."[Pg 57]
He dipped his pen in the ink and wrote a check with deliberation, while Bojo, puzzled, thought to himself: "What the deuce is he up to now?"
He dipped his pen in the ink and wrote a check carefully, while Bojo, confused, thought to himself, "What on earth is he doing now?"
"I'm not going to make a bargain with you. I'm going to trust to experience and to the Crocker in you. I know the stuff you're made of. You'll never make an idler, you'll never stand that life, but you want to try it. Very well. I'm going to give you a check. It's yours. Play with it all you want. You'll get it taken away from you in two years at the most. When that happens come back to me, do you understand, where you belong! Blood's thicker than water, my boy; there's something in father and son sticking together, doing something that counts! Here, take this."
"I'm not going to strike a deal with you. I'm going to rely on your experience and the Crocker in you. I know what you're made of. You'll never be a slacker, you won't be able to handle that life, but you want to give it a shot. Fine. I'm giving you a check. It's yours. Spend it however you like. You'll lose it all in two years at the most. When that happens, come back to me, do you get it? That's where you belong! Family comes before everything, my boy; there's something about a father and son sticking together and doing something meaningful! Here, take this."
And he placed in his hand a check which read:
And he held out a check that said:
Pay to the order of Thomas Beauchamp Crocker
Fifty thousand dollars
Jotham B. Crocker.
[Pg 58]
Pay to the order of Thomas Beauchamp Crocker.
$50,000
Jotham B. Crocker.
[Pg 58]
CHAPTER V
DANIEL DRAKE, THE MULTI-MILLIONAIRE
A week after his interview with his father, Tom Crocker entered the great shadowy library of the Drakes in response to an invitation from the father. At this time, when Wall Street was approaching that dramatic phase which is inevitable in social transformations, when dominant and outstanding individualities succumb to the obliterating rise of bureaucracies, there was no more picturesque personality than Daniel Drake. He had come to New York several years before, awaited as a vaulting spirit who played the game recklessly and who would never cease to aspire until he had forced his way to the top or been utterly broken in the attempt.
A week after his conversation with his father, Tom Crocker stepped into the large, shadowy library of the Drakes after receiving an invitation from his dad. At this moment, as Wall Street was entering that dramatic phase that always comes with social change—when powerful and remarkable individuals give way to the overwhelming rise of bureaucracies—there was no more striking personality than Daniel Drake. He had arrived in New York several years earlier, anticipated as a daring figure who played the game boldly and who would never stop striving until he reached the top or was completely crushed in the process.
His career had bordered on the fantastic. As a boy the Wanderlust had driven him over the face of the globe. A shrewd capacity for making money of anything to which he put his hand had carried him through strange professions. He had been a pedler on the Mississippi, cook on a tramp steamer to Australia, boxed in minor professional encounters, exhibited as a trick bicycle rider, served as a soldier of fortune up and down Central America, and returned to his native country to establish a small fortune in the field of the country fairs.
His career had been almost unbelievable. As a kid, the Wanderlust drove him all over the world. His sharp ability to make money from anything he touched had taken him through unusual jobs. He had been a peddler on the Mississippi, a cook on a freight ship to Australia, fought in minor pro boxing matches, performed as a trick bicycle rider, worked as a soldier of fortune throughout Central America, and returned to his home country to build a small fortune at local fairs.
With the acquisition of capital, he became conservative[Pg 59] and industrious. Reconciled with his family, he had secured the necessary funds to attempt an operation in the wheat market which, conducted on a reasonable scale, netted him a handsome profit and enlarged his activities. His genius for manipulation and trading, which was soon recognized, brought him into the services of big industries. He made money rapidly, and married impulsively against the advice of his friends a woman of social prominence who cared absolutely nothing about him—a fact which he was the last to perceive.
With the gain of capital, he became cautious[Pg 59] and hardworking. Reconciled with his family, he had secured the necessary funds to try operating in the wheat market, which, done on a reasonable scale, earned him a nice profit and expanded his activities. His talent for manipulation and trading, which quickly became evident, led him to work with major industries. He made money fast and impulsively married a socially prominent woman who couldn’t care less about him—a reality he was the last to notice.
He next undertook a daring operation, the buying up of the control of a great industry in competition with an eastern group. A friend whom he trusted betrayed the pool he had formed, and the loyalty of his associates, which made him continue, completely bankrupted him. Before the public had even an inkling of the extent of his catastrophe he had mended his fortunes by the brilliant stroke, secured control of one of the subsidiary companies destined for the steel trust, and realized a couple of millions as his share. When he referred to this moment, which he often did, he used to say frankly:
He then took on a bold challenge, buying up control of a major industry competing with an eastern group. A friend he trusted betrayed the coalition he had built, and the loyalty of his associates, which prompted him to carry on, completely drove him to bankruptcy. Before the public even had a clue about the scale of his disaster, he turned his fortunes around with a brilliant move, gained control of one of the subsidiary companies set for the steel trust, and made a couple of million as his share. Whenever he looked back at that moment, which he did often, he would say openly:
"We went into the meeting bankrupt and came out seven millionaires."
"We went into the meeting broke and came out as seven millionaires."
He became the leader of a group of young financiers who acquired and developed with amazing success a chain of impoverished railroads. He played the game, scrupulous to his word, merciless in a fight, generous to a conquered enemy, for the love of the game itself. A big man with a curious atmosphere of amused calm in the midst of the flurry and turmoil he aroused, he enjoyed the turns and twists of[Pg 60] fate with the zest of a boy gray-eyed, imperturbable, and magnetic, winning even those who saw in him an ethical and economical danger.
He became the leader of a group of young financiers who successfully acquired and developed a struggling chain of railroads. He played the game, always true to his word, ruthless in fights, and generous to defeated opponents, all for the love of the game itself. A big man with a unique vibe of amused calm amidst the chaos he created, he embraced the twists and turns of[Pg 60] fate with the enthusiasm of a boy—gray-eyed, unflappable, and magnetic, winning over even those who viewed him as a moral and economic threat.
Such was the man who was bending over a great oaken table engrossed in the piecing together of an intricate picture puzzle, as Bojo came through the heavy tapestry portières. Patsie, perched on a corner, was looking on with approving interest at the happy solving of a perplexing group. She sprang down, flung her arms about her father in an impulsive farewell, and came prancing over to Bojo with a laughing warning:
Such was the man who was leaning over a large oak table, focused on putting together an intricate picture puzzle, as Bojo walked through the heavy tapestry curtains. Patsie, sitting on a corner, was watching with approval as the challenging group came together. She jumped down, wrapped her arms around her father in a spontaneous goodbye, and then bounced over to Bojo with a playful warning:
"Whatever you do, never find a piece for him. It makes him madder than a wet hen. He wants to do it all himself. Now I'm running off. Don't worry! Go on, talk your old business."
"Whatever you do, never choose something for him. It drives him crazier than anything. He wants to handle everything by himself. Now I'm heading out. Don't worry! Keep talking about your usual stuff."
She went off like the flash of a golden bird while Bojo, slightly intimidated, was wishing she might remain.
She took off like a flash of a golden bird while Bojo, feeling a bit intimidated, hoped she would stay.
"Tom—glad to see you—come in—just a moment—help yourself to a cigar. Confound that piece, I knew it fitted in there!" Drake left the board with a lingering regret, shook hands with a grip that seemed to envelop the young man, and went to the mantel for a match, where a large equestrian statue of Bartolommeo Colleoni rose threateningly from the shadows.
"Tom—great to see you—come in—just a second—help yourself to a cigar. Darn that piece, I knew it belonged there!" Drake stepped away from the board with a lingering sense of regret, shook hands with a grip that seemed to envelop the young man, and went to the mantel for a match, where a large equestrian statue of Bartolommeo Colleoni loomed ominously from the shadows.
"Glad to see you, my boy—my orders are in from the General Manager, and when the General Manager gives orders I know it means hustle!" By this title he designated Doris, whose practical ambitions and perseverance he satirized with an indulgent smile. "Far as I can make out, Doris has[Pg 61] determined to make you a millionaire in a couple of years or so, so I suppose the best thing is to sit down and discuss it."
"Great to see you, my boy—I've got orders from the General Manager, and when the General Manager gives orders, I know it means it's time to get moving!" He referred to Doris with this title, whose practical ambitions and determination he teased with a playful smile. "From what I can tell, Doris has[Pg 61] decided to make you a millionaire in just a couple of years, so I guess the best thing to do is to sit down and talk about it."
As he stood there gaunt and alert against the bronze background, there was something about him too of the old condottieri, a certain blunt and hardened quality of the grizzled head, as though he too had just hung back a steel helmet and emerged tense and victorious from a bruising scramble.
As he stood there thin and vigilant against the bronze backdrop, there was something about him reminiscent of the old mercenary leaders, a certain straightforward and tough quality of his grizzled head, as if he had just taken off a steel helmet and emerged tense and triumphant from a rough battle.
"Supposing he's figuring out that I'll cost him less than the Duke," thought Tom, conscious of a certain proprietary estimation below all the surface urbanity, and, squaring to the charge, he said: "I'm afraid, sir, you've a pretty poor opinion of me."
"Maybe he thinks I’ll be cheaper than the Duke," Tom thought, aware of a subtle sense of ownership beneath the polite front. Facing the accusation, he replied, "I’m afraid, sir, you have quite a low opinion of me."
"What do you mean?" said Drake, with sudden interest.
"What do you mean?" Drake asked, suddenly intrigued.
"May I talk to you plainly, sir?" said Tom, a little flustered. "I don't know just how I feel about Doris or even just how she feels about me. I certainly have no intention of marrying her until I know what I am worth myself, and I certainly don't intend to come to you, her father, to make money for me."
"Can I speak candidly with you, sir?" Tom asked, slightly uneasy. "I'm not really sure how I feel about Doris or even how she feels about me. I definitely don't plan on marrying her until I understand my own worth, and I certainly don't intend to come to you, her father, to ask for money for myself."
He stopped with a little fear for his boldness, for this had not been his intention on entering the room. In fact, he had come rather in a state of indecision, after long discussions with Doris, and much serving up of sophistries to his conscience; but Drake's greeting had struck at his young independence, as perhaps it had been meant to do, and an impulsive wave of indignation overruled his calculations. He stood a little apprehensive, watching the older man, wondering how he would receive the defiance.[Pg 62]
He hesitated, feeling a bit scared about his boldness, as that wasn’t what he intended when he entered the room. In fact, he had come in a state of uncertainty after lengthy talks with Doris and wrestling with his conscience. But Drake’s greeting had challenged his youthful independence, possibly on purpose, and a sudden surge of anger took over his thoughts. He stood there feeling somewhat uneasy, observing the older man and wondering how he would react to his defiance.[Pg 62]
"That's talking," said Drake, with an approving smile. "Go on."
"That's what I'm talking about," said Drake, with a nod of approval. "Keep going."
"Mr. Drake, I can't help feeling that we're going to look at things more and more from a different point of view. Doris cares for me—I suppose so—if she can have me without sacrificing anything. I don't express it very well, but I do feel at times that she's more interested in what she can make out of me than in me, and I don't know if I'll work out the way she wants; in fact, I'm not at all sure," he blurted out pugnaciously. "But I want to work out that way, and if I don't there'll come a smashup pretty soon."
"Mr. Drake, I can’t shake the feeling that we're going to start seeing things from a different perspective. Doris cares about me—I guess—if she can have me without giving up anything. I don’t articulate it well, but sometimes I feel like she's more interested in what she can get from me than in me as a person, and I'm not sure I’ll turn out the way she envisions; in fact, I have serious doubts," he said confrontationally. "But I want to turn out that way, and if I don’t, there’s going to be some serious fallout pretty soon."
"There's something in what you say," said Drake, nodding, "and I like your coming straight out with it. Now look here, my boy, I'm not going to take hold of you because I expect you to marry Doris, but because I want you to marry her! Get that down. I can control lots of things, but I can't control the women. They beat me every time. I'm pulp. I've given in once, though Lord knows I hope my little girl won't regret it. I've got one decayed foreign title dangling to the totem-pole, and that's enough; that's got to satisfy the missus. I don't want another and I don't want any high-stepping Fifth Avenue dude. I want a man, one of my own kind who can talk my language."
"There's something to what you're saying," Drake said, nodding, "and I appreciate your honesty. Now listen, my boy, I'm not getting involved with you because I expect you to marry Doris, but because I want you to marry her! Understand that. I can manage a lot of things, but I can't manage women. They always get the better of me. I'm a mess. I've surrendered once, although God knows I hope my little girl won't regret it. I have one faded foreign title hanging around, and that's enough; that has to be good enough for the missus. I don't want another one, and I definitely don't want some flashy Fifth Avenue guy. I want a man, someone from my own background who can speak my language."
He arose, took a turn, and clapped him on the shoulder. "I want you. I settled that in my own mind long ago. Now I'm going to talk as plain to you. As you get on you'll look at people differently than you do. You'll see how much is due to accident, the parting of the ways, going to the left instead of to the right. Now I know Doris. I've watched her.[Pg 63] She's got two sides to her; you appeal to the best. I know it. She knows it. She wouldn't marry you if you were a beggar—women are that way—but she'll stick to you loyal, as a regular, if she marries you; and you're not going to be a beggar."
He got up, turned around, and gave him a pat on the shoulder. "I want you. I figured that out a long time ago. Now I’m going to speak honestly with you. As you move forward, you’ll start seeing people differently. You’ll realize how much is due to chance, the choices we make, going left instead of right. Now, I know Doris. I've been watching her.[Pg 63] She has two sides; you bring out the best in her. I know it, and she knows it. She wouldn’t marry you if you were a beggar—women are like that—but if she does marry you, she’ll be loyal to you, just like a true partner, and you’re not going to be a beggar."
"Yes, if I consent to close my eyes and let you build—"
"Yeah, if I agree to shut my eyes and let you create—"
"Now don't get huffy. I'm not going to tuck you under my wing," said Drake, grinning. "Furthermore, I wouldn't want you in the family if I didn't know you had stuff in you. Don't you think I want some one I can trust in this cut-throat game? Don't worry, if you're the right sort I can use you. Now quit thinking too much—let things work out. Doris is the kind that belongs at the top; she's bound to be a leader, and we're going to put her there, you and I. Now what do you want to do?"
"Now, don't get all worked up. I'm not going to take you under my wing," Drake said with a grin. "Besides, I wouldn’t want you in the family if I didn’t believe you had something special. Don’t you think I want someone I can trust in this ruthless game? Don’t worry, if you're the right fit, I can use you. Now stop overthinking—let things unfold naturally. Doris is the type who belongs at the top; she’s destined to be a leader, and we’re going to put her there, you and I. So, what do you want to do?"
"I want to stand on my own feet," said Tom, with a last resistance. "I want to see what I'm worth by myself."
"I want to be independent," Tom said, with a final bit of defiance. "I want to figure out my own value."
"Wall Street, of course," said Drake, grinning again. "Well, why not? You'll learn quicker the things you've got to learn, even if it costs you more."
"Wall Street, obviously," Drake said, grinning again. "Well, why not? You'll pick up the necessary things faster, even if it costs you more."
He flung down in a great armchair, and stared out at the raw recruit as though for an instant rolling back the years to his own beginnings.
He dropped into a big armchair and stared at the new recruit as if, for a moment, he was back to his own beginnings.
"Tom, if you're going in," he said all at once, "go in with your eyes open and make up your mind soon what you want; but when you've made up your mind don't fool yourself. If you want to plod along safe and sane, you can do it just as well in Wall Street as anywhere else. But I reckon that's not what you're after." He chuckled at Bojo's confused[Pg 64] acknowledgment of the patness of his surmise and continued:
"Tom, if you're going to do this," he said suddenly, "make sure you know what you want from the start; but once you've decided, don't deceive yourself. If you want to play it safe and steady, you can do that in Wall Street just as easily as anywhere else. But I bet that’s not what you really want." He laughed at Bojo's confused[Pg 64] acknowledgment of how accurate his guess was and went on:
"Well, then, recognize that what you're going into is war, nothing more nor less. You see, we're a curious people; we haven't had the chance to develop as others. And there's something instinctive about war; in a growing nation it lets off a lot of wild energy. Now there's a group of the big fellows here that ought to have had a chance at being field marshals or admirals, and because they haven't the chance they've developed a special little battlefield of their own to fight each other. And, say, the big fellows don't fool themselves—they know what they're doing! They're under no illusions. But there're a lot of big little men down there who go around hugging delusions to their hearts, who'll sack a railroad or lay siege to a corporation with the idea they're ordained to grab the other fellow's property. Now I don't fool myself: that's my strong point. I'm grabbing as fast as the other fellow, but I know the time's coming when they won't let us grab any more. I do it because I want to, because I love it and because we're founding aristocracies here as the Old World did a couple of centuries ago. Well, to come back to you. I'll see you start in a good firm—"
"Well, then, understand that what you're stepping into is war, nothing more and nothing less. You see, we're a curious people; we haven't had the chance to grow like others. And there's something instinctual about war; in a growing nation, it releases a lot of wild energy. Now there’s a group of the big players here who should have had the chance to be field marshals or admirals, and since they haven’t gotten that chance, they’ve created their own little battlefield to compete with each other. And, let me tell you, the big players aren’t kidding themselves—they know what they’re doing! They’re under no illusions. But there are a lot of smaller men down there who walk around clinging to their delusions, who will raid a railroad or lay siege to a corporation believing they’re meant to take the other guy’s property. Now, I don’t kid myself: that’s my strong point. I’m grabbing as fast as the next guy, but I know the time’s coming when they won’t let us grab anymore. I do it because I want to, because I love it, and because we’re creating aristocracies here just like the Old World did a couple of centuries ago. Well, back to you. I'll make sure you start out in a solid company—"
"I'd rather do it myself."
"I prefer to do it myself."
"As you wish. Got any money?"
"As you want. Do you have any cash?"
"Fifty thousand dollars," said Tom, who then related his father's prediction.
"Fifty thousand dollars," Tom said, and then he shared his father's prediction.
"Ordinarily he's a good guesser," said Drake, laughing. "But we may put one over on him. There's a scheme I've been brewing over for a big[Pg 65] combine in the woolen industry that may give him a pleasant surprise. Well, then, start in on your own feet, my boy. Learn all you can of men. Study them—browse around in figures, if you want, but everlastingly keep your eyes on men! It's the man and not the proposition that's gilt-edged or empty. You've got to learn how the other fellow thinks, what he'll do in a given situation, if you're going to think ahead of him, and that's the quality that counts. That's where I've got them guessing, every minute of the day; there isn't one of them can figure out now if I'm twenty millions to the good or ten behind."
"Usually he's a pretty good guesser," Drake said, laughing. "But we might pull a fast one on him. I’ve been working on a plan for a major merger in the wool industry that could really surprise him. Well then, start off on your own two feet, my boy. Learn everything you can about people. Study them—dive into the numbers if you want, but always keep your eyes on people! It's the person, not the deal, that's solid or worthless. You need to understand how the other guy thinks, what he’ll do in a certain situation, if you want to stay ahead of him, and that’s what really matters. That’s how I keep them guessing, all day long; not one of them can figure out if I’m twenty million in the black or ten million in the red."
"Why, Tom, there was a time when I was stone broke—by golly, even my creditors were broke, which is an awful thing; and everything depended on my getting the right backing on the proposition that saved me. Do you think any one of those sleuth-hounds were on? Not on your life. I was living at the biggest hotel, in the biggest suite, spilling money all over the city—on tick, of course. And, say, in the critical week, when I was dodging my own tailor, I sent the missus (she didn't know anything, either) up to Fifth Avenue to buy a $100,000 necklace. That settled it. The other fellows, the fellows whose brains wind up like clocks, couldn't figure it out. I got my backing."
"Why, Tom, there was a time when I was completely broke—honestly, even my creditors were out of cash, which is pretty bad; and everything depended on me securing the right support for the idea that rescued me. Do you think any of those detectives caught on? Not a chance. I was staying at the biggest hotel, in the largest suite, spending money all over the city—on credit, of course. And, during that critical week, when I was avoiding my own tailor, I sent my wife (she had no idea, either) up to Fifth Avenue to buy a $100,000 necklace. That did the trick. The other guys, the ones whose minds tick like clocks, couldn't figure it out. I got my support."
"But supposing you hadn't," said Bojo involuntarily. He had been listening to this recital open-eyed like a child at a circus. "What would have happened?"
"But what if you hadn't?" Bojo asked without thinking. He had been listening to this story wide-eyed like a child at a circus. "What would have happened?"
Drake laughed contentedly. "There you are. That's all the other fellow could figure on. Now[Pg 66] don't imagine you can do what I did—you can't. I suppose there's no use telling you not to speculate, because you're going to, no matter what you think now. You will; because the young fellow who goes into Wall Street and doesn't think he's a genius in the first three months hasn't been born yet! But the first time it comes over you, throw only a third of your capital out of the window. Do you get me?"
Drake chuckled happily. "There you go. That's all the other guy could come up with. Now[Pg 66] don’t think you can do what I did—because you can’t. I guess there’s no point in telling you not to speculate, since you’re going to do it anyway, no matter what you believe right now. You will; because the young guy who steps into Wall Street and doesn’t think he’s a genius within the first three months hasn’t been born yet! But the first time it hits you, just throw away only a third of your capital. Do you understand?"
"I won't do that," said Bojo resolutely.
"I’m not doing that," Bojo said firmly.
"Go on. Do. You ought. It's cheap at that! I paid seven hundred thousand for the same information," said Drake, giving him his hand. He caught his shoulder in his powerful grip and added: "If you get in too much trouble, come to me! Remember that and good luck!"[Pg 67]
"Go ahead. Do it. You should. It's a great deal! I spent seven hundred thousand for the same info," said Drake, shaking his hand. He grabbed his shoulder with his strong grip and added, "If you get into too much trouble, come to me! Remember that and good luck!"[Pg 67]
CHAPTER VI
BOJO OBEYS HIS GENERAL MANAGER
Three months after his entry into Wall Street, Bojo emerged from his bedroom into the communal sitting-room in a state of tense excitement. The day before he had taken his first plunge into the world of speculation and bought a thousand shares of Indiana Smelter on a twenty per cent. margin. This transaction, which represented to his mind the inevitable challenge at the gates of fortune, had left him in a turmoil through all the restless night. He had taken the decision which was to decide his future only after a long wrestling with his conscience.
Three months after he started on Wall Street, Bojo stepped out of his bedroom into the shared living room, filled with nervous excitement. The day before, he had made his first move into the world of investing and bought a thousand shares of Indiana Smelter on a twenty percent margin. This deal, which he saw as the crucial step toward wealth, had kept him restless all night. He had made the choice that would shape his future only after a long struggle with his conscience.
At first he had imposed a limit, promising himself that he would not touch a penny of his $50,000 capital until he should know of his own knowledge. Gradually this time limit had contracted. Speculation was in the air, triumphant and insidious. The whole market was sweeping up irresistibly. The times were dramatic. Golden opportunity seemed within every one's grasp. Expansion, development, amalgamation were on every tongue. Roscoe Marsh had made a hundred thousand on paper. Even Fred DeLancy had won several turns which had netted him handsome profits.
At first, he set a limit, telling himself he wouldn’t touch any of his $50,000 capital until he really understood what he was doing. Slowly, that time limit got shorter. Speculation was everywhere, both exciting and sneaky. The entire market was rising uncontrollably. It felt like a dramatic time. Golden opportunities appeared to be within everyone’s reach. Expansion, development, and mergers were on everyone’s lips. Roscoe Marsh had made a hundred thousand on paper. Even Fred DeLancy had scored a few wins that brought him nice profits.
Bojo had resisted stubbornly at first, turning heedless[Pg 68] ears to the excited arguments of his friends, but the fever of speculation had entered his veins, he dreamed of nothing else, and gradually the thought of his $50,000, so modestly invested in four per cent. bonds obsessed him. What was worse was that each time he had refused to follow a tip of Marsh or DeLancy or a dozen new-found friends, he secretly noted down the speculation; and the thought of these dollars he had refused, which could have been his for the asking, rose up before him in a constant reproach. In the end it was Doris who decided him.
Bojo had initially resisted stubbornly, ignoring the enthusiastic arguments of his friends, but the thrill of speculation got to him. He couldn't stop thinking about it, and gradually, the idea of his $50,000, so simply invested in four percent bonds, consumed him. What made it worse was that every time he turned down a tip from Marsh, DeLancy, or a dozen new friends, he mentally noted the missed opportunities; the thought of the money he could have earned, which was just within reach, nagged at him constantly. In the end, it was Doris who made the final decision for him.
That indefatigable schemer, whom even he now called the General Manager, had a dozen times summoned him for an excited consultation on some rumor which she had caught in passage. At first he had laughed her down, then he had stubbornly refused such an alliance. But Doris, undaunted, returned to the charge, amazing him at times with the pertinency of her information, which she picked up from the wives and daughters, from those who came as suitors, or as mere friends of the family, while just as industriously and cleverly she commandeered her acquaintance and sent Bojo a string of customers which had remarkably affected his progress in the brokerage offices of Hauk, Flaspoller and Forshay.
That relentless schemer, whom he now referred to as the General Manager, had called him in for an excited consultation about some rumor she had heard multiple times. At first, he had laughed her off, then he had stubbornly refused such a partnership. But Doris, undeterred, kept pushing, surprising him at times with how relevant her information was, which she gathered from the wives and daughters of those who came as suitors or just friends of the family. Meanwhile, she skillfully leveraged her connections and sent Bojo a steady stream of clients that significantly boosted his progress at the brokerage offices of Hauk, Flaspoller and Forshay.
Finally he had yielded, because for weeks he had been longing to yield as a spectator tires of watching inactive the spectacle of the shifting golden combinations on the green cloth of the gambling table. She had information of the most explicit sort. A great combination of Middle Western Smelters had been held up for several weeks by the refusal of two great companies to enter at the price offered—Indiana[Pg 69] Smelter and Rockland Foundry. She knew positively that the matter would be adjusted in the next fortnight.
Finally, he gave in, because for weeks he had been eager to surrender like a spectator who grows tired of watching the ever-changing golden patterns on the green cloth of the gambling table. She had very clear information. A major deal involving Middle Western Smelters had been stalled for several weeks because two large companies, Indiana[Pg 69] Smelter and Rockland Foundry, refused to participate at the offered price. She knew for sure that the issue would be resolved in the next two weeks.
"Did your father say so?" he asked, really impressed, for Drake was reported as directly interested.
"Did your dad say that?" he asked, genuinely impressed, because Drake was said to be directly involved.
"Not in the first place."
"Not in the first spot."
"But where did you get your information?"
"But where did you find your information?"
"Oh, I have my ways," she said, delighted, "and I keep my secrets too. Just remember if you'd taken my advice what you'd have made."
"Oh, I have my ways," she said, happily, "and I keep my secrets too. Just remember if you'd taken my advice, what you could have achieved."
"It is astounding how right you've been," he said doubtfully.
"It’s amazing how spot on you've been," he said uncertainly.
"Listen, Bojo, this is absolutely correct. I know it. I can't tell you now—I promised—but if I could you wouldn't have the slightest doubt. Can't you trust me just this once? Don't you know that I'm working for you? Oh, it's such an opportunity for us both. Listen, if you won't do it, buy five hundred shares for me with my own money. Oh, how can I convince you!"
"Listen, Bojo, this is totally right. I know it. I can't tell you right now—I promised—but if I could, you wouldn't have the slightest doubt. Can’t you trust me just this once? Don’t you realize I'm working for you? Oh, this is such a great opportunity for both of us. Look, if you won't do it, buy five hundred shares for me with my own money. Oh, how can I convince you!"
He looked away thoughtfully; tempted, convinced, suspecting the source of her information, but wishing to remain ignorant.
He looked away, deep in thought; he was tempted, convinced, and suspicious about where she got her information, but he wanted to stay uninformed.
"You are determined to buy?" She nodded energetically. "What does your father say?"
"You really want to buy it?" She nodded enthusiastically. "What does your dad think?"
She seized his idea, saving him the embarrassment of a direct suggestion.
She took his idea, sparing him the awkwardness of making a direct suggestion.
"If Dad says yes, will that convince you? Wait." She thought a moment, pacing up and down, humming brightly to herself. Suddenly she turned, her eyes sparkling with the delight of her own machinations. "I'll tell you how I'll do it. Next week's my[Pg 70] birthday. I'll ask him to give me the tip as a birthday present." She clapped her hands gleefully, adding: "I'll tell him it's for my trousseau. If he says all right you won't refuse."
"If Dad says yes, will that change your mind? Hold on." She paused for a moment, pacing back and forth, humming happily to herself. Suddenly, she turned, her eyes shining with excitement over her own plans. "Let me tell you my idea. Next week is my[Pg 70] birthday. I'll ask him for the tip as a birthday gift." She clapped her hands joyfully, adding: "I'll tell him it's for my trousseau. If he agrees, you won't say no."
"No, I won't."
"Nope, I won't."
She flung herself joyfully into his arms at this victory won, at this prospect opened.
She joyfully threw herself into his arms at this victory gained, at this opportunity revealed.
"Bojo, I do love you and I do want to do so much for you!" she cried, tightening her arms about his neck, with more genuine demonstration than she had shown in months.
"Bojo, I really love you and I want to do so much for you!" she said, wrapping her arms around his neck, showing more genuine affection than she had in months.
"After all, I'd be a fool to refuse," he thought, excited too, and aloud he said, "Yes, Miss General Manager."
"After all, I'd be an idiot to say no," he thought, feeling excited as well, and he said out loud, "Yes, Miss General Manager."
"Oh, call me anything you like if you'll only let me manage you!" she said, laughing. "Now sit down and let me tell you all I've planned out for you to do."
"Oh, call me whatever you want as long as I can take charge of you!" she said, laughing. "Now sit down and let me share all the plans I've made for you."
That night she told him excitedly over the telephone that her little scheme had succeeded, that her father had given his O. K., but of course no one must know. The next day he had bought five hundred shares for her, and after much hesitation a thousand for his own account at 104½. It was a good risk; the stock had been stable for years; even if the combination did not go through, there was little danger of a rapid fall; and if it went up there was a chance at a thirty- or forty-point rise. He kept the injunction of secrecy, as all such injunctions are kept, to the point of telling only his closest friends, Marsh and DeLancy, who bought at once.
That night, she excitedly told him over the phone that her little plan had worked, that her dad had given his approval, but of course, no one could find out. The next day, he bought five hundred shares for her, and after some hesitation, a thousand for himself at 104½. It was a solid risk; the stock had been stable for years; even if the deal didn’t go through, there wasn’t much chance of a quick drop; and if it went up, there was a possibility of a thirty- or forty-point increase. He kept the secrecy, as all such secrets are kept, only telling his closest friends, Marsh and DeLancy, who bought immediately.
Nevertheless, no sooner had the transaction been completed than he had a sudden revulsion. He had[Pg 71] been long enough in Wall Street to have heard a hundred tales of the methods of big manipulators. What if Dan Drake's endorsement was only a clever ruse to conceal his real intentions, quits for reimbursing Doris afterward with a check, according to a famous precedent? Perhaps he even suspected that he, Bojo, had put Doris up to it and was taking this method to read him the lesson that his methods were not to be solved along such lines. At any rate, Tom passed a very bad night, saying to himself that he had plunged ahead on the flimsiest sort of evidence and fully deserved a shearing.
However, no sooner had the deal been finalized than he felt a sudden wave of disgust. He had[Pg 71] been in Wall Street long enough to have heard countless stories about the tactics of major manipulators. What if Dan Drake's endorsement was just a smart trick to hide his true intentions, backing out later to reimburse Doris with a check, just like in a well-known example? Maybe he even thought that he, Bojo, had pushed Doris into it and was using this as a way to teach him a lesson that his methods wouldn't work. In any case, Tom had a very restless night, telling himself that he had rushed into things based on the flimsiest kind of evidence and fully deserved to be taken advantage of.
A glorious December morning, with a touch of Indian summer, was pouring through the half-opened window, bearing the distant sounds of steam riveters. Marsh was busily culling half a dozen newspapers, while Fred was yawning over the eggs and coffee, when the mail was brought in by the grinning Oriental who had been dubbed Sweeney. DeLancy, who had the curiosity of a girl, pounced upon the letters, slinging half a dozen at Bojo with a grumbled comment.
A beautiful December morning, with a hint of Indian summer, streamed through the half-open window, carrying the distant sounds of steam riveters. Marsh was busy sorting through a handful of newspapers, while Fred was yawning over his eggs and coffee when the mail was brought in by the smiling Asian guy they called Sweeney. DeLancy, who was as curious as a girl, jumped on the letters, tossing half a dozen at Bojo with a grumbled remark.
"Dog ding him if he isn't more popular than me! Important business letters—Mr. Morgan and Mr. Rockefeller asking your advice—society invitations—do honor our humble palace, pink envelope, heavily scented. I say, Bojo, I've gone in deep on your precious stock, two hundred shares—all I could scrape together. Hope you guess right. Anything I hate is work, and 10 per cent. margin ought to be bolstered up by divine revelation."
"Can you believe he’s more popular than me? Important business letters—Mr. Morgan and Mr. Rockefeller asking for your advice—society invites—honor our humble home, pink envelope, heavily scented. I tell you, Bojo, I've invested heavily in your precious stock, two hundred shares—all I could manage. Hope you make the right call. The one thing I can't stand is work, and 10 percent margin should be supported by divine intervention."
"Wish the deuce you hadn't," said Bojo, sitting down and opening the formal announcement of his[Pg 72] broker's purchase, which struck his eyes like a criminal warrant.
"Wish you hadn't," said Bojo, sitting down and opening the formal announcement of his[Pg 72] broker's purchase, which hit him like a criminal warrant.
"Cheer up," said Marsh, emerging from the litter of papers. "I've got a tip from another angle, one of the lawyers involved. I'm going in for another couple of thousand shares. Why so glum, Bojo?"
"Cheer up," said Marsh, coming out from the pile of papers. "I've got a lead from a different source, one of the lawyers involved. I'm buying another couple of thousand shares. Why the long face, Bojo?"
"Wish I hadn't told you fellows."
"Wish I hadn't told you guys."
"Rats; that's all in the game!" said Marsh, but DeLancy did not look so philosophical.
"Rats; that's just how it goes!" said Marsh, but DeLancy didn’t seem so accepting.
Bojo opened several invitations, a notice from the tailor to call for a fitting, two letters from clients, personal friends, and finally the pink envelope, which was from Doris.
Bojo opened several invitations, a notice from the tailor to come in for a fitting, two letters from clients, personal friends, and finally the pink envelope, which was from Doris.
Bojo dear:
Bojo, dear:
Whatever you do don't tell a soul. Dad questioned me terrifically and I told a little fib. How many shares did you buy? Dad made me promise to buy only five hundred, but I know it's all right from the way he acted. Oh, Bojo, I hope you make lots and lots of money! Wouldn't Dad be surprised? He asked me to-night in the funny gruff way he puts on, 'How's that young man of yours getting on? Have they got his hide yet?' Won't it be a joke on him? By the way, I dined with the Morrisons (she's an old school chum of mine) and put in my clever little oar. Don't be surprised if some one else calls you up soon to place a little order. I'm working in another direction too. Don't fail to come up for tea.
Whatever you do, don't tell a soul. Dad really grilled me, and I told a little lie. How many shares did you buy? Dad made me promise to only buy five hundred, but I know it's fine based on how he acted. Oh, Bojo, I hope you make tons of money! Wouldn't Dad be surprised? He asked me tonight in his usual gruff way, "How's that young man of yours doing? Have they got his hide yet?" It'll be a joke on him, won't it? By the way, I had dinner with the Morrisons (she's an old school friend of mine) and chimed in with my clever little comments. Don't be shocked if someone else calls you soon to place a little order. I'm working on another angle too. Don't forget to come up for tea.
With much love,
Doris.
With love, Doris.
P.S. The Tremaines are awfully influential. Be sure and go to their dance.
P.S. The Tremaines are really influential. Make sure to go to their dance.
He placed the letter in his pocket thoughtfully, not entirely happy. It was a fair sample of a score of letters—enthusiasm, solicitude, ambition, and clever worldly advice, but lacking the one note that something in him craved despite all the purely mental satisfaction the prospect held for him.
He thoughtfully put the letter in his pocket, feeling a bit unsettled. It was just like many other letters he'd received—filled with excitement, concern, ambition, and smart advice for the world—but missing that one thing he yearned for, even with all the mental satisfaction the future seemed to offer him.
DeLancy continuing to loiter, he went out, alone, obsessed with the thought of the opening of the market[Pg 73] and the sound of the ticker, and caught the subway for Wall Street, preoccupied and serious.
DeLancy kept hanging around, so he went out by himself, fixated on the market opening[Pg 73] and the sound of the ticker, and took the subway to Wall Street, deep in thought and serious.
It had been three months now since the day when he had first come downtown to take up service as a broker's runner, and much had changed within him during that time, much of which he himself was not aware. The first days he had been rather bewildered and resentful of the menial beginning. It did not seem quite a man's work—this messenger service, and the contemplation of those above him, the men at the sheets and the office clerks, inspired him with a distaste. Often he remembered his conversation with his father and talks with Granning, the matter-of-fact; comparing their outlook on the life with his associates much to the disadvantage of the curiously inconsequential throng of young men who, like himself, were willing to go scurrying in the rain and dark on servants' quests, in order to get a peek into the intricate mysteries of Wall Street that held sudden fortunes for those who could see.
It had been three months since he first came downtown to work as a broker's runner, and a lot had changed within him during that time, much of which he wasn’t even aware of. In the beginning, he felt pretty confused and resentful about starting in such a low-level position. This messenger job didn't feel like real work to him—seeing the men at the trading desks and the office clerks left him feeling uneasy. He often thought back to his conversations with his father and talks with Granning, the practical one; he compared their views on life to those of his peers, which made the aimless group of young men like him seem unappealing. They were all willing to rush around in the rain and darkness on errands just to catch a glimpse of the complex mysteries of Wall Street, where sudden wealth awaited those who could grasp it.
He had come out of college with a love of manly qualities and the belief that it was a man's privilege to face difficult and laborious tasks, and the prevalent type among the beginners was not his type. Then, too, the magnitude of the Street overpowered him, the skyscrapers without tops dwarfed him, its jargon mystified him, as the colossal scale of the operations he saw seemed to rob him of the sense of his own individuality. But gradually, being possessed of shrewd native sense and persistence, he began to distinguish in the mob types and among the types figures that stood out in bold relief. He began to see those who would pass and those who would persist.
He graduated college with a passion for strong qualities and the belief that it was a man’s right to tackle tough and demanding tasks. However, the typical types among the newcomers weren’t his kind. Additionally, the vastness of the city overwhelmed him; the towering skyscrapers made him feel small, the slang confused him, and the huge scope of the activities he observed made him feel like he was losing his sense of self. But over time, thanks to his sharp instincts and determination, he started to recognize different types in the crowd and among those types, figures that stood out clearly. He began to identify those who would just pass by and those who would stick around.
He began to meet the more rugged type, schooled[Pg 74] in earlier tests, shrewd, cautious, and resolved, self-made men who had abrupt ways of speaking their thoughts, who frankly classed him with other fortunate youths and assured him that they were there by right, to take away from them what had been foolishly given and pay them back in experience. He took their chaffing in good humor, seeking their companionship and their points of view by preference, gradually disarming their criticism, secretly resolved that whatever might be the common fate at least he would not prove a foolish lamb for the shearing.
He started to meet a tougher crowd, trained in past challenges, smart, careful, and determined, self-made individuals who spoke their minds bluntly. They openly placed him alongside other lucky young people and told him they were there to reclaim what had been foolishly handed to him and to teach him a lesson. He took their teasing in stride, actively seeking their company and perspectives, gradually diffusing their criticism, and quietly determined that no matter what happened, he wouldn’t be a naïve lamb ready for the shearing.
Steeled in this resolution, he began by setting his face against speculation, investing his money temporarily in irreproachable bonds, refusing to listen to all the tips, whispered or openly proffered, which assailed his ears from morning until night, until the day when he should know of his own knowledge of men and things. He worked hard, following Drake's advice, seeking information from men rather than from books, checking up what each told him by what the next man had to say of his last informant, mystified often by the glib psychology of finance, slowly rating men at their just value, no longer lending credulous ear to the frayed prophets of New Street or thrilling with the excitement of a thrice confidential tip.
Determined in his decision, he started by shutting himself off from speculation, temporarily investing his money in secure bonds, and ignoring all the tips—whether whispered or openly offered—that assaulted his ears from morning to night, until he could genuinely understand people and situations on his own. He worked hard, following Drake's advice, gathering information from people instead of books, verifying what each person told him by comparing it with what the next person said about his last source, often bewildered by the smooth talk of finance, gradually assessing people at their true worth, no longer naive to the worn-out prophets of New Street or getting excited by a highly confidential tip.
He had advanced rapidly, but underneath all his delight there was an abiding suspicion that his progress had not been entirely due to his own glaring accomplishments, but that the name of Crocker, senior, his bank account, and the magic touch of Daniel Drake had been for much.[Pg 75]
He had moved up quickly, but beneath all his happiness, there was a lingering doubt that his success wasn’t solely because of his own outstanding achievements, but that the name of Crocker, senior, his bank balance, and the influence of Daniel Drake had played a significant role.[Pg 75]
CHAPTER VII
UNDER THE TICKER'S TYRANNY
During the last month he had had several tentative approaches from Weldon Forshay, who was what DeLancy called the social scavenger of the firm, a club man irreproachably connected, amiable and winning in his ways, who received uptown clients in the outer office, went out to lunch with the riding set, who lounged in toward midday for what they termed a whack at the market. Forshay was a thoroughly good fellow who gave his friends the best of advice, which was no advice at all, and left business details to his partners, Heinrich Flaspoller and Silas T. Hauk, shrewd, conservative, self-made men who exchanged one ceremonial family dinner party a year with their brilliant associate.
In the past month, he had received a few cautious approaches from Weldon Forshay, who DeLancy referred to as the social scavenger of the firm. Forshay was a well-connected club member, friendly and charming in his manners. He welcomed clients in the outer office, had lunch with the equestrian crowd, and drifted in around noon for what they called a shot at the market. Forshay was a genuinely good guy who offered his friends the best advice, which amounted to no advice at all, while leaving the business details to his partners, Heinrich Flaspoller and Silas T. Hauk. These were savvy, conservative, self-made men who shared one formal family dinner party a year with their talented associate.
Forshay, who was no fool and neglected no detail of social connections, had been keen to perceive the advantages of an alliance with the prospective son-in-law of Daniel Drake, keeping in view the voluminous transactions that flowed monthly from the keys of that daring manipulator. The transactions of the last days had been noted with more than usual interest, and Bojo's announcement of the amount of collateral which he had to offer as security (he did not, naturally, give the impression that this was the sum of his holdings) had further increased the growing[Pg 76] affection of the firm for an industrious young man, of such excellent prospects.
Forshay, who was no fool and paid attention to every social connection, had recognized the benefits of teaming up with the potential son-in-law of Daniel Drake, especially considering the substantial deals that came in every month from that bold operator. The recent transactions had caught more than usual attention, and Bojo's announcement of the amount of collateral he had to offer as security (he did not, of course, make it seem like this was the total of his assets) had further boosted the firm’s growing[Pg 76] interest in such a hardworking young man with great potential.
When Crocker arrived, excited and keyed to the whirring sound of the ticker, Forshay, a splendid American imitation of an English aristocrat, drew him affably into an inner room.
When Crocker showed up, buzzing with excitement at the whirring sound of the ticker, Forshay, a perfect American imitation of an English aristocrat, welcomed him into an inner room.
"I say, Crocker," he said, "the firm's been thinking you over rather seriously. It isn't often a young fellow comes down here and makes his way as quickly as you. We like your methods, and I think we've been quick to recognize them—haven't we?"
"I say, Crocker," he said, "the company has been thinking about you quite seriously. It's not often a young guy comes down here and makes his way as fast as you have. We like your approach, and I think we've been quick to notice it—haven't we?"
"You certainly have," said Tom with real enthusiasm.
"You definitely have," Tom said with genuine excitement.
"You've brought us business and you'll bring us more. Now some evening soon I want you to come up to the club and sit down over a little dinner and discuss the whole prospect." He looked at him benignly and added: "I don't see why an ambitious man like you who has got what you have ahead of you shouldn't fit into this firm before very long."
"You’ve brought us business, and you’ll bring us even more. So, on some evening soon, I’d like you to come up to the club, have a nice dinner, and discuss the whole opportunity." He looked at him kindly and added, "I don’t see why an ambitious person like you, with everything you have in front of you, shouldn’t join this company before too long."
"Provided I marry Miss Doris Drake," thought Bojo to himself. The cool way in which he received the news made a distinct impression on Forshay, who went a little further. "We realize that with the friends and backing you've got you're not on the lookout to stay forever on a salary. What you want is to get a fair share of the business you can swing, and the only way is to join some firm. Well, I won't say any more now. You know what we're thinking. We'll foregather later."
"Provided I marry Miss Doris Drake," Bojo thought to himself. The calm way he took the news made a notable impression on Forshay, who went on a bit further. "We understand that with the friends and support you have, you're not looking to stay on a salary forever. What you want is a fair share of the business you can handle, and the only way to do that is to join a firm. Well, I won't say more right now. You know what we're thinking. We'll connect later."
"You're very kind, indeed, Mr. Forshay," said Bojo, delightfully flustered.
"You're very kind, Mr. Forshay," said Bojo, pleasantly flustered.
"Not at all. You're the kind that goes ahead.[Pg 77] Oh, by the way, the firm wants me to tell you that from next week your salary will be seventy-five dollars."
"Not at all. You're the type that takes initiative.[Pg 77] Oh, and by the way, the company wants me to let you know that starting next week, your salary will be seventy-five dollars."
This time Bojo gulped down his surprise and shook hands in boyish delight.
This time, Bojo swallowed his surprise and shook hands with youthful excitement.
"Mighty glad to give it to you," said Forshay, laughing. "I see you think well of Indiana Smelter. Now I don't want you to betray any confidences, but of course I know how you stand in certain quarters. There is no harm in my saying that, is there? I've watched you. You haven't been running after every rumor on the block. You're shrewd. You're too conservative to invest without some pretty solid reason or to let your friends in unless you're pretty sure."
"Mighty glad to give it to you," said Forshay, laughing. "I see you have a good opinion of Indiana Smelter. Now, I don't want you to spill any secrets, but I know where you stand in certain circles. There's no harm in me saying that, right? I've been keeping an eye on you. You haven't chased after every rumor out there. You're smart. You're too cautious to invest without a solid reason or to bring your friends in unless you're pretty confident."
"I am pretty sure," said Crocker solemnly.
"I’m pretty sure," said Crocker seriously.
"I thought so," said Forshay meditatively. "I'm rather tempted to try the thing myself. I've sort of a hunch about you. I liked you, Tom, from the first. Hope you hit it hard." He glanced in the direction of the senior partners and lowered his voice confidentially. "Then it's good to see one of our own kind make good—you understand?"
"I thought so," Forshay said thoughtfully. "I'm pretty tempted to give it a shot myself. I have a feeling about you. I liked you, Tom, from the start. Hope you go for it." He looked over at the senior partners and lowered his voice to a whisper. "It's great to see one of our own succeed—you get what I mean?"
In five minutes Bojo had told him in the strictest confidence all he knew. Forshay received the news with thoughtful deliberation.
In five minutes, Bojo had shared with him in the strictest confidence everything he knew. Forshay took the news in with careful consideration.
"I'd like it better if Dan Drake had said it direct to you," he said, frowning. "Still, it's valuable. There may be a good deal in it. I think I can get a line on it myself. Jimmie Boskirk is a good pal of mine and he'll know. You keep me informed and I'll let you know what I find out. Go a little slow. Dan Drake is up to a good many tricks. He's fooled the[Pg 78] talent many a time before. Suppose we say Friday night for our little confab. Good."
"I'd prefer it if Dan Drake had told you directly," he said, frowning. "Still, it's important. There might be a lot to it. I think I can investigate it myself. Jimmie Boskirk is a good friend of mine and he’ll have the info. Keep me updated and I’ll let you know what I discover. Take it easy. Dan Drake has a lot of tricks up his sleeve. He's fooled the[Pg 78] talent more than once before. How about we plan for our little meeting on Friday night? Sounds good."
The mention of Jimmie Boskirk cast a damper over the delights the interview had brought Bojo. He did not at once realize how easily Forshay had played him for the information he desired and how really valuable he believed it. He was lost in a new irritation. Young Boskirk had been conspicuously assiduous in his attentions to Doris; and, while this fact aroused in him no jealousy, he had an uncomfortable feeling that Boskirk was in fact the source of her information.
The mention of Jimmie Boskirk put a damper on the excitement that the interview had brought Bojo. He didn't immediately grasp how easily Forshay had manipulated him to get the information he wanted and how genuinely valuable Forshay thought it was. Instead, he was consumed by a new irritation. Young Boskirk had been noticeably attentive to Doris, and while this didn't make Bojo feel jealous, he had an uneasy feeling that Boskirk was actually the source of her information.
But the opening of the market completely drove all other thoughts out of his mind. For the first time he came under the poignant tyranny of the flowing tape. Do what he would he could not keep away from it. Indiana Smelter opened at 104½, went off the fraction, and then advanced to 106 on moderate strength in buying orders.
But the market opening completely pushed all other thoughts out of his mind. For the first time, he felt the intense pull of the ticking tape. No matter what he did, he couldn’t pull himself away from it. Indiana Smelter opened at 104½, dipped slightly, and then rose to 106 on moderate buying strength.
"A point and a half—$1500—I've made $1500—just like that," he said to himself, stupefied. He went to his desk, but ten minutes later on the pretext of getting a glass of water he returned to the tape to make sure that his eyes had not deceived him. There it was again and no mistake—200 Indiana Smelter, 106. He sat down at his desk in a turmoil. Fifteen hundred dollars! Five times what he had made in three months. If he had bought two thousand shares, as he could have easily, at a safe twenty per cent. margin, he would have made three thousand. He felt angry at himself, defrauded, and, drawing a paper before him, he began to figure out his profits[Pg 79] if the stock should go to 140 or 150, as every one said it must if the combination went through.
"A point and a half—$1500—I've made $1500—just like that," he said to himself, stunned. He went to his desk, but ten minutes later, pretending to get a glass of water, he returned to the tape to double-check that his eyes weren’t playing tricks on him. There it was again, and no mistake—200 Indiana Smelter, 106. He sat down at his desk in a whirlwind of emotions. Fifteen hundred dollars! Five times what he had earned in three months. If he had bought two thousand shares, which he easily could have, at a safe twenty percent margin, he would have made three thousand. He felt angry at himself, cheated, and taking a piece of paper, he began to calculate his profits[Pg 79] if the stock should rise to 140 or 150, as everyone said it would if the deal went through.
Then, in order to realize himself his colossal earnings, he called up Doris on the telephone to hear the sound of such figures. At one, when he went out to snatch a mouthful at a standing lunch, he consulted three tickers, impatient that no further sales had been recorded. When Ricketts, who was still on the sheets, came up to him with his daily budget of gossip, he listened avidly. Every tip interested him, fraught with a new dramatic significance. He felt like taking him aside and whispering in his ear:
Then, to fully grasp his huge earnings, he called Doris on the phone just to hear those numbers. At one point, when he stepped out for a quick lunch, he checked three tickers, frustrated that no new sales had been posted. When Ricketts, who was still in bed, approached him with his daily gossip, he listened intently. Every tip caught his attention, loaded with new dramatic importance. He felt like pulling him aside and whispering in his ear:
"Listen, Ricketts, if you want a good thing buy Indiana Smelter: it'll go to 140. I've made fifteen hundred dollars on it in a couple of hours."
"Listen, Ricketts, if you want a solid investment, buy Indiana Smelter: it’s going to hit 140. I’ve made fifteen hundred bucks on it in just a few hours."
But he did nothing of the sort. He looked very wise and bored, feeling immensely superior as a capitalist and future member of the firm of Hauk, Flaspoller and Forshay, over Ricketts, who had started when he had started and was still on the sheets at fifteen dollars a week. "Whispering Bill" Golightly, who had the hypnotic art of inducing clients to buy and sell and buy again all in the same day, on artfully fluctuating rumors (to no disparagement of his commission account), came sidling up, and he hailed him regally.
But he did nothing of the sort. He looked very wise and bored, feeling immensely superior as a capitalist and a future member of the firm of Hauk, Flaspoller and Forshay, compared to Ricketts, who had started at the same time and was still on the sheets earning fifteen dollars a week. "Whispering Bill" Golightly, who had the hypnotic ability to get clients to buy and sell and buy again all in the same day based on cleverly fluctuating rumors (not that it hurt his commission), came over, and he greeted him like royalty.
"Hello, Bill, what do you know?"
"Hey, Bill, what’s up?"
"Buy Redding," said Golightly softly, with a confidential flutter of the near eyelid.
"Buy Redding," Golightly said softly, giving a secretive flutter of her near eyelid.
"You're 'way behind. I know something better than that. Come around next week."
"You're really behind. I know something better than that. Come by next week."
He left Golightly smiling incredulously and ambled[Pg 80] slowly through the motley group of New Street, that tragic anteroom to Wall Street, where fallen kings of finance retell the glories of the past and wager a few miserable dollars on a fugitive whisper.
He left Golightly smiling in disbelief and strolled[Pg 80] slowly through the colorful crowd of New Street, that sad waiting room for Wall Street, where fallen finance kings recount tales of their past glory and gamble a few meager dollars on a fleeting rumor.
"If they only knew what I know," he said to himself, smiling as he passed on in confident youth, through these wearied old men who in their misfortune still preferred to be last in the Street if only to be near Rome. At the offices, high on Exchange Place, looking down on the huddled group of the curb below in sheepskins and mufflers, flinging fingered signals in the air to waiting figures in windows above, he found a new order from Roscoe Marsh and hurriedly had it executed. He felt like calling up all his friends and asking them to follow his lead blindly.
"If they only knew what I know," he thought to himself, smiling as he confidently walked past the tired old men who, despite their misfortune, still chose to linger last in the street just to be close to Rome. At the offices high on Exchange Place, looking down at the huddled group by the curb in sheepskins and scarves, signaling to the waiting figures in the windows above, he saw a new order from Roscoe Marsh and quickly had it executed. He felt like calling up all his friends and urging them to follow his lead without question.
He wanted every one to be making money as easily as he could. Before the market closed Indiana Smelter receded to 105¼ and he felt as though some one had bodily lifted $500 from his pocket. Still he had made a thousand dollars for the day. He caught the subway with the crowd of stockbrokers who came romping out of the stock exchange like released schoolboys after the day's tension, pommeling and shoving each other with released glee. His first action was to turn to the financial columns of his newspaper, to make sure there had been no error, to see in cold print that he had actually made no mistake. During the week Indiana Smelter climbed irregularly to 111¼, broke three points, and ended at 109 amid a sudden concentration of public interest.
He wanted everyone to be making money as easily as he could. Before the market closed, Indiana Smelter dropped to 105¼, and he felt like someone had physically taken $500 from his pocket. Still, he had made a thousand dollars for the day. He caught the subway with the crowd of stockbrokers who came bursting out of the stock exchange like freed schoolboys after the day's pressure, playfully pushing and shoving each other with sheer joy. His first action was to look at the financial columns of his newspaper, to ensure there had been no mistake, to see in black and white that he had actually done nothing wrong. During the week, Indiana Smelter climbed erratically to 111¼, fell three points, and closed at 109 amid a sudden surge of public interest.
On Saturday, when he came back to his blazing windows in the mellow half-lights of the court, preparatory to dressing for a party in the wake of Fred[Pg 81] DeLancy, he took the flight two steps at a time, bursting with the need of pouring out his tale of good fortune to responsive ears. He found only George Granning, snug in the big armchair, sunk in the beatific contemplation of an immense ledger.
On Saturday, when he returned to his bright windows in the soft lighting of the courtyard, getting ready for a party following Fred[Pg 81] DeLancy, he bounded up the stairs two at a time, eager to share his good fortune with someone who would listen. He found only George Granning, comfortable in the big armchair, absorbed in the blissful study of a huge ledger.
"What the deuce are you grinning at, you old rhinoceros?" said Bojo, stopping surprised.
"What the heck are you grinning at, you old rhino?" said Bojo, stopping in surprise.
"I'm casting up accounts," said Granning. "I'm twelve hundred and forty-two dollars ahead of the game. To-morrow you can buy me my first bond and make me a capitalist. Bojo, congratulate me. I've got my raise—forty a week from now on—assistant superintendent! What do you think of that?"
"I'm going through my finances," said Granning. "I'm $1,242 ahead. Tomorrow you can buy me my first bond and make me a capitalist. Bojo, congratulate me. I've got a raise—$40 a week starting now—assistant superintendent! What do you think of that?"
"No!" exclaimed Bojo, who had been dreaming in hundreds of thousands. He shook hands with all the enthusiasm he could force. Then a genuine pity seized him for the inequalities of opportunity. He seized a chair and drew it excitedly near his friend. "Granny, listen to me. Do you know what I have made in ten days? Almost five thousand dollars! Now you know nothing in this world would let me get you in wrong, unless I knew. Well, Granny, I know! I'll guarantee you—do you understand—that if you'll let me take your thousand and invest it as I want, I'll double your capital in a month."
"No!" shouted Bojo, who had been dreaming big. He shook hands with as much enthusiasm as he could muster. Then genuine compassion for the inequality of opportunities hit him. He grabbed a chair and pulled it excitedly next to his friend. "Granny, listen to me. Do you know how much I've made in ten days? Almost five thousand dollars! Now you know nothing in this world would make me do you wrong, unless I knew. Well, Granny, I know! I'll promise you—do you understand—that if you let me take your thousand and invest it how I want, I'll double your money in a month."
"Thank you, no," said Granning in a way that admitted no discussion. "The gilt-edged kind is my ambition. Look here, how much money have you put up?"
"Thanks, but no," Granning said, clearly ending the conversation. "I'm aiming for the high-quality kind. Tell me, how much money have you invested?"
"Only twenty thousand."
"Just twenty thousand."
"Then give me the rest and let me bury it for you."[Pg 82]
"Then give me the rest and let me take care of it for you." [Pg 82]
"I tell you I can sell it now and make $4500. What do you say to that?"
"I can sell it right now and make $4500. What do you think?"
"I'm damned sorry to hear it."
"I'm really sorry to hear that."
"You're a nice friend."
"You're a great friend."
"Lecturing isn't my strong point," said Granning imperturbably, "but since you insist, the first lesson in life to my mind is a wholesome respect for the difficulty of making money."
"Teaching isn't my best skill," Granning said calmly, "but since you’re pushing for it, the first lesson in life, as I see it, is a genuine respect for how hard it is to earn money."
"You act as though you think I've robbed some old widow, you anarchist!"
"You act like you think I’ve stolen from some poor old lady, you rebel!"
"Twelve times 30 is 360, add 12 times 150 times 30," said Granning, taking up his pencil.
"Twelve times 30 is 360, plus 12 times 150 times 30," said Granning, picking up his pencil.
"What the deuce are you figuring out?"
"What the heck are you trying to figure out?"
"I'm calculating that at the rate I'm living I can buy another bond in about ten and three quarter months," said Granning blissfully.
"I'm figuring that at the pace I'm living, I can buy another bond in about ten and three-quarter months," Granning said happily.
"Oh, go to the devil," said Bojo, retreating into his room.
"Oh, go to hell," said Bojo, walking back into his room.
As he started to dress for the evening he began to moralize, glancing out at Granning, who continued his figuring, a picture of rugged happiness.
As he started getting ready for the evening, he began to reflect on life, looking out at Granning, who was still absorbed in his calculations, a picture of genuine happiness.
"Suppose he's thinking of that forty-five dollar a year income now," thought Bojo, who began to indulge in many worldly speculations of which he would have been incapable three months before. After all, if some people only knew it, it was just as easy to make a hundred thousand as a thousand. All it required was to recognize that the world was unequal and always would remain unequal, and toward the top of society, when one had the opportunity of course, it was all a question of knowledge and influence.
"Imagine he's thinking about that forty-five dollar a year income now," Bojo thought, starting to entertain many worldly ideas that he would have found impossible just three months ago. After all, if some people only understood, making a hundred thousand could be just as simple as making a thousand. It all came down to realizing that the world is unequal and always will be, and at the top of society, when the opportunity arises, it’s all about knowledge and influence.
"Poor old Granny," he said, shaking his head. "In four years I'll be worth a million and he'll be[Pg 83] plodding on, working like a slave, gloating over a ten-dollar raise." But as he was withal honest in his values he added: "And the old fellow's worth ten times what I am too!" He remembered his own raise in salary, but for certain reasons determined not to risk an ethical comparison.
"Poor old Granny," he said, shaking his head. "In four years I'll be worth a million and he'll be[Pg 83] slogging away, working like a dog, feeling proud over a ten-dollar raise." But since he was honest in his values, he added: "And that old guy is worth ten times more than I am too!" He thought about his own salary increase, but for some reasons decided not to make an ethical comparison.
"Well, Capitalist, good night," he said, arrayed in top hat, fur coat, and glowing linen.
"Well, Capitalist, good night," he said, dressed in a top hat, fur coat, and bright white shirt.
Granning grunted complacently and called him back as he was disappearing.
Granning grunted with satisfaction and called him back as he started to disappear.
"Hi, there!"
"Hey there!"
"What?"
"What do you mean?"
"Come over to the factory with me some day and see what real work is."
"Come to the factory with me someday and see what real work is like."
Bojo slammed the door and went laughing down the stairs.
Bojo slammed the door and laughed as he headed down the stairs.
The buying orders multiplied in Indiana Smelter, the air was full of rumors, the financial columns accepted as a fact that the combination was decided, and the stock went soaring in the third week, despite one day of horrible uncertainty, when the report was spread that all negotiations were off and Indiana Smelter dropped twelve points. When 135 was reached, Bojo became bewildered. In less than a month he had cleared over thirty thousand dollars. He could not believe his own reason. Where had it come from? Did it actually exist or would he wake up some morning and find it evaporated?
The purchase orders piled up at Indiana Smelter, and the air was alive with rumors. Financial news outlets reported that the merger was a done deal, and the stock skyrocketed in the third week, despite one day of intense uncertainty when news broke that all negotiations had fallen through, causing Indiana Smelter's stock to drop twelve points. When it hit 135, Bojo was left confused. In less than a month, he had made over thirty thousand dollars. He couldn’t believe his own reasoning. Where had it come from? Did it even exist, or would he wake up one morning to find it all gone?
The spinning tack-tack of the ticker was always in his ears. At night when he started to go to sleep, the room was always full of diabolical instruments, and great curling streams of thin paper fell over his[Pg 84] bed and Indiana Smelter was kiting up into impossible figures or abruptly crumbling to nothing. One morning the necessity of actually holding in his own hands these enormous sums which he had been incredulously contemplating all these weeks was so imperious that he sold out as the stock reached 138¼.
The constant ticking of the ticker was always playing in his ears. At night, when he tried to fall asleep, the room was filled with sinister devices, and long, curling strips of paper cascaded over his[Pg 84] bed, while Indiana Smelter shot up to crazy numbers or suddenly collapsed to nothing. One morning, the need to actually hold these huge amounts of money that he had been skeptically considering for weeks became so overwhelming that he sold everything off as the stock hit 138¼.
For a day a feeling of sublime liberation came to him, as though the clicking tyranny were forever vanished from his ears. In his pocket was certainty, incredible but tangible, a check to his order for over thirty-three thousand dollars. When once this certainty had impressed itself upon him he had a quick revulsion. It seemed to him that what he had done was grossly immoral, as though he had thrown his money on a gambling table and won fabulously with a beginner's luck. Some providence must have protected him, but he resolved firmly never to repeat the test.
For a day, he felt an overwhelming sense of freedom, as if the relentless pressure had completely disappeared from his mind. In his pocket was certainty, unbelievable but real—a check for over thirty-three thousand dollars. Once this certainty hit him, he quickly felt a wave of discomfort. It seemed wrong to him, like he had taken his money to a casino and won big purely by chance. Some higher power must have looked out for him, but he made a strong decision never to test his luck again.
He informed Granny of this decision, admitting frankly all the appetite for gain, the reckless, dangerous excitement it had roused in him. He spoke with such profound conviction, being for the moment convinced himself, that Granny's skepticism was conquered, and they shook hands upon Bojo's sudden enlightenment.
He told Granny about this decision, honestly admitting all the desire for profit and the reckless, thrilling excitement it had stirred in him. He spoke with such strong conviction, genuinely convinced at that moment, that Granny's doubts were overcome, and they shook hands on Bojo's sudden realization.
But the next day, when he had gone up to the Drakes and exhibited the check for the delectation of Doris, his good intentions began to waver in the flush of triumph.
But the next day, when he went up to the Drakes and showed the check to impress Doris, his good intentions started to waver in the glow of success.
"Now, aren't you glad you listened to a wise little person who is going to make your fortune?" she said, thrilled at the sight of the check.[Pg 85]
"Now, aren't you glad you paid attention to a smart little person who is about to help you make your fortune?" she said, excited at the sight of the check.[Pg 85]
"Who gave you the tip, Doris?" he said uneasily. "You can tell me now."
"Who gave you the tip, Doris?" he asked nervously. "You can tell me now."
"Ask me no questions—"
"Don't ask me any questions—"
"A man or a woman?" he persisted, seeking a subterfuge, for the thought of asking pointblank if he owed his fortune to Boskirk was repugnant.
"A man or a woman?" he pushed, looking for a way around it, since the idea of directly asking if he owed his fortune to Boskirk was unpleasant.
She hesitated a moment, divining his qualms.
She paused for a moment, sensing his doubts.
"Promise to ask no more questions."
"Promise you won't ask any more questions."
"If you'll tell me."
"If you tell me."
"A woman, then."
"A woman, indeed."
He pretended to himself a great satisfaction, immensely relieved in his pride, willing to be convinced. Dan Drake came in and Doris, glad of the interruption, displayed the check in triumph.
He tricked himself into feeling a huge sense of satisfaction, greatly relieved for his pride and open to being convinced. Dan Drake came in, and Doris, happy for the interruption, proudly showed off the check.
"So that's it, is it?" said Drake, glancing up at Bojo, who looked sheepishly happy. And assuming an angry air, he caught Doris by the ear. "A traitor in my own household, eh?"
"So that's it, huh?" said Drake, looking up at Bojo, who appeared awkwardly pleased. Trying to sound angry, he grabbed Doris by the ear. "A traitor in my own home, huh?"
"What do you mean?" she said, defending herself.
"What do you mean?" she said, standing up for herself.
"I mean the next time you wheedle such inside information out, just remember you've got a daddy."
"I mean the next time you try to get some inside info, just remember you have a dad."
"Now, Dad, don't be horrid and take away all my fun. Isn't it glorious!"
"Come on, Dad, don't be mean and ruin all my fun. Isn't it amazing!"
"Very," said Drake with a grimace. "I congratulate you, young scamps. Your getting in and spreading the good news among the bosom friends—" he glanced at Bojo, who flushed—"cost me a couple of hundred thousand more than I intended to pay. I guess, young man, it'll be cheaper for me to have you inside my office than out!"
"Very," said Drake with a grimace. "I congratulate you, young troublemakers. Your sneaking in and sharing the news with your close friends—" he glanced at Bojo, who blushed—"cost me a couple hundred thousand more than I planned to spend. I guess, young man, it’ll be cheaper for me to have you in my office than out!"
"No reason you should, but I want to tell you and your General Manager so that you won't get any mistaken ideas of your Napoleonic talents, that there was a moment ten days ago when the whole combination came near a cropper, wherever you got your information." He stopped, looked at his daughter severely, and said: "By the way, where did you get your information, young lady?"
"No reason you should, but I want to let you and your General Manager know so you won’t get any wrong ideas about your Napoleonic talents, that there was a moment ten days ago when everything almost fell apart, wherever you got your info." He stopped, looked at his daughter sternly, and asked: "By the way, where did you get your information, young lady?"
Doris laughed mischievously, not at all deceived by his assumed anger.
Doris laughed playfully, completely unfazed by his fake anger.
"I have my own sources of information," she said, imitating his manner.
"I have my own sources of information," she said, mimicking his style.
The father looked at her shrewdly, amused at the intrigue he divined.
The father glanced at her knowingly, entertained by the scheme he sensed.
"Well, this is my guess—"
"Well, this is my guess—"
But Doris, flinging herself, laughing, at him, closed his lips with her pretty hand.
But Doris, laughing as she threw herself at him, covered his mouth with her pretty hand.
"She used Boskirk to help me," thought Bojo, perceiving her start of fear and the shrewd smile on the face of the father.
"She used Boskirk to help me," thought Bojo, sensing her growing fear and the sly smile on her father's face.
He did not pursue the matter, but the conviction remained with him.
He didn’t follow up on it, but the belief stuck with him.
Despite his new-found resolutions he was surprised to find that the obsession of the ticker still held him. With the announcement of the completion of the Smelter merger, Indiana Smelter rose as high as 142¾, and the thought of these thousands which he might have had as easily as not began to annoy him. He forgot that he had condemned speculation in the contemplation of what might have been.
Despite his new resolutions, he was surprised to discover that the obsession with the stock ticker still had a grip on him. When the Smelter merger was announced, Indiana Smelter stocks skyrocketed to 142¾, and the idea of the thousands of dollars he could have easily made started to frustrate him. He overlooked the fact that he had criticized speculation while dwelling on what could have been.
Looking back, it seemed to him that what he had made was ridiculously small. If he had played the stock as other resolute spirits conducting such campaigns[Pg 87] for fortune, he should have thrown the rest of his capital behind the venture once he was playing on velvet. He figured out a dozen ways by which he might have achieved a master stroke and trebled, even quadrupled, his profits, and the more his mind dwelt upon it the more eager he became to embark into a fresh venture. Dan Drake had hinted at taking him into his office. He began to long for the time when the proposition would be again offered to him, to accept, to be privileged to play the game as others played it—with marked cards.[Pg 88]
Looking back, he felt that what he had created was laughably small. If he had invested like other determined people doing similar ventures for wealth, he would have put the rest of his money into the project once he was on a winning streak. He came up with several ways he could have made a major move and tripled or even quadrupled his profits, and the more he thought about it, the more eager he became to dive into a new opportunity. Dan Drake had hinted at bringing him into his office. He started to crave the moment when the offer would come up again, to accept it, to have the chance to play the game as others did—with marked cards.
CHAPTER VIII
THE RETURN OF PATSIE
During this time Bojo had seen much of life. Marsh was too busily occupied in the detailed exploration of the machinery and organization of his paper to be often available, and Bojo's time was pretty evenly divided between the formal evenings in Doris's set and the excursions with Fred DeLancy into regions not quite so orthodox. He began to see a good deal behind the scenes, to marvel at the unbending of big men of a certain suddenly enriched type, at their gullibility and curious vanities of display. He himself had an innate love of refinement and an olden touch of chivalry in his attitude toward women, and went through what he saw without more harm than disillusionment, wiser for the lesson.
During this time, Bojo had experienced a lot of life. Marsh was too busy delving into the details of his paper's machinery and organization to be around much, so Bojo's time was pretty evenly split between the formal evenings with Doris's circle and the outings with Fred DeLancy into less conventional areas. He started to see a lot of what went on behind the scenes, amazed by the behavior of wealthy men who suddenly came into money, their gullibility, and their strange need to show off. Bojo had a natural appreciation for refinement and a touch of old-fashioned chivalry in his approach to women, and he processed what he observed without suffering more than a bit of disillusionment, becoming wiser from the experience.
To his surprise he found, that what DeLancy had estimated of his social values was quite true. Fred was in great demand at quiet dances in discreet salons at Tenafly's and Lazare's, where curious elements combined to distract the adventurer, rich at forty-five, who, after a life of Spartan routine, awoke to the call of pleasure and curiosity at an age when other men have solved their attitude. Fred was looked upon as a sort of enfant gâté to be rewarded after a gay night with an easily tossed off order for a thousand shares of this or that to make his commission. It did not take Bojo long to perceive the[Pg 89] inherent weakness in DeLancy's lovable but pleasure-running character, nor to speculate upon his future with some apprehension, despite all Fred's protestations that he was shrewd as they are made, and jolly well alive to the main chance every minute of the day.
To his surprise, he realized that DeLancy's assessment of his social value was spot on. Fred was highly sought after at quiet dances in exclusive venues like Tenafly's and Lazare's, where a mix of intriguing people kept the wealthy adventurer, who had lived a disciplined life until then, distracted. At the age of forty-five, he was finally responding to the allure of pleasure and curiosity, a time when most men have figured out their life goals. Fred was seen as a sort of enfant gâté, someone who could easily be rewarded after a night of fun with a casual order for a thousand shares of this or that to boost his commissions. It didn't take Bojo long to notice the[Pg 89] underlying weakness in DeLancy's charming but hedonistic nature, and to contemplate his future with some concern, despite all Fred's claims that he was as sharp as they come and fully aware of every opportunity that came his way.
Bojo had been admitted far enough into his confidence to know that there was already some one in the practical background, a Miss Gladys Stone, financially a prize who had been caught with the volatile gaiety and amusing tricks of Fred DeLancy. DeLancy in fact, in moments of serious intimacy, openly avowed his intention of settling down within a year or two at the most, and Bojo, with the memory of riotous nights from which he had with difficulty extracted the popular Fred, owned to himself that the sooner this occurred the better he would be suited.
Bojo had been let in far enough to know that there was already someone in the background, a Miss Gladys Stone, who was quite the catch financially and had been charmed by the lively personality and entertaining antics of Fred DeLancy. In fact, during serious conversations, DeLancy had openly stated his intention to settle down within a year or two at most. Bojo, recalling the wild nights from which he had struggled to pull the popular Fred away, admitted to himself that the sooner this happened, the better off he would be.
He had met Gladys Stone once when he had dropped in on Doris, and he had a blurred recollection of a thin, blond girl, who giggled and chattered a great deal and spoke several times of being bored by this or that, by the opera where there was nothing new, by dinner parties where it was such a bore to talk bridge, by Palm Beach, which was getting to be a bore because cheaper hotels had gone up and every one was being let in, but who would go off into peals of laughter the moment Fred DeLancy struck a chord on the piano and imitated a German ballade.
He had met Gladys Stone once when he stopped by to see Doris, and he had a hazy memory of a tall, blonde girl who giggled and talked a lot, often mentioning how bored she was with this or that—bored by the opera because nothing exciting was happening, bored by dinner parties where discussing bridge was just dull, bored by Palm Beach since the cheaper hotels had popped up and everyone was getting in. But she would burst into fits of laughter the moment Fred DeLancy played a chord on the piano and imitated a German ballad.
"Gladys is a good soul at bottom. She's crazy about Fred and he can marry her any day he wants her," said Doris, sitting in judgment.
"Gladys is a genuinely good person. She's crazy about Fred, and he can marry her whenever he wants," said Doris, passing judgment.
"Do you think it would turn out well?" he said.[Pg 90]
"Do you think it will go well?" he asked.[Pg 90]
"Why not? Gladys hasn't a thought in her head. She'll be a splendid audience for Fred. He isn't the sort of a person ever to fall desperately in love."
"Why not? Gladys doesn't have a single thought in her head. She'll be a great audience for Fred. He's not the type to ever fall madly in love."
"I don't know about that," said Bojo, with an uneasy recollection of a certain alluring but rather obvious little actress, respectable but entirely too calculating to his way of thinking, whom Fred had been seeing entirely too much.
"I’m not so sure about that," said Bojo, with an uncomfortable memory of a certain attractive but quite obvious little actress, respectable yet way too manipulative in his view, whom Fred had been spending way too much time with.
"Nonsense! That sort of person is always thinking of the crowd. Besides Gladys is too stupid to be jealous. It's a splendid match. She'll get a husband that'll save her house from being a bore, and he'll get a pile of money: just what each needs."
"Nonsense! That kind of person is always focused on what others think. Plus, Gladys is too clueless to feel jealous. It's a great match. She'll get a husband who will keep her life interesting, and he'll get a lot of money: exactly what both of them need."
He saw Doris three or four times a week. She had become a very busy lady, constantly complaining of the fatigues of a social season. Fred DeLancy, who, with Marsh, had been admitted to intimacy, made fun of her to her face in his impudent way, pretending a deep solicitude for the overburdened rich.
He saw Doris three or four times a week. She had become quite busy, always complaining about the exhaustion that came with the social season. Fred DeLancy, who, along with Marsh, had gotten close to her, mocked her openly with his cheeky attitude, pretending to care deeply for the stressed-out wealthy.
"But it's true," said Doris indignantly. "I haven't a minute to myself. I'm going from morning to night. You haven't an idea how exacting our lives are."
"But it's true," Doris said indignantly. "I don't have a minute to myself. I'm busy from morning till night. You have no idea how demanding our lives are."
"Tell me," said DeLancy, assuming a countenance of commiseration, while Bojo laughed.
"Tell me," DeLancy said, putting on a sympathetic expression, while Bojo laughed.
"Horrid beast!" said Doris, pouting. "And then there's charity; you've no idea how much time charity takes. I'm on three committees and we have to meet once a week for luncheon. Then I'm in the show for the benefit of some hospital or other, and now they want us to come to morning rehearsals. Then there's the afternoon bridge class until four, and half a dozen teas to go through, and back to be dressed[Pg 91] and curled and start out for dinner and a dance, night after night. And now there's Dolly's wedding coming on, and the dressmaker and the shopping. I tell you I'm beginning to look old already!"
"Horrible beast!" said Doris, pouting. "And then there’s charity; you have no idea how much time it takes. I’m on three committees, and we have to meet once a week for lunch. Then I’m in a show to raise money for some hospital or another, and now they want us to come to morning rehearsals. After that, there’s the afternoon bridge class until four, plus a bunch of teas to attend, and then I have to get dressed[Pg 91], curled, and head out for dinner and a dance, night after night. And now there’s Dolly’s wedding coming up, with the dressmaker and all the shopping. I swear I’m starting to look old already!"
She glanced at the clock and went off with a sigh to be decked out for another social struggle, as Mrs. Drake entered. The young men excused themselves. Bojo never felt quite comfortable under the scrutiny of the mother's menacing lorgnette. She was a frail, uneasy little woman, who dressed too young for her age, whose ready tears had won down the opposition of her husband, much as the steady drip of a tiny rivulet bores its way through granite surfaces. She did not approve of Bojo—a fact of which he was well aware—and was resolved when her first ambition had been gratified by Dolly's coming marriage to turn her forces on Doris.
She looked at the clock and sighed as she headed off to get ready for another social challenge, just as Mrs. Drake walked in. The young men excused themselves. Bojo never felt completely at ease under the watchful eye of the mother's intimidating lorgnette. She was a delicate, anxious little woman who dressed too young for her age, and her quick tears had worn down her husband's resistance, similar to how a small stream erodes solid rock. She didn’t approve of Bojo—which he knew all too well—and was determined that, now that her first ambition of Dolly's upcoming marriage was fulfilled, she would focus her efforts on Doris.
At present she was too much occupied, for there were weak moments when Dolly, for all her foreign education, rose up in revolt, and others when Mr. Drake, incensed at the cold-blooded conduct of the pre-nuptial business arrangements, had threatened to send the whole pack of impudent lawyers flying. Patsie had been packed off on a visit to a cousin after a series of indiscretions, culminating in a demand to know from the Duke what the French meant by a mariage de convenance—a request which fell like a bombshell in a sudden silence of the family dinner.
Right now, she was too busy because there were moments when Dolly, despite her foreign education, would rebel, and other times when Mr. Drake, upset about the cold-hearted handling of the pre-wedding arrangements, threatened to send the whole group of rude lawyers packing. Patsie had been sent off to stay with a cousin after a series of mistakes, ending with her asking the Duke what the French meant by a mariage de convenance—a question that dropped like a bomb in the sudden silence of the family dinner.
It was a week before the wedding, as Bojo was swinging up the Avenue past the Park on his way to Doris, that he suddenly became aware of a young lady in white fur cap and black velvets skipping toward him, pursued by a terrier that had a familiar[Pg 92] air, while from the attendant automobile a tall and scrawny spinster was gesticulating violently and unheeded. The next moment Patsie had run up to him, her arm through his, Romp leaning against him in recognition, while she exclaimed:
It was a week before the wedding when Bojo was strolling up the Avenue past the Park on his way to see Doris, and he suddenly noticed a young woman in a white fur hat and black velvet outfit skipping toward him. She was being chased by a terrier that looked familiar, while a tall, thin spinster in the car was waving her arms around frantically, but nobody was paying attention. In the next moment, Patsie had run up to him, her arm linked with his, and Romp leaned against him in greeting, while she exclaimed:
"Bojo, thank Heaven! Save me from this awful woman!"
"Bojo, thank God! Save me from this terrible woman!"
"What's wrong, what's the matter?" he said, laughing, feeling all at once a delightful glow at the sight of her snapping eyes and breathless, parted lips.
"What's wrong, what's the matter?" he asked, laughing, feeling a sudden rush of joy at the sight of her sparkling eyes and breathless, open lips.
"They've brought me back and tied a dragon to me," she cried indignantly. "I won't stand it. I won't go parading up and down with a keeper, just like an animal in a zoo. It's all mother's doings, and Dolly's, because I miffed her old duke. Send the dragon away, please, Bojo, please."
"They've brought me back and tied a dragon to me," she exclaimed angrily. "I won't put up with it. I won't walk around with a keeper, just like an animal in a zoo. It's all my mother's fault, and Dolly's too, because I upset her old duke. Please, Bojo, send the dragon away."
"What's her name?" he said, with an eye to the approaching car.
"What's her name?" he asked, looking at the car that was coming closer.
"Mlle. du Something or other—how do I know?"
"Mlle. du Whatever—how am I supposed to know?"
The frantic companion now bearing down, with the chauffeur set to a grin, Bojo explained his right to act as Miss Drina's escort, and the matter was adjusted by the demoiselle de compagnie promising to keep a block behind until they neared home.
The frantic companion was now closing in, with the driver ready to smile. Bojo explained his right to act as Miss Drina's escort, and the issue was resolved when the demoiselle de compagnie promised to stay a block back until they got closer to home.
Patsie waxed indignant. "Wait till I get hold of Dad! I'll fix her! The idea! I'm eighteen— I guess I can take care of myself. I say, let's give them the slip. No? Oh, dear, it would be such fun. I'm crazy to slip off and get some skating. What do you think? Can't even do that. Too vulgar!"
Patsie got really upset. "Just wait until I talk to Dad! I’ll take care of her! How ridiculous! I’m eighteen—I can handle myself. I say we sneak out. No? Oh, come on, it would be so much fun. I really want to get out and go skating. What do you think? Can’t even do that. Too tacky!"
"What did you say to the Duke that raised such a row?" said Bojo, pleasantly conscious of the light weight on his arm.[Pg 93]
"What did you say to the Duke that caused such a stir?" Bojo asked, feeling pleasantly aware of the light weight on his arm.[Pg 93]
"Nothing at all," said Patsie, with an innocent face; but there was a twinkle in the eyes. "I simply asked what this mariage de convenance was I heard them all talking about, and when he started in to make some long-winded speech I cut in and asked him if it wasn't when people didn't love each other but married to pay the bills. Then every one talked out loud and mother looked at me through her telescope."
"Nothing at all," said Patsie, with an innocent expression; but there was a glint in her eyes. "I just asked what this mariage de convenance was that I heard everyone discussing, and when he started to give some long-winded explanation, I jumped in and asked if it wasn't when people didn’t love each other but got married to cover the expenses. Then everyone started talking loudly, and mom looked at me through her telescope."
"You knew, of course," said Bojo reprovingly.
"You knew, of course," Bojo said, sounding disappointed.
Drina laughed a guilty laugh.
Drina laughed a guilty laugh.
"I don't think Dolly wants to marry him a bit," she declared. "It's all mother. Catch me marrying like that."
"I don't think Dolly wants to marry him at all," she said. "It's all about what her mother wants. You'd never catch me getting married like that."
"And how are you going to marry?"
"And how are you planning to get married?"
"When I marry, it'll be because I'm so doggoned in love I'd be sitting out on the top step waiting for him to come round. If I were engaged to a man I'd hook him tight and I wouldn't let go of him either, no matter who was looking on. What sort of a love is it when you sit six feet apart and try to look bored when some one rattles a door!"
"When I get married, it’ll be because I’m so crazy in love that I’d be sitting on the top step waiting for him to show up. If I were engaged to a guy, I’d latch onto him tight and wouldn’t let go, no matter who was watching. What kind of love is it when you sit six feet apart and try to act bored when someone rattles the door?"
"Patsie—you're very romantic, I'm afraid."
"Patsie—you're quite the romantic, I'm afraid."
She nodded her head energetically, rattling on: "Moonlight, shifting clouds, heavily scented flowers, and all that sort of thing. Never mind, they'd better look out. I'm not going to stand this sort of treatment. I'll elope."
She nodded her head enthusiastically and exclaimed, "Moonlight, moving clouds, fragrant flowers, and all that stuff. Anyway, they’d better watch out. I'm not going to put up with this kind of treatment. I'll run away."
"You wouldn't do that, Patsie."
"You wouldn't do that, Patsie."
"Yes, I would. I say, when you and Doris marry will you let me come and stay with you?"
"Yeah, I would. I’m asking, when you and Doris get married, can I come and stay with you?"
"We certainly will," he said enthusiastically.
"We definitely will," he said excitedly.
"I'm waiting," said Bojo dryly, after a pause, "until I have made enough money of my own."
"I'm waiting," Bojo said flatly after a moment, "until I've made enough money on my own."
"Good for you," she said, as if immensely relieved. "I knew you were that sort."
"Good for you," she said, sounding really relieved. "I knew you were that type."
"And when are you coming out?" he asked, to turn the conversation.
"And when are you coming out?" he asked, trying to change the subject.
"The night before the wedding. Isn't it awful?"
"The night before the wedding. Isn't it terrible?"
"You'll have lots of men hanging about you—crazy about you," he said abruptly.
"You'll have a lot of guys hanging around you—really into you," he said suddenly.
"Pooh!"
"Pooh!"
"Never mind, I shall watch over you carefully and keep the wrong ones away."
"Don't worry, I'll keep a close eye on you and make sure the wrong people stay away."
"Will you?"
"Are you going to?"
He nodded, looking into her eyes.
He nodded, gazing into her eyes.
"Good for you. I'll come to you for advice."
"That's great! I'll come to you for advice."
They were at the house, the lemon livery of the footmen showing behind the glass doors.
They were at the house, the footmen’s bright yellow uniforms visible behind the glass doors.
"I say," said Patsie, with a sudden mischievous smile, "meet me at the corner to-morrow at four and we'll go off skating."
"I say," Patsie said with a sudden playful smile, "meet me at the corner tomorrow at four and we’ll go skating."
He shook his head sternly.
He shook his head firmly.
"Bojo, please—just for a lark!"
"Bojo, please—just for fun!"
"I will call for you in a proper social manner perhaps."
"I'll reach out to you in a polite way, maybe."
"Will Doris have to be along?" she asked, thoughtfully.
"Will Doris have to come along?" she asked, thoughtfully.
"I shall of course ask Doris."
"I'll definitely check with Doris."
"On second thoughts, no, thank you. I think I shall go to my dressmaker's," she said, with a perfect imitation of his formal tone—and disappeared with a final burst of laughter.
"Actually, no, thanks. I think I’ll head to my dressmaker’s," she said, perfectly mimicking his formal tone—and then she vanished with one last burst of laughter.
He went in to see Doris with a sudden determination[Pg 95] to clear up certain matters which had been on his conscience. As luck would have it, as he entered the great anteroom Mr. James Boskirk was departing. He was a painstaking, rather obvious young man of irreproachable industry and habits, a little over serious, rated already as one of the solid young men of the younger generation of financiers, who made no secret of the fact that he had arrived at a deliberate decision to invite Miss Doris Drake into the new firm which he had determined to found for the establishment of his home and the perpetuation of his name.
He walked in to see Doris with a sudden determination to clear up some things that had been weighing on his mind. As luck would have it, just as he entered the large waiting room, Mr. James Boskirk was on his way out. He was a diligent, somewhat obvious young man known for his strong work ethic and habits, a bit too serious for his age, already considered one of the solid young men in the new generation of financiers. He wasn't shy about the fact that he had made a clear decision to invite Miss Doris Drake to join the new firm he planned to establish for his future and to carry on his legacy.
It seemed to Bojo, in the perfunctory greeting which they exchanged as civilized savages, that there was a look of derogatory accusation in Boskirk's eyes, and, infuriated, he determined to bring up the subject of Indiana Smelter again and force the truth from Doris.
It seemed to Bojo, in the casual greeting they exchanged like civilized savages, that there was a look of contempt in Boskirk's eyes, and, enraged, he decided to bring up the topic of Indiana Smelter again and get the truth out of Doris.
He came in with a well-assumed air of amusement, adopting a sarcastic tone, which he knew she particularly dreaded.
He entered with a confident sense of amusement, using a sarcastic tone that he knew she especially hated.
"See here, Miss General Manager, this'll never do," he said lightly. "I thought you were cleverer than that."
"Look, Miss General Manager, this isn't going to work," he said playfully. "I thought you were smarter than that."
"What do you mean?" she said, instantly scenting danger.
"What do you mean?" she said, immediately sensing danger.
"Letting your visits overlap. I only hope you had time to manage all Mr. Boskirk's affairs. Only, for Heaven's sake, Doris, now that you've got him in hand, get him to change his style of collar and cuffs. He looks like the head of an undertakers' trust."
"Overlapping your visits. I just hope you had time to handle all of Mr. Boskirk's business. But for heaven's sake, Doris, now that you’ve got him under control, make sure he changes his collar and cuff style. He looks like the head of a funeral home."
The idea that he might be jealous pleased her.[Pg 96]
The thought that he could be jealous made her happy.[Pg 96]
"Poor Mr. Boskirk," she said, smiling. "He's a very straightforward, simple fellow."
"Aw, poor Mr. Boskirk," she said with a smile. "He's really just a straightforward, simple guy."
"Very simple," he said dryly. "Well, what more information has he been giving you?"
"Very simple," he said flatly. "So, what other information has he been giving you?"
"He does not give me any information."
"He doesn't give me any information."
"You know perfectly well, Doris, that he gave you the tip on Indiana Smelter," he said furiously, "and that you denied because you knew I would never have approved."
"You know very well, Doris, that he gave you the tip about Indiana Smelter," he said angrily, "and that you denied it because you knew I would never have approved."
"You are perfectly horrid, Bojo," she said, going to the fireplace and stirring up the logs. "I don't care to discuss it with you."
"You are absolutely awful, Bojo," she said, walking over to the fireplace and poking the logs. "I don't want to talk about it with you."
"I'm sorry," he said, "but you've hurt my pride."
"I'm sorry," he said, "but you've hurt my feelings."
"How?"
"How?"
"Good heavens, can't you see! Haven't you women any sense of fitness? Don't you know that some things are done and some things are not done?"
"Good grief, can't you see! Don’t you women have any sense of decency? Don’t you realize that there are things that are acceptable and things that aren’t?"
She came to him contritely and put her hands on his shoulders.
She approached him remorsefully and placed her hands on his shoulders.
"Bojo, why do you reproach me? Because I am only thinking of your success, all the time, every day? Is that what you are angry about?"
"Bojo, why are you blaming me? Is it because I'm always thinking about your success, every single day? Is that what makes you mad?"
He felt like blurting out that there was something in that too, that he wanted the privilege of feeling that he was winning his own way; but instead he said:
He felt like shouting that there was something to that too, that he wanted the chance to feel like he was carving his own path; but instead he said:
"So it was Boskirk."
"So it was Boskirk."
She looked at him, hesitated, and answered:
She looked at him, paused, and replied:
"No, it wasn't. But if it had been why should you hold it against me? Why don't you want me to help?—for you don't!"
"No, it wasn't. But if it had been, why should you blame me for it? Why don't you want me to help?—because you really don't!"
He resolved to be blunt.
He decided to be direct.
"If you would only do something that is not reasonable, not calculated, Doris! But everything you[Pg 97] do is so well considered. You didn't use to be this way. I can't help thinking you care more about your life in society than you do me. It's the worldly part of you I'm afraid about."
"If you could just do something a little irrational, something spontaneous, Doris! But everything you do is so thoroughly thought out. You never used to be like this. I can't shake the feeling that you care more about your social life than about me. It's that worldly side of you that worries me."
She looked into his eyes steadily a moment and then turned her head away and nodded, smiling in assent.
She looked into his eyes for a moment and then turned her head away, nodding and smiling in agreement.
"Heavens, Doris, if you want to do like Dolly, if you want a position, or a title, say so and let's be honest."
"Heavens, Doris, if you want to be like Dolly, if you want a job or a title, just say it and let's be straightforward."
"But I don't— I don't," she cried impetuously. "You don t know how I have fought—" she stopped, not wishing to mention her mother and, lifting her glance to him anxiously, said: "Bojo, what do you want me to do?"
"But I don’t—I don’t," she cried impulsively. "You don’t know how hard I’ve fought—" she stopped, not wanting to bring up her mother and, looking up at him with concern, said: "Bojo, what do you want me to do?"
"I want you to do something uncalculated," he burst out—"mad, impulsive, as persons do who are wild in love with each other. I want you to marry me now."
"I want you to do something spontaneous," he exclaimed—"crazy, impulsive, like people do when they're head over heels in love. I want you to marry me right now."
"Now!"
"Right now!"
"Listen: With what I've got and my salary I can scrape up ten thousand—no, don't spoil it— I don't want any money from you. Will you take your chances and marry me on my own basis now?"
"Listen: With what I have and my salary, I can manage to save ten thousand—no, don’t ruin it—I don’t want any money from you. Will you take a chance and marry me now, on my own terms?"
She caught her breath and finally said, marking each word:
She took a breath and finally said, emphasizing each word:
"Yes—I—will—marry—you—now!"
"Yes, I will marry you now!"
He burst out laughing at the look of terror in her eyes at the thought of facing life on ten thousand a year.
He burst out laughing at the terrified look in her eyes at the thought of living on ten thousand a year.
"Don't worry, Doris," he said, taking her in his arms. "I wouldn't be so cruel. I only wanted to hear you say it."[Pg 98]
"Don't worry, Doris," he said, pulling her close. "I wouldn't be that harsh. I just wanted to hear you say it."[Pg 98]
"But I did—I will—if you ask it," she said quickly.
"But I will—if you ask it," she said quickly.
He shook his head.
He nodded in disagreement.
"If you'd only said it differently. Don't mind me—I'm an idiot—and you don't understand."
"If only you had said it differently. Don't worry about me—I'm being stupid—and you just don't get it."
What he meant was that he was an idiot, when he was getting so much that other men coveted, to insist on what was not in her charming, facile self to give him. An hour later, after an interview with Daniel Drake, he was ready to wonder what had made him flare up so quickly—Boskirk's presence perhaps, or something impulsive which had awakened within him when Drina had flushed while describing her distinct ideas upon the subject of the sentiments.
What he meant was that he was an idiot for wanting what other men desired when he had so much already, insisting on something that wasn't part of her charming, easygoing nature. An hour later, after talking with Daniel Drake, he was left wondering why he had gotten so worked up so quickly—maybe it was Boskirk's presence or something impulsive that had stirred inside him when Drina had blushed while sharing her unique views on feelings.
But a new exhilaration effectively drove away all other emotions—the delirious appetite for gain which had come irresistibly and tyrannically into his life with the dramatic intensity of his first speculation. In the interim in Daniel Drake's library, with Doris perched excitedly on the arm of his chair, several things had been decided. A great operation was under way which promised an unusual profit. Bojo was to place $50,000 in the pool which was to be used to operate in the stocks of a certain Southern railroad long suspected to be on the verge of a receivership, at the end of which campaign he was to enter Mr. Drake's service in the rôle of a private secretary.
But a new excitement completely pushed aside all other feelings—the intense desire for profit that had come into his life suddenly and powerfully, like the thrill of his first investment. While in Daniel Drake's library, with Doris excitedly sitting on the arm of his chair, several things had been settled. A major deal was in progress that promised an unusual return. Bojo was set to invest $50,000 in a fund that would be used to trade stocks of a certain Southern railroad that had long been suspected of being close to bankruptcy. After that venture, he was going to take a position as Mr. Drake's private secretary.
Meanwhile he was to continue in the employ of Hauk, Flaspoller and Forshay, the better to figure in the mixed scheme of manipulation which would be necessary. He was so seized with the drama of the opportunity, so keen over the thought of being once[Pg 99] more a part of all the whirling, hurtling machinery of speculation that he did not remember even for a passing thought, the horror which had come over him at his first incredible success.[Pg 100]
Meanwhile, he was supposed to keep working for Hauk, Flaspoller, and Forshay, to better fit into the mixed strategy of manipulation that would be required. He was so caught up in the excitement of the opportunity, so eager about the chance to once[Pg 99] again be part of all the chaotic, fast-paced machinery of speculation that he didn’t even remember, not even for a moment, the dread that had overwhelmed him during his first unbelievable success.[Pg 100]
CHAPTER IX
THE WEDDING BALL
The wedding of Miss Dolly Drake to the Duke of Polin-Crecy was the event of the season. It was preceded by a ball which marked the definite surrender of the last recalcitrant members of New York society to the ambitions of Mrs. Drake. Such events have a more or less public quality, like a performance for charity or a private view at an important auction. Every one who could wheedle an invitation by hook or crook, arrived with the rolling crowd that blocked the avenue and side streets and necessitated a special detachment of the police to prevent the mob of enthusiastic democrats from precipitating themselves on the ducal carriage and tearing the ducal garments in shreds in the quest of souvenirs.
The wedding of Miss Dolly Drake to the Duke of Polin-Crecy was the highlight of the season. It was preceded by a ball that signaled the complete capitulation of the last stubborn members of New York society to Mrs. Drake’s ambitions. Such events have a public nature, much like a charity performance or a private preview at a major auction. Everyone who could snag an invitation by any means necessary showed up with the throng that blocked the avenue and side streets, requiring a special police presence to keep the excited crowd from rushing the ducal carriage and ripping the duke's clothes apart in search of souvenirs.
The three young men from Ali Baba Court arrived together, abandoning their taxicab and forcing their way on foot to the front. Marsh, who was always moved to sarcasm by such occasions, kept up a running comment.
The three young men from Ali Baba Court showed up together, leaving their taxi and making their way on foot to the front. Marsh, who couldn’t help but be sarcastic in situations like this, kept up a steady stream of commentary.
"Marvelous exhibition! Every one who's gunning for Drake is here to-night. There's old Borneman. He's been laying for a chance to catch Daniel D. on the wrong side of the market ever since Drake trimmed him in a wheat corner in Chicago. By Jove, the Fontaines and the Gunthers. They're going to[Pg 101] this as to a circus. Why the deuce didn't the cards read Mr. and Mrs. Daniel Drake invite you to meet their enemies!"
"Fantastic exhibition! Everyone who's got it out for Drake is here tonight. There's old Borneman. He's been waiting for a chance to catch Daniel D. on the wrong side of the market ever since Drake outsmarted him in a wheat corner in Chicago. Wow, the Fontaines and the Gunthers. They're going to[Pg 101] treat this like a circus. Why on earth didn't the invitations say Mr. and Mrs. Daniel Drake invite you to meet their enemies!"
"Never mind," said Bojo, laughing. "It's Mrs. Drake's night—she'll be in her glory, you can bet."
"Never mind," said Bojo, laughing. "It's Mrs. Drake's night—she'll be in her element, you can count on it."
"Oh, you'll be as bad as the rest," said Marsh, who spoke his mind. "Tom, you're doomed. I can see that. You've got a feminine will to contend with, so make your mind up to the inevitable. There's Haggerdy's party now—every bandit in Wall Street'll be here figuring up how they can get at their host. Well, Bojo, you're lost to us already."
"Oh, you're going to be just as bad as the others," said Marsh, who always spoke his mind. "Tom, you’re finished. I can see that. You’ve got a weak will to deal with, so just accept what’s coming. There’s Haggerdy’s party now—every scammer in Wall Street will be here trying to figure out how to take advantage of their host. Well, Bojo, you’re already gone to us."
"How so?"
"How come?"
"In this game, you never pay attention to your friends—you've got to entertain those who dislike you, to make sure they'll have to invite you to some function or other where everybody must be seen. Well, I know what I'll do, I'll get hold of the youngest sister, who is a trump, and play around with her."
"In this game, you never focus on your friends—you have to entertain those who don't like you, to ensure they'll invite you to some event where everyone needs to be seen. Well, I know what I'll do, I'll grab the youngest sister, who is a gem, and have some fun with her."
Bojo looked at him uneasily; even this casual interest in Patsie affected him disagreeably. DeLancy had deserted them to rush over to the assistance of the Stones, who were just arriving.
Bojo looked at him uneasily; even this casual interest in Patsie made him feel uncomfortable. DeLancy had left them to hurry over to help the Stones, who were just arriving.
"I hope he gets her," said Marsh, studying the blond profile of Miss Gladys Stone.
"I hope he ends up with her," said Marsh, looking at Miss Gladys Stone's blond profile.
"I believe there's some sort of an understanding."
"I think there's some kind of understanding."
"The sooner the better—for Freddie," said Marsh, with a shake of his head. "The trouble with Fred is he thinks he's a cold thinking machine, and he's putty in the hands of any woman who comes along."
"The sooner, the better—for Freddie," Marsh said, shaking his head. "The problem with Fred is he believes he's a logical thinking machine, but he's just putty in the hands of any woman who comes along."
"I'm worried about a certain person myself," said Bojo.[Pg 102]
"I'm concerned about someone in particular," said Bojo.[Pg 102]
But at this moment Thornton, one of Mr. Drake's secretaries, touched him on the arm.
But at that moment, Thornton, one of Mr. Drake's assistants, tapped him on the arm.
"Will you please come to the library, Mr. Crocker? Mr. Drake has been asking for you to witness some papers."
"Could you please come to the library, Mr. Crocker? Mr. Drake has been asking for you to sign some documents."
In the library off in a quiet wing he found a party of five gathered about the table desk, lawyers verifying the securities for the marriage settlement, Maître Vondin, a stubby, black-bearded Frenchman imported for the occasion, coldly incredulous and suavely insistent, the storm center of an excited group who had been arguing since dinner. Drake, by the fireplace, was pacing up and down, swearing audibly.
In the library in a quiet section, he found a group of five gathered around a desk, lawyers checking the documents for the marriage settlement. Maître Vondin, a short, black-bearded Frenchman brought in for the occasion, looked skeptically but was smoothly persistent, the focal point of a heated discussion that had been going on since dinner. Drake, by the fireplace, was pacing back and forth, cursing loudly.
"Is the gentleman now quite satisfied?" he said angrily.
"Is the gentleman now completely satisfied?" he said angrily.
Maître Vondrin smiled in the affirmative.
Maître Vondrin smiled and nodded.
Drake sat down at the table with the gesture of brushing away a swarm of flies and signed his name to a document that was placed before him, nodding to Bojo to add his signature as a witness.
Drake sat down at the table, waving away an imaginary swarm of flies, and signed his name on a document that was set in front of him, nodding to Bojo to add his signature as a witness.
"Pity some of our corporations couldn't employ Vondrin," said Drake, rising angrily. "There wouldn't be enough money left to keep a savings bank."
"Pity some of our companies couldn't hire Vondrin," Drake said, standing up angrily. "There wouldn't be any money left to maintain a savings bank."
Other signatures were attached and the party broke up, Maître Vondrin, punctilious and unruffled, bowing to the master of the house and departing with the rest.
Other signatures were added, and the gathering came to an end. Maître Vondrin, meticulous and composed, bowed to the host and left with everyone else.
Drake's anger immediately burst forth.
Drake's anger erupted instantly.
"Cussed little sharper! He was keen enough to save this until now. By heavens, if he'd sprung these tactics on me a week ago, his little Duke could have gone home on a borrowed ticket."[Pg 103]
"Cursed a little sharper! He was smart enough to hold this back until now. By God, if he had used these tactics on me a week ago, his little Duke could have gone home with a borrowed ticket."[Pg 103]
Bojo learned afterward that the lawyer for the noble family had refused to take Drake's word on a single item of the transfer of property, insisting on having every security placed before his eyes, personally examining them all, wrangling over values, compelling certain substitutes, even demanding a personal guarantee in one debated issue of bonds.
Bojo later found out that the lawyer for the noble family wouldn't accept Drake's word on any part of the property transfer. He insisted on seeing every security himself, going through all of them personally, arguing over values, insisting on certain replacements, and even demanding a personal guarantee on one disputed bond issue.
"God grant she doesn't come to regret it," said Drake, thinking of his wife. His anger made him careless of what he said. "Tom, mark my words, if ever this precious Duke comes to me for money—as, mark my words, he will—I'll make him get down on his knees for all his superciliousness, and turn somersaults like a trick dog. Yes, by heaven, I will!"
"God, I hope she doesn't end up regretting it," Drake said, thinking about his wife. His anger made him reckless with his words. "Tom, listen to me, if this precious Duke ever asks me for money—as I’m sure he will—I’ll make him get down on his knees for all his arrogance and do backflips like a performing dog. Yes, I swear I will!"
Bojo was silent, not knowing what to say, and Drake finally perceived it.
Bojo was quiet, unsure of what to say, and Drake finally noticed it.
"It isn't Dolly's fault," he said apologetically. "She's a good sort. This isn't her doing. There was a time when her mother— Well, I'll say no more. Nasty business! Tom, I'll bless the day when I see Doris safe with you, married to a decent American." He took a turn or two and said abruptly, trying to convey more than he expressed: "Don't wait too long. It's a bad atmosphere, all this—there are influences—it isn't fair to the girl, to Doris. Money be damned! I'll see you never have to ask your wife for pocket money. No, I won't present it to you. We'll make it together. There are a lot of buzzards sitting around here to-night, calculating I'm loaded up to the brim and ready for a plucking. Well, Tom, I'm going to fool them. I'm going to make them pay for the wedding."[Pg 104]
"It’s not Dolly’s fault," he said sincerely. "She’s a good person. This isn’t her doing. There was a time when her mother— Well, I’ll say no more. It’s a nasty situation! Tom, I’ll be grateful the day I see Doris safe with you, married to a good American." He paced back and forth and then said suddenly, trying to hint at something deeper: "Don’t wait too long. It’s a toxic environment, all of this—there are influences—it’s not fair to the girl, to Doris. Forget about the money! I’ll make sure you never have to ask your wife for spending money. No, I won’t just give it to you. We’ll earn it together. There are a lot of vultures lurking around here tonight, thinking I’m loaded and ready to get picked clean. Well, Tom, I’m going to surprise them. I’m going to make them pay for the wedding."[Pg 104]
The idea struck him. He burst out laughing. His eyes snapped with a sudden project.
The idea hit him. He started laughing out loud. His eyes lit up with a sudden spark.
"Here," he said, clapping Bojo on the shoulder. "Forget what you've heard. Go in and take a look at Doris. She's a sight for tired eyes." He held his hand. "Are you willing to risk your money with me—go it blind, eh?"
"Here," he said, giving Bojo a friendly pat on the shoulder. "Forget everything you've heard. Go inside and check out Doris. She’s a treat for sore eyes." He extended his hand. "Are you ready to take a chance with me—go in blind, huh?"
"Every cent I have, Mr. Drake," said Bojo, drawn to him by the dramatic sympathies the older man knew how to arouse; "only I don't want any favors. If we lose I lose."
"Every penny I have, Mr. Drake," Bojo said, pulled in by the intense sympathy the older man knew how to evoke; "I just don't want any favors. If we lose, I lose."
"We won't lose," said Drake and, drawing Bojo's arm under his, he added: "Come on. I've got to get a smile on my face. So here goes."
"We won't lose," Drake said, wrapping Bojo's arm around his. "Come on. I need to put a smile on my face. So here we go."
Bojo found Doris in the corner of the ballroom assiduously surrounded by a black-coated hedge of young men. He had a moment's thrill at the sight of her, radiant and dazzling with every art of dressmaker and hairdresser, revealed in a sinuous arrangement of black chiffon with mysterious sudden sheens of gold. She came to him at once, expectancy in her eyes; and the thought that this prize was his, that hundreds would watch them as they stood together, acknowledging his right, gave him a sudden swift sense of power and conquest.
Bojo spotted Doris in the corner of the ballroom, surrounded by a group of young men in black coats. He felt a rush of excitement at the sight of her, glowing and stunning with every trick of the dressmaker and hairstylist, dressed in a flowing black chiffon that shimmered with unexpected hints of gold. She approached him right away, anticipation in her eyes; and the idea that this prize was his, that hundreds would be watching them as they stood together, affirming his claim, filled him with a quick surge of power and victory.
"I was with your father," he said, in explanation, "to witness some papers. Say, Doris, how every woman here must hate you to-night!"
"I was with your father," he said, explaining, "to witness some documents. Hey, Doris, can you believe how much every woman here must resent you tonight!"
"It's all for you," she said, delighted. "Dance with me. Tell me what happened. There's been a dreadful row, I know, for days. Mother and father haven't spoken except in public, and Dolly's been moping."[Pg 105]
"It's all for you," she said, excited. "Dance with me. Tell me what happened. I know there’s been a huge argument for days. Mom and Dad haven't talked to each other except when they have to, and Dolly's been feeling down." [Pg 105]
"It was something about the settlements. Your father was white-hot all right."
"It was something about the settlements. Your dad was really fired up, for sure."
"We won't have more than a round or two," she said. "I've kept what I could for you—the supper dance, of course. Every one is here!"
"We won't have more than a round or two," she said. "I've saved what I could for you—the dinner dance, of course. Everyone is here!"
"I should say so. Your mother is smiling all over. She even favored me. Look out, though, Doris—she'll begin on you."
"I should say so. Your mom is smiling from ear to ear. She even gave me a compliment. But watch out, Doris—she's going to start on you."
"Don't worry, Bojo," she said in a whisper, with a little pressure of his arm. She was quite excited by the brilliance of the throng, at her own personal triumph and the good looks of her partner. "I want something I can make myself, and we'll do it too. Just you wait, you're going to be one of the big men one of these days, and we'll have our house and our parties—finer than this, too!"
"Don't worry, Bojo," she whispered, squeezing his arm gently. She felt a rush of excitement from the vibrant crowd, her own success, and the good looks of her companion. "I want to create something myself, and we will. Just wait, you're going to be one of the top guys sooner or later, and we'll have our own house and parties—better than this, too!"
This time he fell into her mood, turning her over to another partner with a confident smile, exhilarated with the thought of little supremacies in regions of brilliant lights and dreamy music. Fred DeLancy, back from a dance with Gladys Stone, stopped him with an anecdote.
This time he got into her vibe, handing her off to another partner with a self-assured smile, excited by the idea of small victories in places filled with bright lights and dreamy music. Fred DeLancy, just back from dancing with Gladys Stone, interrupted him with a story.
"I say, Bojo, wish you could have seen some of the old hens inspecting the palace. You know Mrs. Orchardson, Standard Oil? I was right back of her when she wandered into some Louis or other room, and what did she do? She ran her thumbnail into a partition and whispered to her neighbor: 'Ours is real mahogany'! Don't they love one another, though?"
"I wish you could have seen some of the older women checking out the palace, Bojo. You know Mrs. Orchardson from Standard Oil? I was right behind her when she walked into one of the Louis rooms. What did she do? She ran her thumbnail along a partition and whispered to her friend, 'Ours is real mahogany!' Don’t they just adore each other?"
By the buffet groups of men were smoking, glass in hand, Borneman and Haggerdy talking business. In the ante-chamber where the great marble staircase[Pg 106] came winding down, he found Patsie at bay repelling a group of admirers. She signaled him frantically.
By the buffet, groups of men were smoking, drinks in hand, while Borneman and Haggerdy discussed business. In the foyer, where the grand marble staircase[Pg 106] spiraled down, he saw Patsie backed up against the wall, fending off a group of admirers. She signaled him urgently.
"Bojo; rescue me. They're even quoting poetry to me!"
"Bojo, help me out here. They're actually quoting poetry to me!"
She sprang away and down the stairs to his side, hurrying him off.
She jumped up and ran down the stairs to his side, urging him to hurry.
"Faster, faster! Isn't there any place we can hide? My ears are dropping off."
"Faster, faster! Is there anywhere we can hide? My ears are going to fall off."
"Patsie, I never should have known you!" he said, amazed.
"Patsie, I should have never gotten to know you!" he said, astonished.
"Well, I'm out!" she said, with an indignant pout. "How do you like me?"
"Well, I'm out!" she said, with a disgruntled pout. "What do you think of me?"
She stood away from him, a little malicious delight in her eyes at his bewilderment, her chin saucily tilted, her profile turned, her little hands balanced in the air.
She stood away from him, a hint of playful mischief in her eyes at his confusion, her chin defiantly raised, her profile angled, her small hands held out in the air.
"This is the way the models pose. Well?"
"This is how the models pose. So?"
"I thought you were a child—" he said stupidly, troubled at the sudden discovery of the woman.
"I thought you were a kid—" he said foolishly, disturbed by the unexpected realization of the woman.
"Is that all?" she said, pretending displeasure.
"Is that it?" she said, acting upset.
He checked an impulsive compliment and said a little angrily:
He held back a spontaneous compliment and said, a bit angrily:
"Oh, Patsie, you are going to make a terrible amount of trouble. I can see that!"
"Oh, Patsie, you are going to cause a lot of trouble. I can see that!"
"Pooh!"
"Wow!"
"Yes, and you like the mischief you're causing too. Don t fib!"
"Yeah, and you enjoy the trouble you're making, don’t lie!"
"Yes, I like it," she said, nodding her head. "Dolly and Doris stared at me as if I were a ghost. Well, I'll show them I'm not such a savage."
"Yeah, I like it," she said, nodding. "Dolly and Doris looked at me like I was a ghost. Well, I'll prove to them I'm not that wild."
"I hope you won't change," he said.
"I hope you don't change," he said.
"Won't I?" she said, and to tease him she continued, "I'll show them!"[Pg 107]
"Will I?" she said, and to tease him she added, "I'll show them!"[Pg 107]
He felt sentimentally moved to give her a lecture, but instead he said, deeply moved:
He felt a sentimental urge to give her a lecture, but instead he said, deeply touched:
"I'd hate to think of your being different."
"I wouldn't want to imagine you being any different."
"Oh, really?" she continued irrelevantly. "You didn't bother your soul about me while you thought I was nothing but a tomboy and a terror! But now when there are a lot of black flies buzzing around me—"
"Oh, really?" she went on, unrelated to the topic. "You didn’t care about me at all while you thought I was just a tomboy and a troublemaker! But now that there are a bunch of black flies buzzing around me—"
"Now, Patsie, you know that isn't true!"
"Come on, Patsie, you know that's not true!"
She relented with a laugh.
She gave in with a laugh.
"Do you really like me like this? No, don't say anything mushy. I see you do. Oh, dear, I knew this old money would find me," she said, suddenly perceiving a plump youngster with a smirch of a mustache bearing down. "Please, Bojo, come and dance with me—often."
"Do you actually like me like this? No, don’t say anything cheesy. I can tell you do. Oh, wow, I knew this old money would catch up with me," she said, suddenly noticing a chubby young guy with a little mustache coming her way. "Please, Bojo, come dance with me—often."
He more than shared the evening with her, quite unconscious of the effect she had made on him, constantly following her in the confusion of the dances, pleased when at a distance she saw his look and smiled back at him.
He didn't just share the evening with her; he was completely unaware of the impact she had on him, always trailing after her in the chaos of the dances, happy when she spotted him from afar and smiled back.
Meanwhile, in the buffet, Haggerdy and Borneman, in the midst of a group, discussed their host; that is, Borneman discussed and Haggerdy, stolid as a buffalo, with his great emotionless mask, nodded occasionally.
Meanwhile, in the buffet, Haggerdy and Borneman, among a group of people, talked about their host; that is, Borneman talked while Haggerdy, unyielding as a buffalo, with his expressionless face, nodded here and there.
"Well, Dan's at the top," said Marcus Stone. "Dukes come high. What do you think it cost him?"
"Well, Dan's at the top," Marcus Stone said. "Dukes are expensive. What do you think it cost him?"
"Dukes are no longer a novelty," said Borneman. He was rather out of place in this formal gathering,[Pg 108] having about him a curious air of always being in his shirt-sleeves. A long, sliding nose, lips pursed like a catfish, every feature seemed alert and pointed to catch the furthest whisper. Stone nodded and moved off. Borneman drew Haggerdy into a corner.
"Dukes aren't a big deal anymore," Borneman said. He felt a bit out of place at this formal event,[Pg 108] giving off a vibe as if he was always in his shirt sleeves. He had a long, slidey nose and lips that were puckered like a catfish; every feature seemed sharp and tuned in to catch even the faintest whisper. Stone nodded and walked away. Borneman pulled Haggerdy into a corner.
"Jim, I have reason to believe Drake's overloaded," he said.
"Jim, I think Drake is overwhelmed," he said.
Haggerdy scratched his chin, thoughtfully, as much as to say, "quite possible," and Borneman continued: "He's stocked up with Indiana Smelter, and a lot of other things too. I happen to know. He's long—mighty long of the market. A little short flurry might worry him considerable. Now, do you know how I've figured it?"
Haggerdy scratched his chin, deep in thought, as if to say, "That could be true," and Borneman went on: "He’s invested in Indiana Smelter, along with a bunch of other things too. I happen to know. He’s heavily in the market. A small dip could really stress him out. So, do you know how I figured this out?"
"How?"
"How?"
"Dan Drake's a plunger, always was. This here duke has cost him considerable—a million." He glanced at Haggerdy. "Two million perhaps—and in securities, Jim; nothing speculative; gilt-edged bonds. That's a million or two out of his reserve—do you get me?—and that's a lot, when you're carrying a dozen deals at once."
"Dan Drake's a risk-taker, always has been. This guy has cost him a lot—maybe a million." He looked at Haggerdy. "Possibly two million—and in securities, Jim; nothing risky; top-rated bonds. That’s a million or two out of his reserves—are you with me?—and that’s a huge amount when you’re juggling a dozen deals at the same time."
"Well?"
"What's up?"
"Well, Dan Drake's a plunger, remember that; he don't see one million going out—without itching to see where another million's coming in—"
"Well, Dan Drake's a gambler, remember that; he doesn't see a million going out—without being eager to find out where another million's coming in—"
Haggerdy nudged him quietly. At this moment Drake came through the crowd and perceived them in consultation. A glance at their attitudes made him divine the subject of their conversation.
Haggerdy nudged him gently. Just then, Drake pushed through the crowd and noticed them talking. A quick look at their body language told him what they were discussing.
"Hello, boys," he said, coming up; "being properly attended to?"
"Hey, guys," he said, approaching. "Getting the attention you need?"
"Dan, that's a pretty fine duke you've got there.[Pg 109] Darn sight more intelligent looking than the one Fontaine picked up," said Borneman. "Dukes are expensive articles though, Dan. Take more than a wheat corner to settle up for this, I should say."
"Dan, that's a really nice duke you have there.[Pg 109] Definitely looks smarter than the one Fontaine got," said Borneman. "But dukes are pricey, Dan. It’ll take more than just a crop of wheat to pay this off, I’d say."
"Been thinking so myself," said Drake cheerily. "Well, Al, if I made up my mind to try a little flyer—just to pay for the wedding, you understand—what would you recommend?"
"Been thinking the same thing," Drake said happily. "Well, Al, if I decided to try a little side gig—just to cover the wedding, you know—what would you suggest?"
"What would I recommend?" said Borneman, startled.
"What should I recommend?" said Borneman, startled.
"Exactly. What do you think about general conditions?"
"Exactly. What are your thoughts on the overall conditions?"
"My feelings are," said Borneman, watching him warily, "the market's top-heavy. Values are 'way above where they ought to be. Prices are coming tumbling sooner or later, and then, by golly, it's going hard with a lot of you fellows."
"My feelings are," said Borneman, watching him cautiously, "the market is unbalanced. Prices are way higher than they should be. They're going to drop eventually, and then, for sure, it's going to be tough for a lot of you guys."
"You're inclined to be bearish, eh?" said Drake, as though struck by the thought.
"You're leaning towards being pessimistic, huh?" Drake said, as if hit by the idea.
"I most certainly am."
"I definitely am."
"Shouldn't wonder if you're right, Al. I've a mind to follow your advice. Sell one thousand Southern Pacific, one thousand Seaboard Air Line, one thousand Pennsylvania, and one thousand Pittsburgh & New Orleans. Just as a feeler, Al. Perhaps to-morrow I'll call you up and increase that. Can't introduce you to any of the pretty girls—not dancing? All right."
"Wouldn't be surprised if you're right, Al. I’m thinking about taking your advice. Sell one thousand Southern Pacific, one thousand Seaboard Air Line, one thousand Pennsylvania, and one thousand Pittsburgh & New Orleans. Just to test the waters, Al. Maybe tomorrow I’ll call you and raise that. Can’t introduce you to any of the pretty girls—not dancing? That's fine."
Borneman caught his breath and looked at Haggerdy as Drake went off. If there was one man he had fought persistently, at every turn biding his time, it was Daniel Drake, who had thus come to him with an appearance of frankness and exposed his game.[Pg 110]
Borneman caught his breath and looked at Haggerdy as Drake walked away. If there was one guy he had constantly clashed with, always waiting for the right moment, it was Daniel Drake, who had approached him with a seemingly honest demeanor and revealed his strategy.[Pg 110]
"It's a bluff," he said excitedly. "He thinks he can fool me. He's in the market, but he's in to buy."
"It's a bluff," he said excitedly. "He thinks he can trick me. He's in the market, but he's there to buy."
"Think so?" said Haggerdy profoundly.
"Think so?" Haggerdy said thoughtfully.
"Or he has the impudence to show me his game thinking I won't believe him. Anyhow, Dan's got something started, and if I know the critter, it's something big!"
"Or he has the nerve to show me his game thinking I won't believe him. Anyway, Dan's got something going, and if I know him, it's something major!"
CHAPTER X
DRAKE'S GAME
The evening was still at its height as Daniel Drake left Haggerdy and Borneman with their heads together puzzling over the significance of his selling orders.
The evening was at its peak when Daniel Drake left Haggerdy and Borneman huddled together, trying to figure out the meaning of
"Let them crack that nut," he said, chuckling grimly. "Borneman will worry himself sick for fear I'll catch him again." He looked around for further opportunities, anxious to avail himself of the seeming chance which had played so well into his plans. Across the room through the shift and sudden yield of gay colors he saw the low, heavy-shouldered figure of Gunther, the banker, in conversation with Fontaine and Marcus Stone. Gunther, the simplest of human beings, a genius of common sense, had even at this time assumed a certain legendary equality in Wall Street, due to the possession of the unhuman gift of silence, that had magnified in the popular imagination the traits of tenacity, patience and stability which in the delicately constructed mechanism of confidence and credit had made him an indispensable balance wheel, powerful in his own right, yet irresistible in the intermarried forces of industry he could set in motion. Fontaine was of the old landed aristocracy; Stone, a Middle-Westerner, floated to wealth on the miraculous flood of oil.[Pg 112]
"Let them crack that nut," he said, chuckling darkly. "Borneman will worry himself sick thinking I'll catch him again." He scanned the room for more opportunities, eager to seize the apparent chance that had aligned so perfectly with his plans. Across the room, through the swirl and sudden burst of bright colors, he spotted the low, heavyset figure of Gunther, the banker, talking with Fontaine and Marcus Stone. Gunther, the most straightforward person you could meet, a genius of common sense, had even at this time gained a sort of legendary status on Wall Street because of his uncanny ability to stay quiet, which had elevated in the public's mind the qualities of determination, patience, and steadiness that made him a crucial stabilizing force in the delicate balance of confidence and credit—powerful on his own, yet irresistible in the combined forces of industry he could activate. Fontaine came from the old landed aristocracy, while Stone, a Midwesterner, had risen to wealth on the miraculous wave of oil.[Pg 112]
Aware that every conversation would be noted, Drake allowed several minutes to pass before approaching the group and, profiting by a movement of the crowd, contrived to carry off Gunther on the pretext of showing him a new purchase of Chinese porcelains in the library. They remained a full twenty minutes, engrossed in the examination of the porcelains and Renaissance bronzes, of which Gunther was a connoisseur, and returned without a mention of matters financial. But as Wall Street men are as credulous as children, this interview made an immense impression, for Gunther was of such power that no broker was unwilling to concede that the slightest move of his could be without significance.
Aware that every conversation would be noted, Drake let several minutes pass before joining the group. Taking advantage of the crowd's movement, he managed to pull Gunther away under the pretext of showing him some new Chinese porcelain he had bought for the library. They spent a full twenty minutes absorbed in examining the porcelain and Renaissance bronzes, which Gunther knew a lot about, and returned without mentioning anything about finances. But since Wall Street professionals can be as gullible as children, this meeting made a huge impression, as Gunther held enough influence that no broker would ever underestimate the importance of even the smallest action he took.
To be again in the arena of manipulation awakened all the boyish qualities of cunning and excitement in Drake. In the next hour he conversed with a dozen men seemingly bending before their advice, bullish or bearish, mixing up his orders so adroitly that had the entire list been spread before one man, it would have been impossible to say which was the principal point of attack. At two o'clock, as the party began to thin out, Borneman and Haggerdy came up to shake hands. Borneman restless and worried, Haggerdy impassive and brooding.
Being back in the arena of manipulation brought out all the youthful qualities of cleverness and thrill in Drake. In the next hour, he chatted with a dozen men, seemingly bending to their advice—whether optimistic or pessimistic—mixing up his orders so skillfully that if the whole list had been laid out in front of one person, it would have been impossible to tell which was the main point of focus. At two o'clock, as the crowd started to dwindle, Borneman and Haggerdy approached to shake hands. Borneman was restless and anxious, while Haggerdy remained stoic and contemplative.
"What, going already? Haven't they been treating you right?" said Drake jovially.
"What, leaving already? Haven't they been treating you well?" said Drake cheerfully.
"Dan, you've a great poker face," said Borneman slyly.
"Dan, you have an excellent poker face," Borneman said with a sly grin.
"In what way?"
"How so?"
"That was quite a little bluff you threw into us—those selling orders. Orders are cheap before business hours."[Pg 113]
"That was quite a little bluff you pulled on us—those selling orders. Orders are cheap before business hours."[Pg 113]
"So you think I'll call you up in the morning, bright and early, and cancel?"
"So you think I'll call you in the morning, bright and early, and cancel?"
Borneman nodded with a nervous, jerky motion of his head.
Borneman nodded with a shaky, quick motion of his head.
"I suppose you've been sort of fretting over those orders all evening. Trouble with you, Al, is you don't play poker: great game. Teaches you to size up a bluff from a stacked hand."
"I guess you've been worrying about those orders all evening. The problem with you, Al, is you don't play poker: it's a great game. It teaches you to recognize a bluff from a solid hand."
"I've got your game figured out this time all right," said Borneman, with his ferret's squint.
"I've figured out your game this time for sure," said Borneman, with his ferret-like squint.
"Have you told Haggerdy?" said Drake laughing. "You have. Want a little bet on it? A thousand I'll tell you exactly what you've figured out."
"Did you tell Haggerdy?" Drake asked with a laugh. "You did. Want to place a little bet? A thousand bucks says I can tell you exactly what you've figured out."
He took a bill from his pocketbook and held it out tauntingly.
He pulled a bill from his wallet and held it out playfully.
"Are you game?"
"Are you in?"
Borneman hesitated and frowned.
Borneman paused and frowned.
"Come on," said Drake, with a mischievous twinkle, "the information's worth something."
"Come on," Drake said with a playful sparkle in his eye, "the information is valuable."
This last decided Borneman. He nodded to Haggerdy.
This finally settled it for Borneman. He nodded at Haggerdy.
"My check to-morrow if you win. What exactly have I figured your game to be?"
"My check is due tomorrow if you win. What exactly do I think your strategy is?"
"You've figured out that I am long to the guzzle in the market and that I'm putting up a bluff at running down values to get you fellows to run stocks up on me while I unload. Credit that thousand to my account. I'm going to use it!"
"You've realized that I'm holding a lot of stock in the market and that I'm pretending to push prices down to get you guys to drive the stock prices up while I sell off my shares. Put that thousand in my account. I'm going to use it!"
Haggerdy smiled grimly and handed over the bill, while Borneman, completely perplexed, stood staring at the manipulator like a startled child.
Haggerdy smiled grimly and handed over the bill, while Borneman, totally confused, stood staring at the manipulator like a shocked child.
"Al, don't buck up against me," said Drake, serious all at once. "Of course you will, but remember I[Pg 114] warned you. Let bygones be bygones or trim some other fellow."
"Al, don't go against me," Drake said, suddenly serious. "Of course you will, but remember I[Pg 114] warned you. Let the past stay in the past or find someone else to mess with."
"I don't forget as easy as that," said Borneman sullenly.
"I don't forget that easily," Borneman said with a gloomy expression.
"Great mistake," said Drake, with a mocking smile. "You let your personal feelings get into your business—bad, very bad. You ought to be like Haggerdy and me—no friends and no enemies. Well, Al, you will have a crack at me, I know. If you've figured it out, you've got me. I may have told you the truth. It's all very simple—either you're right or you're wrong. Flip up a coin."
"Big mistake," Drake said with a sarcastic smile. "You let your personal feelings interfere with your work—that's a terrible idea. You should be more like Haggerdy and me—no friends, no enemies. Anyway, Al, I know you'll get a chance to go against me. If you've figured it out, you’ve got me. I might have told you the truth. It's really straightforward—either you’re right or you’re wrong. Just flip a coin."
Borneman went off mumbling. Haggerdy loitered, ostensibly to shake hands.
Borneman walked away mumbling. Haggerdy hung around, pretending to shake hands.
"Drake, you and I ought to do something together," he said slowly, with his cold, lantern stare.
"Drake, you and I should do something together," he said slowly, with his cold, piercing gaze.
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Instead of taking a fling, suppose we work up something worth while. The market's ready for it."
"Instead of having a casual encounter, how about we create something meaningful? The market's ready for it."
"And Borneman?"
"And Borneman?"
"Use him," said Haggerdy, with a trace of a smile.
"Use him," Haggerdy said, a hint of a smile on his face.
"Why, yes, we might do something together," said Drake, pretending to consider. "You might do me or I might do you."
"Sure, we could do something together," Drake said, pretending to think it over. "You could help me out or I could help you out."
"I'm serious."
"I'm not joking."
"So am I." He shook hands and turned back for a final shot. "By the way, Haggerdy, I'll tell you one thing. Your information's correct. That federal suit is coming off. Didn't know I knew it? Lord bless you, I passed it on to you!"
"So am I." He shook hands and turned back for one last shot. "By the way, Haggerdy, I’ll tell you something. Your info is spot on. That federal suit is getting dropped. Didn’t think I knew? Well, bless you, I passed it along to you!"
He turned his back without waiting to watch the effect of this disclosure and returned to the supper[Pg 115] room, where he signaled Crocker and drew him aside.
He turned away without waiting to see how this revelation would affect anyone and went back to the dinner[Pg 115] room, where he signaled Crocker and pulled him aside.
"Tom, I'll have a little something for you to do to-morrow. It's about time we started moving things. I'm going to put some orders in through you and I'm going to operate some through one of my agents. Put this away in your head—Joseph R. Skelly. Write it down when you get home. Anything that comes through him, I stand behind. We won't do anything in a rush, but we'll lay a few lines. To-morrow I want you to sell for me—" He paused and deliberated, suddenly changing his mind. "No, do it this way. Call me up from your office at twelve—no, eleven sharp. I've got that wedding at three. Ask for me personally. Understand? All right?"
"Tom, I have a task for you tomorrow. It’s about time we started making some moves. I’m going to place some orders through you and some through one of my agents. Keep this in mind—Joseph R. Skelly. Write it down when you get home. Anything that goes through him, I support. We won’t rush into anything, but we’ll set a few plans in motion. Tomorrow, I want you to sell for me—" He paused, thought it over, and changed his mind. "No, let’s do it this way. Call me from your office at twelve—no, eleven sharp. I have that wedding at three. Ask for me personally. Got it? All right?"
At half past three Fred DeLancy, Marsh and Bojo went out with the last stragglers. Fred was in high spirits, keeping them in roars of laughter, on the brisk walk home. He had been with Gladys Stone constantly all the evening and the two friends had watched a whispered parting on the stairs.
At 3:30, Fred DeLancy, Marsh, and Bojo left with the last few people. Fred was in great spirits, keeping everyone laughing on the lively walk home. He had spent the entire evening with Gladys Stone, and the two friends had seen her share a quiet goodbye on the stairs.
"I believe it's a go," said Marsh, while DeLancy was passing the time of day with the policeman at the corner. (Fred was assiduous in his cultivation of the force; he called it "accident insurance.")
"I think it's a go," Marsh said, while DeLancy was chatting with the policeman at the corner. (Fred was diligent in getting to know the police; he referred to it as "accident insurance.")
"Something was settled," said Bojo nodding. "They've got an understanding, I'll bet. I passed them once tucked in back of a palm and they stopped talking like a shot. Wish we had the infant safely put away, Fred."
"Something's been figured out," Bojo said with a nod. "They've got a deal, I bet. I saw them once hiding behind a palm tree, and they stopped talking immediately. I wish we had the baby safely tucked away, Fred."
"So do I."
"Me too."
The streets were unearthly stilled and inhuman as they came back to Ali Baba Court, with all the windows[Pg 116] black, and only the iron lanterns at the entrances shining their foggy welcome.
The streets were eerily quiet and lifeless as they returned to Ali Baba Court, with all the windows[Pg 116] dark, and only the iron lanterns at the entrances casting their dim welcome.
"Don't feel a bit like sleep," said Bojo.
"Don't feel at all like sleeping," said Bojo.
"Neither do I," said Marsh. He stood looking up at the incessantly vigilant windows of the great newspaper office now in the charge of the night watch. "Wonder what's filtering in there? I always feel guilty when I cut a night. I suppose it's like the fascination of the tape. It always gets me—the click of the telegraph."
"Me neither," said Marsh. He stood gazing up at the ever-watchful windows of the big newspaper office now under the supervision of the night shift. "I wonder what's going on in there? I always feel bad when I take a night off. I guess it's similar to the allure of the news ticker. It always grabs me—the sound of the telegraph."
"How are things working out on the paper?" said Bojo.
"How's everything going with the paper?" Bojo asked.
"Thanks, I'm getting into all sorts of trouble," said Marsh, rather gloomily, he thought. "I'm finding out a lot of things I don't know—sort of measles and mumps period. I had no right to be out to-night. I say, if you get into any other good thing, let me know. I may need it."
"Thanks, I'm getting into all kinds of trouble," said Marsh, feeling pretty down about it. "I'm learning a lot of things I didn't know—kind of like going through a childhood illness phase. I shouldn't have gone out tonight. By the way, if you come across anything else good, let me know. I might need it."
Alone in his room, Bojo did not go to bed at once. He was nervously awake, revolving in his mind too many new impressions, new ambitions and strange philosophies. The evening at the Drakes had swept from him his last prejudices against the adventurous life on which he had embarked. There was something overpowering in the spectacle of society as he had seen it, something so insolently triumphant and aloof from all plodding standards, so dramatically enticing that he felt no longer compunctions but only fierce desires. The appetite had entered his veins, infusing its fever. The few words Drake had spoken to him had sent his hope soaring. He was surprised, even a little alarmed, at the intensity which awoke in him to risk the easy profits against a greater gamble.[Pg 117]
Alone in his room, Bojo didn’t go to bed right away. He was restless, filled with too many new impressions, ambitions, and strange ideas. The evening at the Drakes had wiped away his last biases against the adventurous life he had chosen. There was something overwhelming in the way society presented itself to him, something so confidently successful and detached from ordinary standards, so dramatically appealing that he felt no guilt, only intense desires. The craving had surged through him, igniting his passion. The few words Drake had said to him had lifted his hopes. He was surprised, even a bit alarmed, at the intensity he felt about risking easy gains for a bigger chance.[Pg 117]
The market went off a shade the next morning, rallied and then weakened under a steady stream of selling orders. Rumors filled the air of possible causes known only to the inside group, a conflict of big interests, a suit for dissolution by a federal investigation. Something was up— Drake's name was whispered about, along with Haggerdy's and a western group. On the Exchange a hundred rumors came into existence like newly hatched swarms of insects. Some one was steadily bearing eastern railroads and some one as obstinately supporting them, but who remained a mystery, eagerly discussed in little knots, fervently alive to a firmer touch on the strings of speculation.
The market dipped slightly the next morning, bounced back, and then weakened again under a constant flow of sell orders. Rumors circulated about possible causes known only to the insiders: a clash of major interests, a lawsuit for dissolution due to a federal investigation. Something was definitely going on—Drake's name was mentioned, along with Haggerdy's and a western group. On the Exchange, countless rumors sprang up like freshly hatched swarms of insects. Someone was consistently selling eastern railroads, while someone else was stubbornly supporting them, but who it was remained a mystery, eagerly debated in small groups, fully engaged with the shifting landscape of speculation.
At eleven o'clock, true to appointment, Bojo called up Daniel Drake on his private wire and received an order to buy at once 500 shares of Seaboard Air Line and sell 500 of Pittsburgh & New Orleans. He turned the order over to Forshay, with the caution of secrecy that had been transmitted to him. This transaction created quite a flurry, and after a consultation Forshay was delegated to sound Bojo.
At eleven o'clock, as scheduled, Bojo called Daniel Drake on his private line and got an order to immediately buy 500 shares of Seaboard Air Line and sell 500 shares of Pittsburgh & New Orleans. He handed the order to Forshay, along with the request for secrecy that had been passed to him. This transaction caused quite a stir, and after a discussion, Forshay was chosen to get a sense of Bojo's thoughts.
"Personal order from the old man himself?" he said, when he had reported to him the execution of the order. "Nothing confidential, of course. Happened to hear you telephone."
"Did the old man himself give this order?" he said after updating him on the execution of the task. "Nothing classified, of course. I just happened to overhear your call."
"Why, no," said Bojo, telephoning in his report.
"Well, no," said Bojo, calling in his report.
"Suppose you've an inkling what's up? Naturally you have," said Forshay. "Now, I'm not going to beat around the bush or worm things out of you. We're mighty grateful to you, Tom, for the shot at Indiana Smelter. If you can let us in on anything, why do so. You understand. I've been talking[Pg 118] things over with Hauk and Flaspoller. If Drake's going into the market, we don't see why we can't be of use. 'Course, on account of your relations, he probably wouldn't want to do much openly here. Too many eyes on us. But what we want you to put up to him is—we can cover things up as well as any one else. Any orders to be placed quietly, we can work through certain channels—you understand. By the way, doing anything on your own account?"
"Do you have a clue what's going on? Of course you do," said Forshay. "I won't beat around the bush or try to wring it out of you. We're really thankful to you, Tom, for the opportunity with Indiana Smelter. If you can share anything, please do. You get it. I've been discussing things with Hauk and Flaspoller. If Drake's planning to go into the market, we think we could be helpful. Of course, because of your connections, he probably wouldn't want to operate too openly here. There are just too many eyes on us. But what we want you to suggest to him is that we can keep things under wraps just as well as anyone else. Any orders that need to be placed quietly, we can handle through certain channels—you understand. By the way, are you working on anything for yourself?"
"Not yet."
"Not yet."
"Don't want to talk?"
"Don't want to chat?"
Bojo shrugged his shoulders.
Bojo shrugged.
"I'm quite in the dark, Mr. Forshay," he said cautiously.
"I'm really unclear about this, Mr. Forshay," he said carefully.
Forshay took a few steps thoughtfully about the room, stopping curiously to examine the tape and came back.
Forshay took a few steps around the room, stopping to curiously examine the tape before returning.
"Look here, Tom, if there's anything on a big scale on, why shouldn't we get a whack at it? You see, I'm putting my cards on the table. We consider you a sort of a member of the firm. I made you a proposition once. Perhaps we can better it now." He hesitated, rearranging the sheets on the desk before him. "I'm trying to see how we could work this out. It's not exactly etiquette to give commissions down here—though why the Lord knows. Suppose I work out a scale of salary—to meet, say, certain eventualities. Let me think that over. Meanwhile here's what we'd be glad to do. You can't be calling up Drake out here where any one can be pricking up his ears. Now it may fit in his plans or[Pg 119] not, but there's no harm trying. If he wants to operate through us, and have things well covered up, it might be better for you to handle it from my room on a special wire. We'll fix you up in there; glad to." He stopped, considered Bojo thoughtfully, and added: "Tom, we want some of Drake's business. No reason in the world why you shouldn't get it. You know us. You know we can be trusted, and you know we are appreciative—understand?
"Listen, Tom, if there’s something big going on, why shouldn’t we try to get a piece of it? I’m being straightforward with you. We consider you a sort of partner. I made you an offer once. Maybe we can improve on that now." He paused, rearranging the papers on the desk in front of him. "I'm trying to figure out how we can make this work. It’s not really proper to give commissions down here—though I don’t understand why. How about I come up with a salary scale to cover certain situations? Let me think about that. In the meantime, here’s what we’re willing to do. You can’t call Drake from here where anyone can listen in. It might fit his plans or[Pg 119] it might not, but there’s no harm in trying. If he wants to work through us and keep things discreet, it might be better for you to handle it from my office using a secure line. We can set you up in there; happy to help." He paused, considered Bojo thoughtfully, and added: "Tom, we want some of Drake’s business. There’s no reason you shouldn’t get it. You know us. You know we can be trusted, and you know we appreciate you—understand?"
"I can try," said Bojo doubtfully.
"I can try," Bojo said, unsure.
But to his surprise when he approached Drake on the following night he found a receptive listener.
But to his surprise, when he approached Drake the next night, he found someone ready to listen.
"Don't know but what I could use your firm," said the operator thoughtfully. "Not that I'm rushing matters too much, Tom. The market's pretty strong at present. I want to feel it out. Maybe I could use them—for what I want them to know. Get your raise, but keep out of the firm—for the present, anyhow. Just now I'm holding back a little, Tom, a little early to uncover my game—tell you, though, what you might do; sell five hundred shares a day of Pittsburgh & New Orleans for me, but tell them to break it up 50 here and 50 there. I don't mind telling you one thing, but keep it under your belt; no confidences this time." He looked up sharply at the young fellow, who twisted on his heel under the look. "Confidences sometimes react and I don't want the cat out of the bag. What's Pittsburgh & New Orleans quoted?"
"Not sure, but I could definitely use your company," said the operator thoughtfully. "Not that I'm in a rush, Tom. The market's pretty strong right now. I want to feel things out a bit. Maybe I could use them—for what I want them to know. Get your raise, but stay out of the company—for now, anyway. I'm holding back a little, Tom; it's a bit early to reveal my plans—though I can tell you what you might do: sell five hundred shares a day of Pittsburgh & New Orleans for me, but make sure to break it up into 50 here and 50 there. I don't mind sharing one thing with you, but keep it to yourself; no sharing this time." He looked sharply at the young guy, who shifted on his heel under the gaze. "Sharing can have consequences, and I don’t want to spill the beans. What’s the current quote for Pittsburgh & New Orleans?"
"47-1/8 Closing," said Bojo.
"47-1/8 Closing," Bojo said.
"A month from to-day it'll sell below thirty. And another thing, Tom, don't go trying any fliers on[Pg 120] your own hook, without coming to me. You had fool's luck once, don't try it again. Remember I'm manipulating this pool and I have my ways!"
"A month from today, it'll sell for less than thirty. And another thing, Tom, don't go making any moves on your own without checking with me first. You had beginner's luck once, but don’t push your luck again. Remember, I'm in control of this pool, and I have my methods!"
This time Bojo was under no illusions. Despite his warning he knew in the bottom of his heart that when the moment came he would operate for himself. However, he resolved on two things: to share his secret with no one and to watch the course of Pittsburgh and New Orleans for a week before making up his mind. The first flurry had subsided. To the surprise of every one the attack ceased over night. The list resumed its normal position with the exception of several southern railroad stocks, notably Pittsburgh & New Orleans, which remained heavy, declining fractionally.
This time, Bojo wasn't fooling himself. Despite his warning, he deep down knew that when it came down to it, he would look out for himself. However, he made up his mind about two things: to keep his secret to himself and to watch how Pittsburgh and New Orleans performed for a week before deciding. The initial chaos had calmed down. To everyone's surprise, the attack stopped overnight. The list returned to its usual status, except for a few southern railroad stocks, particularly Pittsburgh & New Orleans, which stayed weak, dropping slightly.
During these days, Bojo resolutely stuck to his resolve, imparting no information, keeping out of the market himself. On the announcement of the first order for Drake, his salary was raised to $125 a week and the affection of the firm showed itself in several invitations to enter the consultation. Each day Forshay found opportunity to ask in a casual way:
During these days, Bojo firmly stuck to his decision, sharing no information and avoiding the market himself. When the first order for Drake was announced, his salary was increased to $125 a week, and the company's appreciation showed in several invitations for him to join the consultation. Each day, Forshay found a chance to ask in a casual manner:
"Not doing anything on your own hook yet, eh? Sort of watching developments?"
"Not taking any initiative yet, huh? Just observing what's happening?"
Ten days after the first attack, another flurry arrived, but this time the attack was from the open, from all the bear cohorts who for months had been grumbling in vain, predicting disaster from inflation and the panic that must follow inevitable readjustment. Borneman and his crowd sold openly and viciously, raiding all stocks alike, particularly industrials. That day, among other orders, Hauk, Flaspoller[Pg 121] and Forshay sold 10,000 shares of Pittsburgh & New Orleans which broke from 44 to 39-5/8 under savage pounding. Crocker resisted no longer and sold a thousand for his own account. That day Forshay failed to make his usual inquiry.
Ten days after the first attack, another wave hit, but this time it came from the open, from all the bear traders who had been complaining for months, predicting disaster from inflation and the panic that would inevitably follow the necessary adjustments. Borneman and his group sold aggressively and mercilessly, targeting all stocks, especially industrials. On that day, among other orders, Hauk, Flaspoller[Pg 121], and Forshay sold 10,000 shares of Pittsburgh & New Orleans, which dropped from 44 to 39-5/8 under relentless selling pressure. Crocker finally gave in and sold a thousand for his own account. That day, Forshay didn’t make his usual inquiry.
After three days of convulsive advances and speedy falls, the attack again slackened, but this time the whole list rallied with difficulty, receding almost imperceptibly, but slowly yielding under a decided change of public sentiment. When Pittsburgh & New Orleans touched 38, Bojo squared his conscience to the extent of exacting the most solemn promises of undying secrecy from Fred DeLancy before communicating to them the information that had now become a conviction, that he had placed $50,000 in a pool which Drake was engineering to sell the market short and make a killing of Pittsburgh & New Orleans. He imparted the confidence not simply because it had become an almost intolerable secret to carry, but for deeper reasons. Fred DeLancy had sunk half of his former profits in the purchase of an automobile and in free spending, and Marsh was faced with serious losses on the paper from a strike of compositors and a falling of advertising as the result of the new radical policy of the editorial page.[Pg 122]
After three days of wild ups and downs, the attack slowed again, but this time the whole list struggled to recover, barely retreating but gradually giving in to a noticeable shift in public sentiment. When Pittsburgh & New Orleans hit 38, Bojo convinced himself to get the most binding promises of complete secrecy from Fred DeLancy before revealing information he now believed to be true: he had put $50,000 into a pool that Drake was managing to short-sell the market and profit from Pittsburgh & New Orleans. He shared this confidence not just because it had become almost unbearable to keep secret, but for deeper reasons. Fred DeLancy had spent half of his earlier profits buying a car and living lavishly, and Marsh was facing serious losses on the paper due to a strike by typesetters and a drop in advertising from the new radical editorial policy.[Pg 122]
CHAPTER XI
BOJO BUTTS IN
Sunday the four were accustomed to lounge through the morning and saunter down the Avenue for a late luncheon at the Brevoort. On the present date, Granning was stretched on the window-seat re-reading a favorite novel of Dumas, Bojo and Marsh pulling at their pipes in a deep discussion of an important rumor which might considerably affect the downward progress of Pittsburgh & New Orleans—a possible investigation by certain Southern States which was the talk of the office—while Fred at the piano was replaying by ear melodies from last night's comic opera, when the telephone rang.
On Sundays, the four usually relaxed in the morning and strolled down the Avenue for a late lunch at the Brevoort. Today, Granning was sprawled on the window seat, re-reading a favorite novel by Dumas, while Bojo and Marsh puffed on their pipes, deeply engaged in a discussion about a serious rumor that could significantly impact the decline of Pittsburgh & New Orleans—a potential investigation by some Southern States that everyone in the office was talking about. Meanwhile, Fred was at the piano, playing melodies from last night’s comic opera by ear when the phone rang.
"You answer it, Bojo," said DeLancy, "and hist, be cautious!"
"You answer it, Bojo," DeLancy said, "and hey, be careful!"
Bojo did as commanded, saying almost immediately:
Bojo did what he was told, responding almost right away:
"Party for you, Freddie."
"Party for you, Freddie."
"Male or female voice?"
"Male or female voice?"
"Male."
"Male."
DeLancy rose with a look of relief and tripped over to the receiver. But almost immediately he crumpled up with a simulation of despair. Bojo and Marsh exchanged a glance, and Granning ceased reading, at muffled sounds of explanation which reached them from the other room.[Pg 123]
DeLancy got up, looking relieved, and stumbled over to the phone. But almost right away, he collapsed in a dramatic show of despair. Bojo and Marsh shared a look, and Granning stopped reading when they heard muffled sounds of explanation coming from the other room.[Pg 123]
"Pinched," said DeLancy, returning gloomy and, flopping on the piano stool, he struck an angry chord.
"Pinched," said DeLancy, coming back feeling down, and as he slumped onto the piano stool, he hit an angry chord.
The three friends, according to male etiquette, maintained an attitude of correct incomprehension while Fred marched lugubriously up and down the keyboard. "Holy cats, now I am in for it!"
The three friends, following guy etiquette, acted like they didn't understand anything while Fred gloomily paced up and down the keyboard. "Holy cow, now I'm in for it!"
"Louise Varney?" said Bojo.
"Louise Varney?" Bojo asked.
"Louise! And I swore on my grandmother's knuckles I was going up country this afternoon. Beautiful—beautiful prospect! I say, Bojo, you got me into this—you've got to stick by me!"
"Louise! And I promised on my grandmother's knuckles that I was going to the country this afternoon. What a beautiful—beautiful view! I’m telling you, Bojo, you got me into this—you have to stick with me!"
"What's that mean?"
"What does that mean?"
"Shooting off in the car with us for luncheon. For the love of me, stand by a fellow, will you?"
"Shooting off in the car with us for lunch. For the love of me, stick by a buddy, will you?"
Bojo hesitated.
Bojo paused.
"Go on," said Marsh with a wary look. "If you don't, the infant'll come back married!"
"Go ahead," said Marsh with a cautious expression. "If you don’t, the baby will come back married!"
"Quite possible," said DeLancy, disconsolately.
"Totally possible," said DeLancy, sadly.
"I'll go if you'll stand for the lecture," said Bojo severely, for DeLancy had become a matter of serious deliberation.
"I'll go if you'll sit through the lecture," Bojo said seriously, since DeLancy had become a topic of serious discussion.
"Anything. You can't rub it in too hard," said Fred, who went to the mirror to see if his hair was turning gray. "And say, for Mike's sake, think up a new lie— I'm down to dentist's appointments and mother's come to town."
"Anything. You can't push it too much," said Fred, who went to the mirror to check if his hair was turning gray. "And hey, for Mike's sake, come up with a new excuse— I'm down to dentist appointments and my mom’s in town."
Delighted at Bojo's adherence that saved him from the prospects of a difficult tête-à-tête, he began to recover his spirits; but Bojo, assuming a severe countenance, awaited his opportunity.
Delighted by Bojo's compliance that spared him from an awkward conversation, he began to feel better; but Bojo, adopting a serious expression, waited for his chance.
"I say, don't look at me with that pulpit expression," said DeLancy an hour later as they streaked[Pg 124] through the Park on their way to upper Riverside. "What have I done?"
"I mean, don’t give me that look like you’re judging me from a pulpit," DeLancy said an hour later as they zipped[Pg 124] through the Park on their way to upper Riverside. "What did I do?"
"Fred, you're getting in deep!"
"Fred, you're getting in too deep!"
"Don't I know it?" said that impressionable young man, jerking the car ahead. "Well, get me out."
"Don't I know it?" said the impressionable young man, pulling the car forward. "Well, get me out."
"I'm not sure you want to get out," said Bojo.
"I'm not sure you want to leave," Bojo said.
DeLancy confessed; in fact, confession was a pleasant and well-established habit with him.
DeLancy admitted it; in fact, confessing was a pleasant and well-established habit for him.
"Bojo, it's no use. When I'm away from her, I can call myself a fool in six languages. I am a fool. I know I have no business hanging round; but, say, the moment she turns up I'm ready to lie down and roll over."
"Bojo, it’s pointless. When I’m away from her, I can call myself a fool in six languages. I am a fool. I know I shouldn’t be hanging around; but, you know, as soon as she shows up, I’m ready to lie down and roll over."
"It's puppy love."
"It’s young love."
"I admit it."
"I confess."
"She's just going to keep you dangling, Fred. You know as well as I do you haven't a chance even if you were idiotic enough to think of marrying her. She's not losing her head, you can bet on that. That's why the mother is on deck."
"She's just going to keep you hanging, Fred. You know as well as I do that you don't stand a chance, even if you were crazy enough to consider marrying her. She's not going to lose her cool, you can count on that. That's why her mother is involved."
"Oh, there are half a dozen Yaps with a wad she could have, and any time she wants to whistle," said Fred pugnaciously.
"Oh, there are about six Yaps with a wad she could take, and anytime she wants to whistle," said Fred aggressively.
Bojo decided to change his tactics.
Bojo decided to change his approach.
"I thought you were cleverer. Thought you'd planned out your whole career; remember the night up on the Astor roof—you weren't going to make any mistakes, oh no! You were going to marry a million. You weren't going to get caught!"
"I thought you were smarter. I figured you had your entire career mapped out; remember that night on the Astor roof—you weren't going to make any mistakes, oh no! You were going to marry into money. You weren't going to get caught!"
"Shut up, Bojo. Can't you see how rotten I'm in it? I'm doing my best to break away."[Pg 125]
"Shut up, Bojo. Can't you see how messed up I am in this? I'm trying my hardest to get out."[Pg 125]
"Get up a row then and stay away."
"Make some noise and keep your distance."
"I've tried, but she's too clever for that. Honest, Tom, I think she's fond of me."
"I've tried, but she's too smart for that. Seriously, Tom, I think she likes me."
Bojo groaned.
Bojo sighed.
"She thinks you're a millionaire with your confounded style, and your confounded car—that's all!"
"She thinks you're a millionaire because of your crazy style and your flashy car—that's it!"
"Well, maybe I will be," said DeLancy with a sudden revulsion to cheerfulness, "if Pittsburgh & New Orleans keeps a-sliding."
"Well, maybe I will be," said DeLancy with a sudden dislike of cheerfulness, "if Pittsburgh & New Orleans keeps slipping down."
"Suppose we get caught."
"Let’s say we get caught."
"I say, there's no danger of that?" said Fred, alarmed. "I'm in deep."
"I mean, there's no way that's happening, right?" Fred said, worried. "I'm really invested in this."
"No, not much, but there's always the chance of a slip," said Bojo, who began to wonder if a successful issue would not further complicate Fred's sentimental entanglements.
"No, not much, but there's always the chance of a slip," said Bojo, who started to think that a successful outcome might complicate Fred's romantic situations even more.
At this moment they came to a stop, and Fred said in a comforting tone:
At that moment, they came to a halt, and Fred said in a reassuring voice:
"Louise'll be furious because I brought you."
"Louise will be furious because I brought you."
"You old humbug," said Bojo, perceiving the eagerness in Mr. Fred's eyes. "You're just tickled to death."
"You old phony," said Bojo, noticing the excitement in Mr. Fred's eyes. "You're just thrilled to bits."
"Well, perhaps I am," said Fred, laughing at his friend's serious face. "Say, she has a way with her—hasn't she now?"
"Well, maybe I am," Fred said, laughing at his friend's serious expression. "You know, she really has a way about her—doesn't she?"
Miss Louise Varney did not seem over-delighted at the spectacle of a guest in the party as she came running out, backed by the vigilant dowager figure of Mrs. Varney, who never let her daughter out of her charge. But whatever irritation she might have felt she concealed under a charming smile, while Mrs. Varney, accustomed to swinging in solitary dignity[Pg 126] in the back seat, welcomed him with genuine enthusiasm.
Miss Louise Varney didn’t seem too thrilled about a guest at the party as she came rushing out, followed closely by the watchful presence of Mrs. Varney, who always kept a close eye on her daughter. But whatever annoyance she might have felt, she hid behind a charming smile, while Mrs. Varney, used to sitting alone in the back seat with an air of dignity[Pg 126], greeted him with genuine excitement.
"Well, Mr. Crocker, isn't this grand! You and me can sit here flirting on the back seat and let them whisper sweet nothings." She tapped him on the arm, saying in a half voice: "Say, they certainly are a good looking team now, ain't they?"
"Well, Mr. Crocker, isn’t this great! You and I can sit here flirting in the back seat and let them whisper sweet nothings." She tapped him on the arm, saying in a soft voice, "Hey, they really are a good-looking team now, aren't they?"
The old Grenadier, as she was affectionately termed by her daughter's admirers, was out in her war paint, dressed like a débutante, fatly complacent and smiling with the prospect of a delicious lunch at the end of the drive.
The old Grenadier, as her daughter's admirers fondly called her, was out in her full makeup, dressed like a debutante, happily self-satisfied and smiling at the thought of a delicious lunch waiting at the end of the drive.
"Say, I think Fred's the sweetest feller," she began, beaming on Bojo, "and so smart too. Louise says he could make a forchin in vaudeville. I think he's much cleverer than that Pinkle feller who gets two-fifty a week for giving imitations on the pianner. Why haven't you been around, Mr. Crocker?" She nudged him again, her maternal gaze fondly fixed on her daughter. "Isn't she a dream in that cute little hat? My Lord, I should think all the men would be just crazy about her."
"Honestly, I think Fred is the sweetest guy," she started, smiling at Bojo, "and really smart too. Louise says he could make a fortune in vaudeville. I believe he's way more talented than that Pinkle guy who makes two-fifty a week doing piano impressions. Why haven't you been around, Mr. Crocker?" She nudged him again, her motherly gaze lovingly fixed on her daughter. "Isn't she adorable in that cute little hat? My goodness, I would think all the guys would be falling for her."
"Most of them are, I should say," said Bojo, and, smiling, he nodded in the direction of Fred DeLancy, who was at that moment in the throes of a difficult explanation.
"Most of them are, I should say," Bojo said, smiling as he nodded toward Fred DeLancy, who was currently struggling to explain something.
Mrs. Varney gave a huge sigh and proceeded confidentially.
Mrs. Varney let out a deep sigh and leaned in, speaking privately.
"'Course Louise's got a great future, every one says, and vaudeville does pay high when you get to be a top notcher; but, my sakes, Mr. Crocker, money isn't everything in this world, as I often told her—"
"'Of course Louise has a bright future, everyone says so, and vaudeville pays well once you reach the top; but, honestly, Mr. Crocker, money isn't everything in this world, as I've often told her—"
"Mother, be quiet—you're talking too much,"[Pg 127] said Miss Louise Varney abruptly, whose alert little ear was always trained for maternal indiscretions. Mrs. Varney, as was her habit, withdrew into an attitude of sulky aloofness, not to relax until they were cozily ensconced at a corner table in a wayside inn for luncheon. By this time Miss Varney had evidently decided to accept the protestations of DeLancy, and peace having been declared and the old Grenadier mollified by her favorite broiled lobster and a carafe of beer, the party proceeded gaily. Fred DeLancy, in defiance of Bojo's presence, beaming and fascinated, exchanged confidential whispers and smiles with the girl which each fondly believed unperceived.
"Mom, be quiet—you’re talking too much,"[Pg 127] said Miss Louise Varney sharply, her sharp little ear always on the lookout for her mother’s slip-ups. Mrs. Varney, as usual, pulled back into a sullen silence, not relaxing until they were comfortably settled at a corner table in a roadside inn for lunch. By that time, Miss Varney had clearly decided to go along with DeLancy’s flattery, and with peace declared and the old Grenadier appeased by her favorite broiled lobster and a carafe of beer, the group moved on cheerfully. Fred DeLancy, ignoring Bojo’s presence, beamed and exchanged secretive whispers and smiles with the girl, both believing they went unnoticed.
"Good Lord," thought Bojo to himself, now quite alarmed, "this is a pickle! He's in for it fair this time and no mistake. She can have him any time she wants to. Of course she thinks he's loaded with diamonds."
"Good Lord," Bojo thought to himself, now quite alarmed, "this is a mess! He's really in trouble this time, no doubt about it. She can have him whenever she wants. Of course, she thinks he's rich with diamonds."
Mr. Fred's attitude, in fact, would have deceived a princess of the royal blood.
Mr. Fred's attitude could have fooled even a princess from royal blood.
"Louis, get up something tasty," he said to the bending maître d'hôtel. "You know what I like. Don't bother me with the menu. Louis," he added confidentially, "is a jewel—the one man in New York you can trust." He initialed the check without examining it and laid down a gorgeous tip with a careless flip of the finger.
"Louis, whip up something good," he told the bending maître d'hôtel. "You know what I like. Don’t worry about the menu. Louis," he continued in a low voice, "is a gem—the only guy in New York you can trust." He signed the check without looking at it and tossed down a generous tip with a casual flick of his finger.
"The little idiot," thought Bojo. "I wonder what bills he's run up. Decidedly I must get a chance at the girl and open her eyes."
"The little idiot," thought Bojo. "I wonder what bills he's racked up. I definitely need to get a chance with the girl and make her see the truth."
Chance favored him, or rather Miss Varney herself. Luncheon over, while Fred went out for the car, she said abruptly:[Pg 128]
Chance was on his side, or more accurately, Miss Varney herself. After lunch, while Fred went out to get the car, she said suddenly:[Pg 128]
"Let's run out in the garden. I want to talk to you. Don't worry, mamma. It's all right." And as Mrs. Varney, true to her grenadierial instincts, prepared to object, she added with a shrug of her shoulders: "Now just doze away like a dear. We can't elope, you know!"
"Let's go out to the garden. I want to talk to you. Don’t worry, Mom. It’s fine." And as Mrs. Varney, sticking to her protective instincts, got ready to object, she added with a shrug: "Just relax and take a nap like a sweetheart. We can’t run away together, you know!"
"What can she want to say to me?" thought Bojo curiously, suffering her to lead him laughing out through the glass doors into the pebbled paths. Despite his growing alarm, Bojo was forced to admit that Miss Varney, with her quick Japanese eyes and bubbling humor, was a most fascinating person, particularly when she exerted herself to please in little intimate ways.
"What could she want to say to me?" Bojo wondered curiously, letting her lead him out through the glass doors and onto the pebbled paths with a laugh. Even as his anxiety rose, Bojo had to admit that Miss Varney, with her quick Japanese eyes and bubbly sense of humor, was a really captivating person, especially when she made an effort to charm him in small, personal ways.
"Mr. Crocker, you don't like me," she said abruptly. He defended himself badly. "Don't fib—you are against me. Why? On account of Fred?"
"Mr. Crocker, you don't like me," she said suddenly. He struggled to defend himself. "Don’t lie—you’re against me. Why? Because of Fred?"
"I don't dislike you—no one could," he said, yielding to the persuasion of her smile, "but if you want to know, I am worried over Fred. He is head over heels in love with you, young lady."
"I don't dislike you—no one could," he said, giving in to the charm of her smile, "but just so you know, I'm concerned about Fred. He's completely in love with you, young lady."
"And why not?"
"Why not?"
"Do you care for him?"
"Do you care about him?"
"Yes—very much," she said quietly, "and I want you to be our friend."
"Yes—definitely," she said softly, "and I want you to be our friend."
"Good heavens, I really believe she does," he thought, panic-stricken. Aloud he said abruptly: "If that is what you want, let me ask you a question. Please forgive me for being direct. Do you know that Fred hasn't a cent in the world but what he makes? You can judge yourself how he spends that."[Pg 129]
"Good grief, I honestly think she does," he thought, feeling panicked. Out loud, he said abruptly: "If that's what you want, let me ask you something. Sorry for being so straightforward. Do you realize that Fred doesn't have a dime to his name except for what he earns? You can figure out for yourself how he spends that."[Pg 129]
"But Fred told me he had made a lot lately and I know he expects to make ten times that in something—" she stopped hastily at a look in Bojo's face. "Why, what's wrong?"
"But Fred told me he's made a lot recently, and I know he expects to make ten times that in something—" she stopped quickly at the look on Bojo's face. "Why, what's wrong?"
"Miss Varney—you haven't put anything into it, have you?
"Miss Varney—you haven't added anything to it, have you?"
"Yes, I have," she said after a moment's hesitation. "Why, he told me you yourself told him he couldn't lose. You don't mean to say there's any—any danger?"
"Yeah, I have," she replied after a brief pause. "He told me you said he couldn't lose. You don't mean to say there's any—any danger, right?"
"I'm sorry. He shouldn't have told you! There's always a risk. I'm sorry he let you do that."
"I'm sorry. He shouldn’t have told you! There’s always a risk. I’m sorry he let you do that."
"Oh, I oughtn't to have let it out," she said contritely. "Promise not to tell him. I didn't mean to! Besides—it's not much really."
"Oh, I shouldn't have let it slip," she said apologetically. "Promise me you won't tell him. I didn't mean to! Besides—it's not a big deal, really."
Bojo shook his head.
Bojo shook his head.
"Mr. Crocker— Tom," she said, laying her hand on his arm, "don't turn him against me. I'm being square with you. I do care for Fred. I don't care if he hasn't a cent in the world; really I'm not that sort, honest."
"Mr. Crocker— Tom," she said, placing her hand on his arm, "please don’t turn him against me. I’m being honest with you. I do care about Fred. I don’t mind that he doesn’t have a dime to his name; I’m really not like that, I swear."
"And your mother?"
"And your mom?"
She was silent, and he seized the advantage.
She stayed quiet, and he took the opportunity.
"Why get into something that'll only hurt you both? Suppose things turn out all right. He'll spend every cent he'll make in a few months. Now listen, Louise. You're not made for life in a flat; neither is he. It would be a miserable disaster. I'm sorry," he said, seeing her eyes fill. "But what I say is true. You've got a career, a brilliant career with money and fame ahead; don't spoil your chances and don't spoil his."[Pg 130]
"Why get involved in something that will only hurt both of you? What if things actually go well? He'll blow through every dollar he makes in no time. Now listen, Louise. You’re not cut out for life in a small apartment; neither is he. It would be a total disaster. I'm sorry," he said, noticing her eyes welling up. "But what I'm saying is true. You have a career, a brilliant career with prospects for money and fame; don’t ruin your chances and don’t ruin his."[Pg 130]
"What do you mean?" she said, flaring up. "Then there is some one else! I knew it! That's where he's going this afternoon!"
"What do you mean?" she exclaimed, getting upset. "So there’s someone else! I knew it! That’s where he’s heading this afternoon!"
"There is no one else," he said, lying outrageously. "I've warned you. I've told you the real situation. That's all."
"There’s no one else," he said, lying blatantly. "I’ve warned you. I’ve explained the real situation. That’s it."
"Let's go back," she said abruptly, and she went in silence as far as the house, where she turned on him. "I don't believe what you've told me. I know he is not poor or a beggar as you say. Would he be going around with the crowd he does? No!" With an upspurt of rage of which he had not believed her capable, she added: "Now I warn you. What we do is our affair. Don't butt in or there'll be trouble!"
"Let's go back," she said suddenly, and she walked in silence until they reached the house, where she turned to him. "I don't believe what you’ve told me. I know he’s not poor or a beggar like you say. Would he be hanging out with the crowd he does? No!" With a surge of anger that he hadn’t thought she was capable of, she added: "Now I’m warning you. What we do is our business. Don’t interfere or there’ll be trouble!"
On the return, doubtless for several reasons, she elected to send her mother in front, and to keep Bojo company on the back seat, where as though regretting her one revealing flash of temper, she sought to be as gracious and entertaining as possible. Despite a last whispered appeal accompanied by a soft pressure of the arm and a troubled glance of the eyes, no sooner had they deposited mother and daughter than Bojo broke out:
On the way back, probably for a few reasons, she decided to have her mom sit up front and kept Bojo company in the back seat, where, as if regretting her moment of temper, she tried to be as gracious and entertaining as she could. Even after a final whispered plea, complete with a gentle squeeze of the arm and a worried look in her eyes, as soon as they dropped off the mother and daughter, Bojo started talking:
"Fred, what in the name of heaven possessed you to put Louise Varney's money in a speculation? How many others have you told?"
"Fred, what on earth made you put Louise Varney's money into a risky investment? How many other people have you told?"
"Only a few—very few."
"Just a few—very few."
"But, Fred, think of the responsibility! Now look here, straight from the shoulder—do you know what's going to happen? Before you know it, you're going to wake up and find yourself married to Louise Varney!"[Pg 131]
"But, Fred, think about the responsibility! Let's be direct—do you realize what’s about to happen? Before you know it, you’re going to wake up and discover you’re married to Louise Varney!"[Pg 131]
"Don't jump on me, Bojo," said Fred, miserably. "I'm scared to death myself."
"Don't come at me, Bojo," Fred said, feeling miserable. "I'm scared to death too."
"But, Fred, you can't do such a thing. Louise is pretty—attractive enough—I'll admit it—and straight; but the mother, Fred—you can't do it, you'll just drop out. It'll be the end of you. Man, can't you see it? I thought you prided yourself on being a man of the world. Look at your friends. There's Gladys Stone—crazy about you. You know it. Are you going to throw all that away!"
"But, Fred, you can't do that. Louise is good-looking—I'll give her that—and she’s straight, but the mother, Fred—you can't do this, you'll just fade away. It'll be the end of you. Don’t you see that? I thought you took pride in being savvy about the world. Look at your friends. There’s Gladys Stone—she’s really into you. You know it. Are you really going to throw all that away?"
"If I was sure of a hundred thousand dollars I believe I'd marry Louise to-morrow!" said Fred with a long breath. "Call me crazy—I am crazy—a raving, tearing fool, but that doesn't help. Lord, nothing helps!"
"If I were sure of a hundred thousand dollars, I think I'd marry Louise tomorrow!" said Fred with a long sigh. "Call me crazy—I am crazy—a raving, tearing fool, but that doesn't change anything. Man, nothing helps!"
"Fred, answer me one question. We all thought, the night of the ball, you and Gladys Stone had come to an understanding. Is that true?"
"Fred, can you answer me one question? We all thought that on the night of the ball, you and Gladys Stone had come to an understanding. Is that true?"
Fred turned his head and groaned.
Fred turned his head and groaned.
"I'm a cad, a horrible, beastly little cad!"
"I'm a jerk, a terrible, nasty little jerk!"
"Good Lord, is it as bad as that!" said Bojo. "But, Fred, old boy, how did it happen? How did you ever get in so deep!"
"Goodness, is it really that bad!" said Bojo. "But, Fred, my friend, how did this happen? How did you get in so deep?"
"How do I know?" said DeLancy miserably. "It was just playing around. Other men were crazy over her. I never meant to be serious in the beginning—and then—then I was caught."
"How do I know?" DeLancy said miserably. "I was just messing around. Other guys were nuts about her. I never intended to get serious at first—and then—then I got stuck."
"Fred, old fellow, you've got to get hold of yourself. Will you let me butt in?"
"Fred, my friend, you really need to pull yourself together. Can I jump in?"
"I wish to God you would."
"I wish you would."
That night Bojo sent a long letter off to Doris, who was staying in the Berkshires with Gladys Stone as a[Pg 132] guest. As a result the two young men departed for a week-end of winter sports. On the Pullman they stowed their valises and wandered back into the smoker where the first person Bojo saw, bound for the same destination, was young Boskirk.[Pg 133]
That night, Bojo sent a long letter to Doris, who was staying in the Berkshires with Gladys Stone as a[Pg 132] guest. As a result, the two young men left for a weekend of winter sports. On the Pullman, they stowed their bags and headed to the smoker, where the first person Bojo saw, headed to the same destination, was young Boskirk.[Pg 133]
CHAPTER XII
SNOW MAGIC
Boskirk and Bojo greeted each other with that excessive cordiality which the conventions of society impose upon two men who hate each other cordially but are debarred from the primeval instincts to slay.
Boskirk and Bojo greeted each other with the kind of overly polite friendliness that society expects from two men who genuinely dislike each other but are held back by the basic instincts to fight.
"He wouldn't gamble, he wouldn't take a risk! Oh no, nothing human about him," said Bojo to Fred, sending a look of antagonism at Boskirk, who was adjusting his glasses and spreading the contents of a satchel on the table before him.
"He wouldn’t gamble, he wouldn’t take a risk! Oh no, there’s nothing human about him," said Bojo to Fred, shooting a hostile glance at Boskirk, who was adjusting his glasses and laying out the contents of a bag on the table in front of him.
"The human cash-register!" said DeLancy. "Born at the age of forty-two, middle names Caution, Conservatism, and the Constitution. Favorite romance—Statistics."
"The human cash register!" said DeLancy. "Born at forty-two, with middle names like Caution, Conservatism, and the Constitution. Favorite romance—Statistics."
"Thank you!" said Bojo, somewhat mollified.
"Thanks!" said Bojo, feeling a bit better.
"There was a young man named Boskirk
Who never his duty would shirk,—"
There was a young man named Boskirk.
Who never shied away from his responsibilities,—
began DeLancy—and forthwith retired into intellectual seclusion to complete the limerick.
began DeLancy—and immediately withdrew into solitude to finish the limerick.
The spectacle of Boskirk immersed in business detail irritated Bojo immeasurably. The feeling it aroused in him was not jealousy but rather a sense that some one was threatening his right and his property.[Pg 134]
The sight of Boskirk buried in business details drove Bojo crazy. He didn’t feel jealous; instead, he sensed that someone was threatening his rights and his belongings.[Pg 134]
A complete and insidious change had been worked in his moral fiber. The hazardous speculation to which he was now committed, which was nothing but the sheerest and most vicious form of gambling, the wrecking of property, would have been impossible to him six months before. But he had lived too long in the atmosphere of luxury, and too close to the master adventurers of that speculative day. Luxury had become a second nature to him; contact with men who could sell him out twenty times over had brought him the parching hunger for money. All other ideals had yielded before a new ideal—force. To impose one's self, making one's own laws, brushing aside weak scruples, planning above ridiculously simple and obvious schemes of legal conduct for the ordering of the multitude, silencing criticism by the magnitude of the operation—a master where a weak man ended a criminal:—this was the new scheme of life which he was gradually absorbing.
A complete and insidious change had occurred in his moral character. The risky venture he was now involved in, which was nothing more than the most blatant and harmful kind of gambling, destroying property, would have been unthinkable for him six months earlier. But he had been immersed in luxury for too long and too close to the bold risk-takers of that speculative era. Luxury had become second nature to him; interacting with people who could betray him countless times had created a desperate craving for money. All other principles had faded away in favor of a new ideal—power. To assert oneself, create one's own rules, disregard weak morals, devise schemes that were far more sophisticated than the obviously simple legal approaches for controlling the masses, and silence any criticism with the scale of the operation—a master where a weak person would end as a criminal: this was the new way of life that he was slowly internalizing.
He had become worldly with the confidence of succeeding. Whatever compunctions he had formerly felt about a marriage with Doris he had dismissed as pure sentimentality. There remained only a certain pride, a desire to know his worth by some master stroke. In this fierce need, he had lost moderation and caution. With the steady decline of Pittsburgh & New Orleans, his appetite had increased. It was no longer a fair profit he wanted, but something miraculous. He had sold hundreds of shares, placing always a limit, vowing to be satisfied, and always going beyond it. He had plunged first to the amount of thirty odd thousand, reserving the fifty thousand[Pg 135] which was pledged to the pool, but which he had not been called on to deliver. But this fifty thousand remained a horrible ever-present temptation. He resisted at first, borrowing five thousand from Marsh when the rage of selling drove him deeper in; then finally, absolutely confident, he had yielded, without much shock to his conscience, and drawn each day until on this morning he had drawn on the last ten thousand as collateral.
He had become savvy, fueled by the confidence of succeeding. Any guilt he had once felt about marrying Doris had faded away; he viewed it as mere sentimentality. What remained was a sense of pride and a longing to prove his value with a big move. In this intense need, he had lost his sense of moderation and caution. As Pittsburgh & New Orleans continued to decline, his desires only grew. He no longer wanted just a reasonable profit; he craved something extraordinary. He had sold hundreds of shares, always setting a limit and promising himself he'd be satisfied, yet he always exceeded that limit. He first dove in with around thirty thousand, holding aside the fifty thousand[Pg 135] that was committed to the pool but had not yet been requested. However, that fifty thousand was a constant, terrible temptation. He initially resisted, even borrowing five thousand from Marsh when his impulse to sell grew more intense; but ultimately, feeling completely sure of himself, he gave in without much guilt and withdrew until, on this morning, he had taken the last ten thousand as collateral.
And still Pittsburgh & New Orleans receded, heaping up before his mind fantastic profits.
And still Pittsburgh & New Orleans faded away, stacking up before his mind with amazing profits.
"When asked, 'Don't you tire,'
He said, 'Di diddledee dire—
I never can get enough work.'"
"When asked, 'Aren't you exhausted,'
He replied, 'Di diddledee dire—
"I can never get enough work."
finished Fred with a grimace. "That's pretty bad—but so's the subject."
"That's pretty bad—but so is the topic," Fred said with a grimace.
"Look here, Fred," said Bojo, thus recalled from the tyranny of figures which kept swirling before his eyes. "I want to talk to you. I'm worried about your letting Louise Varney in on Pittsburgh & New Orleans; besides I suspect you've plunged a darned sight deeper than you ought."
"Hey, Fred," Bojo said, pulled away from the overwhelming numbers that kept flashing before his eyes. "I need to talk to you. I'm concerned about you involving Louise Varney with Pittsburgh & New Orleans; plus, I have a feeling you've gotten way more invested than you should."
And from the moral superiority of a man of force, he read him a lecture on the danger to the mere outsider of risking all on one hazard—a sensible pointed warning which DeLancy accepted contritely, in utter ignorance of the preacher's own perilous position.
And from the moral high ground of a powerful man, he gave him a talk about the danger for an outsider of risking everything on a single gamble—a clear and direct warning that DeLancy accepted remorsefully, completely unaware of the preacher's own risky situation.
It was well after seven when they stepped out on the icy station amid the gay crowd of week-enders. Patsie, at the reins, halloed to them from a rakish cutter, and the next moment they were off over the[Pg 136] crackling snow with long, luminous, purple shadows at their sides, racing past other sleighs with jingling bells and shrieks of recognition.
It was well past seven when they stepped out onto the icy platform surrounded by the cheerful crowd of weekenders. Patsie, holding the reins, called out to them from a stylish sleigh, and in the next moment they were off over the[Pg 136] crackling snow with long, bright purple shadows beside them, racing past other sleighs with jingling bells and shouts of recognition.
"Heavens, Patsie, you're worse than Fred with his car! I say, look out—you missed that cutter by a foot," said Bojo, who had taken the seat beside the young Eskimo at an imperious command.
“Heavens, Patsie, you're worse than Fred with his car! Watch out—you missed that cutter by a foot,” said Bojo, who had taken the seat next to the young Eskimo at a commanding gesture.
"Pooh, that's nothing!" said that reckless person. "Watch this." With a sudden swerve she drew past a contending sleigh and gained the head of the road by a margin so narrow that the occupants of the back seat broke into many cries.
"Pooh, that's nothing!" said that daring person. "Watch this." With a quick turn, she zipped past a competing sleigh and took the lead on the road by such a slim margin that the people in the back seat started shouting in shock.
"Here, let me out— Murder!— Police!"
"Let me out— Help!— Call the police!"
"Don't worry, the snow's lovely and soft!" Patsie shouted back, delighted. "Turned over myself yesterday—doesn't hurt a bit."
"Don't worry, the snow's beautiful and soft!" Patsie shouted back, happy. "I fell over yesterday—doesn't hurt at all."
This encouraging information was received with frantic cries and demands on Bojo to take the reins.
This encouraging news was met with frantic shouts and calls for Bojo to take charge.
"Don't you dare," said the gay lady indignantly, setting her feet firmly and flinging all the weight of her shoulders against a sudden break of the spirited team.
"Don't you dare," the gay lady said indignantly, planting her feet firmly and pushing all her weight against a sudden stop of the spirited team.
"Pulling pretty hard," said Bojo, watching askance the riotous struggle that whirled past cottage and evergreen and filled the air with a snowy bombardment from the scurrying hoofs. "Say when, if you need me."
"Pulling pretty hard," Bojo said, watching nervously as the chaotic struggle swirled past the cottage and the evergreen trees, filling the air with a flurry of snow kicked up by the running hooves. "Just let me know if you need me."
"I won't! Tell the back seat to jump if I shout!"
"I won't! Tell the back seat to bounce if I yell!"
"Holy murder!" exclaimed Fred DeLancy, who so far forgot his animosities as to cling to Boskirk, possibly with the idea of providing himself a cushion in case of need.
"Holy murder!" Fred DeLancy exclaimed, momentarily forgetting his grudges as he clung to Boskirk, perhaps thinking it would give him some protection if needed.
"Are they awfully scared?" said Patsie in a delighted[Pg 137] whisper. "Yes? Just you wait till we get to the gate. That will make them howl! How's your nose—frozen?
"Are they really scared?" Patsie said with a delighted[Pg 137] whisper. "Yes? Just wait until we get to the gate. That will make them scream! How's your nose—frozen?
"Glorious!"
"Awesome!"
"Too cold for Doris and the rest. Catch them getting chapped up. Their idea of winter sports is popping popcorn by the fire. Thank heaven you've arrived, Bojo! I'm suffocating. Hold tight!"
"Too cold for Doris and the others. They’re all getting chapped. Their idea of winter sports is making popcorn by the fire. Thank goodness you’ve arrived, Bojo! I’m suffocating. Hang on!"
"Hold tight!" sang out Bojo, not without some apprehension as the sleigh, without slackening speed, approached the sudden swerve which led through massive stone columns into the Drake estate. The quick turn raised them on edge, skidding over the beaten snow so that the sleigh came up with a bump against the farther pillar and then shot forward up the long hill crowned with blazing porches and to a stop at last, saluted by the riotous acclaim of a dozen dogs of all sizes and breeds.
"Hold on tight!" shouted Bojo, a bit worried as the sleigh, still going fast, headed toward the sharp turn that led through huge stone columns into the Drake estate. The sudden turn made them tilt, sliding over the packed snow until the sleigh bumped against the far pillar and then shot forward up the long hill topped with bright porches, finally coming to a stop, welcomed by the excited barking of a dozen dogs of all sizes and breeds.
"Scared—honor-bright?" said Patsie, leaping out as a groom came up to take the horses.
"Scared—honor-bright?" said Patsie, jumping out as a groom approached to take the horses.
"Never again!" said DeLancy, springing to terra firma with a groan of relief, while Boskirk looked at the reckless girl with a disapproving shake of his head.
"Never again!" DeLancy exclaimed, jumping to solid ground with a sigh of relief, while Boskirk looked at the daring girl with a disapproving shake of his head.
They went stamping into the great hall to the warmth of a great log blaze, Patsie dancing ahead, shedding toboggan cap and muffler riotously on the way, for a dignified footman to gather in.
They marched into the grand hall towards the warmth of a large fire, with Patsie dancing ahead, tossing her toboggan cap and scarf joyfully along the way for a formal footman to collect.
"Don't look so disappointed!" she cried, laughing, as the three young men looked about expectantly. "The parlor beauties are upstairs splashing in paint and powder, getting ready for the grand entrance!"[Pg 138]
"Don't look so bummed out!" she exclaimed, laughing, as the three young men looked around eagerly. "The pretty girls are upstairs putting on makeup and getting ready for the big reveal!"[Pg 138]
Boskirk and DeLancy went off to their rooms while Bojo, at a sign from Patsie, remained behind.
Boskirk and DeLancy headed to their rooms, while Bojo stayed behind at Patsie's signal.
"Well?" he said.
"What's up?" he said.
"Bojo, do me a favor—a great favor," she said instantly, seizing the lapels of his coat. "It's moonlight to-night and we've got the most glorious coast for a toboggan and, Bojo, I'm just crazy to go. After dinner, won't you? Please say yes."
"Bojo, do me a huge favor," she said right away, grabbing the lapels of his coat. "It's a beautiful moonlit night and we have the perfect coast for sledding, and I’m just dying to go. After dinner, will you? Please say yes."
"Why, we'll get up a party," said Bojo, hesitating and tempted.
"Why don't we throw a party?" said Bojo, hesitating and feeling intrigued.
"Party? Catch those mollycoddles getting away from the steam-heaters! Now, Bojo, be a dear. You're the only real being I've had here in weeks. Besides, if you have any spunk you'll do it," she added artfully.
"Party? Catch those softies escaping from the heaters! Now, Bojo, be a sweetheart. You're the only genuine person I've had around here in weeks. Besides, if you have any guts you'll do it," she added skillfully.
"What do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
"Just let Doris get her fill of that old fossil of a Boskirk. Show your independence. Bojo, please do it for me!"
"Just let Doris have her way with that old fossil, Boskirk. Show your independence. Bojo, please do it for me!"
She clung to him, coquetting with her eyes and smile with the dangerous inconscient coquetry of a child, and this radiance and rosy youth, so close to him, so intimately offered, brought him a disturbing emotion. He turned away so as not to meet the sparkling, pleading glance.
She held onto him, flirting with her eyes and smile in the reckless, innocent way a child does, and this brightness and youthful charm, so near to him, so openly offered, gave him an unsettling feeling. He turned away to avoid the sparkling, hopeful gaze.
"Young lady," he said with assumed gruffness, "I see you are learning entirely too fast. I believe you are actually flirting with me."
"Young lady," he said with a fake gruffness, "I see you're picking this up way too quickly. I think you're actually flirting with me."
"Then you will!" she cried gleefully. "Hooray!" She flung her arms about him in a rapturous squeeze and fled like a wild animal in light, graceful bounds up the stairs, before he could qualify his acquiescence.[Pg 139]
"Then you will!" she exclaimed happily. "Hooray!" She wrapped her arms around him in an excited hug and dashed up the stairs like a wild animal, moving gracefully, before he could take back his agreement.[Pg 139]
When he came down dressed for dinner, Doris was flitting about the library, waiting his coming. She glanced correctly around to forestall eavesdroppers, and offered him her cheek.
When he came downstairs dressed for dinner, Doris was bustling around the library, waiting for him. She looked around carefully to make sure no one was listening in, and offered him her cheek.
"Is this a skating costume?" he said, glancing quizzically at the trailing, mysterious silken ballgown of lavender and gold, which enfolded her graceful figure like fragrant petals. "By the way, why didn't you let me know I was to have a rival?"
"Is this a skating costume?" he asked, looking curiously at the flowing, mysterious silk ballgown in lavender and gold that hugged her graceful figure like fragrant petals. "By the way, why didn’t you tell me I was going to have a rival?"
"Don't be silly," she said, brushing the powder from his sleeve. "I was furious. It was all mother's doings."
"Don't be ridiculous," she said, brushing the powder off his sleeve. "I was really angry. It was all my mother's fault."
"Yes, you look furious!" he said to tease her. "Never mind, Doris, General Managers must calculate on all possibilities."
"Yeah, you look really mad!" he said to tease her. "It's okay, Doris, General Managers have to consider all possibilities."
She closed his lips with an indignant movement of her scented fingers, looking at him reproachfully.
She shut his lips with an annoyed gesture of her scented fingers, gazing at him with disapproval.
"Bojo, don't be horrid. Marry Boskirk? I'd just as soon marry a mummy. I should be petrified with boredom in a week."
"Bojo, don’t be so awful. Marry Boskirk? I might as well marry a mummy. I’d be totally bored out of my mind in a week."
"He's in love with you."
"He's in love with you."
"He? He couldn't love anything. How ridiculous! Heavens, just to think I'll have to talk his dreary talk sends creeping things up and down my back."
"He? He couldn't love anything. How absurd! Honestly, just the thought of having to listen to his boring conversation makes my skin crawl."
Bojo professed to be unconvinced, playing the offended and jealous lover, not perhaps without an ulterior motive, and they were in the midst of a little tiff when the others arrived. Mrs. Drake did not dare to isolate him completely, but she placed Boskirk on Doris's right, and to carry out his assumed irritation Bojo devoted himself to Patsie, who rattled away heedless of where her chatter hit.[Pg 140]
Bojo claimed he wasn't convinced, acting like a hurt and jealous partner, possibly with another reason behind it. They were having a bit of a spat when the others showed up. Mrs. Drake didn’t want to leave him alone completely, but she seated Boskirk to Doris's right. To play along with his feigned annoyance, Bojo focused his attention on Patsie, who chatted away without worrying about what she was saying.[Pg 140]
Dinner over, Bojo, relenting a little, sought to organize a general party, but meeting with no success went off, heedless of reproachful glances, to array himself in sweater and boots.
Dinner done, Bojo, softening a bit, tried to put together a group gathering, but having no luck, left, ignoring the disapproving looks, to get dressed in his sweater and boots.
Twenty minutes later they were on the toboggan, Patsie tucked in front, laughing back at him over her shoulder with the glee of the escapade. Below them the banked track ran over the dim, white slopes glowing in the moonlight.
Twenty minutes later, they were on the toboggan, Patsie snugly tucked in front, laughing back at him over her shoulder with the excitement of their adventure. Below them, the banked track wound over the soft, white slopes shining in the moonlight.
"All you have to do is to keep it from wobbling off the track with your foot," said Patsie.
"All you have to do is keep it from wobbling off the track with your foot," Patsie said.
"How are you—warm enough? Wrap up tight!" he said, pushing the toboggan forward until it tilted on the iced crest. "Ready?"
"How are you—warm enough? Bundle up!" he said, pushing the toboggan forward until it tipped on the icy peak. "Ready?"
"Let her go!"
"Let her be free!"
He flung himself down on his side, her back against his shoulder, and with a shout they were off, whistling into the frosty night, shooting down the steep incline, faster and faster, rocking perilously, as the smooth, flat toboggan rose from the trough and tilted against the inclined sides, swerving back into place at a touch of his foot, rising and falling with the curved slopes, shooting past clustered trees that rushed by them like inky storm-clouds, flashing smoothly at last on to the level.
He threw himself down on his side, her back against his shoulder, and with a shout, they took off, whistling into the frosty night, speeding down the steep hill, faster and faster, rocking dangerously as the smooth, flat toboggan lifted from the trough and tilted against the sloping sides. It swerved back in line with a tap of his foot, rising and falling with the curves, zooming past groups of trees that rushed by like dark storm clouds, finally gliding smoothly onto the flat ground.
"Lean to the left!" she called to him, as they reached a banked curve.
"Lean to the left!" she shouted to him as they approached a curved bank.
"When?"
"When is that?"
"Now!" Her laugh rang out as they rose almost on the side and sped into the bend. "Hold tight, there's a jump in a minute— Now!"
"Now!" Her laughter echoed as they tilted almost sideways and sped into the curve. "Hold on tight, there's a jump coming up— Now!"
Their bodies stiffened against each other, her hair sweeping into his eyes, blinding him as the toboggan[Pg 141] rose fractionally from the ground and fell again.
Their bodies tensed against each other, her hair brushing into his eyes, blinding him as the toboggan[Pg 141] lifted slightly off the ground and then dropped back down.
"Gorgeous!"
"Beautiful!"
"Wonderful!"
"Awesome!"
They glided on smoothly, with slacking speed, a part of the stillness that lay like the soft fall of snow over the luminous stretches and the clustered mysterious shadows; without a word exchanged, held by the witchery of the night, and the soft, fairylike crackling voyage. Then gradually, imperceptibly, at last the journey ended. The toboggan came to a stop in a glittering region of white with a river bank and elfish bushes somewhere at their side, and ahead a dark rise against the horizon with lights like pin-pricks far off, and on the air, from nowhere, the tinkle of sleigh-bells, but faint, shaken by some will-o'-the-wisp perhaps.
They moved smoothly, with slow speed, part of the stillness that lay like soft snowfall over the bright stretches and the clustered, mysterious shadows; without exchanging a word, enchanted by the magic of the night and the gentle, fairy-like sounds of their journey. Then gradually, almost unnoticed, the trip came to an end. The toboggan stopped in a shimmering area of white with a riverbank and whimsical bushes nearby, and ahead was a dark rise against the horizon with distant lights like tiny pinpricks, and in the air, from nowhere, the faint sound of sleigh bells, maybe stirred by some will-o'-the-wisp.
"Are you glad you came?" she said at last, without moving.
"Are you happy you came?" she finally said, staying still.
"Very glad."
"Really happy."
"Think of sitting around talking society when you can get out here," she said indignantly. "Oh, Bojo, I'm never going to stand it. I think I'll take the veil."
"Think about sitting around discussing society when you could be out here," she said indignantly. "Oh, Bojo, I can't take it anymore. I think I’ll become a nun."
He laughed, but softly, with the feeling of one who understands, as though in that steep plunge the icy air had cleansed his brain of all the hot, fierce worldly desires for money, power, and vanities which had possessed it like a fever.
He laughed softly, with the understanding of someone who gets it, as if that sudden drop had cleared his mind of all the intense, burning desires for money, power, and vanity that had taken over like a fever.
"I wish we could sit here like this for hours," she said, unconsciously resting against his shoulder.
"I wish we could just sit here like this for hours," she said, unknowingly leaning on his shoulder.
"I wish we could, too, Drina," he answered, meditating.[Pg 142]
"I wish we could, too, Drina," he replied, deep in thought.[Pg 142]
She glanced back at him.
She looked back at him.
"I like you to call me Drina," she said.
"I'd like you to call me Drina," she said.
"Drina when you are serious, Patsie when you are trying to upset sleighs."
"Drina when you're serious, Patsie when you're trying to annoy sleds."
"Yes, there are two sides of me, but no one knows the other." She sat a moment as though hesitating on a confidence, and suddenly sprang up. "Game for another?"
"Yeah, there are two sides of me, but no one knows the other one." She paused for a moment like she was unsure about sharing a secret, then suddenly jumped up. "Ready for another round?"
"A dozen others!"
"Twelve more!"
They caught up the rope together, but suddenly serious she stopped.
They pulled the rope up together, but then she suddenly stopped, looking serious.
"Bojo?"
"Bojo?"
"What?"
"Excuse me?"
"Sometimes I think you and Doris are not a bit in love."
"Sometimes I feel like you and Doris aren't in love at all."
"What makes you think that?" he said, startled.
"What makes you think that?" he asked, surprised.
"I don't know—you don't act—not as I would act—not as I should think people would act in love. Am I awfully impertinent?"
"I don't know—you don't behave—not the way I would behave—not how I think people should act when they're in love. Am I being really rude?"
Troubled, he made no answer.
He was troubled and silent.
"Nothing is decided, of course," he said at last, rather surprised at the avowal.
"Of course, nothing is decided," he finally said, a bit surprised by the admission.
They tramped up the hill, averting their heads occasionally as truant gusts of wind whirled snow-sprays in their eyes, chatting confidentially on less intimate subjects.
They trudged up the hill, turning their heads away now and then as bursts of wind swirled snow in their faces, chatting casually about less personal topics.
"Let's go softly and peek in," she said, returning into her mischievous self as the great gabled house afire with lights loomed before them. They stood, shoulder to shoulder, peeping about a protecting tree at the group in the drawing-room. Mr. Drake was reading under the lamp, Fred and Gladys ensconced[Pg 143] in the bay window, while Doris at the phonograph had resorted to Caruso.
"Let’s sneak in quietly and take a look," she said, slipping back into her playful side as the grand house lit up with lights loomed ahead of them. They stood closely together, peeking from behind a nearby tree at the people in the living room. Mr. Drake was reading under the lamp, Fred and Gladys were settled in the bay window, while Doris at the phonograph was playing Caruso.
"Heavens, what an orgy!— Sh-h. Hurry now."
"Heavens, what a wild party!— Shhh. Come on, let’s go."
A second time they went plunging into the night, close together, more sober, the silence cut only by the hissing rush and an occasional warning from Drina, as each obstacle sprang past. But her voice was no longer hilarious with the glee of a child; it was attuned to the hush and slumber of the countryside.
A second time, they dove into the night, close together, more serious, the silence broken only by the hissing rush and an occasional warning from Drina, as each obstacle flew by. But her voice wasn't full of the joyful laughter of a child anymore; it matched the quiet and stillness of the countryside.
"I hate the city!" she said rebelliously when again they had come to a stop. "I hate the life they want me to lead."
"I hate the city!" she said defiantly when they came to a stop once more. "I hate the life they want me to live."
All at once a quick resentment came to him, at the thought that she should change and be turned into worldly ways.
All of a sudden, he felt a sudden resentment at the idea that she might change and adopt a more worldly lifestyle.
"I'm afraid you're not made for a social career, Patsie," he said slowly. "I would hate to think of your being different."
"I'm afraid you're not cut out for a social career, Patsie," he said slowly. "I would hate to think of you being any different."
"You can't say what you want, or do what you want, or let people know what you feel," she said in an outburst. "Just let them try to marry me off to any old duke or count and see what'll happen!"
"You can't say what you want, do what you want, or let people know how you feel," she exclaimed. "Just let them try to marry me off to some random duke or count and see what happens!"
"Why, no one wants to marry you off yet, Patsie," he said in dismay.
"Come on, no one wants to marry you off just yet, Patsie," he said, feeling disappointed.
"I'm not so sure." She was silent a moment. "Do you think it's awful to hate your family—not Dad, but all the rest—to want to run away, and be yourself—be natural? Well, that's just the way I feel!"
"I'm not really sure." She paused for a moment. "Is it terrible to hate your family—not Dad, but everyone else—to want to escape and just be yourself—be real? Well, that's how I feel!"
"Is that the way you feel?" he said slowly.
"Is that how you feel?" he asked slowly.
She nodded, looking away.
She nodded, gazing elsewhere.
"I want to be real, Bojo." She shuddered. "I[Pg 144] know Dolly's unhappy—there was some one she did care for— I know. It must be terrible to marry like that—terrible! It would kill me—oh, I know it!"
"I want to be honest, Bojo." She shivered. "I[Pg 144] know Dolly's not happy—there was someone she really cared about—I know. It must be awful to marry like that—awful! It would destroy me—oh, I know it!"
They were silent; come to that moment where secret carriers are near, she still a little shy, he afraid of himself.
They were quiet, reaching that moment when those who hold secrets are close, she still a bit shy, he uncertain of himself.
"We must go back now," he said after a long pause. "We must, Drina."
"We need to go back now," he said after a long pause. "We have to, Drina."
"Oh, must we!"
"Oh, do we have to!"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Will you come out to-morrow night?"
"Will you come out tomorrow night?"
"I don't know," he said confusedly.
"I don't know," he said, feeling confused.
He held out his hand and raised her to her feet.
He extended his hand and helped her up to her feet.
"Come."
"Come over."
"I don't want to go back," she said, yielding reluctantly. She threw out her arms, drawing a long breath, her head flung back in the path of the moonbeams with the unconscious instinct of the young girl for enchanting the male. "You don't want to go either. Now do you?"
"I don't want to go back," she said, giving in with a sigh. She threw her arms out, took a deep breath, her head tilting back into the moonlight, her natural instinct as a young girl to captivate the boys. "You don't want to go either. Right?"
He made no reply, fidgeting with the rope.
He didn't say anything, just fidgeted with the rope.
"Now be nice and say you don't!"
"Now be nice and say you don't!"
"No, I don't," he said abruptly.
"No, I don't," he said bluntly.
"Drina?"
"Drina?"
"Drina."
"Drina."
She took his arm, laughing a low, pleased laugh, quite unconscious of all the havoc she was causing, never analyzing the moods of the night and the soul which were stealing over her too in an uncomprehended happiness.
She took his arm, laughing a soft, happy laugh, completely unaware of the chaos she was causing, never thinking about the feelings of the night and the emotions that were washing over her in a joy she didn’t fully understand.
"I think I could tell you anything, Bojo," she said[Pg 145] gently. "You seem to understand, and so much that I don't say too!"
"I think I could tell you anything, Bojo," she said[Pg 145] softly. "You seem to get it, even the stuff I don’t say!"
All at once she slipped and flung back against him to avoid falling. He held her thus—his arm around her.
All of a sudden, she slipped and fell back against him to keep from falling. He held her like that—his arm around her.
"Turn your ankle? Hurt?"
"Twist your ankle? Does it hurt?"
"No, no—ouf!"
"No way—phew!"
A galloping gust came tearing over the snow, whirling white spirals, showering them with a myriad of tiny, pointed crystal sparks, stinging their cheeks and blinding their eyes. With a laugh she turned her head away and shrank up close to him, still in the protection of his arms. The gust fled romping away and still they stood, suddenly hushed, clinging with half-closed eyes. She sought to free herself, felt his arms retaining her, glanced up frightened, and then yielded, swaying against him.
A strong wind rushed over the snow, swirling white spirals and showering them with countless tiny, sharp crystal sparks that stung their cheeks and blinded their eyes. With a laugh, she turned her head away and nestled against him, safe in his embrace. The gust dashed off, but they remained, suddenly quiet, holding on with half-closed eyes. She tried to pull away, felt his arms holding her back, looked up in fear, and then gave in, leaning against him.
"Drina—dear child," he said in a whisper that was wrenched from his soul. Such a sensation of warmth and gladness, of life and joy, entered his being that all other thoughts disappeared tumultuously, as he held her thus in his arms, there alone in the silence and the luminous night, reveling wildly in the knowledge that the same inevitable impulse had drawn her also to him.
"Drina—sweet child," he said in a whisper that came deep from his soul. A wave of warmth and happiness, of life and joy, flooded through him, making all other thoughts vanish completely as he held her in his arms, alone in the quiet and the bright night, wildly celebrating the understanding that the same unavoidable force had pulled her towards him.
"Oh, Bojo, we mustn't, we can't!"
"Oh, Bojo, we shouldn't, we can't!"
The cry had so much young sorrow in it as he drew away that a pain went through his heart to have brought this suffering.
The cry was filled with such youthful sorrow as he pulled away that it hurt his heart to have caused this pain.
"Drina, forgive me. I wouldn't hurt you— I couldn't help it— I didn't know what happened," he said brokenly.[Pg 146]
"Drina, I'm sorry. I wouldn’t hurt you—I couldn’t help it—I didn’t know what happened," he said, sounding broken. [Pg 146]
"Don't—you couldn't help it—or I either. I don't blame you—no, no, I don't blame you," she said impulsively, her eyes wet, her hands fervently clasped. He did not dare meet her glance, his brain in a riot.
"Don't—you couldn't help it—or neither could I. I don't blame you—no, no, I don't blame you," she said suddenly, her eyes glistening, her hands tightly clasped. He didn't dare meet her gaze, his mind in turmoil.
"We must go back," he said hastily, and they went in silence.
"We need to go back," he said quickly, and they walked in silence.
When they returned Patsie disappeared. He entered the drawing-room and, though for the first time he felt how false his position was, even with a feeling of guilt, he was surprised at the sudden wave of kindliness and sympathy that swept over him as he took his place by Doris.[Pg 147]
When they got back, Patsie vanished. He walked into the living room and, even though it was the first time he recognized how fake his situation was—along with a sense of guilt—he was taken aback by the sudden rush of warmth and compassion he felt as he settled next to Doris.[Pg 147]
CHAPTER XIII
BOJO MAKES A DECISION
The next morning Patsie persistently avoided him. Instead of joining the skaters on the pond, she went off for a long excursion across country on her skis, followed by her faithful bodyguard of Romp and three different varieties of terrier. Bojo came upon her suddenly quite by accident on her return. She was coming up the great winding stairway, not like a whirlwind, but heavily, her head down and thoughtful, heedless of the dogs that tumbled over each other for the privilege of reaching her hand. At the sight of him she stopped instinctively, blushing red before she could master her emotions.
The next morning, Patsie kept avoiding him. Instead of joining the skaters on the pond, she went off for a long ski trip across the countryside, trailed by her loyal bodyguard, Romp, and three different types of terriers. Bojo happened to run into her unexpectedly on her way back. She was coming up the large winding staircase, not in a rush, but slowly, with her head down and lost in thought, completely ignoring the dogs that were scrambling over each other to get to her hand. When she saw him, she instinctively stopped, turning bright red before she could get a grip on her feelings.
He came to her directly, holding out his hand, overcome by the thought of the pain he had unwittingly caused her, seeking the proper words, quite helpless and embarrassed. She took his hand and looked away, her lips trembling.
He approached her directly, extending his hand, overwhelmed by the realization of the pain he had unknowingly caused her, struggling to find the right words, feeling completely helpless and awkward. She took his hand and looked away, her lips quivering.
"I'm so glad to see you," he said stupidly. "We're pals, good pals, you know, and nothing can change that."
"I'm really happy to see you," he said awkwardly. "We're friends, really good friends, you know, and nothing can change that."
She nodded without looking at him, slowly withdrawing her hand. He rushed on heedlessly, imbued with only one idea—to let her know at all costs how much her opinion of him mattered.
She nodded without looking at him, slowly pulling her hand away. He kept talking without paying attention, focused solely on one thing—to make her understand how much her opinion of him mattered.
"Don't think badly of me, Patsie. I wouldn't[Pg 148] bring you any sorrow for all the world. What you think means an awful lot to me." He hesitated, fearing to say too much, and then blurted out: "Don't turn against me, Drina, whatever you do."
"Please don't think poorly of me, Patsie. I wouldn’t[Pg 148] bring you any sadness for anything. Your opinion means a lot to me." He paused, worried about saying too much, and then rushed out: "Don't turn against me, Drina, no matter what."
She turned quickly at the name, looked at him steadily a moment, and shook her head, trying to smile.
She quickly turned at the sound of his name, looked at him for a moment, and shook her head, trying to smile.
"Never, Bojo—never that— I couldn't," she said, and hurriedly went up the stairs.
"Never, Bojo—never that—I couldn't," she said, and quickly went up the stairs.
A lump came to his throat; something wildly, savagely delirious, seemed to be pumping inside of him. He could not go back to the others at once. He felt suffocated, in a whirl, with the need of mastering himself, of bringing all the unruly, triumphant impulses that were rioting through his brain back to calm and discipline.
A lump formed in his throat; something wildly and savagely chaotic felt like it was pumping inside him. He couldn’t go back to the others right away. He felt overwhelmed, spinning, needing to regain control, to bring all the unruly, triumphant impulses that were racing through his mind back to calm and order.
At luncheon, Patsie proposed an excursion in cutters, claiming Mr. Boskirk as her partner, and with a feeling almost of guilt he seconded the proposal, understanding her desire to throw him with Doris. DeLancy and Gladys Stone started first, after taking careful instructions for the way to their rendezvous at Simpson's cider-mill—instructions which every one knew they had not the slightest intention of following. Boskirk, with the best face he could muster, went off with Patsie, who disappeared like a runaway engine, chased by a howling brigade of dogs, while Bojo and Doris followed presently at a sane pace.
At lunch, Patsie suggested a trip in the boats, naming Mr. Boskirk as her partner. With a hint of guilt, he supported her idea, knowing she wanted to set him up with Doris. DeLancy and Gladys Stone went ahead first, after getting detailed directions to their meeting spot at Simpson's cider mill—directions they clearly had no intention of following. Boskirk, putting on the best face he could, went off with Patsie, who took off like a runaway train, chased by a loud pack of dogs, while Bojo and Doris followed at a much calmer pace.
"We sha'n't see Gladys and Fred," said Doris, laughing. "No matter. They're engaged!"
"We won't see Gladys and Fred," Doris said, laughing. "Oh well. They're engaged!"
"As though that were news to me."
"As if that was news to me."
"Did he tell you?"
"Did he let you know?"
"I guessed. Last night in the conservatory." He[Pg 149] added with a sudden feeling of good will: "Gladys is much nicer than I thought, really."
"I figured it out. Last night in the greenhouse." He[Pg 149] added with a sudden feeling of warmth: "Gladys is way nicer than I expected, honestly."
"She's awfully in love. I'm so glad."
"She's really in love. I'm so happy."
"When will it be announced?"
"When will it be revealed?"
"Next week."
"Next week."
"Heaven be praised!"
"Hallelujah!"
In a desire to come to a more intimate sharing of confidences he told her of his fears.
Wanting to share more personal confessions, he opened up to her about his fears.
"Louise Varney, a vaudeville actress!" said Doris, with a figurative drawing in of her skirts.
"Louise Varney, a vaudeville actress!" said Doris, pulling her skirts back slightly.
"Oh, there's nothing against her," he protested, "excepting perhaps her chaperone! Only Fred's susceptible, you know—terribly so—and easily led."
"Oh, there's nothing wrong with her," he argued, "except maybe her chaperone! It's just that Fred is really impressionable, you know—very much so—and easily influenced."
"Yes, but people don't marry such persons—you can get infatuated and all that—but you don't marry them!" she said indignantly. She shrugged her shoulders. "It's all right to be—to be a man of the world, but not that!"
"Yeah, but people don’t marry those kinds of people—you might get infatuated and all that—but you don’t marry them!" she said, clearly upset. She shrugged her shoulders. "It’s fine to be—to be worldly, but not like that!"
He hesitated, afraid of going further, of finding a sudden disillusionment in the worldly attitude her words implied. A certain remorse, a feeling of loyalty betrayed impelled him on, as though all danger could be avoided by forever settling his future. Their conversation by degrees assumed a more intimate turn, until at length they came to speak of themselves.
He hesitated, worried about going deeper and facing a sudden disappointment in the worldly views her words suggested. A sense of guilt, a feeling of loyalty being betrayed pushed him forward, as if all danger could be avoided by deciding his future once and for all. Gradually, their conversation became more personal until they eventually started talking about themselves.
"Doris, I have something to ask you," he said, plunging in miserably. "We have never really—formally been engaged, have we?"
"Doris, I need to ask you something," he said, diving in awkwardly. "We’ve never truly—formally been engaged, have we?"
"The idea! Of course we have," she said, laughing. "It's only you who wouldn't have it announced because—because you were too proud or some other ridiculous reason!"[Pg 150]
"The idea! Of course we have," she said, laughing. "It's just you who wouldn't announce it because—because you were too proud or some other silly reason!"[Pg 150]
"Well, now I want it announced." He met her glance and added: "And I want you to announce at the same time the date of the wedding."
"Well, now I want it announced." He looked at her and added: "And I want you to announce the date of the wedding at the same time."
He had said it—irrevocably decided for the path of conscience and loyalty, and it seemed to him as though a great load had shifted from his shoulders.
He had said it—he had made an unchangeable decision for the path of conscience and loyalty, and it felt to him like a huge weight had been lifted off his shoulders.
"Bojo! Do you mean—now, soon!"
"Bojo! Do you mean—now, soon!"
"Just that. Doris, when this deal is settled up—and I'll know this week—I'm going to have close on to two hundred thousand—on my own hook, not counting what I'll get from the pool. I've plunged. I've put every cent I had in it or could borrow," he said hastily, avoiding an explanation of just what he had done. "I've risked everything on the turn—"
"That's it. Doris, once this deal is wrapped up—and I’ll know by the end of the week—I’m going to have nearly two hundred thousand—on my own, not including what I’ll get from the pool. I’ve gone all in. I’ve invested every penny I had or could borrow," he said quickly, dodging an explanation of exactly what he had done. "I’ve put everything on the line—"
"But supposing something went wrong?"
"But what if something goes wrong?"
"It won't! This week, we're going to hammer Pittsburgh & New Orleans down below thirty: I know. The point is now—when that's all safe—I want you to marry me."
"It won't! This week, we're going to take Pittsburgh and New Orleans down below thirty: I know. The point is now—when that's all safe—I want you to marry me."
"I have a quarter of a million in my own name. Father gave us each that three years ago."
"I have $250,000 in my name. Dad gave us each that three years ago."
He hesitated.
He paused.
"Do you need that very much? I'd rather you'd start—"
"Do you really need that? I’d prefer if you started—"
"Oh, Bojo, why? If you've got that, why shouldn't I?"
"Oh, Bojo, why? If you have that, why shouldn't I?"
He wavered before this argument.
He hesitated before this argument.
"I would rather, Doris, we started on less, on what I myself have got. I've thought it over a good deal. I think it would mean a great deal to us to start out that way—to have me feel you were by my side, helping me. It is pride, but pride means all to a man, Doris."[Pg 151]
"I would prefer, Doris, that we begin with less, with what I already have. I've thought about it a lot. I believe it would mean a lot to us to start off that way—to feel like you were by my side, supporting me. It is pride, but pride means everything to a man, Doris."[Pg 151]
"If I only used it for dresses and jewels—just for myself?" she said after a moment. "You want me to look as beautiful as the other women, and we aren't going to drop out of society, are we?"
"If I just used it for dresses and jewelry—just for me?" she said after a pause. "You want me to look as beautiful as the other women, and we aren't planning to drop out of society, right?"
"No. Keep it then," he said abruptly.
"No. Just keep it then," he said suddenly.
"I won't take a cent from father," she said virtuously, and was furious when he laughed.
"I won't take a penny from Dad," she said with integrity, and was furious when he laughed.
"And you are willing to give up all the rest, now, and be just plain Mrs. Crocker?"
"And you're ready to give up everything else now and just be plain Mrs. Crocker?"
She nodded, watching him askance.
She nodded, watching him skeptically.
"When?"
"When's it happening?"
"In May at the close of the social season—butterfly."
"In May, at the end of the social season—butterfly."
He had begun with a hunger in his heart to reach depths in hers, and he ended with laughter, with a feeling of being defrauded.
He started with a desire in his heart to explore the depths of hers, and he ended with laughter, feeling cheated.
They stopped at Simpson's for a cool drink of cider and were on again, passing through wintry forests, with green Christmas trees against the creamy stretches where rabbit paths ran into dark entanglements. All at once they were in the open again, sweeping through a sudden factory village, Jenkinstown, stagnant with the exhaustion of the Sunday's rest.
They stopped at Simpson's for a cold cider and then moved on, passing through snowy forests, with green Christmas trees standing out against the pale areas where rabbit paths disappeared into dark thickets. Suddenly, they found themselves in the open again, rushing through a small factory town, Jenkinstown, which felt lifeless after the Sunday break.
"There, aren't you glad you didn't begin there?" she said gaily, with a nick of the whip toward the grim gray line of barracks that crowded against the street.
"There, aren't you glad you didn't start there?" she said cheerfully, flicking the whip toward the gloomy gray line of barracks that lined the street.
"You never would have married me then," he said.
"You would have never married me back then," he said.
"Oh, ask me anything but to be poor!" she said, shuddering.
"Oh, ask me anything but to be broke!" she said, shuddering.
"She might at least have lied," he thought grimly.[Pg 152] He gazed with curiosity at this glimpse of factory life, at the dulled faces of women, wrapped in gay shawls, staring at them; at the sluggish loiterers on the corners, and the uncleanly hordes of children, who cried impertinently after them, recalling his father's words:—"a great mixed horde to be turned into intelligent, useful American citizens!" Squalid and hopelessly commonplace it seemed to him, cruelly devoid of pleasure or joy in the living. But such as these had placed him where he was, with an opportunity to turn in a year what in the lifetime of generations they could never approach.
"She could have at least lied," he thought grimly.[Pg 152] He looked with curiosity at this snapshot of factory life, at the blank expressions of women wrapped in bright shawls, staring at them; at the slow-moving people hanging around the corners, and the dirty groups of children who called out rudely after them, reminding him of his father's words:—"a big mixed crowd to be turned into intelligent, useful American citizens!" It seemed squalid and hopelessly dull to him, painfully lacking in pleasure or joy in life. But it was people like these who had put him in his current position, giving him a chance to achieve in a year what they could never reach in generations.
The spectacle affected Doris like a disagreeable smell.
The scene hit Doris like an unpleasant odor.
"I hate to think such people exist," she said, frowning.
"I can't stand the thought that people like that exist," she said, frowning.
"But they do exist," he said slowly.
"But they do exist," he said slowly.
"Yes, but I don't want to think of it. Heavens, to be poor like that!"
"Yeah, but I don't want to think about it. Wow, to be that poor!"
"It's late; we'd better be going back," he said.
"It's late; we should head back," he said.
They came back enveloped in the falling dusk, Doris running on gaily, quite delighted now at the prospect of their coming marriage, making a hundred plans for the ordering of the establishment, debating the question of an electric or an open car to start with, the proper quarter to seek an apartment, and the number of servants, while Bojo, silently, rather grim, listened, thinking of the look which would come into some one's eyes when their decision was told.
They returned as dusk descended, with Doris happily running ahead, excited about their upcoming marriage. She was busy making a hundred plans for their future, discussing whether to get an electric or a convertible car to start off, where to look for an apartment, and how many servants they might need. Meanwhile, Bojo listened silently, a bit stern, thinking about the reaction someone would have when they shared their decision.
At the porte-cochère Gladys and Patsie came rushing out with frightened faces. Fred had caught the last train home after a call from New York. Bojo,[Pg 153] with a sinking feeling, seized the note he had left for him.
At the entrance, Gladys and Patsie ran out with scared expressions. Fred had caught the last train home after a call from New York. Bojo,[Pg 153] feeling uneasy, grabbed the note he had left for him.
Roscy telephoned. There's a rumor that a group have been cornering Pittsburgh & New Orleans all this while. If so there'll be the devil to pay in the morning. Forshay's been wild to get you. Get back somehow. If in time get the Harlem 6:42 at Jenkinstown. In haste.
Roscy called. There's a rumor that a group has been cornering Pittsburgh and New Orleans all this time. If that's true, there will be trouble in the morning. Forshay has been eager to reach you. Get back somehow. If you can, catch the Harlem 6:42 at Jenkinstown. Hurry.
Fred.
Fred.
"Can I make the 6:42 at Jenkinstown?" he cried to the groom.
"Can I catch the 6:42 at Jenkinstown?" he shouted to the groom.
"Just about, sir."
"Almost there, sir."
"Jump in."
"Get in."
"I'm so frightened! Telephone at once!" He heard Doris cry, and, hardly heeding her he looked about vacantly. Then something was pressed in his hand, and Patsie's voice was sounding in his ears. "Here's your bag. I packed it. Keep up your courage, Bojo!"
"I'm so scared! Call for help right now!" He heard Doris shout, and, barely paying attention to her, he glanced around blankly. Then something was shoved into his hand, and he could hear Patsie's voice in his ears. "Here's your bag. I packed it. Stay strong, Bojo!"
"Patsie, you're a dear. Thank you. All right now!" He took her hands, met her clear brave eyes, and sprang into the sleigh. A terrible sickening dread came over him, an unreasoning superstitious dread. He felt ruin and worse, cold and damp in the air about him, ruin inevitable from the first, the bubble's collapse as he waved a hasty farewell and shot away in the race across the night.[Pg 154]
"Patsie, you’re so sweet. Thank you. Okay now!" He took her hands, looked into her clear, brave eyes, and jumped into the sleigh. A terrible, nauseating dread washed over him, an irrational, superstitious fear. He sensed ruin and something worse, cold and damp in the air around him, inevitable ruin from the very start, the bubble bursting as he waved a quick goodbye and sped off into the night.[Pg 154]
CHAPTER XIV
THE CRASH
"What has happened?" he asked himself a hundred times during the headlong drive. A corner in Pittsburgh & New Orleans—that was possible but hardly probable. But if a corner had taken place it meant ruin, absolute ruin—and worse. The thought was too appalling to be seized at once. He reassured himself with specious explanations. There might be a flurry; Gunther and his crowd, who were in control of the system, might have attempted a division to support their property; but the final attack at which Joseph Skelly had hinted more than once as timed for the coming week, the throwing on the market of 100,000 shares—200,000 if necessary—must overwhelm this support, must overwhelm it. What was terrible, though, was the unknown—to be hours from New York, cut off from communication, and not to know what was this shapeless dread.
"What happened?" he asked himself a hundred times during the frantic drive. A corner in Pittsburgh and New Orleans—that could happen, but it was unlikely. But if a corner had occurred, it meant disaster, total disaster—and even worse. The thought was too shocking to grasp right away. He reassured himself with empty rationalizations. There might be a temporary chaos; Gunther and his group, who were in control of the system, might have tried to split off to protect their assets; but the final move that Joseph Skelly had mentioned more than once, set for the coming week, unloading 100,000 shares—200,000 if needed—would surely overwhelm this support, it would absolutely crush it. What was truly frightening, though, was the uncertainty—to be hours away from New York, cut off from any communication, and not knowing what this formless fear was.
When they swung into Jenkinstown, orange lights from the windows cut up the snowbound streets in checkerboard patterns of light and shade: an organ was beginning in mournful bass from a shanty church; a cheap phonograph in a flickering ice-cream parlor was grinding out a ragged march. Through the windows, heavy parties still at the Sunday newspapers were gathered under swinging lamps. The[Pg 155] cutter drew up by the hovel of a station and departed, leaving him alone in the semi-darkness, a prey to his thoughts. A group returning after a day's visit trudged past him, laughing uproariously, Slavic and brutish in type, the women in imitated finery, gazing at him in insolent curiosity. He began to walk to escape the dismal sense of unlovely existence they brought him. Beyond were the mathematical rows of barracks—other brutish lives, the bleak ice-cream parlor, the melancholy of the evening service. It was all so one-sided, obsessed by the one idea of labor, lacking in the simplest direction toward any comprehension of the enjoyment of life.
When they entered Jenkinstown, the orange lights from the windows illuminated the snowy streets in a checkerboard pattern of light and shadow: an organ was starting up with a mournful bass from a rundown church; a cheap phonograph in a flickering ice cream shop was playing a ragged march. Through the windows, groups of people still reading the Sunday newspapers were gathered under swinging lamps. The[Pg 155] cutter pulled up by a shabby station and left, leaving him alone in the dim light, lost in his thoughts. A group returning from a day's outing trudged past him, laughing loudly, Slavic and rough-looking, the women dressed in imitation finery, staring at him with insolent curiosity. He started to walk away to escape the dreary feeling of their unappealing existence. Ahead were the neat rows of barracks—more rough lives, the bleak ice cream parlor, the sadness of the evening service. Everything felt so one-dimensional, fixated on the idea of hard work, missing even the simplest notion of enjoying life.
The crisis he had reached, the threatened descent from the sublime to the ridiculous, brought with it that contrition which in men is a superstitious seeking for the secret of their own failures in some transgressed moral law. His own life all at once seemed cruelly selfish and gluttonous before this bleak view of the groping world and, profoundly stirred to self-analysis, he said to himself:
The crisis he had come to, the looming fall from greatness to absurdity, brought with it a sense of regret that in people is an almost superstitious quest to understand their own failures through some broken moral code. His life suddenly felt painfully selfish and indulgent against this harsh perspective of the struggling world, and deeply moved to reflect on himself, he said to himself:
"After all—why am I here—to try and change all this a little for the better or to pass on and out without significance?" And at the thought that year in and year out these hundreds would go on, doomed to this stagnation, there woke in him a horror, a horror of what it must mean to fall back and slip beneath the surface of society.
"After all—why am I here—to try to make things a bit better or to just pass through without leaving any mark?" And the thought that year after year these hundreds would continue on, stuck in this stagnation, filled him with dread, a dread of what it must mean to fall behind and sink beneath the surface of society.
He arrived in New York at three in the morning, after an interminable ride in the jolting, wheezing train, fervently awake in the dim and draughty smoking-car where strange human beings huddled over a greasy pack of cards or slept in drunken slumber.[Pg 156] And all during the lagging return one thought kept beating against his brain:
He got to New York at three in the morning, after a long ride on the bumpy, noisy train, wide awake in the cold, dim smoking car where odd people gathered over a greasy deck of cards or dozed off in drunken stupor.[Pg 156] And the whole slow journey, one thought kept pounding in his mind:
"Why didn't I close up yesterday—yesterday I could have made—" He closed his eyes, dizzy with the thought of what he could have netted yesterday. He said to himself that he would wind up everything in the morning. And there would still be a profit, there was still time ... knowing in his heart that disaster had already laid its clutching hand upon his arm. The city was quiet with an unearthly, brooding quiet as he reached the Court, where one light still shone in the window of a returned reveler. Marsh and DeLancy came hurriedly out at the sound of his entrance.
"Why didn’t I close up yesterday—yesterday I could have made—" He closed his eyes, feeling dizzy at the thought of what he could have earned. He told himself that he would wrap everything up in the morning. And there would still be a profit; there was still time... knowing deep down that disaster had already gripped his arm. The city was eerily quiet as he reached the Court, where one light was still shining in the window of a returning partygoer. Marsh and DeLancy hurried out as soon as they heard him enter.
"What's wrong?" he cried at the sight of Fred's drawn face.
"What's wrong?" he shouted when he saw Fred's pale face.
"Everything. The city's full of it," said Marsh. "It leaked out this afternoon, or rather the Gunther crowd let it leak out. Pittsburgh & New Orleans will declare an additional quarterly dividend to-morrow."
"Everything. The city's overflowing with it," said Marsh. "It got out this afternoon, or rather the Gunther group let it slip. Pittsburgh & New Orleans will announce an additional quarterly dividend tomorrow."
"It's the end of us," said Fred. "The stock will go kiting up."
"It's over for us," said Fred. "The stock is going to skyrocket."
"We've got to cover," said Bojo.
"We need to cover," said Bojo.
"In a crazy market? If we can!"
"In a crazy market? If we can!"
"It may not be true."
"It might not be true."
"I've got it as direct as I could get it," said Marsh, shaking his head.
"I've made it as straightforward as I could," said Marsh, shaking his head.
"Suppose there is a corner and we have to settle around 100 or 150?" said DeLancy, staring nervously away.
"Let's say there's a corner and we need to settle around 100 or 150?" said DeLancy, nervously looking away.
There was no need for Bojo to ask how deeply involved they were. He knew.
There was no need for Bojo to ask how deeply involved they were. He knew.
"Some one's been buying large blocks of it.[Pg 157] That's known," said Marsh, calmer than the rest. "Ten to one it's Gunther's crowd. They had the advance information. Ten to one they've laid the trap and sprung a corner."
"Someone's been buying up big chunks of it.[Pg 157] That's a fact," said Marsh, calmer than the others. "It's likely Gunther's group. They had the inside scoop. Chances are they've set up a trap and cornered the market."
"No, nonsense! It's not as bad as that. If they're putting out an extra dividend, the stock's going to jump up—for a while. That's all. And then some one else may have a card up his sleeve," said Bojo, fighting against conviction.
"No way! It's not that serious. If they're issuing an extra dividend, the stock is going to shoot up—for a bit. That's it. And then someone else might have a trick up their sleeve," said Bojo, battling his own doubts.
"Call up Drake," said Fred.
"Call Drake," said Fred.
Bojo hesitated. The situation called for any measure. He went to the telephone, after long minutes getting a response. Mr. Drake was out of town on a hunting trip; was not expected back until the following night. There remained Drake's agent Skelly, but a quick search of the book revealed no home telephone.
Bojo hesitated. The situation required urgent action. He went to the phone, and after a long wait, finally got a response. Mr. Drake was out of town on a hunting trip and wouldn’t be back until the next night. There was still Drake's agent Skelly, but a quick search of the directory showed no home phone number.
"Can you put up more margin?" asked Bojo.
"Can you add more margin?" asked Bojo.
DeLancy shook his head.
DeLancy shook his head.
"I can, but it may be better to take the loss," said Marsh. "We'll have to wait and see. Quick work to-morrow! By the way, there's a call for you from Forshay to be at the office by eight o'clock to-morrow. Well, let's get a few winks of sleep if we can. Luck of the game!"
"I can, but it might be smarter to take the loss," said Marsh. "We’ll have to wait and see. Let’s get things done quickly tomorrow! By the way, Forshay wants you to be at the office by eight o'clock tomorrow. Now, let's try to get a bit of sleep if we can. Good luck!"
"I'm sorry," said Bojo desperately.
"I'm sorry," Bojo said urgently.
"Shut up. We're over age," said Marsh, thumping him on the back, but DeLancy went to his room, staring. The moment he was gone Marsh turned to Bojo. "Look here, whatever we do we've got to save Fred. You and I can stand a mauling. Fred's caught."
"Be quiet. We're adults now," Marsh said, patting him on the back, but DeLancy went to his room, lost in thought. As soon as he left, Marsh turned to Bojo. "Listen, whatever we do, we have to save Fred. You and I can handle the fallout. Fred's in trouble."
"If we can," said Bojo, without letting him know[Pg 158] how serious the situation was for him. "How deep in is he?"
"If we can," Bojo said, not revealing to him[Pg 158] how serious things were for him. "How deep in is he?"
"Close to 2,000 shares."
"Nearly 2,000 shares."
"Good heavens, where did he get the money?"
"Wow, where did he get the money?"
Marsh looked serious, shook his head, and made no further reply.
Marsh looked serious, shook his head, and didn't say anything else.
At seven o'clock, when Bojo was struggling up from a sleepless night, Granning came into his room, awkwardly sympathetic.
At seven o'clock, when Bojo was getting up after a sleepless night, Granning came into his room, trying to be supportive but seeming a bit clumsy about it.
"Look here, Bojo, is it as bad as the fellows feared?"
"Hey, Bojo, is it as bad as the guys were worried about?"
"Can't tell, Granny. Looks nasty."
"Can't tell, Grandma. Looks bad."
"You in trouble too?"
"You in trouble, too?"
Bojo nodded.
Bojo nodded.
"I say, I've got that bond for a thousand tucked away," said Granning slowly. "Use it if it'll help any."
"I’ve got that thousand-dollar bond saved up," Granning said slowly. "Use it if it’ll help."
"Bless your heart," said Bojo, really touched. "It's not a thousand, Granny, that'll help now. You were right—gambler's luck!"
"Bless your heart," said Bojo, genuinely moved. "It's not a thousand, Granny, that's going to help now. You were right—gambler's luck!"
"Cut that out," said Granning, shifting from foot to foot. "I'm damned sorry—tough luck, damned tough luck. I wish I could help!"
"Knock it off," Granning said, shifting from one foot to the other. "I really feel bad—what a bummer, really unfortunate. I wish I could help!"
"You can't—no use of throwing good money after bad. Mighty white of you all the same!"
"You can't—there's no point in throwing good money after bad. Very generous of you all the same!"
When he reached the offices, he learned for the first time how deeply the firm had speculated on the information of Drake's intentions. Forshay was cool, with the calm of the sportsman game in the face of ruin, but Flaspoller and Hauk were frantic in their denunciations. It was a trick, a stock-jobbing[Pg 159] device of an inner circle. Nothing could justify an additional dividend. The common stock had not been on a two per cent. basis more than three years. Nothing justified it. Some one would go behind the bars for it! Forshay smoked on, shrugging his shoulders, rather contemptuous.
When he got to the offices, he discovered for the first time just how much the firm had gambled on the information about Drake's intentions. Forshay was composed, maintaining the calm of a seasoned player facing disaster, but Flaspoller and Hauk were in a panic with their accusations. They called it a scam, a stock manipulation trick from a secretive group. There was no reason for an extra dividend. The common stock hadn't been at a two percent rate for more than three years. Nothing validated it. Someone would end up in jail for this! Forshay kept smoking, shrugging his shoulders, looking rather scornful.
"Hit you hard?" he said to Bojo.
"Did that hit you hard?" he asked Bojo.
"Looks so. And you?"
"That looks good. And you?"
"Rather."
"Actually."
"You call up Drake. Maybe he come back," said Flaspoller, ungrammatical in his wrath.
"You should call Drake. Maybe he'll come back," said Flaspoller, his grammar slipping in his anger.
"He won't be in," said Bojo, and for the twentieth time he received the invariable answer.
"He won't be in," Bojo said, and for the twentieth time, he got the same response.
At nine o'clock Skelly's office called up. A clerk gave the message, Mr. Skelly being too occupied. Bojo listened, hoping desperately against hope, believing in the possibility of salvation in an enormous block to be thrown on the market. The message was the end of hope!
At nine o'clock, Skelly's office called. A clerk delivered the message since Mr. Skelly was too busy. Bojo listened, desperately hoping for a miracle, believing that a large amount of stock would be available on the market. The message crushed all hope!
"Cancel selling orders. Buy Pittsburgh & New Orleans at the market up to 20,000 shares."
"Cancel the sell orders. Buy Pittsburgh & New Orleans at market price for up to 20,000 shares."
He tried ineffectively to reach Skelly personally and then communicated the order to the others, who were waiting in silence.
He unsuccessfully tried to contact Skelly directly and then relayed the order to the others, who were waiting quietly.
"If Drake's out, good-by," said Forshay, who went to the window, whistling. "Well, let's save what we can!"
"If Drake's out, goodbye," said Forshay, who went to the window, whistling. "Well, let's save what we can!"
The realization of the situation brought a sudden calm. Hauk departed for the floor of the Stock Exchange. The others prepared to wait.
The awareness of the situation brought an abrupt sense of calm. Hauk headed to the floor of the Stock Exchange. The others got ready to wait.
"Match you quarters," said Forshay with a laugh. He came back, glancing over Bojo's shoulder at a[Pg 160] few figures jotted down on a pad, reading off the total: "12,350 shares. I thought you were in only ten thousand."
"Match your quarters," Forshay said with a laugh. He returned, glancing over Bojo's shoulder at a[Pg 160] few numbers scribbled on a pad, reading the total: "12,350 shares. I thought you only had ten thousand."
"Twenty-three fifty Saturday," said Bojo, staring at the pad. "At 5 per cent. margin too."
"11:50 PM Saturday," Bojo said, looking at the notepad. "With a 5 percent margin as well."
"Lovely. What cleans you out?"
"Nice. What detoxes you?"
Bojo figured a moment, frowned, consulted his list, and finally announced: "Thirty-seven and one-half wipes me out nice and clean."
Bojo thought for a moment, frowned, checked his list, and finally said, "Thirty-seven and a half wipes me out completely."
"I'm good for a point higher. I say, there's rather a rush on this office; have you got buying orders elsewhere?" Bojo nodded. "Good. Take every chance. What did we close at Saturday, thirty-one and one-half?"
"I'm good for a point higher. I say, there's quite a rush on this office; do you have buying orders elsewhere?" Bojo nodded. "Good. Take every chance. What did we close at on Saturday, thirty-one and a half?"
"Thirty-two."
"32."
"Oh well, there's a chance." He looked serious a moment, turning a coin over and over on his hand, thinking of others. "No fool like an old fool, Tom. If I've been stung once I've been stung a dozen times! It's winning the first time that's bad. You can't forget it—the sensation of winning. Sort of your case too, eh? Well, come on. I'm matching you!"
"Oh well, there’s a chance." He looked serious for a moment, flipping a coin over and over in his hand, thinking about others. "No one’s a bigger fool than an old fool, Tom. If I’ve been stung once, I’ve been stung a dozen times! It’s winning the first time that’s the worst. You can’t forget it—the feeling of winning. Kind of like your situation too, right? Well, come on. I’m betting against you!"
An hour later, with the announcement of the additional dividend, they stood together by the tape and watched Pittsburgh & New Orleans mount by jerks and starts—5000 at 33—2,000 at 35½—1,000 at 34½—4,000 at 35¾—500 at 34.
An hour later, with the news of the extra dividend, they stood together by the ticker and watched Pittsburgh & New Orleans fluctuate—5,000 at 33—2,000 at 35.5—1,000 at 34.5—4,000 at 35.75—500 at 34.
"Having a great time, isn't it? Jumping all over the place. Orders must be thick as huckleberries. Selling all over the place so fast they can't keep track of it."
"Isn’t this a blast? Bouncing around everywhere. Orders must be coming in like crazy. Selling so fast all over the place that they can't even keep up."
Flaspoller came in with the first purchase by Hauk, who was having a frantic time executing his orders.[Pg 161]
Flaspoller arrived with Hauk's first purchase, who was in a panic trying to fulfill his orders.[Pg 161]
"I've bought 2,000 at 34, thank God," said Bojo, returning from the telephone. "What's it now?"
"I just bought 2,000 at 34, thank God," Bojo said as he came back from the phone. "What's the price now?"
"Touched 36: 10,000 at 35½—big orders are coming in. Thirty-six again. Lovelier and lovelier."
"Touched 36: 10,000 at 35½—large orders are coming in. Thirty-six again. More and more beautiful."
Back and forth from telephone to ticker they went without time for luncheon, elated at the thought of shares purchased at any price, grimly watching the ominous figures creep up and up, mute, paralyzing indications of the struggle and frenzy on the floor, where brokers flung themselves hoarse and screaming into knotted, swaying groups and telephone-boys swarmed back and forth from the booths like myriad angry ants trampled out of their ant-hills.
They rushed back and forth between the phone and the ticker without a moment to grab lunch, excited by the idea of buying shares at any cost, anxiously watching the alarming numbers rise higher and higher, silent and paralyzing signs of the chaos and frenzy on the trading floor, where brokers shouted themselves hoarse while diving into chaotic, swaying clusters, and young boys dashed around from the booths like countless frantic ants disturbed from their hills.
At two o'clock Pittsburgh & New Orleans had reached 42. An hour before Bojo had left the ticker, waiting breathlessly at the telephone for the announcement of purchases that meant precious thousands. At two-thirty the final dock of 500 shares came in at 42½. Mechanically he added the new figures to the waiting list. Of the $83,000 in the bank and the $95,000 which yesterday summed up his winnings on paper, he had to his credit when all accounts were squared hardly $15,000. The rest had collapsed in a morning, like a soap bubble.
At two o'clock, Pittsburgh & New Orleans had hit 42. An hour earlier, Bojo had stepped away from the ticker, anxiously waiting by the phone for the announcements of purchases that meant valuable thousands. At two-thirty, the final delivery of 500 shares arrived at 42½. Automatically, he added the new numbers to the waiting list. Of the $83,000 in the bank and the $95,000 that yesterday counted as his winnings on paper, he had barely $15,000 credited to him once everything was settled. The rest had vanished in a morning, like a soap bubble.
"Save anything?" said Forshay, struck by the wildness in the young man's look.
"Save anything?" Forshay asked, taken aback by the intensity in the young man's expression.
"I can settle my account here, I'm glad to say," said Bojo with difficulty. "That's something. I think I'll pull out with around fifteen thousand. Hope you did better."
"I can settle my account here, I'm happy to say," said Bojo with some difficulty. "That's something. I think I'm coming away with around fifteen thousand. Hope you did better."
"Thanks, awfully."
"Thanks a lot."
"Beautiful. Clean. Well, good-by, Tom, and—better luck next time."
"Beautiful. Clean. Well, goodbye, Tom, and—hope for better luck next time."
Bojo looked up hastily, aghast. But Forshay was smiling. He nodded and went out.
Bojo looked up quickly, shocked. But Forshay was smiling. He nodded and left.
Bojo reached the court still in a daze, unable to comprehend where it had all gone—this fortune that was on his fingers yesterday. Yesterday! If he had only closed up yesterday! Then through the haze of his numbed sense of loss came a poignant, terrifying recall to actuality. He stood pledged to Drake for the amount of $50,000, and he could not make good even a third! If the pool had been wiped out—and he had slight hopes of saving anything there—he would have to procure $35,000 somewhere, somehow, or face to Drake and his own self-respect that he could not redeem his own word. What could he say, what excuse offer! If the pool had collapsed—he was dishonored.
Bojo arrived at the court still in shock, unable to grasp where everything had gone—this fortune that he had just yesterday. Yesterday! If only he had shut it all down yesterday! Then through the fog of his numbed sense of loss came a painful, terrifying reminder of reality. He owed Drake $50,000, and he couldn’t even cover a third of that! If the pool had been wiped out—and he had little hope of saving anything there—he would need to come up with $35,000 somehow, or face Drake and betray his own self-respect by not being able to keep his word. What could he say, what excuse could he offer? If the pool had collapsed—he would be humiliated.
The realization came slowly. For a long while, sitting in the embrasure of the bay window—his forehead against the cold panes, it seemed to him incredible the way he had gone these last six months; as though it had all been a fever that had peopled his horizon with unreal figures, phantasies of hot dreams.
The realization came gradually. For a long time, sitting in the nook of the bay window—with his forehead against the cold glass—it struck him as unbelievable how much he had changed over the last six months; as if it had all been a fever that had filled his view with imaginary people, fantasies of burning dreams.
But the unblinkable, waking fact was there. His word had been pledged for $50,000 to Drake, to the father of the girl he was to marry. Marry! At the thought he laughed aloud bitterly. That, too, was a thing that had vanished in the bubble of dreams. He thought of his father, to whom he would have to go; but his pride recoiled. He would never go to him for aid—a failure and a bankrupt. Rather beg[Pg 163] Drake on his knees for time to work out the debt than that!
But the undeniable, waking reality was clear. He had promised $50,000 to Drake, the father of the girl he was supposed to marry. Marry! The thought made him laugh bitterly. That idea, too, had disappeared in the bubble of dreams. He thought of his father, whom he would have to approach; but his pride held him back. He would never ask him for help—a failure and a bankrupt. He would rather beg[Pg 163] Drake on his knees for more time to settle the debt than do that!
"How did I do it? What possessed me! What madness possessed me!" he said wearily again and again.
"How did I do it? What made me do this! What kind of madness was I thinking!" he said wearily over and over.
At eight o clock, when all the high electric lights had come out about the blazing window of the court, recalled by the sounds of music from the glass-paneled restaurant he went out for dinner, wondering why his friends had not returned. At ten when he came back after long tramping of the streets, a note was on the table, in Granning's broad handwriting.
At eight o'clock, when all the bright electric lights had lit up the window of the courtyard, he was drawn out by the sounds of music from the glass-paneled restaurant to go out for dinner, wondering why his friends hadn't come back. By ten, when he returned after wandering the streets for a while, there was a note on the table, written in Granning's large handwriting.
Hoped to catch you. Fred's gone off on a tear; God knows where he is. Roscy and I have been trying to locate him all day. Hope you pulled through, old boy.
Hoped to catch you. Fred's gone off on a rampage; God knows where he is. Roscy and I have been trying to find him all day. Hope you're doing okay, old friend.
Granning.
Granny.
At twelve o clock, still miserably alone, tortured by remorse and the thought of the wreck he had unwittingly brought his chums, he could bear the suspense of evasion no longer. He went up to Drake's to learn the worst, steeled to a full confession.
At twelve o'clock, still painfully alone, tormented by guilt and the realization of the mess he had unwittingly caused for his friends, he could no longer handle the anxiety of avoidance. He went up to Drake's to find out the worst, prepared to confess everything.
In the hall, as he waited chafing and miserable, Fontaine, Gunther's right-hand partner, passed out hurriedly, jaws set, oblivious. Drake was in the library in loose dressing-gown and slippers, a cigar in his mouth, immersed in the usual contemplation of the picture puzzle.
In the hall, while he waited, irritated and unhappy, Fontaine, Gunther's right-hand man, rushed out with his jaw clenched, completely unaware. Drake was in the library, dressed in a loose robe and slippers, a cigar in his mouth, lost in his usual contemplation of the picture puzzle.
"By George, he bears it well," Bojo thought to himself, moved to admiration by the calm of that impassive figure.
"Wow, he handles it well," Bojo thought to himself, impressed by the composure of that unflinching figure.
"Hello, Tom," he said, looking up, "what's brought you here at this time of night? Anything wrong?"[Pg 164]
"Hey, Tom," he said, looking up, "what's brought you here at this time of night? Is something wrong?"[Pg 164]
"Wrong?" said Bojo faintly. "Haven't you heard about Pittsburgh & New Orleans?"
"Wrong?" Bojo said weakly. "Haven't you heard about Pittsburgh & New Orleans?"
"Well, what about it?"
"What's the deal?"
Bojo gulped down something that was in his throat, steadying himself against the awful truth that meant ruin and dishonor to him.
Bojo swallowed hard, bracing himself against the terrible truth that spelled disaster and disgrace for him.
"Mr. Drake—tell me what I owe you? I want to know what I owe you," he said desperately.
"Mr. Drake—can you tell me what I owe you? I really want to know," he said urgently.
"Owe? Nothing."
"Owe? Not a thing."
"But the pool?"
"But what about the pool?"
"Well, what about the pool?" said Drake, eyeing him closely.
"Well, what about the pool?" Drake asked, looking at him closely.
"The pool to sell Pittsburgh & New Orleans."
"The pool to sell Pittsburgh & New Orleans."
"Who said anything about selling!" said Drake sharply. "The pool's all right." He looked at him a long moment, and the boyish triumph, suppressed too long, broke out with the memory of Fontaine's visit. "I bought control of Pittsburgh & New Orleans at eleven o'clock this morning and sold it ten minutes ago, for what I paid for it, plus—plus a little profit of ten million dollars." He paused long enough to let this sink into the consciousness of the reeling young man and added, smiling: "On a pro rata basis, Tom, your fifty thousand stands you in just a quarter of a million. I congratulate you."[Pg 165]
"Who said anything about selling!" Drake snapped. "The pool's fine." He stared at him for a moment, and the boyish excitement he had held back for too long surged back with the memory of Fontaine's visit. "I bought control of Pittsburgh & New Orleans at eleven this morning and sold it ten minutes ago, for what I paid, plus—plus a little profit of ten million dollars." He paused to let that sink in for the stunned young man and added, smiling: "On a pro rata basis, Tom, your fifty thousand puts you at just a quarter of a million. Congratulations."[Pg 165]
CHAPTER XV
SUDDEN WEALTH
"Your fifty thousand stands you in just a quarter of a million."
"Your fifty thousand puts you at just a quarter of a million."
The words came to him faintly as though shouted from an incredible distance. The shock was too acute for his nerves. He sought to mumble over the fantastic news and sank into a chair, sick with giddiness. The next thing he knew clearly was Drake's powerful arm about him and a glass forced to his lips.
The words reached him weakly, as if they were being yelled from far away. The shock was too intense for his nerves. He tried to wrap his head around the unbelievable news and collapsed into a chair, feeling dizzy. The next thing he clearly recognized was Drake's strong arm around him and a glass being pressed to his lips.
"Here, get this down. Then steady up. Good luck doesn't kill."
"Here, write this down. Then take it easy. Good luck won't hurt you."
"I thought they'd caught us—thought I was cleaned out," he said incoherently.
"I thought they had caught us—thought I was wiped out," he said unclearly.
"You did, eh?" said Drake, laughing. "You haven't much faith in the old man."
"You did, huh?" Drake said with a laugh. "You don't have much faith in the old guy."
Bojo steadied himself, standing alone. The room seemed to race about him and in his ears were strange unfixed sounds. One thought rapped upon his brain—he was not disgraced, not dishonored; no one would ever know—Drake would never need to know; that is if he were careful, if he could somehow dissimulate before that penetrating glance.
Bojo steadied himself, standing alone. The room felt like it was spinning around him, and he could hear weird, unidentifiable sounds in his ears. One thought hammered at his mind—he was not disgraced, not dishonored; no one would ever know—Drake would never have to find out; that is, if he was careful, if he could somehow hide it from that intense gaze.
"I thought we were to sell Pittsburgh & New Orleans," he said vacantly, leaning against the mantelpiece.[Pg 166]
"I thought we were supposed to sell Pittsburgh and New Orleans," he said blankly, leaning against the mantelpiece.[Pg 166]
"So did a good many others," said Drake shrewdly. "Sit down, till I tell you about it. Head clearin' up?"
"So did a lot of others," Drake said wisely. "Sit down, so I can tell you about it. Head feeling better?"
"It's rather a shock," said Bojo, trying to smile. "I'm sorry to be such a baby."
"It's pretty shocking," said Bojo, attempting to smile. "I'm sorry for being such a wimp."
"I warned you not to jump to conclusions or try any flyers," said Drake, watching him. "Of course you did?"
"I told you not to jump to conclusions or do anything reckless," said Drake, observing him. "Did you really?"
Bojo nodded, his glance on the floor.
Bojo nodded, looking down at the floor.
"Well, write it off against your profits and charge it up to experience," said Drake, smiling. "Store this away for the future and use it if you ever need it, if you're ever running a pool of your own—which I hope you won't. It's been my golden rule and I paid a lot to learn it. It's this: If you want a secret kept, keep it yourself." He burst into a round, hearty laugh, gazing contentedly into the fire. "Wish I could see Borneman's face. Helped me a lot, Borneman did. You see, Tom," he said, with the human need of boasting a little, which allies such men rather to the child on an adventure than to the criminal, between whom they occupy an indefinable middle position, "you've come in on the drop of the curtain. You've seen the finale of something that'll set Wall Street stewing for years to come. Yes, by George, it's the biggest bit of manipulation by a single operator yet! And look at the crowd I tricked—the inner gang, the crême de la crême, Tom—exactly that!"
"Well, write it off against your profits and chalk it up to experience," Drake said with a smile. "Keep this in mind for the future and use it if you ever need it, in case you’re running your own operation—which I hope you don't. It’s been my golden rule, and I paid a lot to learn it. It’s this: If you want to keep a secret, keep it to yourself." He broke into a hearty laugh, looking contently into the fire. "I wish I could see Borneman's face. He helped me a lot, Borneman did. You see, Tom," he continued, with a bit of prideful bragging that makes such men more like adventurous kids than criminals, with whom they share an ambiguous middle ground, "you’ve arrived just as the show is ending. You’ve witnessed the finale of something that will have Wall Street buzzing for years. Yes, by George, it’s the biggest manipulation by a single player yet! And look at the crowd I fooled—the inner circle, the crème de la crème, Tom—exactly that!"
"I don't understand it," said Bojo, as Drake began to smile, reflecting over remembered details. He himself understood only confusedly the events which had been whirling about him.[Pg 167]
"I don't get it," Bojo said, as Drake started to smile, thinking back on the details he remembered. Bojo himself only vaguely understood the events that had been swirling around him.[Pg 167]
"Tom, the crowd had figured me out for a trimming," said Drake, gleefully, caressing his chin. "They thought the time had come to trim old Drake. You see, they calculated I was loaded up with stocks, crowded to busting and ready to squeal at the slightest squeeze. Now getting rich on paper is one thing and getting rich in the bank's another. Any one can corner anything—but it's all-fired different to get Mr. Fly to come down to your parlor and take some stock after you've got it where you want it. That's what they figured. Dan Drake was loaded to the sky with stocks that looked almighty good on the quotation column, but darned hard to swap for cold, hard cash. That's what they figured, and the strange part about it is they were right.
"Tom, the crowd had figured me out for an easy target," said Drake, happily stroking his chin. "They thought the time had come to take old Drake down. You see, they assumed I was loaded with stocks, bursting at the seams and ready to give in at the slightest pressure. Now, getting rich on paper is one thing, but getting rich for real is another. Anyone can corner the market on anything—but it's a whole different story to get Mr. Fly to come to your place and take some stock after you’ve got it just where you want it. That’s what they thought. Dan Drake was overflowing with stocks that looked really good in the quotes, but were really tough to exchange for cold, hard cash. That’s what they thought, and the strange part is they were right."
"But—there's always a but—they hadn't reckoned on the fact that Mr. Me was expecting just what they'd figured out. That's what I told you was the secret of the game—any game—think the way the other man thinks, and then think two jumps ahead of him. Now if I was reasonably sure a certain powerful gang was going to put stocks down, and put them down hard, I might look around to see how that could benefit me at one end while it was annoying me, almightily annoying me, at the other. Now when them coyotes get to juggling stocks they always like to juggle stock they know about—something with a nice little pink ribbon to it, with a president and board of directors on the other end, that'll wriggle in the right direction when the coyotes pull the string.
"But—there's always a but—they hadn't considered that Mr. Me was expecting exactly what they had figured out. That's what I told you was the secret of the game—any game—think like the other person thinks, and then think two steps ahead of them. Now if I was fairly sure a certain powerful gang was going to drive stocks down, and do it hard, I might look around to see how that could benefit me on one end while it was seriously annoying me on the other. Now when those coyotes start messing with stocks, they always like to play with stocks they know well—something with a nice little pink ribbon attached, with a president and board of directors on the other end, that will move in the right direction when the coyotes pull the string."
"Now I'd been particularly hankering after Pittsburgh & New Orleans for quite a while. It was good in their old Southern system, but it looked mighty[Pg 168] better outside of it. In independent hands it could stir up a lot of trouble; sort of like a plain daughter in a rich man's house—no one notices her until she runs off with the chauffeur. That was my idea. Only Pittsburgh was high. But—again the but—if some particular breed of coyote would be obliging enough to run it down along with a lot of other properties on the market, I might pitch in and help them force it down to where I could pick up what I wanted from the bargain counter. See?"
"Now I've really been wanting to get my hands on Pittsburgh & New Orleans for quite a while. It was nice in their old Southern system, but it looked way[Pg 168] better outside of it. In independent hands, it could cause a lot of chaos; like a plain daughter in a rich man’s house—no one pays attention to her until she runs off with the chauffeur. That was my thought. But Pittsburgh was pricey. But—there's always a but—if a certain type of opportunist would be kind enough to drive the price down along with a lot of other properties on the market, I might jump in and help them push it down to a point where I could snag what I wanted from the discount rack. Got it?"
"But you sold openly," said Bojo, amazed.
"But you sold openly," Bojo said, amazed.
"Exactly. Sold it where they could see it and bought it back twice over, ten times over, where they couldn't. Very simple process. All great processes are simple, and it never dawned on those monumental intelligences that they were fetchin' and carryin' for yours truly until they woke up at six o'clock to-day to find while they were scrambling in the dark, the chauffeur had run off with Miss Pittsburgh!"
"Exactly. They sold it where people could see it and bought it back twice, ten times even, where they couldn’t. It’s a really simple process. All great processes are simple, and it never occurred to those brilliant minds that they were doing all this for me until they woke up at six this morning to find that while they were scrambling in the dark, the chauffeur had run off with Miss Pittsburgh!"
He turned and walked to the table desk, motioning to Bojo.
He turned and walked over to the desk, signaling to Bojo.
"Come over here, look at it." He held out a check for ten million dollars. "You don't see one of those fellows very often. Great man, Gunther. When he's got to act he doesn't waste time. Right to the point. 'We are satisfied you have control. What's your terms?' 'Ten millions and what the stock cost me.' 'We accept your terms,' Great man, Gunther. Suppose I might have added another million, but it wouldn't have sounded as well, would it? Something rather nice about costs and ten million!"
"Come over here, check this out." He held out a check for ten million dollars. "You don’t see one of these very often. Gunther’s a great guy. When he has to make a move, he doesn’t mess around. Right to the point. 'We believe you have control. What are your terms?' 'Ten million and what I paid for the stock.' 'We agree to your terms,' great guy, Gunther. I guess I could have asked for another million, but it wouldn’t have sounded as good, would it? There's something nice about costs and ten million!"
As he spoke, he had drawn out his check-book and filled out a check to Bojo.[Pg 169]
As he talked, he took out his checkbook and wrote a check to Bojo.[Pg 169]
"Well, Tom, this isn't ten millions, but it's some pin money, and I guess to you it looks bigger than the other. There you are—take it."
"Well, Tom, this isn't ten million, but it's some extra cash, and I guess to you it seems bigger than the other. Here you go—take it."
Bojo took it quite stupidly, saying:
Bojo took it really badly, saying:
"Thank you, thank you, sir!"
"Thanks, thanks, sir!"
Drake watched the young man's emotion with tolerant amusement.
Drake watched the young man's emotions with amused tolerance.
"Don't wonder you're a bit shaken up, Tom. Supposing you call up a certain young lady on long distance. Rather please her, I reckon."
"Don't be surprised if you're feeling a bit rattled, Tom. Just think about calling up a certain young lady long-distance. I bet that would make her happy."
"Why, yes. I wanted to do it. I—I will, of course."
"Yeah, I wanted to do it. I—I will, of course."
"So you thought I was going to sell short Pittsburgh & New Orleans," said Drake with a roguish humor.
"So you thought I was going to bet against Pittsburgh & New Orleans," said Drake with a cheeky grin.
Bojo nodded, at loss for words, biding the moment to escape into the outer air.
Bojo nodded, speechless, waiting for a chance to step outside for some fresh air.
"But, of course, Tom," said Drake slowly, with smiling eyes, "you didn't tell any one, did you?"
"But, of course, Tom," said Drake slowly, with a smile in his eyes, "you didn't tell anyone, did you?"
Bojo mumbled something incoherent and went out, clutching the check, which lay in his hand with the heaviness of lead.
Bojo mumbled something unintelligible and walked out, gripping the check, which felt as heavy as lead in his hand.
In the open air he tried to readjust the events of the night. He had a confused idea of rushing through the great hall, past the mechanical footman, of hearing Thompson cry, "Get you a taxi, sir!" and of being far down resounding pavements in the lovely night with something still clutched in his hand.
In the fresh air, he tried to sort out what had happened that night. He had a vague memory of hurrying through the grand hall, passing the robotic butler, hearing Thompson shout, "Get a taxi, sir!" and being far down the echoing streets on that beautiful night with something still gripped in his hand.
"Two hundred and fifty thousand," he said to himself. He repeated it again and again as a sort of dull drum-beat accompaniment, resounding in his ears, even as his cane tapped out its sharp metallic punctuation.[Pg 170]
"Two hundred and fifty thousand," he said to himself. He kept repeating it like a monotonous drumbeat, echoing in his ears, even as his cane made sharp metallic sounds against the ground.[Pg 170]
"Two hundred and fifty!" he said for the hundredth time, utterly unable to comprehend what had in one hour changed the face of his world. He stopped, drew his hand from his pocket, took the crumpled check and placed it in his wallet, buttoned his coat carefully, and then unbuttoned it to make sure it had not slipped from his pocket.
"Two hundred and fifty!" he said for the hundredth time, completely unable to grasp what had changed in his world in just one hour. He stopped, pulled his hand out of his pocket, took the crumpled check, and put it in his wallet, buttoned his coat carefully, and then unbuttoned it to check that it hadn't fallen out of his pocket.
Drake had not asked him the vital question. He had not had to answer him, to tell him what he had lost, to own that he had gambled beyond his right. The issue he had gone to meet, resolved on a clean confession, had been evaded, and in his pocket was the check—a fortune! Certain facts did not at once focus in his mind, perhaps because he did not want to contemplate them, perhaps because he was too bewildered with his own sensations to perceive clearly what a rôle he had been made to play.
Drake hadn't asked him the crucial question. He didn't have to respond, to share what he had lost, to admit that he had bet more than he should have. The matter he had set out to confront, ready for a clean confession, had been avoided, and in his pocket was the check—a fortune! Certain facts didn't immediately register in his mind, maybe because he didn't want to think about them, or maybe because he was too confused by his own feelings to clearly see the role he had been made to play.
But as he swung down the Avenue past the Plaza with its Argus-eyed windows still awake, past a few great mansions with cars and grouped footmen in wait for revelers, at the thought of the quiet Court, of Roscoe and Granning, at the sudden startled recollection of DeLancy, the cold fact forced itself upon him; they had lost and he had won. He had won because they had lost, and how many others!
But as he walked down the Avenue past the Plaza with its watchful windows still awake, past some impressive mansions with cars and footmen waiting for party-goers, thinking about the quiet Court, Roscoe and Granning, and suddenly remembering DeLancy, the harsh truth hit him; they had lost and he had won. He had won because they had lost, along with so many others!
"How could I help it?" he said to himself uneasily, and answered it immediately with another question "But will they believe me?"
"How could I help it?" he said to himself, feeling anxious, and quickly responded with another question, "But will they believe me?"
Suddenly Drake's last question flashed across him with a new significance. "Of course you didn't tell any one, did you?"
Suddenly, Drake's last question hit him with a new meaning. "Of course you didn’t tell anyone, did you?"
Why had he not asked him then and there what he had meant? Because he had been afraid, because he[Pg 171] did not wish to know the answer, just as he had evaded the knowledge that Doris in the first speculation had made use of Boskirk. Even now he did not wish to force the ugly fact—seeking to put it from him with plausible reasonings. After all, what had Drake done? Told him a lie? No. He had specially cautioned him not to jump to conclusions, warned him against doing anything on his own initiative.
Why hadn’t he just asked him right then what he meant? Because he was scared, because he[Pg 171] didn’t really want to know the answer, just like he had avoided realizing that Doris had taken advantage of Boskirk in the first place. Even now, he didn’t want to confront the unpleasant truth—trying to push it away with reasonable excuses. After all, what had Drake done? Told him a lie? No. He had specifically warned him not to jump to conclusions, advised him against acting on his own.
"Yes, that's true," he said with a sigh of relief, as though a great ethical question had been disposed of. "He played square, absolutely square. There's nothing wrong in it."
"Yes, that's true," he said with a sigh of relief, as if a major ethical dilemma had been resolved. "He played fair, totally fair. There's nothing wrong with that."
Yet somehow the conviction brought no joy with it; there was something stolen about the sensation of sudden wealth which possessed him. He seemed to be scurrying through the shadowy city almost like a thief afraid of confrontation.
Yet somehow the certainty brought no joy; there was something taken away from the feeling of sudden wealth that overwhelmed him. He felt like he was darting through the dark city almost like a thief scared of being caught.
Yet there was the home-coming, the friends to be faced. What answer could he make them, how announce the stroke of fortune which had come to him! On one thing at least he was resolved, and the resolution seemed to lighten the weight of many problems which would not slip from his shoulders. He was responsible for Roscy and Fred—at least they should suffer no loss for having taken his advice. The others—Forshay, the firm, one or two acquaintances he had tipped off in the last days, the outsiders; they were different, and besides he did not want to think of them. His friends should not suffer loss—not even a dollar. They were a part of the pool, in a way. Of course they had had their friends, though he had sworn them to secrecy. At this point he[Pg 172] stopped in his mental turnings, faced by a sudden barrier.
But there was the homecoming, and he had to face his friends. What could he tell them? How could he share the stroke of luck that had come his way? There was one thing he was determined about, and that decision seemed to lift the burden of many problems that he couldn't shake off. He was responsible for Roscy and Fred—at the very least, they shouldn't suffer any loss for following his advice. The others—Forshay, the firm, a couple of acquaintances he had warned in recent days, the outsiders—they were different, and he didn't want to think about them. His friends shouldn’t lose anything—not even a dollar. They were part of the pool, in a sense. Of course, they had their own friends, although he had sworn them to secrecy. At this point he[Pg 172] stopped in his mental tracks, confronted by an unexpected barrier.
Had Drake knowingly used him to convey a false impression of his intentions, made him the instrument of ruining others in order to carry through his stupendous coup de force?
Had Drake knowingly used him to create a misleading impression of his intentions, turning him into a tool to ruin others in order to execute his incredible bold move?
"If I thought that," he said hotly, "I wouldn't touch a cent of it!" But after a moment, uneasily and in doubt, he added, "I wonder?"
"If I thought that," he said angrily, "I wouldn't take a single cent of it!" But after a moment, feeling uneasy and uncertain, he added, "I wonder?"
He came to the Court and hurried in. Lights were blazing in the bay-window, black silhouettes across the panes.
He rushed into the court, and the lights were shining bright in the bay window, casting dark silhouettes against the glass.
"Good God, supposing anything has happened to Fred!" he thought, suddenly remembering Granning's note. He burst upstairs and into the room. Roscoe Marsh was by the fireplace, gravely examining a pocket revolver, which lay in his hand. Granning was on the edge of the couch staring at Fred DeLancy, who was sunk in a great chair, disheveled and dirt-stained, a sodden, cold-drunk mass.[Pg 173]
"Good God, what if something has happened to Fred!" he thought, suddenly recalling Granning's note. He rushed upstairs and into the room. Roscoe Marsh was by the fireplace, seriously looking at a pocket revolver in his hand. Granning was on the edge of the couch, staring at Fred DeLancy, who was slumped in a big chair, unkempt and dirty, a soaked, cold-drunk mess.[Pg 173]
CHAPTER XVI
BOJO BEGINS TO SPEND HIS QUARTER-MILLION
At the sight of Fred DeLancy, Bojo checked himself. A glance from Granning apprised him of the seriousness of the situation. He walked over to the huddled figure and laid his hand on his shoulder.
At the sight of Fred DeLancy, Bojo composed himself. A quick look from Granning made him aware of how serious things were. He approached the huddled figure and placed his hand on his shoulder.
"Hello there, Fred. It's Bojo."
"Hey Fred, it's Bojo."
DeLancy raised his head, looked out through glazed eyes, and slowly withdrew his stare to the vacant fireplace, where a smoldering flicker drew his mind.
DeLancy lifted his head, gazed out with unfocused eyes, and gradually shifted his gaze back to the empty fireplace, where a faint glow captured his attention.
"Found him an hour ago in a hell over in Eighth Avenue," said Marsh. "Bad."
"Found him an hour ago in a mess over on Eighth Avenue," said Marsh. "That's rough."
Granning beckoned him, and together they went into the bedroom, closing the door.
Granning waved him over, and together they walked into the bedroom, shutting the door behind them.
"All right now. Guess he'll stay quiet. Pretty violent when we came back," said Granning. "Wanted to throw himself out of the window."
"All right then. I guess he'll keep quiet. It got pretty intense when we came back," said Granning. "He wanted to jump out of the window."
"And the pistol," said Bojo, sick at the thought of what might have been.
"And the gun," said Bojo, feeling nauseous at the thought of what could have happened.
"Yes, we found that on him," said Granning gravely. "Lucky he got drunk so quick, or that might have been serious." He hesitated and added: "He swears he'll kill himself first chance. Guess I'd better keep my eye on him to-night."
"Yeah, we found that on him," Granning said seriously. "Good thing he got drunk so fast, or it could have been really bad." He paused and added, "He claims he'll kill himself at the first opportunity. I guess I should keep an eye on him tonight."
At this moment there was the sound of a scuffle from the den and a shout from Marsh. They rushed in to find him grappling with Fred, who was striving[Pg 174] frantically to reach the window. For a moment the air was full of shouts and sudden scurrying.
At that moment, they heard the noise of a struggle coming from the den and a shout from Marsh. They rushed in to see him wrestling with Fred, who was desperately trying to get to the window. For a moment, the room was filled with shouting and quick movement.
"Look out, he's got that paper-cutter!"
"Watch out, he's got that paper cutter!"
"In his right hand."
"In his right hand."
"All right, I've got him."
"Okay, I've got him."
"Throw him over on the couch. Sit on him. That's it."
"Just toss him onto the couch. Sit on him. That's all."
Under their combined weights, DeLancy was flung, hoarse and screaming maledictions, to the couch, where despite objurgations and ravings Granning secured his arms behind his back with a strap and hobbled his legs. For half an hour Fred twisted and strove, raving and swearing or suddenly weakly remorseful, bursting into tears, cursing himself and his folly. The three sat silently, faces sternly masked, looking unwilling on the ugly spectacle of human frenzy in the raw. At the end of this time DeLancy became suddenly quiet and dropped off into sodden sleep.
Under their combined weight, DeLancy was thrown onto the couch, hoarse and screaming curses, where despite protests and rants, Granning secured his arms behind his back with a strap and hobbled his legs. For half an hour, Fred twisted and struggled, raving and swearing, or suddenly weak with remorse, bursting into tears, cursing himself and his foolishness. The three sat silently, their faces sternly masked, unwilling to watch the ugly display of raw human frenzy. After this time, DeLancy suddenly became quiet and fell into a deep sleep.
"At last," said Granning, rising. "Best thing for him. Oh, he won't hear us—talk all you like."
"Finally," said Granning as he stood up. "It's the best thing for him. Oh, he won't hear us—talk as much as you want."
"How hard is he hit?" said Bojo anxiously.
"How hard did he get hit?" Bojo asked nervously.
Marsh shrugged his shoulder and swore.
Marsh shrugged and swore.
"How hard, Granning?"
"How tough, Granning?"
"Twenty thousand or more," said Granning gravely, "and there are some bad sides to it." He shook his head, glanced at DeLancy, and added: "Then there's the girl."
"Twenty thousand or more," Granning said seriously, "and there are some drawbacks to it." He shook his head, looked at DeLancy, and added: "Then there's the girl."
"Louise Varney?"
"Louise Varney?"
"The same—mother has been camping on the telephone all day. Not a very calm person, mother—ugh—nasty business!"
"Same here—mom has been on the phone all day. She's not a very calm person—ugh—what a hassle!"
"Rotten business," said Bojo, remorsefully. He[Pg 175] went to the bay-window and stood there gazing out into the sickly night, paling before the first grays of the morning. He was subdued by this spectacle of the other side of speculation, wondering how many similar scenes were taking place in sleepless rooms somewhere in the dusky flight of roof-tops. Marsh, misunderstanding his mood, said:
"Bad business," Bojo said, feeling regretful. He[Pg 175] walked over to the bay window and stood there looking out at the dreary night, fading into the first light of morning. The view of this darker side of speculation weighed on him, as he thought about how many other similar scenes were happening in restless rooms somewhere among the shadowy rooftops. Marsh, misreading his mood, said:
"How did it hurt you? You pulled through all right, didn't you?"
"How did that hurt you? You got through it okay, right?"
Bojo came back thoughtfully, evading the question with another.
Bojo returned deep in thought, dodging the question with a different one.
"And you?"
"And you?"
"Oh, better than I expected," said Marsh with a wry face. "I say, you're not—not cleaned out?"
"Oh, better than I expected," said Marsh with a sarcastic expression. "I mean, you're not—you're not totally wiped out?"
Granning rose and with his heavy hand turned him around solicitously. "How about it, son?"
Granning got up and gently turned him around with his strong hand. "What do you think, kid?"
For hours Bojo had been debating his answer to this inevitable question without finding a solution. He drew his pocketbook and slowly extracted the check. "Gaze on that," he said solemnly.
For hours, Bojo had been thinking about how to answer this unavoidable question without coming up with a solution. He pulled out his wallet and slowly took out the check. "Look at this," he said seriously.
Granning took it, stared at it, and passed it to Marsh, who looked up with an exclamation: "For God's sake, what does that mean?"
Granning took it, stared at it, and passed it to Marsh, who looked up and exclaimed, "What the hell does that mean?"
"It means," said Bojo slowly, "that I can tell you the truth now. We haven't lost a cent; on the contrary—" he paused and emphasized the next word—"we have made a killing. We means you, Fred, and myself."
"It means," Bojo said slowly, "that I can tell you the truth now. We haven't lost a dime; in fact—" he paused and emphasized the next word—"we have made a fortune. We means you, Fred, and me."
"I don't get it," said Marsh, frowning.
"I don't get it," Marsh said, frowning.
"The real object of the pool was not to bear Pittsburgh & New Orleans, but to buy it. If I let you sell short, it was only to get others to sell short. To-morrow[Pg 176] I'll settle up with you and Fred, every cent you've lost, plus—"
"The actual goal of the pool wasn't to support Pittsburgh & New Orleans, but to purchase it. If I allowed you to sell short, it was just to encourage others to do the same. Tomorrow[Pg 176] I'll settle up with you and Fred, every cent you've lost, plus—"
"Bojo, you're lying," said Marsh abruptly.
"Bojo, you're lying," Marsh said suddenly.
"I'm not, I—"
"I'm not, I—"
"And you're lying badly!"
"And you're lying so bad!"
"What about that check?"
"What's up with that check?"
"That's all right; Drake may have done what you said, but you never knew—"
"That's okay; Drake might have done what you mentioned, but you never knew—"
"Roscy, I swear."
"Roscy, I promise."
"Hold up and answer this. Do you want me to believe, Tom Crocker, that you deliberately told me and Fred DeLancy, your closest friends, a lie, in order to get us to spread false information to our friends, to ruin our friends in order to make a killing for you? Well, a straight answer."
"Wait a second and answer this. Do you want me to believe, Tom Crocker, that you intentionally lied to me and Fred DeLancy, your closest friends, just so we would spread false information to our friends, ruin them to make a profit for yourself? Just give me a direct answer."
Bojo was silent.
Bojo didn't say anything.
"No, no, Bojo; don't come to me with any cock-and-bull story like that—"
"No, no, Bojo; don't come to me with any ridiculous story like that—"
"Roscy, it is a lie. I was completely in the dark myself; but I won't touch a cent of it until your losses are squared, every dollar of them!"
"Roscy, it is a lie. I was totally clueless myself; but I won't take a dime of it until your losses are settled, every last dollar!"
"So that's the game, eh?" said Marsh, laughing. "Well you go plump to the devil!
"So that's the game, huh?" said Marsh, laughing. "Well, you can go straight to hell!"
"Roscy!" said Bojo, jumping up and seizing his arm. "At least let me square up what you lost. Hold up. Wait a second, don t go off half-cocked! Fred's got to be hauled out of this; it's not only bankruptcy, it's a darned sight worse—it's his word, his honor—a woman's money, too. You know him—he's weak, he won't stand up under it. Good God, you don't want me to have his life on my conscience?"
"Roscy!" Bojo exclaimed, leaping up and grabbing his arm. "At least let me cover what you lost. Hold on. Wait a minute, don’t rush into this! Fred needs to be saved from this; it’s not just bankruptcy, it’s a whole lot worse—it’s his reputation, his honor—plus a woman’s money, too. You know him—he’s fragile, he won’t be able to handle it. Seriously, you don’t want me to carry his life on my conscience, do you?"
"I want to make Fred believe what I told you—it's the only way. If you play into the game he'll believe it. Good Lord, Roscy, this thing's bad enough as it is. You don't think I could profit one cent while you fellows were cleaned out by my own fault?"
"I want to convince Fred of what I told you—it's the only way. If you go along with it, he'll buy it. Good grief, Roscy, this situation is bad enough already. Do you really think I could benefit even a penny while you guys got wiped out because of my mistake?"
"Look here," said Marsh, sitting down, "it isn't your fault. I gambled, that's all, and lost. I gambled before on your advice and won. Fifty-fifty, that's all. Now Fred's different. I'll admit it. You can do what you please with him; that's between you two. If you've got to make him believe I'm doing the same, to make him take the money—all right; but if you come around again to me with any such insulting proposition, Tom Crocker, there'll be trouble."
"Listen," Marsh said as he sat down, "it's not your fault. I took a risk, that's all, and lost. I took a risk based on your advice before and won. It's fifty-fifty, that's it. Now Fred is a different story. I’ll admit that. You can handle him however you want; that’s up to you two. If you need to make him think I’m doing the same thing to get him to take the money—fine; but if you come back to me with any more insulting offers, Tom Crocker, there will be trouble."
Bojo clasped and unclasped his hands in utter helplessness. Then he glanced at Granning.
Bojo clasped and unclasped his hands in complete desperation. Then he looked over at Granning.
"You've done what you could," said Granning, shaking his head.
"You've done what you could," Granning said, shaking his head.
"A rotten mess. I feel rotten," said Bojo slowly.
"A total disaster. I feel terrible," Bojo said slowly.
Marsh, relenting, clapped him on the shoulder affectionately. "Mighty white of you, Bojo—and don't think for a moment any one's blaming you!"
Marsh, softening, patted him on the shoulder fondly. "That’s really generous of you, Bojo—and don't think for a second that anyone is blaming you!"
"I'm not sure how I feel myself," said Bojo slowly.
"I'm not sure how I feel," Bojo said slowly.
"Drake used you, Tom," said Granning quietly. "He'd figured out you'd be watched—the old decoy game."
"Drake manipulated you, Tom," Granning said softly. "He realized you would be monitored—the classic decoy tactic."
"No, no," said Bojo warmly. "He did not, I'm sure of that. He particularly warned me not to do anything on my own hook without consulting him. It was my fault— I jumped at conclusions!"
"No, no," Bojo said warmly. "He didn’t, I’m certain of that. He specifically told me not to do anything on my own without talking to him first. It was my mistake—I jumped to conclusions!"
"By George, if I thought that!" said Bojo, rising up.
"Wow, if I believed that!" said Bojo, getting up.
"Don't think anything," said Marsh quietly. "It's all in the game anyhow!" Suddenly he stopped and, the journalistic instinct awakening, said: "You say Drake bought Pittsburgh & New Orleans—what do you mean?"
"Don't think about it," Marsh said quietly. "It's all part of the game anyway!" Suddenly he paused and, with his journalist instincts kicking in, asked, "You say Drake bought Pittsburgh & New Orleans—what do you mean?"
"Bought control, of course, and sold it back at midnight to Gunther & Co. for a profit of ten millions."
"Bought control, of course, and sold it back at midnight to Gunther & Co. for a profit of ten million."
"Repeat that," said Marsh, aghast. "Good Lord! What? When? Where was the sale? For God's sake, Bojo, don't you know you've got the biggest story of the year? Three-twenty now. It's 'good-night' to our composing-room at half past. Talk it fast and I can make it."
"Say that again," Marsh said, shocked. "Oh my God! What? When? Where did the sale happen? For heaven's sake, Bojo, don’t you realize you’ve got the biggest story of the year? It’s three-twenty now. We’re closing the composing room at half-past. Spill it quickly and I can make it."
Hastily, under his prompting, Bojo recalled details and scraps of information. Three minutes later Marsh was at the telephone and they heard the shouted frantic orders.
Hurrying along his suggestion, Bojo remembered details and bits of information. Three minutes later, Marsh was on the phone, and they heard the shouted, urgent orders.
"Morning Post? Who's on the long wait? Hill? Give him to me—on the jump. Damn it, this is Marsh! Hello, Ed? Hold your press men for an extra. We've got a smashing beat. Front page and the biggest head you can put on! Play it up for all you're worth. Ready: Dan Drake bought control...." The outlines in staccato, dramatic sentences, followed, then directions to get Gunther, Drake, Fontaine, and others on the wire. Then silence, and Marsh burst through the room and down the stairs in a racket that threatened to wake the house.
"Morning Post? Who’s waiting for a long time? Hill? Put him through—quickly. Damn it, it’s Marsh! Hey, Ed? Hold your reporters for a moment. We’ve got an incredible scoop. Front page and the largest headline you can manage! Promote it as much as possible. Ready: Dan Drake bought control...." The details came out in short, dramatic sentences, followed by instructions to get Gunther, Drake, Fontaine, and others on the line. Then silence, and Marsh burst into the room and down the stairs in a commotion that almost woke the whole house.
Granning and Bojo sat on, watching the restless, heavy figure on the couch, too feverishly awake for[Pg 179] sleep, talking in broken phrases, while the white mists came into the room and the city began to wake. At four o'clock Doris called up from long distance. Bojo had completely forgotten her in the tension of the night and rather guiltily hastened to reassure her. Gladys was at her side, anxious to hear from Fred, to learn if she might come to his assistance, wondering why he had not sent her word—alarmed.
Granning and Bojo sat there, watching the restless, heavy figure on the couch, too anxious to sleep, talking in fragmented sentences, while the white mist filled the room and the city started to wake up. At four o'clock, Doris called from far away. Bojo had completely forgotten about her in the tension of the night and felt guilty as he quickly reassured her. Gladys was right next to her, eager to hear from Fred, to find out if she could help him, worried about why he hadn’t reached out—concerned.
He invented a lie to clear the situation—a friend who was in desperate straits—with whom Fred was watching out the night.
He made up a lie to explain the situation—a friend who was in serious trouble—with whom Fred was keeping an eye that night.
At six o'clock DeLancy rose up suddenly, disheveled and haggard, staring at them, bewildered at the pressure of the straps. "What the devil's happened?"
At six o'clock, DeLancy suddenly got up, looking disheveled and exhausted, staring at them, confused by the tightness of the straps. "What the hell happened?"
Granning rose and released him. "You were rather obstreperous last night, young man," he said quietly. "We were afraid you might dent the fire-escape or carry off the mantel. How are you?"
Granning stood up and let him go. "You were quite a handful last night, young man," he said calmly. "We were worried you might damage the fire escape or take the mantel. How are you?"
"Oh, good God!" said DeLancy, sinking his head in his hands with a groan, suddenly recalling the pool.
"Oh my God!" DeLancy said, burying his head in his hands with a groan, suddenly remembering the pool.
"If you hadn't gone off like a bad Indian," said Bojo sternly, "you'd be celebrating in a different way." Then, as Fred without interest continued oblivious, he went over and struck him a resounding blow between the shoulders. "Wake up there. I've been trying to beat it into you all night. We haven't lost a cent. The pool went through like a charm. Drake fooled the whole bunch!"
"If you hadn't lost your cool," Bojo said firmly, "you'd be celebrating in a totally different way." Then, as Fred remained uninterested and clueless, he walked over and gave him a hard smack between the shoulders. "Wake up! I've been trying to get this through to you all night. We haven't lost a dime. The pool went off perfectly. Drake played the whole group!"
"What—what do you mean?" said DeLancy, staring up.
"What do you mean?" said DeLancy, looking up.
"The running down was only the first step; the[Pg 180] real game was to buy up the control. All our selling short was just bluff, charged up to the expense account and nothing else."
"The running down was just the first step; the[Pg 180] real game was to take control. All our short selling was just a bluff, charged to the expense account and nothing more."
"All bluff," repeated Fred in a daze. "I don't seem to understand. I can't get it."
"All bluff," Fred said again, looking confused. "I just don't get it. I can't wrap my head around it."
"Well, get this then—feast your eyes on it," said Bojo, sitting beside him, his arm about his shoulder and the check held before his eyes. "That's profit—my part out of ten millions Drake cleaned up by selling out to the Gunther crowd. Listen." He repeated in detail the story of the night, adding: "Now do you see it? Every cent we lost bearing the stock goes to expenses—that's understood."
"Well, check this out—look at it," said Bojo, sitting next to him, his arm around his shoulder and the check in front of his eyes. "That's my cut from the ten million Drake made selling out to the Gunther group. Listen." He went over the details of the night again, adding: "Now do you get it? Every penny we lost on the stock gets counted as expenses—that's understood."
"You mean—" DeLancy rose, steadied himself, and lurched against a chair. "You mean what I lost—what I—"
"You mean—" DeLancy got up, steadied himself, and leaned against a chair. "You mean what I lost—what I—"
"What you've lost and Louise's losses, too," said Bojo quickly—"every cent is paid by the pool. There wasn't the slightest question about that!"
"What you've lost and Louise's losses, too," Bojo said quickly, "every cent is covered by the pool. There wasn't the slightest doubt about that!"
"Is that the truth?"
"Is that really true?"
"Yes."
Yes.
Fred's sunken eyes rested on Bojo's an interminable moment, and the agony written on that fevered face steeled Crocker in his resolve. Presently DeLancy, as though convinced, turned away.
Fred's sunken eyes fixed on Bojo for what felt like an eternity, and the pain on that feverish face strengthened Crocker's determination. After a moment, DeLancy, seeming convinced, turned away.
"Good Lord, I thought I was done for!" he said in a whisper. His lip trembled, he caught at his throat, and the next moment his racked body was shaken with convulsive sobs.
"Good Lord, I thought I was finished!" he said softly. His lip trembled, he clutched at his throat, and the next moment his shaken body was convulsed with sobs.
"Let yourself go, Fred; it's all right—everything's all right," said Bojo hastily. He left the den, nodding to Granning, and went to his bedroom. His bag was still on the bed, where he had thrown it unopened.[Pg 181] He took out his clothes mechanically, feeling the weariness of the wasted night, and suddenly on the top of a folded jacket he found a card, in Patsie's writing; a few words only, timidly offered.
"Don't worry, Fred; it's okay—everything's fine," Bojo said quickly. He left the room, nodded at Granning, and went to his bedroom. His bag was still on the bed, where he had tossed it unopened.[Pg 181] He took out his clothes automatically, feeling the exhaustion from the long night, and suddenly on top of a folded jacket, he found a card in Patsie's handwriting; just a few words, offered shyly.
"I hope, oh, I do hope everything will come all right," and below these two lines that started reveries in his eyes, the signature was not Patsie, but Drina.
"I hope, oh, I really hope everything will be okay," and beneath these two lines that sparked daydreams in his eyes, the signature wasn't Patsie, but Drina.
When he came into the den again after a hasty toilet, DeLancy had got hold of himself again.
When he walked back into the den after a quick freshen-up, DeLancy had composed himself once more.
"Better, old boy?" said Bojo, pulling his ear.
"Feeling better, buddy?" said Bojo, tugging at his ear.
"If you knew—if you knew what I'd been through," said Fred with a quick breath.
"If you only knew—if you knew what I've been through," said Fred, taking a quick breath.
"I know," said Bojo, shuddering instinctively. "Now let's get to business. You'll feel a lot better when you tidy up your bank account. What did you lose?"
"I know," Bojo said, shuddering instinctively. "Now let's get to business. You'll feel a lot better when you sort out your bank account. What did you lose?"
"I say, Bojo," said DeLancy, avoiding his glance, "on your honor straight this is all right, isn't it?"
"I mean, Bojo," DeLancy said, avoiding his gaze, "you swear this is all good, right?"
"Sure!"
"Of course!"
"I ought to take it—there's no reason why—you're not telling me a fake story?"
"I should take it—there's no reason not to—you're not making up a story, right?"
"I certainly am not," said Bojo cheerily, taking up his check-book at the desk. "Come on now."
"I definitely am not," Bojo said with a smile, grabbing his checkbook from the desk. "Let's go."
But DeLancy, unconvinced, still wavered.
But DeLancy, still unsure, hesitated.
"How about Roscy?" he said slowly, his eyes fixed, his mouth parted as though hanging on the answer.
"How about Roscy?" he said slowly, his eyes focused, his mouth open as if waiting for the answer.
"The same thing goes with Roscy, naturally," said Bojo, carelessly.
"The same goes for Roscy, of course," Bojo said casually.
DeLancy drew a long breath and approached.
DeLancy took a deep breath and walked over.
"Twenty-seven thousand eight hundred."
27,800
Bojo restrained a start of amazement.
Bojo held back a wave of surprise.
"Say twenty-eight flat," he said carefully. "Does that include Louise Varney's account?"
"Say twenty-eight even," he said carefully. "Does that include Louise Varney's account?"
"Yes, everything," said DeLancy slowly. He stood at the desk, staring, while Bojo wrote a check, watching the traveling pen as though still incredulous.
"Yeah, everything," DeLancy said slowly. He stood at the desk, staring, while Bojo wrote a check, watching the moving pen as if he were still in disbelief.
"There you are, old rooster, and good luck," said Bojo.
"There you are, old rooster, and good luck," Bojo said.
"Here, I say, you've made it out for thirty-eight thousand, said DeLancy, taking the check.
"Here, I say, you've made it out for thirty-eight thousand," DeLancy said, taking the check.
"Ten thousand is profits, sure."
"Ten thousand is profit, sure."
"Here, I say, that's not right. I couldn't take that—no, never, Bojo!"
"Here, I’m telling you, that’s not okay. I can’t accept that—no way, Bojo!"
"Shut up and be off with you!" said Bojo. "You don't think for a moment I'd use my friends and not see they got a share of the winnings, do you?"
"Shut up and go away!" said Bojo. "You don't really think I'd use my friends and not make sure they get a piece of the winnings, do you?"
"It doesn't seem right," said DeLancy again. He gazed at the check, a prey to conflicting desires.
"It doesn't feel right," DeLancy repeated. He looked at the check, torn between competing desires.
"Rats!"
"Rats!"
"I don't feel as though I ought to."
"I don't think I should."
Bojo, watching his struggle with his conscience a moment, perceived the inherent weakness at the bottom of his nature, suddenly feeling a sense of distance intervening in the old friendship, sadly disillusioned. When he spoke, it was abruptly, as a superior:
Bojo, observing his inner conflict for a moment, recognized the basic weakness in his nature and suddenly felt a gap forming in their old friendship, feeling sadly disillusioned. When he spoke, it was abruptly, like someone in authority:
"Shut up, Fred—you're going to take it, and that's all!
"Shut up, Fred—you're going to accept it, and that's final!"
"How can I thank you?
"How can I repay you?"
"Don't."[Pg 183]
"Don’t."
He turned on his heel and went back to his room to hide the flash of scorn that came to his eyes. "Great Heavens," he thought, "is that the way men behave under great tests?"
He pivoted on his heel and returned to his room to conceal the flash of contempt in his eyes. "Good grief," he thought, "is that how men act during tough times?"
But all at once he added, "And myself?"
But suddenly he added, "And what about me?"
For at the bottom there was an uneasy stirring feeling, awakened by the sudden incredulous laugh of his friends that had greeted his assertion of Drake's innocence, which was bringing him to a realization that he was to face a decision more profoundly significant to his own self-esteem than any he had yet confronted.
For deep down, there was an unsettling feeling stirred up by the sudden, disbelieving laughter of his friends in response to his claim about Drake's innocence, making him realize that he was about to face a decision that was much more important to his self-esteem than anything he had dealt with before.
"Thank heaven for one thing—nothing happened to Fred! That's settled. I have nothing on my conscience," he said with a sigh. The ten thousand he had added represented in a confused way a tribute to that conscience, to those others, unknown and unvisualized, whom unwittingly he might have caused to suffer.
"Thank goodness for one thing—nothing happened to Fred! That's taken care of. I have nothing weighing on my conscience," he said with a sigh. The ten thousand he had added represented, in a vague way, a nod to that conscience, to those others, unknown and unseen, whom he might have unintentionally caused to suffer.
"Bojo!"
"Cheers!"
"Hello! What is it?"
"Hey! What's up?"
He came out hurriedly at the sound of Granning's voice.
He rushed out at the sound of Granning's voice.
"Roscy on the 'phone.... What?... Good God!"
"Roscy on the phone.... What?... Oh my God!"
"What's that? What's happened?" he cried, as Fred came rushing out.
"What's going on? What happened?" he shouted as Fred came rushing out.
"Forshay—committed suicide—this morning—at his club—cut his throat!"[Pg 184]
"Forshay committed suicide this morning at his club by cutting his throat!"[Pg 184]
CHAPTER XVII
PAYING THE PIPER—PLUS
To go down to the office with the pall of disaster and tragedy over it, to face the accusatory looks of Hauk and Flaspoller with the dread consciousness of his own personal responsibility, was the hardest thing Bojo had ever had to do. Several times in the subway, filled with the Wall Street crowd excitedly discussing the sudden turn of yesterday, alarmed for the future, he had a wild impulse toward flight. Before him were the startling scare-heads of the Morning Post, the sole paper to have the story.
To go down to the office with the weight of disaster and tragedy hanging over it, to confront the accusing looks of Hauk and Flaspoller while fully aware of his own responsibility, was the hardest thing Bojo had ever faced. Several times in the subway, packed with the Wall Street crowd eagerly discussing yesterday's sudden events and worried about the future, he felt a strong urge to escape. In front of him were the shocking headlines of the Morning Post, the only paper that had the story.
DRAKE BUYS AND SELLS PITTSBURGH AND NEW ORLEANS
SECURED CONTROL AT 6 MONDAY. SOLD AT MIDNIGHT. PROFIT IN MILLIONS. BROKERS HARD HIT. THREE FIRMS SUSPEND. CLIMAX OF DRAMATIC DAY.
He saw only dimly what every one else was poring over frantically. He was reading over for the twentieth time the ugly story of Forshay's suicide.
He could barely make out what everyone else was frantically focused on. He was rereading the grim story of Forshay's suicide for the twentieth time.
WELL-KNOWN BROKER ENDS LIFE AT CLUB
W. O. FORSHAY THOUGHT TO HAVE BEEN CAUGHT IN DRAKE'S CLEAN UP
The bare facts followed, with a history of Forshay's career, his social connections, an account of his marriage, city house, and country house.
The basic facts continued, including a background on Forshay's career, his social ties, details about his marriage, his city home, and his country home.
"But after all am I responsible?" he said to himself miserably, and though he returned always to the premise that he had been an innocent participant, he began to be obsessed with the spreading sense of ruin which such victories could occasion.
"But after all, am I really responsible?" he said to himself sadly, and even though he kept coming back to the idea that he had been an innocent part of it, he started to be consumed by the growing feeling of disaster that these victories could bring about.
Forshay would not have blamed him, perhaps, for Forshay had played the game to the limit of the law and asked no favors. It was not that which profoundly troubled him and awoke the long dormant ethical sense. Had Drake figured out just what his conclusions would be and the effect on the public from allowing him to proceed blindly on a wrong start? In a word, had Drake deliberately used him to mislead others, knowing that after the success of Indiana Smelter his prospective son-in-law would be credited with inside information?
Forshay wouldn’t have blamed him, maybe, because Forshay had pushed the limits of the law and asked for nothing in return. That wasn’t what really disturbed him and stirred his long-buried sense of ethics. Did Drake realize what his conclusions would be and how it would affect the public if he let him continue blindly down the wrong path? In short, had Drake knowingly used him to mislead others, knowing that after the success of Indiana Smelter, his future son-in-law would be credited with insider information?
He did not as yet answer these questions in the affirmative; to do so meant a decision subversive of all his newly acquired sense of success. But though he still denied the accusations, they would not be thus answered, constantly returning.
He still didn’t answer these questions with a yes; doing so would mean making a choice that would undermine all his newfound sense of success. But even though he continued to deny the accusations, they wouldn’t just go away and kept coming back.
At the offices it was as though the dead man were lying in wait. A sense of fright possessed him with the opening of the door. The girl at the telephone greeted him with swollen eyes, swollen with hysterical weeping; the stenographers moved noiselessly, hushed by the indefinable sense of the supernatural. The brass plate on the door—W. O. Forshay—seemed to him something inexpressibly grim and horrible. He had the feeling which the others showed[Pg 186] in their roving glances, as though that plate hid something, as though there was something behind his door, waiting.
At the office, it felt like the dead man was lying in wait. A wave of fear hit him as he opened the door. The girl at the phone greeted him with puffy eyes, swollen from crying hysterically; the stenographers moved silently, muted by an unnameable sense of the eerie. The brass nameplate on the door—W. O. Forshay—seemed inexpressibly grim and terrible to him. He felt the same unease that the others showed in their wandering glances, as if that plate concealed something, as if there was something behind his door, waiting.
He went into the inner offices, at a sudden summons. Hauk was at the table, gazing out of the window; Flaspoller worrying and fussing in the center of the rug, switching aimlessly back and forth.
He walked into the inner offices after a sudden call. Hauk was at the table, staring out the window; Flaspoller was anxious and pacing in the middle of the rug, moving back and forth without purpose.
Bojo nodded silently on entering.
Bojo silently nodded upon entering.
"You saw?" said Hauk with a jerk of his head.
"You saw?" Hauk said, jerking his head.
"Yes. Horrible!"
"Yeah. That's awful!"
Flaspoller broke out: "Not a cent in the world. God knows how much the firm will have to make good. Thirty-five, forty, forty-five thousand, maybe more. Oh, we're stuck all right."
Flaspoller shouted, "Not a cent in the world. God knows how much the company will have to cover. Thirty-five, forty, forty-five thousand, maybe more. Oh, we're really in trouble."
"Do you mean to say," said Bojo slowly, "that he left nothing—no property?"
"Are you saying," Bojo asked slowly, "that he didn't leave anything—no assets?"
"Oh, a house perhaps—mortgaged, of course; and then do we know what else he owes? No. A hell of a hole we've got in with your Pittsburgh & New Orleans."
"Oh, maybe a house—definitely mortgaged; but do we know what else he owes? No. We've really gotten ourselves into a mess with your Pittsburgh & New Orleans."
"That's not quite fair," said Bojo quietly. "I did give you a tip on Indiana Smelter and you made money on that. I never said anything about Pittsburgh & New Orleans. I distinctly refused to. You drew your own conclusions."
"That's not really fair," Bojo said softly. "I did give you a tip on Indiana Smelter and you made money off that. I never said anything about Pittsburgh & New Orleans. I clearly refused to. You jumped to your own conclusions."
"That's a good joke," said Flaspoller with a contemptuous laugh.
"That's a good joke," Flaspoller said with a scornful laugh.
"What do you mean?" said Bojo, flushing angrily.
"What do you mean?" Bojo said, his face turning red with anger.
"Well, I'll tell you what I mean," said Flaspoller, discretion to the winds. "When you come into a firm that has treated you generously as we have, put up your salary without waiting to be asked, and you bring in orders, confidential orders, to sell five hundred[Pg 187] shares to-day, a thousand to-morrow, like you sell yourself, and your friends sell too—if you let your firm go on selling and don't know what's up, you're either one big jackass or a—"
"Well, let me explain," said Flaspoller, throwing caution to the wind. "When you join a company that has treated you well, increasing your salary without you even asking, and you bring in orders, confidential orders, to sell five hundred[Pg 187] shares today, a thousand tomorrow, just like you do for yourself, and your friends do too—if you allow your company to keep selling and have no idea what's going on, you're either a complete fool or a—"
"Or a what?" said Bojo, advancing.
"Or a what?" Bojo asked, moving forward.
Something in the menacing eye caused the little broker to halt abruptly with a noncommittal shrug of his shoulders.
Something in the threatening gaze made the little broker stop suddenly with a casual shrug of his shoulders.
"I wouldn't go too far, Flaspoller," said Bojo coldly. "If this was a mistake, I paid for it too, as you know. You know what I dropped."
"I wouldn't push it too far, Flaspoller," Bojo said coldly. "If this was a mistake, I paid for it too, as you know. You know what I lost."
"I know nothing," said Flaspoller, recovering his courage with his anger, and planting himself defiantly in the young fellow's path. "I know only what you lost—here, and I know too what we lose."
"I don't know anything," said Flaspoller, regaining his confidence with his anger and standing defiantly in the young man's way. "I only know what you lost—here, and I also know what we lose."
"Good heavens, do you mean to insinuate that I did anything crooked?" said Bojo loudly, yet at the bottom ill at ease.
"Good heavens, are you suggesting that I did anything crooked?" said Bojo loudly, but deep down he felt uneasy.
"Shut up now," said Hauk, as Flaspoller started on another angry tirade. "Look here, Mr. Crocker, there's no use wasting words. The milk's spilt. Well, what then?"
"Shut up now," Hauk said as Flaspoller launched into another angry rant. "Listen, Mr. Crocker, there's no point in wasting breath. The milk's already spilled. So, what now?"
"I'm sorry, of course," said Bojo, frowning.
"I'm sorry, of course," Bojo said, frowning.
"Of course you understand after what's happened," said Hauk quietly, "it would be impossible for us to make use of your services any more."
"Of course you understand after what happened," Hauk said quietly, "it would be impossible for us to use your services anymore."
Much as he himself had contemplated breaking off relations, it gave him quite a shock to hear that he was being dismissed. He caught his breath, looked from one to another and said:
Much as he had considered ending the relationship, it shocked him to hear that he was being let go. He caught his breath, looked from one person to another, and said:
"Quite right. There I agree with you. I shall be very glad to leave your office to-day."[Pg 188]
"Absolutely. I totally agree with you. I'm really glad to leave your office today."[Pg 188]
He went to his desk in a towering rage, went through his papers blindly, and rose shortly to go out where he could get hold of himself and decide on a course of action. The fact was that for the first time he had a feeling of guilt. He again assured himself that he was perfectly innocent, that there was nothing in his whole course which could be objected to. Yet how many would have believed him if they knew that this very morning he had deposited a check for a quarter of a million? What would Hauk and Flaspoller have said at the bare announcement?
He marched to his desk in a huge rage, rifled through his papers without really seeing them, and soon stood up to go outside to collect himself and figure out what to do. The truth was, for the first time, he felt guilty. He kept telling himself that he was completely innocent, that there was nothing in what he had done that anyone could criticize. But how many would actually believe him if they found out that earlier that morning he had deposited a check for a quarter of a million? What would Hauk and Flaspoller have thought at just hearing that news?
He wandered into familiar groups, tarrying a moment and then passing on, parrying the questions that were showered on him by those who knew the intimacy of his relations with the successful manipulator. In all their conversations Drake appeared like a demigod. Men went back to the famous corners of Commodore Vanderbilt for a comparison with the skill and boldness of the late manipulator. It was freely said that there was no other man in Wall Street who would have dared so openly to defy the great powers of the day and force them to terms.
He walked into familiar groups, pausing for a moment and then moving on, deflecting the questions thrown at him by those who understood the closeness of his ties to the successful operator. In all their discussions, Drake seemed almost like a demigod. People compared him to the renowned Commodore Vanderbilt, noting the skill and daring of the late operator. It was often said that no other man on Wall Street would have had the guts to so boldly challenge the major powers of the time and make them come to terms.
In this chorus of admiration there was no note of censure. He had played the game as they played it. No one held him responsible for the tragedy of Forshay and the unwritten losses of those who had been caught.
In this chorus of praise, there was no hint of criticism. He had played the game like they did. No one blamed him for the tragedy of Forshay and the unspoken losses of those who had been caught.
Yet Bojo was not convinced. He knew that he had not been able to meet the partners openly; that despite all the injustice of their attitude, he had withheld the knowledge of his ultimate winnings, and that he had withheld it because he would have been at a loss to explain it. More potent than the stoic indifference[Pg 189] of Wall Street was the memory of the chance acquaintance, wrecked by the accident of this meeting; of Forshay, calmly matching quarters with him before the opening of the market, calculating the fatal point beyond which a rise meant to him the end. And as he examined it from this intimate outlook, he wondered more and more how free from responsibility and cruelty, from the echoes of agony, could be any fortune of ten millions made over night, because of others who had been led recklessly to gamble beyond their means.
Yet Bojo wasn't convinced. He knew he hadn't been able to meet the partners openly; that despite all the unfairness of their attitude, he had kept his ultimate winnings a secret, and he had done that because he couldn't explain it. More powerful than the stoic indifference[Pg 189] of Wall Street was the memory of the chance encounter, ruined by this meeting; of Forshay, calmly exchanging quarters with him before the market opened, calculating the crucial point beyond which a gain meant his downfall. And as he looked at it from this close perspective, he wondered more and more how free from responsibility and cruelty, from the echoes of suffering, could be any fortune of ten million earned overnight, because of others who had been recklessly led to gamble beyond their means.
Forshay recalled DeLancy, and he shuddered at the thought of how close the line of disaster had passed to him. Again and again he remembered with distaste the look in DeLancy's face when at the end he had persuaded him to take the check. What sat most heavily upon his conscience was that now, with the ranging of events in clearer perspective, he began to compare his own attitude with Drake's, with DeLancy's weak submission to his explanation. If DeLancy had taken money that Marsh had indignantly rejected, what had he himself done?
Forshay thought about DeLancy, and he shuddered at how close he had come to disaster. He kept remembering with disgust the look on DeLancy's face when he finally convinced him to take the check. What weighed most on his conscience was that now, with events clearer in hindsight, he started to compare his own attitude to Drake's and DeLancy's passive acceptance of his explanation. If DeLancy had accepted money that Marsh had angrily turned down, what had he really done?
At twelve, making a sudden resolve, he went up to the offices. The partners were still there, brooding over the rout, favoring him with dark looks at his interruption.
At twelve, making a sudden decision, he went up to the offices. The partners were still there, sulking over the defeat, giving him dark looks for interrupting.
"Mr. Hauk, will you give me the total of Mr. Forshay's indebtedness to your firm?"
"Mr. Hauk, can you tell me the total amount Mr. Forshay owes your company?"
Flaspoller wheeled with an insolent dismissal on his lips, but Hauk forestalled him. "What business is that of yours?"
Flaspoller turned away with a cocky attitude, but Hauk interrupted him. "What does that have to do with you?"
"You stated that his losses might amount to forty or forty-five thousand. Is that correct?"[Pg 190]
"You said that his losses could total forty or forty-five thousand. Is that right?"[Pg 190]
"That's our affair!"
"That's our business!"
"You don't understand," said Bojo quietly, "but I think it will be to your interest to listen to me. Do I understand that you intend to exercise your claim on whatever property may still be left to Mr. Forshay's widow?"
"You don't get it," Bojo said quietly, "but I think it would be in your best interest to hear me out. Am I right in understanding that you plan to assert your claim on whatever property might still belong to Mr. Forshay's widow?"
"What nonsense is he talking?" said Flaspoller, turning to his partner in amazement.
"What nonsense is he talking about?" said Flaspoller, turning to his partner in disbelief.
"I thought so," said Bojo, taking his answer from their attitude. "I repeat, kindly give me the exact figures, in detail, of the total indebtedness of Mr. Forshay to your firm."
"I figured as much," said Bojo, reading their demeanor. "I ask again, please provide me with the exact figures, in detail, of Mr. Forshay's total debt to your firm."
"I suppose you want to pay it, eh?" said Flaspoller contemptuously.
"I guess you want to pay it, right?" Flaspoller said with disdain.
"Exactly."
"Exactly."
"What!"
"What?!"
The reply came almost in a shout. Hauk, keener than his partner, perceiving from the exalted calm of the young man that the matter was serious, caught Flaspoller by the arm and shot him into a chair.
The response came out almost like a shout. Hauk, more perceptive than his partner, noticed from the calmness of the young man that the situation was serious, grabbed Flaspoller by the arm, and shoved him into a chair.
"You sit down and be quiet." He approached Bojo, studying him keenly. "You want to pay up for Forshay—am I right?"
"You sit down and stay quiet." He walked over to Bojo, examining him closely. "You want to pay for Forshay—am I right?"
"You are.
"You exist."
"When?"
"When's that?"
"Now."
"Right now."
Hauk himself was not proof against the shock the announcement brought. He sat down, stupidly rubbing his hand across his forehead, glancing suspiciously at Bojo. Finally he recovered himself sufficiently to say:
Hauk himself wasn't immune to the shock the announcement caused. He sat down, blankly rubbing his hand across his forehead, glancing warily at Bojo. Eventually, he managed to pull himself together enough to say:
"That is my business," said Bojo, "and besides you would not understand in the least."
"That's my business," Bojo said, "and besides, you wouldn't understand it at all."
"Well, well," said Flaspoller, recovering his eagerness with his cupidity.
"Well, well," said Flaspoller, regaining his excitement with his greed.
"You're not going to refuse, are you?"
"You're not going to say no, are you?"
"That's very noble, very generous," said Hauk slowly. "We were a little hasty, Mr. Crocker. We've lost a good deal of money. We sometimes say things a little more than we mean at such times. You mustn't think too much of that. We are very much upset—we thought the world of Mr. Forshay—"
"That's really noble and generous," Hauk said slowly. "We were a bit hasty, Mr. Crocker. We've lost quite a bit of money. Sometimes we say things we don't really mean during times like this. Don't take it too seriously. We're really upset—we thought a lot of Mr. Forshay—"
"All this is quite unnecessary," said Bojo with quiet scorn. "We are dealing with figures. Have you the account ready—now?"
"All of this is totally unnecessary," Bojo said with a hint of sarcasm. "We're working with numbers. Do you have the account ready—now?"
"Yes, yes—we can have it ready in a moment—look it over—take just a few moments," said Flaspoller eagerly. "Sit down, Mr. Crocker, while we look it up."
"Sure, we can have it ready in just a minute—check it out—just take a few moments," said Flaspoller eagerly. "Please have a seat, Mr. Crocker, while we find it."
"Thanks, I prefer to wait outside. Remember I want a complete and minute statement."
"Thanks, I'd rather wait outside. Just remember that I want a full and detailed statement."
He wheeled and went out with disgust, taking his seat by his old place at the window, without removing his hat and coat. He waited thus, long minutes, staring out at the dirt-stained walls of the opposite skyscraper that, five hundred feet in the air, shut them out from a glimpse of the sky, oblivious to whispered conversations, curious glances, or the nervous bustling to and fro of the partners. Presently the telephone buzzed at his side.
He turned and walked out in disgust, sitting down at his usual spot by the window, still wearing his hat and coat. He waited like this for several long minutes, staring at the grimy walls of the skyscraper across the street that, five hundred feet up, blocked their view of the sky, completely unaware of the quiet conversations, curious looks, or the busy activity of the partners coming and going. Soon, the phone buzzed beside him.
"Mr. Hauk would like you to step into his office, sir."[Pg 192]
"Mr. Hauk wants you to come into his office, sir."[Pg 192]
"Tell him to come to me."
"Tell him to come see me."
It was bravado, but a revenge that was precious to him. Almost immediately Hauk came sliding to his desk, laying a paper before him.
It was boldness, but a revenge that was meaningful to him. Almost instantly, Hauk slid over to his desk, placing a paper in front of him.
"This is it, Mr. Crocker."
"This is it, Mr. Crocker."
"Every claim you have against the estate—every one?" said Bojo, examining carefully the items.
"Every claim you have against the estate—every single one?" Bojo asked, carefully reviewing the items.
"Perfectly."
"Perfect."
But at this moment Flaspoller arrived hastily and alarmed.
But at that moment, Flaspoller rushed in, looking anxious and alarmed.
"We forgot the share in the expense of the office," he said hurriedly.
"We forgot to chip in for the office expenses," he said quickly.
"Put it down," said Bojo, with a wave of his hand. At the point of bitter scorn at which he had arrived, it seemed to him a sublime thing to accept all figures without condescending to enter into discussion. "Anything more, gentlemen?"
"Put it down," Bojo said, waving his hand. At the level of bitter contempt he had reached, it felt to him like a great thing to accept all numbers without stooping to argue. "Anything else, gentlemen?"
Flaspoller in vain tortured his memory at this last summons. Hauk, misunderstanding the frown and the stare with which Bojo continued to gaze at the paper, began to explain: "This item here is calculated on a third share in—"
Flaspoller unsuccessfully strained his memory at this final request. Hauk, misinterpreting the frown and glare with which Bojo kept looking at the paper, started to explain: "This item here is based on a third share in—"
"I don't want any explanations," said Bojo, cutting him short. "You will, of course, furnish complete details to the executor of the estate. Now if this is complete, kindly give me a written acknowledgment of a payment in full of every claim you hold against the estate of W. O. Forshay, and likewise an attestation that this is in every respect a just and true bill of Mr. Forshay's debts." He drew out his check-book. "Fifty-two thousand, seven hundred—"
"I don't want any explanations," Bojo interrupted. "You will definitely provide all the details to the executor of the estate. Now, if this is everything, please give me a written acknowledgment for full payment of every claim you have against the estate of W. O. Forshay, and also a confirmation that this is a fair and accurate statement of Mr. Forshay's debts." He pulled out his checkbook. "Fifty-two thousand, seven hundred—"
"And forty-six dollars," said Flaspoller, who followed[Pg 193] the strokes of the pen with incredulous eyes as though unable to believe in Providence.
"And forty-six dollars," said Flaspoller, who followed[Pg 193] the strokes of the pen with disbelief, as if he couldn't trust that it was actually happening.
Bojo rose, took the acquittals and the bill of items, and handed them the check, saying: "This closes the matter, I believe."
Bojo stood up, took the acquittals and the list of items, and gave them the check, saying, "I think this wraps things up."
An immense struggle was going on in the minds of the two partners—curiosity, cupidity, and a new sense of the financial strength of the man who could thus toss off checks, plainly written in their startled expressions.
An intense battle was happening in the minds of the two partners—curiosity, greed, and a newfound awareness of the financial power of the man who could casually write checks, clearly reflected in their shocked faces.
"Mr. Crocker, Tom, we should be very glad if you forgot what we said this morning," said Flaspoller hurriedly. "You've been very handsome, very handsome indeed. You can always have a desk in our offices. Mr. Crocker, I apologize for mistaking you. Shake hands!"
"Mr. Crocker, Tom, we'd really appreciate it if you could forget what we talked about this morning," Flaspoller said quickly. "You've been very generous, truly generous. You can always have a desk in our offices. Mr. Crocker, I’m sorry for misunderstanding you. Let’s shake hands!"
"Good-by, gentlemen!" said Bojo, lifting his hat with the utmost punctiliousness.
"Goodbye, gentlemen!" said Bojo, lifting his hat with the utmost formality.
He took a hasty luncheon and went uptown to the Court, where Della, the pretty little Irish girl at the telephone desk, opened her eyes in surprise at this unusual appearance.
He quickly grabbed lunch and went uptown to the Court, where Della, the pretty little Irish girl at the telephone desk, looked at him in surprise at this unusual visit.
"Why, Mr. Crocker, what's wrong?"
"Why, Mr. Crocker, what’s up?"
"I'm changing my habits, Della," he said with an attempted laugh.
"I'm changing my habits, Della," he said with a forced laugh.
He went to his room and sat a long while before the fireplace, pulling at a pipe. At length he rose, went to the desk, and wrote:
He went to his room and sat for a long time in front of the fireplace, puffing on a pipe. Eventually, he got up, walked to the desk, and wrote:
Dear Doris:
Dear Doris:
A good many things have come up since I left you. I think it is better that no announcement be made until we have had a[Pg 194] chance to talk matters over very seriously. I hope that can be soon.
A lot has happened since I last saw you. I believe it's best if we don't make any announcements until we've had a[Pg 194] chance to discuss everything in detail. I hope we can do that soon.
Bojo.
Bojo.
P.S. Please thank Patsie for packing my bag. I went off in such a rush I think I forgot.
P.S. Please thank Patsie for packing my bag. I left in such a hurry I think I forgot to mention it.
P.P.S. Tell Gladys that Fred came out all right—shouldn't be surprised if he'd made a little too.
P.P.S. Tell Gladys that Fred is doing good—wouldn't be surprised if he made some money too.
CHAPTER XVIII
BOJO FACES THE TRUTH
The next days he spent aimlessly. He had a great decision to make, and he acted as though he had not a thought in the world but to drift indolently through life. He idled through breakfast, reading the morning papers laboriously, and was amazed to find that with all his delay it was only eleven o'clock, with an interminable interval to be filled in before lunch. He began a dozen novels, seeking to lose himself in the spell of other lands and other times; but as soon as he sallied out to his club he had the feeling that the world had been turned inside out.
The next few days were spent without direction. He had a big decision to make, but he acted like he had no cares in the world and just drifted through life. He lounged through breakfast, struggling to read the morning papers, and was surprised to see that despite all his postponing, it was only eleven o'clock, leaving him with a long stretch of time to kill before lunch. He started a dozen novels, trying to escape into the allure of different places and times; but as soon as he went out to his club, he felt like the world had been turned upside down.
After luncheon he tried vainly to inveigle some acquaintance into an afternoon's loafing, only to receive again that impression of strange loneliness in a foreign land, as one after the other disappeared before the call of work. He had nothing to do except the one thing which in the end he knew had to be done, and the more he sought to put it from him, idling in moving-picture halls or consuming long stretches of pavement in exploring tramps, the more he felt something always back of his shoulder, not to be denied.
After lunch, he unsuccessfully tried to convince someone he knew to hang out for the afternoon, only to feel that strange loneliness again in a foreign place as people kept leaving for work. He had nothing to do except the one thing he knew he had to tackle eventually, and the more he tried to avoid it—hanging out in movie theaters or wandering the streets aimlessly—the more he felt something hovering behind him, impossible to ignore.
He avoided the company of his chums, seeking other acquaintances with whom to dine and take in a show. Something had fallen into the midst of the[Pg 196] old intimacy of Westover Court. There was a feeling of unease and impending disruption. The passion for gain had passed among them at last and the trail of disillusionment it had left could not be effaced. The boyish delight, the frolicking with life had passed. They seemed to have aged and sobered in a night. The morning breakfasts were constrained, hurried affairs. There was not the old give-and-take spirit of horse play. DeLancy was moody and evasive, Marsh silent, and Granning grim. Bojo could not meet DeLancy's eyes, and with the others he felt that though they would never express it, he had disappointed them, that in some way they held him responsible for the changes which had come and the loss of that complete and free spirit of comradeship which would never return.
He steered clear of his friends, looking for other people to eat with and catch a show. Something had disrupted the old bond of Westover Court. There was a sense of unease and impending change. The desire for success had finally spread among them, leaving a trail of disillusionment that could not be erased. The youthful joy and carefree spirit had faded away. They seemed to have aged and matured overnight. The breakfast gatherings had become tense and rushed. The playful interactions were gone. DeLancy was moody and evasive, Marsh was quiet, and Granning was grim. Bojo couldn't meet DeLancy's gaze, and with the others, he sensed that even if they never said it, he had let them down, that somehow they held him responsible for the changes that had happened and the loss of the complete and free spirit of friendship that would never come back.
He had reached the point where he had decided on a full confession to Drake and a certain restitution. But here he met the rock of his indecision. What should he restore? After deducting the sums paid to DeLancy and to the estate of Forshay, he had still almost one hundred and sixty thousand dollars. Why should he not deduct his own losses, amounting to over seventy thousand dollars incurred in the service of a campaign which had netted millions?
He had arrived at the decision to fully confess to Drake and make some kind of repayment. But this is where he faced a significant obstacle in his indecision. What should he pay back? After subtracting the amounts given to DeLancy and to Forshay's estate, he still had nearly one hundred sixty thousand dollars left. Why shouldn’t he also subtract his own losses, which totaled over seventy thousand dollars from a campaign that had brought in millions?
His conscience, tortured by the tragic memory of Forshay and the feeling of the spreading circles of panic and losses which had started from his unwitting agency, had finally recoiled before the thought of making profit of the desolation of others. But if he renounced the gain, was there any reason why he should suffer loss; why Drake should not reimburse him as he had reimbursed others? To accept this[Pg 197] view meant that he would still remain in possession of upwards of eighty-five thousand dollars, producing a tidy income, able to hold up his own in the society to which he had grown accustomed. To renounce the payment of his losses meant not simply a blow to his pride in the acknowledgment that in the first six months he had already lost two-thirds of what his father had given him, but that his whole scheme of living would have to be changed, while marriage with Doris became an impossibility.
His conscience, tormented by the painful memory of Forshay and the growing waves of panic and losses that stemmed from his unintentional actions, ultimately recoiled at the idea of profiting from others' suffering. But if he turned down the profit, why should he also have to face a loss? Why shouldn't Drake reimburse him like he had with others? Accepting this[Pg 197] perspective meant he would still keep over eighty-five thousand dollars, generating a nice income and allowing him to maintain his position in the society he was used to. Turning down the payment for his losses would not only be a hit to his pride—acknowledging that in just six months he had lost two-thirds of what his father had given him—but it would also mean a complete change in his way of life, making marriage to Doris impossible.
Beyond the first letter he had written her in the first tragic reaction on his return from the office, he had sent Doris no further word. What he had to say was yet too undefined to express on paper. Too much depended on her attitude when they met at last face to face. Her letters, full of anxiety and demand for information, remained unanswered. One afternoon on returning after a day's tramp on the East Side, he found a telegram, which had been waiting hours.
Beyond the first letter he had written to her in his initial emotional response upon returning from the office, he hadn’t sent Doris any more messages. What he wanted to say was still too unclear to put into words on paper. So much relied on her reaction when they finally met in person. Her letters, filled with worry and requests for updates, went unanswered. One afternoon, after a day of walking on the East Side, he found a telegram that had been sitting there for hours.
Return this afternoon four-thirty most anxious meet me station.
Return this afternoon at four-thirty; I'm very anxious to meet me at the station.
Doris.
Doris.
It was then almost six. Without waiting to telephone explanations he jumped in a taxi and shot off uptown. At the Drakes' he sent up his name by Thompson, learning with a sudden tightening of the heart that Drake himself was home. He went into the quiet reception room, nervously excited by the approaching crisis, resolved now that it was up, to push it to its ultimate conclusion. As he whipped back and forth, fingering impatiently the shining[Pg 198] green leaves of the waxed rubber plant, all at once, to his amazement, Patsie stood before him.
It was almost six. Without taking the time to call and explain, he jumped into a taxi and sped uptown. At the Drakes', he had Thompson announce his arrival, and he felt a sudden rush of anxiety when he learned that Drake was actually home. He entered the quiet reception room, feeling nervous excitement about the upcoming confrontation, determined now that it was happening, to see it through to the end. As he paced back and forth, impatiently toying with the shiny[Pg 198] green leaves of the polished rubber plant, he was suddenly amazed to see Patsie standing in front of him.
"You here?" he said, stopping short.
"You here?" he asked, coming to a sudden stop.
She nodded, red in her cheeks, looking quickly at him and away.
She nodded, her cheeks flushed, glancing quickly at him and then looking away.
"Doris is changing her dress; she'll be down right away. Didn't you get the telegram?"
"Doris is changing her dress; she'll be down any minute. Didn't you get the telegram?"
"I'm sorry— I was out all day."
"I'm sorry—I was out all day."
He stopped and she was silent, both awkwardly conscious of the other. Finally he stammered: "I asked Doris to thank you—for getting my bag ready and—and your message."
He stopped and she was silent, both awkwardly aware of each other. Finally, he stammered: "I asked Doris to thank you—for getting my bag ready and—and for your message."
"Oh, Bojo," she said impulsively and the spots of red on her cheek spread like names, "I want to speak to you so much. I have been thinking over so many things that I ought to say."
"Oh, Bojo," she said impulsively, and the red spots on her cheeks spread like flags, "I really want to talk to you. I've been thinking about so many things I need to say."
"You can say anything," he said gently.
"You can say anything," he said softly.
"Bojo, you must marry Doris!" she said brokenly, joining her hands.
"Bojo, you have to marry Doris!" she said tearfully, clasping her hands together.
"Why?" he said, too startled to notice the absurdity of the question.
"Why?" he asked, too shocked to realize how ridiculous the question was.
"She needs you. She loves you. If you could have seen her all Sunday night when we—when she was afraid you had been ruined. You don't know how she cares. I didn't. I was terribly mistaken—unjust. You mustn't let her go off and marry some one she doesn't care about, like Boskirk, the way Dolly did."
"She needs you. She loves you. If you could have seen her all Sunday night when we—when she was scared you had been ruined. You have no idea how much she cares. I didn't. I was really wrong—unfair. You can't let her go off and marry someone she doesn’t care about, like Boskirk, the way Dolly did."
"But I must do what is right for me too," he said desperately, moved by the radiance in her eyes that seemed to flow out and envelope him irresistibly. "I have a right to love too, to find a woman who knows what love means—"[Pg 199]
"But I have to do what’s right for me as well," he said desperately, captivated by the light in her eyes that seemed to surround him irresistibly. "I deserve to love too, to find a woman who understands what love really means—"[Pg 199]
"Don't—don't," she said, turning away miserably, too young to make the pretense of not understanding him.
"Don't—don't," she said, turning away sadly, too young to pretend she didn't understand him.
"Listen, Drina," he said, catching her hand. "I am up against a decision, the greatest decision in my life, which means whether I am to have the right to my own self-respect and yours and others. One way means money, an easy way to everything people want in this world, and no blame attached except what I myself might feel. The other means standing on my own feet, no favors, taking a loss of thousands of dollars, and a fight of perhaps five, ten years to get where I am now. Which would you do? No, you don't even need to answer," he said joyfully, carried away by the look in her eyes as she swung fearlessly around. "I know you."
"Listen, Drina," he said, taking her hand. "I’m facing a huge decision, the biggest one of my life, which affects my right to self-respect and yours, too, as well as others'. One option offers money, an easy path to everything people desire in this world, with no blame except for what I might feel. The other means standing on my own, no handouts, losing thousands of dollars, and possibly a fight lasting five to ten years to get to where I am now. What would you choose? No, you don't even need to answer," he said joyfully, swept up by the look in her eyes as she turned around with confidence. "I know you."
In his fervor he caught her hand and pressed it against his heart. "Drina dear, you ring true, true as a bell. You, I know, will understand whatever I do." He was rushing on when suddenly a thought stopped him. If he did what he had planned, what right would he have to hope of marrying her even after years of toil? He dropped her hands, his face going so blank that, forgetting the mingled joy and terror his words had brought her, she cried:
In his excitement, he took her hand and pressed it against his heart. "Drina, my dear, you sound true, true as a bell. I know you'll understand whatever I do." He was caught up in his emotions when suddenly a thought halted him. If he went through with his plans, what right would he have to hope for marrying her even after years of hard work? He dropped her hands, his expression going so blank that, forgetting the mix of joy and fear his words had brought her, she cried:
"Bojo—what's wrong—what are you thinking of?"
"Bojo—what's up—what's on your mind?"
He turned away, shaking his head, drawing a deep breath.
He turned away, shaking his head and taking a deep breath.
But at this moment, before Patsie could escape, Doris came down the stairs and directly to him.
But at that moment, just as Patsie was about to leave, Doris came down the stairs and walked straight up to him.
"Bojo—I've been so worried—why didn't you answer my letters? And why didn't you meet me?"[Pg 200]
"Bojo—I've been really worried—why didn't you reply to my letters? And why didn't you meet up with me?"[Pg 200]
She threw her arms about his neck, gazing anxiously into his eyes. He had a blurred vision of Patsie, shrinking and white, turning from the sight of the embrace, as he stammered explanations. Luckily Drake himself broke the tension with an unexpected appearance and a bluff—
She wrapped her arms around his neck, looking worriedly into his eyes. He had a hazy image of Patsie, looking small and pale, turning away from the sight of their embrace as he stumbled over his words. Luckily, Drake himself eased the tension with an unexpected entrance and a casual—
"Hello, Tom. Where have you been keeping yourself? Now that you're a millionaire I expected you to come sailing in on a steam yacht! Well, Doris, what do you think of your financier?"
"Hey, Tom. Where have you been? Now that you're a millionaire, I thought you’d show up on a fancy yacht! So, Doris, what do you think of your financier?"
"Mr. Drake, I've got something important I must talk over with you. Can you see me for a few minutes now? It's very important. If you could—"
"Mr. Drake, I have something important to discuss with you. Can we talk for a few minutes right now? It's really important. If you could—"
The tone in which he said these words, staring past them into the vista of the salons, impressed each with the feeling of a crisis. Drake halted, shot a quick glance from the young fellow to Doris, and said, as he went out:
The way he said those words, looking past them into the view of the salons, made everyone feel like something big was about to happen. Drake stopped, quickly looked from the young guy to Doris, and said, as he left:
"Why, yes—of course. Come in now. Soon as you're ready. The library—glad to see you."
"Of course! Come on in whenever you're ready. The library—happy to see you."
At the same moment, with a last appealing glance, Patsie disappeared behind the curtains. Doris came to him, startled and alarmed.
At that moment, with one last hopeful look, Patsie vanished behind the curtains. Doris approached him, shocked and worried.
"You're not in trouble?" she said, wonder in her look. "Dad told me you'd made a quarter of a million and that everything was all right. That is true, isn't it?"
"You're not in trouble?" she asked, a look of wonder on her face. "Dad told me you made a quarter of a million and that everything is fine. That’s true, right?"
"Doris, everything is not all right," he said solemnly. "Whether I am to keep my share or not depends on what answer your father gives to one question I am going to ask him."
"Doris, everything is not okay," he said seriously. "Whether I get to keep my share or not depends on how your father answers one question I'm going to ask him."
"What do you mean? You mean you would not accept—"[Pg 201]
"What do you mean? You mean you wouldn't accept—"[Pg 201]
"Under certain circumstances I can't accept this money—exactly that."
"Under certain circumstances I can't accept this money—just that."
"But, Bojo, don't do anything rash—hastily," she said hurriedly. "Talk it over with me first. Let me know."
"But, Bojo, don't act too quickly," she said in a rush. "Talk it over with me first. Keep me informed."
"No," he said firmly. "This is my decision."
"No," he said firmly. "This is my choice."
"At least let me come with you—let me hear!"
"At least let me go with you—let me listen!"
He shook his head. "No, Doris—not even that. This is between your father and me."
He shook his head. "No, Doris—not even that. This is between your dad and me."
"But our marriage," she said in desperation, following him to the door.
"But our marriage," she said desperately, following him to the door.
"Afterward—when I have seen your father, then we must talk of that."
"Later—once I've talked to your dad, we need to discuss that."
The new decision in his voice and movement surprised and controlled her. She raised her hand as though to speak, and found no word to utter in her amazement. He went quickly through the salons, knocked, and went into the library. Drake, with a premonition perhaps of what was coming, was waiting impatiently, spinning the chain of his watch.
The new determination in his voice and movements took her by surprise and kept her in check. She raised her hand as if to speak but couldn’t find the words in her shock. He quickly walked through the rooms, knocked, and entered the library. Drake, perhaps sensing what was about to happen, waited impatiently, fiddling with the chain of his watch.
"Well, Tom, to the point. What is it?" he said imperiously.
"Well, Tom, let's get to the point. What is it?" he said authoritatively.
"Mr. Drake," Bojo began carefully, "I have not been in to see you because—because I did not know just what to say. Mr. Drake, I've been terribly upset by this Pittsburgh & New Orleans deal!"
"Mr. Drake," Bojo started cautiously, "I haven't come to see you because—I wasn't sure what to say. Mr. Drake, I've been really upset about this Pittsburgh & New Orleans deal!"
"What, upset by making a cool quarter of a million?"
"What, upset about making a cool $250,000?"
"Yes, that's it," he said firmly, never losing an expression on the older man's face. "You know, of course, that Forshay, who committed suicide, was in my office."[Pg 202]
"Yes, that's it," he said firmly, never breaking eye contact with the older man. "You know, of course, that Forshay, who took his own life, was in my office."[Pg 202]
"What, in your office?" said Drake, with a start. "No, I didn't know that!"
"What, in your office?" Drake said, surprised. "No, I didn't know that!"
"That's rather shaken me up. He ruined himself on Pittsburgh & New Orleans. And then that night—when I got home one of my chums was pretty close to the same thing."
"That really shook me up. He messed up everything with Pittsburgh & New Orleans. And then that night—when I got home, one of my friends was pretty much in the same situation."
"I told you not to take any one into your confidence, Tom," said Drake quietly.
"I told you not to trust anyone, Tom," Drake said quietly.
"That's true, you told me that. Mr. Drake, answer me this, didn't you expect me to tell—some one?"
"That's true, you told me that. Mr. Drake, answer me this, didn't you expect me to tell—someone?"
Drake looked at him quickly, then down, drumming with his fingers.
Drake glanced at him for a moment, then looked down, tapping his fingers.
"What's the point?"
"What's the purpose?"
Bojo had no longer any doubts. The transaction had been as he had finally divined. Yet the words had not been spoken that meant to him the renunciation of all the luxury and opportunity that surrounded him in the tapestried wealth of the great room. He hesitated so long that Drake looked up at him and frowned, repeating the question:
Bojo no longer had any doubts. The transaction had been exactly what he had finally figured out. Yet the words had not been said that signified to him the giving up of all the luxury and opportunities that surrounded him in the richly decorated great room. He hesitated for so long that Drake looked up at him and frowned, repeating the question:
"What's the point, Tom?"
"What's the point, Tom?"
"Mr. Drake, you knew I would tell others to sell Pittsburgh & New Orleans—you intended I should, didn't you? That was part of your plan—a necessary part, wasn't it?"
"Mr. Drake, you knew I would tell others to sell Pittsburgh & New Orleans—you meant for me to, didn't you? That was part of your plan—a crucial part, wasn't it?"
"Tom, I expressly told you not to jump to conclusions," said Drake, rising and raising his voice. "I expressly told you not to let the cat out of the bag."
"Tom, I specifically told you not to jump to conclusions," Drake said, getting up and raising his voice. "I specifically told you not to let the cat out of the bag."
"Won't you answer my question? Yes or no?" said the young fellow, very quiet and quite colorless.
"Will you answer my question? Yes or no?" said the young guy, very quiet and pretty bland.
"Yes, you have answered," said Bojo slowly. "Now, Mr. Drake, I won't press you any further. I know. I can't accept that money. It is not mine."
"Yes, you’ve answered," Bojo said slowly. "Now, Mr. Drake, I won’t push you any further. I understand. I can’t accept that money. It’s not mine."
"Can't accept? What's this nonsense?" said Drake, stopping short.
"Can't accept? What is this nonsense?" Drake said, stopping abruptly.
"I can't make money off the losings of my friends, whom I have ruined to make your deal succeed."
"I can't profit from the losses of my friends, whom I've damaged to make your deal successful."
"That's a hard word!"
"That's a tough word!"
"And there's another reason," said Bojo, ignoring his flash of anger. "I was not honest with you. The night I came here I was ruined myself."
"And there's another reason," said Bojo, pushing aside his moment of anger. "I wasn't honest with you. The night I came here, I was in ruins myself."
"I knew that."
"I knew that already."
"But you didn't know that I had used the fifty thousand dollars pledged to your pool and that if you had been operating as I thought and wiped out, I should have owed you thirty-five thousand dollars—pledged to you—a debt which would mean dishonor to me."
"But you didn't realize that I had used the fifty thousand dollars promised for your pool, and if you had been running things as I believed and had lost everything, I would have owed you thirty-five thousand dollars—promised to you—a debt that would bring me shame."
"I didn't know that. No. How did that happen?" said Drake, sitting down and gazing anxiously at him.
"I didn't know that. No. How did that happen?" Drake asked, taking a seat and looking at him with concern.
"I lost my head—absolutely—completely. I did just what Forshay and DeLancy did—gambled with money that didn't belong to me. I lived in a nightmare. Mr. Drake, I lost my bearings. Now I'm going to get them back." He paused, drew breath, and continued earnestly: "Now you understand why I don't deserve a cent of that money even if you could swear to me you didn't use me purposely, which you can't! I pretty nearly went over the line, Mr. Drake, and it wasn't my fault I didn't, either. I guess I'm not built right for this sort of life—that's the short of it."[Pg 204]
"I completely lost my mind. I did exactly what Forshay and DeLancy did—I gambled with money that wasn’t mine. I was living in a nightmare. Mr. Drake, I lost my way. Now I'm going to find it again." He paused, took a breath, and continued sincerely: "Now you see why I don’t deserve a single cent of that money, even if you could swear to me that you didn’t use me intentionally, which you can't! I almost crossed the line, Mr. Drake, and it wasn’t even my fault that I didn’t. I guess I’m just not cut out for this kind of life—that’s the bottom line."[Pg 204]
"You are young, very young, Tom," said Drake slowly. "Young people look at things through their emotions. That's what you're doing!"
"You’re really young, Tom," Drake said slowly. "Young people see things through their emotions. That’s what you’re doing!"
"Thank God," said Bojo, and it seemed to him for the first time a feeling of peace returned.
"Thank God," Bojo said, and for the first time, he felt a sense of peace come back to him.
"What do you want to do?" said Drake, frowning and rising.
"What do you want to do?" Drake asked, frowning as he stood up.
"I can not return you the two hundred thousand dollars," said Bojo slowly. "I paid one friend thirty-eight thousand to cover his losses, to save him from disgrace and dishonor in the eyes of a woman; another friend refused to accept a cent. I paid to the estate of Forshay every cent of indebtedness he owed the firm—fifty-two odd thousand dollars. Forshay gambled because he thought I knew. That makes over ninety thousand dollars. The rest—one hundred and fifty-nine thousand—I will return to you."
"I can't pay you back the two hundred thousand dollars," Bojo said slowly. "I gave one friend thirty-eight thousand to cover his losses, to protect him from disgrace and embarrassment in front of a woman; another friend refused to take any money. I paid the estate of Forshay every cent he owed the firm—over fifty-two thousand dollars. Forshay gambled because he thought I knew. That adds up to over ninety thousand dollars. The remaining one hundred and fifty-nine thousand—I will return to you."
"Good heavens, Tom, you did that?" said Drake, taking out his handkerchief. He sat down in his chair, overcome. For a long interval no one spoke, and then from the chair a voice came out that sounded not like Drake but something bodiless. "That's awful—awful. From my point of view I have played the game as others, as square as the squarest. I have lost thousands of thousands sticking to a friend, thousands in keeping to my word. This is not business, this is war. Those who go in, who intend to gamble with life, to fight with thousands and millions, must go in to take the consequences. If they ever get me it'll be because some one has turned traitor, not because I've sold out or done anything disreputable. If others were ruined in Pittsburgh & New Orleans, that's because they were willing to make money by[Pg 205] smashing up some other person's property. It was their fault, not mine. If a man can't control himself—his fault. If a man goes bankrupt and won't face the world and work back instead of blowing his brains out—his fault.
"Good heavens, Tom, you did that?" Drake said, pulling out his handkerchief. He sat down in his chair, overwhelmed. For a long time, no one said anything, and then a voice came from the chair that sounded not like Drake but something disembodied. "That's terrible—really terrible. From my perspective, I’ve played the game like everyone else, as fair as the most honest. I’ve lost thousands upon thousands sticking by a friend, thousands keeping my promises. This isn’t business; it’s war. Those who jump in, who choose to gamble with life and fight among thousands and millions, must be ready to face the consequences. If they ever catch me, it’ll be because someone turned traitor, not because I sold out or did anything dishonorable. If others went bankrupt in Pittsburgh and New Orleans, that’s because they were willing to profit by ruining someone else’s property. That’s their fault, not mine. If a man can’t control himself—his fault. If someone goes bankrupt and can’t face the world and rebuild instead of ending it all—his fault."
"You think of the individual—men, friends, death. They move you, they're closer to you than the big perspective. They don't count, no one counts. If a man kills himself, he dies quicker than he would and is not worth living, that's all. Sounds cold-blooded to you. Yes. But we're dealing in movements, armies! Poverty, sorrow, disaster, death, they are life—you can't get away from them. A great bridge is more important than the lives of the men who build it, a great railroad is necessary, not the question whether a few thousand people lose their fortunes, in the operation which makes a great amalgamation possible. That's my point of view. It's not yours. You're set on what you've made up your mind to do. Your emotions have got you. Ten years from now you'll regret it."
"You think about individuals—people, friends, death. They affect you; they’re more important to you than the bigger picture. They don’t matter; no one matters. If someone takes their own life, they die faster than they would have and aren’t worth living—that’s just the way it is. Sounds harsh to you? Yeah. But we’re focused on movements, groups! Poverty, pain, disaster, death—they’re all part of life—you can’t escape them. A huge bridge is more significant than the lives of the workers who build it; a major railroad is essential, no matter if a few thousand people lose their fortunes in the process that enables a great merger. That’s my perspective. It’s not yours. You’re committed to what you’ve decided to do. Your feelings have taken over. In ten years, you’ll regret it."
"I hope not," said Bojo simply.
"I hope not," Bojo said plainly.
"What are you going to do? Well, come in here as my private secretary," said Drake, placing his hand on the young man's shoulder, and adding, with that burst of human understanding which gave him a magnetic power over men: "Tom, you're a —— fool to do what you're doing, but, by heaven, I love you for it!"
"What are you going to do? Well, come in here as my personal assistant," said Drake, placing his hand on the young man's shoulder and adding, with that burst of human understanding that gave him a magnetic power over people: "Tom, you're a fool for what you're doing, but I admire you for it!"
"Thank you," said Bojo, controlling his voice with difficulty.
"Thanks," Bojo said, struggling to keep his voice steady.
"Will you come here?"
"Are you coming here?"
"Why not?"
"Why not?"
"Frankly, I want to do something by myself," said Bojo stubbornly. "I don't want some one to take me by the collar and jack me up into success."
"Honestly, I want to achieve something on my own," Bojo said stubbornly. "I don't want someone to drag me by the collar and force me into success."
"Think it over!"
"Give it some thought!"
"No, I'll stick to that. I want to get into a rational life. To live the way I've been living is torture."
"No, I’ll stick with that. I want to lead a reasonable life. Living the way I have been is torture."
Drake hesitated, as though loathe to let him go, seeking some way out.
Drake hesitated, seemingly reluctant to let him leave, looking for a way out.
"Won't you let me make good your losses—at least that?"
"Will you let me help cover your losses—at least that?"
"Not after the hole I got into, no."
"Not after the trouble I got into, no."
"Damn it, Tom, won't you let me do something to help out?"
"Damn it, Tom, can’t you let me help out?"
"No, not a thing." He went up and shook hands. "You don't know what it means to be able to look you in the eyes again, sir. That's everything!"
"No, nothing at all." He approached and shook hands. "You have no idea what it means to be able to look you in the eyes again, sir. That’s everything!"
"And Doris?" said Drake slowly, beaten at every point.
"And Doris?" Drake said slowly, feeling defeated at every turn.
"Doris I am going to see now," he said.
"Doris, I'm going to see her now," he said.
He went to the door hastily to avoid sentimentalities, and on the other side of the curtain, where she had been listening, he found Doris, wide-eyed and thrilled, her finger on her lips.[Pg 207]
He rushed to the door to skip the sentimental stuff, and on the other side of the curtain, where she had been eavesdropping, he found Doris, wide-eyed and excited, her finger on her lips.[Pg 207]
CHAPTER XIX
A CHIP OF THE OLD BLOCK
"What, you were there! You heard!" he said, astounded.
"What, you were there! You heard!" he exclaimed, surprised.
She nodded her head, incapable of speech, her finger still on her lips, drawing him by the hand into the little sitting-room where they were in a measure free from other eyes.
She nodded, unable to speak, her finger still on her lips, pulling him by the hand into the small sitting room where they were somewhat free from prying eyes.
"Now for a torrent of reproaches," he thought grimly.
"Now for a flood of accusations," he thought grimly.
But instead the next moment tears were on her cheeks, her arms about him, and her head on his shoulder. Seeing her thus shaken, he thought bitterly that all this grief was but for the material loss, the blow to her ambitions. All at once she raised her head, took him firmly by the shoulder, and said:
But instead, the next moment, tears were streaming down her cheeks, her arms wrapped around him, and her head on his shoulder. Seeing her so distraught, he thought bitterly that all this sorrow was just about the material loss, the hit to her dreams. Suddenly, she lifted her head, grabbed him firmly by the shoulder, and said:
"Bojo, I've never loved you before—but I do now, oh, yes, now I know!"
"Bojo, I’ve never loved you before—but I do now, oh yes, now I get it!"
He shook his head, unable to believe her capable of great emotions.
He shook his head, unable to believe she was capable of deep feelings.
"Doris, you are carried away—this is not what you'll say to-morrow!"
"Doris, you're getting carried away—this isn't what you'll say tomorrow!"
"Yes, yes, it is!" she cried fervently. "I'll sacrifice anything now—nothing will ever make me give you up!"
"Yes, yes, it is!" she exclaimed passionately. "I'll give up anything now—nothing will ever make me let you go!"
"Luckily for you," he said, his look darkening, "you'll have time enough to come to your senses.[Pg 208] If you heard all, you know what this means—starting at the beginning."
"Fortunately for you," he said, his expression turning serious, "you'll have plenty of time to think things through.[Pg 208] If you heard everything, you know what this means—going back to the start."
"I heard— I understand," she said, close to him, her eyes shining with a light that blotted out the world in confused shadow. He looked at her, thrilled by her feeling, by the thought that it belonged to him, that he was the master of it, and yet unconvinced.
"I heard— I get it," she said, leaning in closer to him, her eyes glowing with a brightness that erased the world in a blur of shadow. He gazed at her, excited by her emotions, by the idea that it was his to hold, that he was in control of it, yet still unsure.
"It's just your imagination," he said quietly, "that's all. Doris, I know you too well—what you've lived with and what you must have." He added, with a doubting smile: "You remember what you said to me that day on our ride, when we passed through that factory village—'ask me anything but to be poor.'"
"It's just your imagination," he said softly, "that's all. Doris, I know you too well—what you've been through and what you need." He added, with a skeptical smile: "You remember what you told me that day on our ride, when we went through that factory village—'ask me anything but to be poor'."
"Bojo," she said, desperately, "you don't understand what a woman is. That was true—then. There's all that you say in me, but there's something else which you've never called out before, which can come when I love, when I really love." She clung to him, fighting for him, feeling how close she had been to losing him. "Bojo, believe in me, give me one more chance!"
"Bojo," she said urgently, "you don’t get what a woman is. That was true back then. There's everything you see in me, but there's something else that you’ve never recognized before, which can emerge when I love, when I truly love." She held onto him tightly, struggling for him, feeling how close she had come to losing him. "Bojo, believe in me, give me one more chance!"
"To-morrow you'll come to me with some new scheme for making money!"
"Tomorrow you'll come to me with some new plan for making money!"
"No, no."
"Nope."
"You'll try to persuade me that I should marry you on your money, take the opportunities your father can shove in my way. Oh, Doris, I know you too well!"
"You'll try to convince me to marry you for your money and take the opportunities your dad can throw my way. Oh, Doris, I know you all too well!"
"No, no, I won't. I don't want—don't you see I don't want to make you do anything? I want to follow you!"
"No, no, I won’t. I don’t want—don’t you see I don’t want to force you to do anything? I want to support you!"
"That has been the trouble," he said, abruptly.[Pg 209]
"That's been the problem," he said, suddenly.[Pg 209]
He turned, walked away, and sat down, gazing out through the window, feeling something dark and enveloping closing about him without his being able to slip away. She came impulsively to his side, flinging herself on the floor at his knees, carried away with the intensity of her emotion.
He turned, walked away, and sat down, looking out the window, sensing something dark and suffocating closing in on him that he couldn’t escape. She impulsively rushed to his side, flinging herself on the floor at his knees, overwhelmed by the depth of her feelings.
"What does all the rest amount to!" she said breathlessly. "I want you! I want a man, not a dummy, in my life. I want some one to look up to, bigger, stronger than I am, that can make me do things."
"What does all the rest even mean!" she said, breathless. "I want you! I want a man, not a toy, in my life. I want someone to look up to, bigger, stronger than I am, who can make me do things."
He put his hand on hers, thrilling as he bent quickly and kissed it.
He placed his hand on hers, excitingly leaning down to kiss it.
"The trouble has been," he said slowly, "all this time I've been trying to come to your ways of living, to reach you. Doris, I can't promise; I'm not sure of myself, of what I think—"
"The problem has been," he said slowly, "this whole time I've been trying to understand your way of living, to connect with you. Doris, I can't make any promises; I don't really know what I'm thinking—"
"Oh, it would be such a dreadful thing if you were to let me go now," she said suddenly, covering her face. "Now, when I know what I could do!"
"Oh, it would be such a terrible thing if you let me go now," she said suddenly, covering her face. "Now that I know what I could do!"
"Yes," he assented, feeling too the power he had suddenly acquired to make or mar a life, and with that power the responsibility.
"Yes," he agreed, also feeling the power he had suddenly gained to impact someone's life, and along with that power came the responsibility.
"You can do anything with me," she said in a whisper.
"You can do anything you want with me," she whispered.
He felt a lump in his throat, a sense of being blocked at every turn, a horror of doing harm, and a wild pride in the thought that at the last this girl, whom he had rebelled against so often for being without emotion or passion, was at his feet, without reserve, a warm, adoring woman.
He felt a lump in his throat, a sense of being stuck at every turn, a fear of causing harm, and a fierce pride in the realization that at last this girl, whom he had often rebelled against for being so unemotional and passionless, was at his feet, completely open, a warm, adoring woman.
"Doris, you have got to come to me on my footing," he said firmly at last.[Pg 210]
"Doris, you need to meet me on my terms," he said firmly at last.[Pg 210]
She accepted it as the answer she had longed for, raising her face suffused with joy, pressing his hand to her heart, her eyes swimming with tears, inarticulate.
She took it as the answer she had been wishing for, lifting her face filled with joy, pressing his hand to her heart, her eyes brimming with tears, unable to speak.
"Try me—anything! I'm happy—so happy—so afraid— I was so afraid— Oh, Bojo, to think I might never have known you—lost you!"
"Try me—anything! I'm happy—so happy—so scared—I was so scared— Oh, Bojo, to think I might never have known you—lost you!"
When a little calm had been reestablished, she wished to marry him at once, to live in one room in a boarding-house, if necessary, to prove her sincerity. He answered her evasively, pretending to laugh at her, feeling the while the leaden load of what by a trick of fate he had assumed at the moment when he had expected the completest freedom. Yet there was something so genuine, so uncalculated in her contrition, something so helpless and appealing to his strength in her surrender to his will and decision, that he felt stirred to a poignant pity, and shrank before the brutality of inflicting pain.
When a bit of calm returned, she wanted to marry him right away, even if it meant living in one room at a boarding house, just to show her sincerity. He responded vaguely, pretending to laugh at her, all the while feeling the heavy burden of what, by a twist of fate, he had taken on at the moment he had expected total freedom. Yet there was something so real, so unplanned in her remorse, something so vulnerable and pleading for his strength in her submission to his will and decision, that he felt a deep sense of pity and recoiled from the harshness of causing her pain.
When he left, quiet and brooding, turning the corner of the Avenue his glance happened to go to a window on the second floor, and he saw Patsie looking down. He stopped, stumbling in his progress, and then, recovering himself, lifted his hat solemnly. She did not move nor make an answering gesture. He saw her only immobile, looking down at him.
When he left, quiet and deep in thought, as he turned the corner of the Avenue, he happened to glance at a window on the second floor and saw Patsie looking down. He paused, tripping in his steps, and then, getting himself together, lifted his hat seriously. She didn’t move or make any gesture in response. He only saw her standing still, looking down at him.
When he returned to the Court and stopped mechanically at the desk for his mail, Della, with her welcoming smile, chided him.
When he got back to the Court and automatically paused at the desk for his mail, Della, with her friendly smile, teased him.
"My, but you look awful serious, Mr. Crocker!"
"My, you look really serious, Mr. Crocker!"
"Am I?— Yes, I suppose so," he said absent-mindedly.[Pg 211]
"Am I?— Yeah, I guess so," he said, lost in thought.[Pg 211]
He went through into the inner court that yesterday had seemed to him such a constricted little spot in the great city which had responded to his fortunate touch. Now, in the falling dusk, with the lights blossoming out, the court seemed very big, crowded with human beings in the battle of life, and he himself small and without significance.
He walked into the inner court that had seemed like such a cramped little place in the vast city that had welcomed his lucky touch. Now, in the fading light, with the lights coming on, the court felt really big, packed with people caught up in the struggles of life, and he felt small and insignificant.
"Well, I've gone and done it," he said to himself with a half laugh. "I wonder—"
"Well, I've really done it," he said to himself with a little laugh. "I wonder—"
He wondered, now that it was all over, now that the curtain had dropped on the drama of it, whether after all Drake had been right—whether he was seeing life through his emotions, and what the point of view of thirty-five and forty would be in retrospection.
He wondered, now that it was all over, now that the curtain had dropped on the drama of it, whether Drake had been right after all—whether he was seeing life through his emotions, and what the perspective of thirty-five and forty would be in reflection.
"Well, I've chucked it all," he said, lingering in the quiet and the suffused half lights. "I took the bit in my teeth. There's no turning back now." He remembered his father and the old battling look of defiance in his eyes as he had exhorted his son.
"Well, I've given it all up," he said, pausing in the silence and the dim light. "I took hold of my own destiny. There's no going back now." He thought about his father and the old fierce look of determination in his eyes as he had urged his son.
"Guess, after all," he said grimly, feeling all at once drawn closer to his own, "I must be a chip of the old block."
"Guess, after all," he said grimly, feeling suddenly more connected to his own, "I must be a chip off the old block."
Granning alone was in the study as he came in, spinning his hat on to the sofa.
Granning was alone in the study when he entered, tossing his hat onto the sofa.
"Well, Granning, I've up and done it," he said shortly.
"Well, Granning, I've really done it," he said briefly.
"Eh, what?" said Granning, looking up rather alarmed.
"Wait, what?" Granning said, looking up, clearly surprised.
He told him.
He told him.
"And so, Granning, I'm a horny-handed son of labor from this time forth," he said in conclusion. "You'll have to find me a job!" The laugh failed.[Pg 212] It seemed out of place at that moment with Granning staring at him. He added quietly: "Guess self-respect is worth more than I thought!"
"And so, Granning, I'm just a hardworking guy from now on," he said finally. "You'll need to find me a job!" The laughter faded.[Pg 212] It felt inappropriate at that moment with Granning looking at him. He added softly: "I guess self-respect is worth more than I realized!"
"God, I'm glad!" said Granning, bringing down his great fist.
"God, I'm so glad!" said Granning, slamming his huge fist down.
He had never in all the long friendship seen Granning so stirred![Pg 213]
He had never seen Granning so upset in all their long friendship![Pg 213]
CHAPTER XX
BOJO HUNTS A JOB
"Well, now to hunt a job!"
"Well, now it's time to look for a job!"
He woke up the next morning with this one idea dominant, dressed to a whistling accompaniment, and came gaily to breakfast. A load seemed to have been suddenly lifted from his mind, the day fair and the future keen with the zest of a good fight without favors. The breakfast was delicious and the air alive with energy.
He woke up the next morning with a single dominant idea, got dressed to a lively tune, and cheerfully headed to breakfast. It felt like a weight had been lifted from his mind; the day was bright, and the future was filled with the thrill of a fair challenge. The breakfast was delicious, and the air was buzzing with energy.
"Seems to me you're looking rather cocky," said Marsh, studying him with surprise.
"Looks to me like you're acting pretty cocky," said Marsh, looking at him in surprise.
"Never felt fitter in my life," said Bojo, stealing a roll from DeLancy, who had completely lost his good spirits.
"Never felt fitter in my life," said Bojo, grabbing a roll from DeLancy, who had totally lost his good mood.
"What's up? Going to trim the market again?"
"What's going on? Are you going to cut back on the market again?"
Bojo laughed, a free and triumphant laugh.
Bojo laughed, a carefree and victorious laugh.
"Never again for me!" He added quickly, remembering the attitude they had assumed for DeLancy's benefit: "Luck's been with me long enough— I'm not going to bank on luck any more!"
"Never again for me!" He added quickly, recalling the attitude they had taken for DeLancy's benefit. "I've had enough luck—I'm not counting on luck anymore!"
Fred pushed his plate from him and went into the outer room without meeting their glances.
Fred pushed his plate away and walked into the other room without making eye contact.
"I say, Bojo, one thing we ought to do," said Marsh under his breath: "get after the infant and give him a solemn dressing-down."
"I mean, Bojo, there's one thing we should do," Marsh whispered: "let's go after the kid and give him a serious talking-to."
"You don't suppose he's fool enough to try the market again?"[Pg 214]
"You don't think he's crazy enough to try the market again?"[Pg 214]
"Who knows what he'll do?" said Marsh gloomily. "Sometimes I think it would have kept him out of more trouble if you'd let him be cleaned out!
"Who knows what he's going to do?" said Marsh gloomily. "Sometimes I think it would have saved him from more trouble if you'd just let him get cleaned out!"
"You mean Louise Varney— Good Lord!"
"You mean Louise Varney— Oh my goodness!"
"Exactly!"
"Absolutely!"
"Do you think he suspects?" said Bojo, after a moment's hesitation—"I mean about his taking a profit?"
"Do you think he suspects?" Bojo asked after a moment of hesitation—"I mean about making a profit?"
"Of course," said Marsh quietly.
"Sure," Marsh said quietly.
"Poor devil! Well, heavens, I can't criticize him," said Bojo, moodily. "I pretty near did the same thing."
"Poor guy! Well, wow, I can’t judge him," Bojo said, feeling down. "I almost did the same thing."
"What are you going to do now?" said Marsh, to keep the conversation clear of disturbing memories.
"What are you going to do now?" Marsh said, trying to steer the conversation away from troubling memories.
"Going to start in on a new job."
"Going to begin a new job."
"What?" said Marsh, surprised.
"What?" Marsh exclaimed, surprised.
"Oh, I'm going to look around," said Bojo in an offhand sort of way. "I want something solid and real—constructive is the word. Well, Roscy, wish me good luck— I'm starting to look over the field this morning." He rose confident and happy, slapping his friend on the shoulder, with the old boyish exhilaration. "By Jove, I'm glad to have it over and to begin a real life!"
"Oh, I'm just going to check things out," Bojo said casually. "I want something solid and real—constructive is the word. Well, Roscy, wish me good luck—I'm starting to look over the field this morning." He stood up, confident and happy, giving his friend a pat on the shoulder, filled with that old boyish excitement. "Man, I'm so glad to be done with that and start a real life!"
"Give you a try at reporting," said Marsh.
"Let’s see how you do at reporting," said Marsh.
"Not on your life. I'm going out for something myself! Hello there, old Freddie-boy! Got your hair on straight? Well, then, come on and tell Wall Street what to do."
"Not a chance. I'm heading out for something myself! Hey there, old Freddie! Got your hair in place? Alright then, come on and tell Wall Street what to do."
An hour later, still full of confidence, he took the bull by the horns and entered the offices of Stoughton and Bird. Young Stoughton was of his social crowd, and the father had been particularly agreeable to him[Pg 215] on the several occasions on which he had dined at their home. The house was known for its conservatism, dealing in solid investments.
An hour later, still feeling confident, he took the initiative and walked into the offices of Stoughton and Bird. Young Stoughton was part of his social circle, and his father had been especially friendly to him on the few occasions he had dinner at their house. The family was recognized for their conservative approach, focusing on solid investments.
"Hello, Skeeter," said Bojo, giving young Stoughton his college nickname. "Is the Governor busy—could he see me ten minutes?"
"Hey, Skeeter," Bojo said, using young Stoughton's college nickname. "Is the Governor busy—can he see me for ten minutes?"
They were in a vast outer chamber with junior members installed at distant desks, the telephone ringing at every moment.
They were in a large outer room with junior members working at distant desks, and the phone ringing constantly.
"I think you've caught him right," said Stoughton, shaking his hand cordially. "Wait a moment— I'll 'phone in." He nodded presently. "Sure enough—go right in."
"I think you got him," said Stoughton, shaking his hand warmly. "Hold on a sec—I’ll call in." He nodded shortly after. "Yep, go right in."
Stoughton, senior, a short, well-groomed man, club-man and whip, pumped his hand affably with the smiling relaxation of one who throws off momentarily the professional manner.
Stoughton, a senior, was a short, neatly dressed man, a club member and a person with authority, shook hands warmly with the easygoing demeanor of someone taking a brief break from their professional persona.
"Glad to see you, Tom. I was asking Jo yesterday what had become of you. Well, what have you got up your sleeve? You look mighty important. Want to sell me a railroad in Mexico or half of a Western State?"
"Great to see you, Tom. I was asking Jo yesterday what happened to you. So, what’s going on? You look really important. Want to sell me a railroad in Mexico or half of a Western state?"
"Nothing like that," said Tom, laughing and at his ease at once. "What I'm looking for is a job."
"Nothing like that," Tom said, laughing and feeling relaxed at the same time. "What I’m looking for is a job."
"You don't mean it," said Stoughton in surprise.
"You can't be serious," said Stoughton, surprised.
"I want to get experience along solid lines," said Bojo confidentially. "In conservative financing and investments. I don't know whether you've got anything open, but if you have I'd like to apply."
"I want to gain experience in a solid way," Bojo said quietly. "In conservative finance and investments. I'm not sure if you have any openings, but if you do, I'd like to apply."
"I see." Stoughton nodded, plainly perplexed. "Does that mean you've left—"
"I see." Stoughton nodded, obviously confused. "Does that mean you've left—"
"Hauk and Flaspoller—yes."
"Hauk and Flaspoller—absolutely."
"That's poor Charlie Forshay's firm, isn't it?"
"Isn’t that Charlie Forshay’s company?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"They were caught pretty hard in Pittsburgh & New Orleans," said Stoughton meditatively. "Yes, I remember. Were you caught too?"
"They got hit pretty hard in Pittsburgh & New Orleans," Stoughton said thoughtfully. "Yeah, I remember. Did you get caught as well?"
"I was."
"I exist."
"What were you getting there?"
"What were you trying to say?"
"Of course I don't expect to get what I was making there—not just at present," said Bojo magnanimously. "I was getting as much as one hundred and twenty-five a week at the end."
"Of course I don't expect to get what I was earning there—not right now," said Bojo generously. "I was making as much as one hundred and twenty-five a week at the end."
"No," said Stoughton, without the flicker of a smile, "you can't expect that." The social affability had faded. Gradually he had withdrawn into a quiet defensive attitude, tinged with curiosity. "By the way, you don't mind my asking a discreet question? Why don't you try Drake?"
"No," Stoughton said, not even cracking a smile, "you can't expect that." The friendly vibe had disappeared. He had slowly retreated into a quiet, defensive posture, mixed with curiosity. "By the way, do you mind if I ask a personal question? Why don't you consider Drake?"
Bojo could not give an answer which would reveal too much, but he contented himself with saying frankly:
Bojo couldn’t give an answer that would reveal too much, but he was satisfied with saying honestly:
"Why, Mr. Stoughton, I'd rather not ask favors. I'd like to work this out for myself."
"Why, Mr. Stoughton, I’d prefer not to ask for favors. I’d like to handle this on my own."
"Right," said Stoughton, brightening. Still beaming, he added: "Wish we had a place for you here. Unfortunately, our system is rather complex and we start a man at the bottom. Of course we wouldn't offer you anything like that. You're out of the ten-dollar-a-week class. Besides, you've got friends—good connections. Lots of firms would be glad to get you."
"Right," said Stoughton, looking more cheerful. Still smiling, he added: "I wish we had a spot for you here. Unfortunately, our setup is pretty complicated, and we start people at the bottom. Of course, we wouldn't offer you anything like that. You're beyond the ten-dollar-a-week jobs. Plus, you have friends—great connections. Many companies would be happy to have you."
"I want to get into something sound. I want to keep away from just brokers," said Bojo, much cheered.[Pg 217]
"I want to invest in something solid. I want to stay away from just brokers," said Bojo, feeling much better.[Pg 217]
"And you're right," said Stoughton, nodding. He drew out a card and penciled it. "You know Harding and Stonebach? Harding's a good friend of mine—give him this card. They're what you want—make a specialty of development, electric plants, street railways, and that sort of thing. Big future for a young fellow who's got a talent for constructive organization."
"And you're right," Stoughton said, nodding. He pulled out a card and wrote on it. "You know Harding and Stonebach? Harding's a good friend of mine—give him this card. They’re exactly what you need—they specialize in development, electric plants, street railways, and things like that. There’s a big future for a young guy who has a knack for constructive organization."
"That's just what I want," said Bojo, delighted. He shook hands, thanking him effusively.
"That's exactly what I want," said Bojo, thrilled. He shook hands, thanking him enthusiastically.
Mr. Harding was in but asked him to call after lunch. He wandered about the Wall Street district, stopping to chat with several acquaintances on the curb, and ate lunch, finding it hard to kill time. Back at the appointment, he was forced to sit, shifting restlessly, watching the clock hands make a slow full revolution before his name was called. This enforced wait, stealing glances at the flitting procession of purposeful visitors and the two or three oldish men, neither impatient nor very hopeful, who came after him, biding their turn, somehow robbed him of all his confidence. His head was weary with the click of typewriters and the fire of his assurance out. He tried to state his case concisely and promptly, and felt hurried and embarrassed.
Mr. Harding was available but asked him to come back after lunch. He wandered around the Wall Street area, chatting with a few acquaintances on the curb, and had lunch, struggling to pass the time. When he returned for his appointment, he had to sit there, shifting uncomfortably, watching the clock hands slowly complete a full rotation before his name was called. This forced wait, as he stole glances at the steady stream of purposeful visitors and the two or three older men who came in after him, waiting their turn, somehow drained him of all his confidence. His mind was tired from the sound of typewriters, and his self-assurance felt extinguished. He tried to present his case clearly and quickly but felt rushed and uneasy.
In two minutes he was out in the hall again, the interview for which he had waited a day, over. Mr. Harding, with incisive, businesslike despatch, had taken his card and noted his address, promising to notify him if occasion arose. He understood it was a dismissal. As he went out, one of the oldish men arose without emotion at the new summons, folding his newspaper and pocketing his spectacles. Bojo returned[Pg 218] to the Court, essaying to laugh down his disappointment, yielding already to the subtle depression of being a straggler and watching the army sweep by.
In two minutes, he was back in the hallway, the interview he had waited a whole day for was done. Mr. Harding, with sharp, professional efficiency, had taken his card, noted his address, and promised to reach out if something came up. He realized it was a rejection. As he left, one of the older men stood up without a hint of emotion at the new call, folding his newspaper and putting away his glasses. Bojo returned[Pg 218] to the Court, trying to laugh off his disappointment, already giving in to the subtle gloom of being left behind and watching the crowd move on.
The next day he continued his quest, the next and all of that week. Sometimes he met with curt refusal that left a scar on his pride; sometimes he seemed to gain headway and have opportunity almost on his fingers until somehow, sooner or later, in the categorical questioning it transpired that his last venture had been with a firm of speculative brokers who had been caught and squeezed. Gradually it dawned upon him that there was something strange in the resulting sudden shift of attitude, a superstition of the Street itself, a gambler's dread of failure, an instinctive horror of any one who had been touched with misfortune, as the living hurry from the dead. The feeling of loneliness began to creep over him. Alarmed, he steadfastly refused all week-end invitations.
The next day he continued his quest, and kept at it for the rest of the week. Sometimes he dealt with curt rejections that stung his pride; other times, it felt like he was making progress and had an opportunity almost within reach, only for it to slip away when it turned out that his last attempt was with a firm of risky brokers who had been caught and crushed. Gradually, he realized there was something odd about the sudden change in attitude, a superstition of the trading world, a gambler's fear of failure, an instinctive aversion to anyone who had experienced misfortune, like the living rushing away from the dead. A feeling of loneliness started to wash over him. Alarmed, he firmly turned down all weekend invitations.
One Sunday his father turned up suddenly in the Court, shook hands with Granning, who alone kept him company, and passed a few perfunctory remarks with his son.
One Sunday, his father unexpectedly showed up in the Court, shook hands with Granning, who was the only one there with him, and exchanged a few casual comments with his son.
"How is it you haven't been to me for money?" he said gruffly.
"Why haven’t you come to me for money?" he said roughly.
Bojo answered with a lightness he was far from feeling:
Bojo replied with a lightness that he definitely didn't feel:
"Well, they haven't taken it away from me yet, Dad."
"Well, they still haven't taken it away from me, Dad."
"Mighty sorry to hear it." He looked him over critically. "In good shape?"[Pg 219]
"Really sorry to hear that." He examined him closely. "Are you in good shape?"[Pg 219]
"Fine."
"Okay."
"Get enough sleep and don't do much sitting up and counting the stars?"
"Get plenty of sleep and avoid staying up too late staring at the stars?"
"Hardly. How've you been?"
"Not really. How have you been?"
"Sound as a drum."
"Sound as a bell."
"How's the business, father?"
"How's the business, Dad?"
The question brought them perilously near what each had in mind. Perhaps one word of daring would have broken down the pride of their mutual obstinacy. Mr. Crocker growled out:
The question brought them dangerously close to what each was thinking. Maybe just one brave word would have shattered the pride of their shared stubbornness. Mr. Crocker grumbled:
"Business is mighty shaky. Your precious Wall Street and politics have got every one scared to death. Mighty lucky we'll be if a crash doesn't hit us."
"Business is really unstable. Your precious Wall Street and politics have everyone terrified. We’ll be really lucky if we don’t face a crash."
Had Bojo defended himself, the father might have reopened the question of his entering the mills; but he didn't, and after a few minutes of indefinite seeking for an opening Mr. Crocker went off as abruptly as he had come.
Had Bojo stood up for himself, his father might have revisited the issue of him working in the mills; but he didn’t, and after a few minutes of aimlessly looking for a chance to speak, Mr. Crocker left as suddenly as he had appeared.
The next morning Bojo, to end this depressing period of inactivity, made a resolve to accept any opportunity, no matter how humble the salary, and went down to see Mr. Stoughton to ask him for the chance to start at the bottom. Skeeter received him with the same cordiality as before, but access to the father was not to be had that day. In desperation he sat down and wrote his request. Two days later he received his answer in the evening mail.
The next morning, Bojo decided to put an end to this frustrating time of doing nothing. He resolved to take any opportunity that came his way, regardless of how low the pay was, and went to see Mr. Stoughton to ask for a chance to start from the ground up. Skeeter greeted him with the same friendliness as before, but he couldn’t see the father that day. In frustration, he sat down and wrote his request. Two days later, he got his answer in the evening mail.
Mr. Thomas Crocker.
Mr. Thomas Crocker.
Dear Tom:
Hey Tom:
Please forgive any delay due to press of business. Just at present there is no vacancy, and frankly I would not advise you to take the step even if there were. I know you are young and impatient to be at work again, but I can not but feel that[Pg 220] you would not be happy in making such a radical move, particularly when at any moment the opportunity you are looking for may turn up.
Please excuse any delay because of my busy schedule. Right now, there aren't any openings, and honestly, I wouldn't recommend you take that step even if there were. I know you're young and eager to get back to work, but I can't help but think that[Pg 220] you wouldn't be happy making such a big change, especially since the opportunity you're waiting for might show up at any moment.
Cordially yours,
J. N. Stoughton.
Best regards,
J. N. Stoughton.
Granning came in as he was sitting by the wastebasket and slowly tearing this letter into minute shreds.
Granning walked in while he was sitting next to the wastebasket, slowly tearing the letter into tiny pieces.
"Hello, young fellow—what luck?"
"Hey there, kid—what's up?"
"I think I'm on," said Bojo, slowly, feeling all at once shelved and abandoned. "The last thing people downtown have any use for, Granning, is a busted broker!"
"I think I'm in," said Bojo, slowly, feeling completely shelved and abandoned. "The last thing people downtown want, Granning, is a broken broker!"
"You have found that out, have you?" said Granning quickly.
"You figured that out, huh?" Granning said quickly.
Bojo nodded.
Bojo agreed.
"Well, you're right." He sat down. "See here, old sport, why don't you do the thing you ought to do?"
"Well, you're right." He sat down. "Look, buddy, why don't you just do what you know you should do?"
"What's that?"
"What’s that?"
"Go down and see the old man and tell him you're ready to start for the mills to-morrow!"
"Go downstairs and talk to the old man and let him know you're ready to head to the mills tomorrow!"
"No, no, I can't do that."
"No, no, I can't do that."
"You want to do it, at heart. It's only pride that's keeping you."
"You really want to do it deep down. It's just your pride that's holding you back."
"Perhaps, but that pride means a lot to me," said Bojo doggedly. "Never! I'm not going to him a failure. So shut up about that."
"Maybe, but that pride is really important to me," Bojo said firmly. "No way! I'm not going to him as a failure. So drop it."
"Well, what are you going to do?"
"Well, what are you going to do?"
Bojo began to whistle, looking out the window.
Bojo started whistling as he looked out the window.
"Suppose I were to offer you a job over at the factory?"[Pg 221]
"How about I offer you a job at the factory?"[Pg 221]
"Would you?" said Bojo, looking up with a leaping heart.
"Would you?" said Bojo, looking up with a racing heart.
"That means starting in on rock bottom—as I did. Up at six, there at seven—beginning as a day laborer on a beautifully oily and smudgy blanking machine among a bunch of Polacks."
"That means starting from rock bottom—just like I did. Up at six, there by seven—beginning as a day laborer on a wonderfully greasy and dirty blanking machine surrounded by a group of Polish workers."
"Will you give me a chance?" said Bojo breathlessly.
"Will you give me a chance?" Bojo asked, out of breath.
"Will you stick it out?"
"Will you hang in there?"
"You bet I will!"
"You know I will!"
"Done!"
"Finished!"
And they shook hands with a resounding smack that seemed to explode all Bojo's pent-up feelings.
And they shook hands with a loud smack that seemed to release all of Bojo's pent-up emotions.
"All right, young fellow," said Granning with a grin. "To-morrow we'll find out what sort of stuff you're made of!"[Pg 222]
"Okay, young man," said Granning with a grin. "Tomorrow we’ll find out what you’re really made of!"[Pg 222]
CHAPTER XXI
BOJO IN OVERALLS
The day he entered the employ of the Dyer-Garnett Caster and Foundry Company was like an open door into the wonderland of industry. The sun, red and wrapped in dull mists, came stolidly out of the east as they crossed the river in the unearthly grays, with electric lights showing in wan ferry-boats. When they entered the factory a few minutes before seven, the laborers were passing the time-clocks, punching their tickets, Polack and Saxon, Hun and American, Irish and Italian, the men a mixture of slouchy, unskilled laborers and keen, strong mechanics, home-owners and thinkers, the women of rather a higher class, bright-eyed, deft, with a prevailing instinct for coquetry.
The day he started working at the Dyer-Garnett Caster and Foundry Company felt like stepping into the exciting world of industry. The sun, red and shrouded in dull mists, rose steadily in the east as they crossed the river in the strange gray light, with electric lights glaring from the faint ferry boats. When they got to the factory a few minutes before seven, the workers were clocking in, punching their time cards—Poles and Saxons, Germans and Americans, Irish and Italians—men ranging from laid-back, unskilled laborers to sharp, strong mechanics, homeowners and thinkers, while the women were of a somewhat higher class, bright-eyed, skilled, with a natural flair for flirtation.
In the offices Dyer, lanky New Englander, engineer and inventor, and Garnett, the president, self-made, simple and shrewd, both in their shirt sleeves, gave him a cordial welcome. Unbeknown to Bojo, Granning had given a flattering picture of his future destination as heir apparent to the famous Crocker mills and his progressive desire for preliminary experience in factories that were handling problems of labor-saving along modern lines.
In the office, Dyer, a tall New England engineer and inventor, and Garnett, the self-made, straightforward, and savvy president, both rolled up their sleeves and welcomed him warmly. Unbeknownst to Bojo, Granning had painted an appealing picture of his future role as the heir apparent to the renowned Crocker mills and expressed his ambition to gain preliminary experience in factories that were tackling labor-saving issues with modern approaches.
"Glad to meet you," said Garnett, gripping his hand. "Mr. Granning tells me you want to see the[Pg 223] whole scheme from the bottom up. It's not playing football, Mr. Crocker."
"Nice to meet you," said Garnett, shaking his hand. "Mr. Granning mentioned that you want to see the[Pg 223] entire project from the ground up. It's not just playing football, Mr. Crocker."
"Hope not," said Bojo with a smile. "It's very good of you to give me an opportunity."
"Hope not," Bojo said with a smile. "It's really nice of you to give me a chance."
"Don't know how you'll feel about it after a couple of weeks. I'll get Davy—that's my son—to show you around. We're doing some things here you'll be interested in. Mr. Dyer's just installed some very pretty machines. Davy'll put you onto the ropes—he's just been through it. That's a great plant of your father's—went through it last year. Nothing finer in the country."
"Not sure how you'll feel about it after a couple of weeks. I'll have Davy—my son—show you around. We're working on some things here that I think you'll find interesting. Mr. Dyer just set up some really nice machines. Davy will get you up to speed—he's just gone through it all. Your father's plant is amazing—I went through it last year. There's nothing better in the country."
He found young Garnett a boy of twenty, just out of high-school, alert, eager, and stocked with practical knowledge. The morning he spent in exploration was a revelation. In his old prejudice against what he had confusedly termed business he had always recoiled as before a leveling process, stultifying to the imagination, a thing of mechanical movements and disciplined drudgery. He found instead his imagination leaping forward before the spectacle of each succeeding regiment of machines, before the teeming of progress, of the constant advance toward the harnessing of iron and steel things to the bidding of the human mind.
He met young Garnett, a twenty-year-old who had just graduated high school, keen, enthusiastic, and full of practical knowledge. The morning he spent exploring was eye-opening. His previous bias against what he had mistakenly called business made him shy away from it, thinking it was a dull, uncreative process filled with repetitive tasks and strict labor. Instead, he discovered his imagination soaring at the sight of each new group of machines, witnessing the vibrant progress and the ongoing march toward controlling iron and steel at the command of human creativity.
Cars were being switched at the sidings, unloading their cargoes of coiled steel; other cars were receiving the completed article, product of a score of intricate processes, stamped, turned, assembled, and hammered together, plated, lacquered, burnished, and packed for distribution. He had but a confused impression at first of these rooms of tireless wheels, automatic feeders and monstrous weights that sliced solid steel[Pg 224] like paper. The noises deafened him: the sandy, grinding whirl of the tumbling room, the colliding shock of the blanking machines, the steel hiss of the burnishers—deafening voices that in the ensuing months were to become articulate utterances to his informed ears, songs of triumph, prophetic of a coming age.
Cars were being switched at the sidings, unloading their loads of coiled steel; other cars were taking in the finished product, the result of many complex processes: stamped, turned, assembled, and hammered together, plated, lacquered, polished, and packed for distribution. At first, he had a jumbled impression of these rooms filled with tireless machines, automatic feeders, and massive weights slicing solid steel[Pg 224] like paper. The noise was overwhelming: the sandy, grinding whirl of the tumbling room, the crashing impact of the blanking machines, the sharp hiss of the burnishers—deafening sounds that over the next few months would become clear and meaningful to his trained ears, anthems of success, heralding a new era.
In the burnishing-room grotesque human and inhuman arms reached down from a central pipe to the poisonous gases of the miniature furnaces.
In the burnishing room, strange human and non-human arms reached down from a central pipe into the toxic fumes of the small furnaces.
"Granning's idea," said young Garnett. "Carries off the fumes. This room was a hell before. Now it's clean and safe as a garden. Here's a machine the Governor's just installed—does the work of six women. Isn't it a beauty?"
"Granning's idea," said young Garnett. "It gets rid of the fumes. This room was a nightmare before. Now it's as clean and safe as a garden. Here's a machine the Governor just installed — it does the work of six women. Isn't it amazing?"
Bojo looked beyond it to the clustered groups of women by long counters piled with steel parts, working rapidly at slow, intricate processes of assembling.
Bojo looked past it at the groups of women gathered by long counters stacked with metal parts, working quickly on slow, detailed tasks of assembling.
"I suppose you'll get a machine some day to do all that too," he said.
"I guess you'll get a machine to do all that someday too," he said.
"Sure. Wherever you see more than two at a job there's something to be done. Look here." They stood by a couple of swarthy Polack women, who were placing tiny plugs in grooves on round surfaces to be covered and fastened with ball-bearing casters. "Looks pretty tough proposition to get out of those fingers. We've worked two years at it, but we'll get them yet. It's the slug shape that makes it hard; the simple ball-bearings were a cinch. Here's how we worked that out."
"Sure. Whenever you see more than two people on a job, there’s definitely something to be done. Look at this." They stood next to a couple of dark-skinned Polish women, who were putting tiny plugs into grooves on round surfaces that would be covered and attached with ball-bearing casters. "It looks pretty tough to get those out of their hands. We’ve been working on it for two years, but we’ll figure it out. It’s the slug shape that makes it difficult; the simple ball-bearings were a breeze. Here’s how we solved that."
A machine was under Bojo's eyes that caught the open roller and plunged it into a circular arena, where from six converging gates steel balls were released and[Pg 225] fell instantly into place, a fraction of a second before the upper cover, descending, was fixed and hammered down.
A machine was under Bojo's watch that caught the open roller and dropped it into a circular arena, where steel balls were released from six converging gates and[Pg 225] fell right into place, just a split second before the upper cover came down and was secured and hammered down.
"One hundred and fifty a minute against thirty to forty, and two operations made into one."
"One hundred and fifty a minute compared to thirty to forty, and two operations combined into one."
"But you can't do the same thing with an irregular slug," said Bojo, amazed.
"But you can't do the same thing with an irregular slug," Bojo said, surprised.
"There's a way somehow," said Garnett, smiling at the tribute of his astonishment. "If you want to see what a machine can do, look at this, the pride of the shop."
"There's a way, somehow," said Garnett, smiling at the expression of his surprise. "If you want to see what a machine can do, check this out, the pride of the shop."
"Who's watching it?" said Bojo, surprised to see no one in attendance.
"Who’s watching it?" Bojo said, surprised to see that no one was there.
"Not a soul. It's a wise old machine. All we do is to fill up the hamper once an hour, and it goes ahead, feeds itself, juggles a bit, hammers on a head, and fills up its can, two hundred a minute."
"Not a single soul. It's a clever old machine. All we do is fill up the hamper once an hour, and it takes care of the rest—feeds itself, juggles a bit, hammers away, and fills its can at two hundred per minute."
In a large feeding-box, a tangled mass of small steel pins, banded at one end, were rising and falling, settling and readjusting themselves. A thin grooved plate rose and fell into the mass, sucking into its groove, or catching in its upward progress, from one to six of the pins, which, perpendicularly arranged, slid down to a new crisis. Steel fingers caught each pin as released, threw it with a half turn into another groove, where it was again passed forward and fixed in shape for the crushing hammer blow that was to flatten the head. A safety-device based on exact tension stopped the machine instantly in case of accident.
In a large feeding box, a tangled group of small steel pins, banded at one end, were moving up and down, settling and adjusting themselves. A thin grooved plate moved in and out of the mass, pulling in or catching between one to six of the pins in its upward motion, which were vertically arranged and then slid down to a new point of action. Steel fingers grabbed each pin as it was released, flipping it with a half turn into another groove, where it was again moved forward and shaped for the crushing hammer blow that would flatten the head. A safety device based on precise tension stopped the machine immediately in case of an accident.
"Suffering Moses, is it possible!" said Bojo, staring like a schoolboy. "Never saw anything like it."
"Suffering Moses, is this for real!" said Bojo, staring wide-eyed like a schoolboy. "I've never seen anything like it."
"Gives you an idea what can be done, doesn't it?"
"Gives you an idea of what can be done, right?"
Then he began to see these strangely human machines and these mechanical human beings in a larger perspective, in a constant warfare, each ceaselessly struggling with the other, each unconsciously being fashioned in the likeness of his enemy.
Then he started to view these oddly human machines and these mechanical human beings from a broader perspective, in an ongoing battle, each relentlessly fighting against the other, each unknowingly being shaped in the image of his opponent.
"When we've got the human element down to the lowest terms, then we'll fight machines with machinery, I suppose," said Garnett.
"When we reduce the human element to its simplest form, I guess we'll end up battling machines with machines," Garnett said.
"Makes you sort of wonder what'll be done fifty years from now," said Bojo.
"Makes you kind of wonder what will happen fifty years from now," said Bojo.
"Doesn't it?" said Garnett. "I wouldn't dare tell you what the Governor talks about. You'd think he's plum crazy."
"Doesn't it?" Garnett said. "I wouldn't even think about telling you what the Governor talks about. You'd think he's completely crazy."
"By George, I feel like starting now."
"Wow, I really feel like starting now."
"Same way I did," said Garnett, nodding. "I suppose what you'll want will be to follow the whole process from the beginning. It gives you a general idea. I say, that's a great machine your father's just installed."
"Same way I did," Garnett said, nodding. "I guess what you’ll want is to follow the whole process from the start. It gives you a general idea. I have to say, that's a fantastic machine your dad just installed."
He began to expatiate enthusiastically on an article he had read in a technical paper, assuming full knowledge on Bojo's part, who listened in wonder, already beginning to feel, beyond the horizon of these animated iron shapes, the mysterious realms of human invention he had so long misunderstood.
He started to passionately elaborate on an article he had read in a technical paper, assuming that Bojo understood everything, who listened in amazement, beginning to sense, beyond the horizon of these lively metal shapes, the mysterious worlds of human creativity he had misunderstood for so long.
The next morning, in overalls and flannels, he took his place in the moving throngs and found his own time-card, a numbered part of a great industrial battalion. He was apprenticed to Mike Monahan, a grizzled, good-humored veteran, whose early attitude of suspicion disappeared with Bojo's plunge into grime and grease. He was himself conscious of a strange bashfulness which he had never experienced[Pg 227] in his contact with Wall Street men. It seemed to him that these earnest, life-giving hordes of labor must look down on him as a useless, unimportant specimen. When he came to take his place in the early morning, sorting out his time-card, he was conscious of their glances and always felt awkward as he passed from room to room. Gradually, being essentially simple and manly in his instincts, he won his way into the friendly comprehension of his associates, living on their terms, seeking their company, talking their talk, with a dawning avid curiosity in their points of view, their needs, and their opinions of his own class.
The next morning, in overalls and flannels, he joined the bustling crowd and found his time card, a numbered part of a large workforce. He was apprenticed to Mike Monahan, a seasoned, good-natured veteran, whose initial suspicion faded once Bojo embraced the dirt and grease of the job. He felt a strange shyness he had never experienced with Wall Street men. He thought that these earnest, hardworking people must see him as a useless, insignificant person. When he arrived in the early morning, sorting out his time card, he felt their eyes on him and always felt out of place as he moved from room to room. Gradually, being inherently straightforward and relatable, he gained the friendly understanding of his coworkers, living by their standards, seeking their company, speaking their language, and developing a growing curiosity about their perspectives, needs, and opinions of his own class.[Pg 227]
Garnett had not exaggerated when he had said that the work was not playing football. There were days at first when the constant mental application and the mechanical iteration amid the dinning shocks in the air left him completely fagged in mind and body. When he returned home it was with no thought of theater or restaurant, but with the joy of repose. Moreover, to his surprise, he found that he awaited the arrival of Sunday eagerly for the opportunity of reading along the lines where his imagination had been stirred. As he studied the factory closer, his pleasure lay in long discussions with Granning over such subjects as the utilization of refuse, the possible saving of time in the weekly cleanings by some process of construction which might permit of quicker concentration, or the possibility of further safety-devices.
Garnett hadn’t exaggerated when he said the work wasn’t like playing football. There were days at first when the constant mental focus and the repetitive tasks, combined with the noise all around, left him completely drained, both mentally and physically. When he got home, he had no interest in going to the theater or a restaurant; he just wanted to relax. To his surprise, he found himself looking forward to Sundays, eager to read about the topics that had sparked his imagination. As he examined the factory more closely, he enjoyed having long discussions with Granning about things like using waste effectively, finding ways to save time during the weekly cleanings with construction methods that could speed things up, and exploring more safety devices.
He saw Doris every Sunday, in the afternoon, often staying for the dinner and departing soon after. Patsie was never present at these meals. A month[Pg 228] later, he heard that she had left on a round of visits. Mr. Drake often made humorous allusions to his enforced servitude, but never attempted to sway his course, being too good a judge of human nature to underestimate the intensity of the young man's convictions. Doris had completely changed in her attitude toward him. She no longer sought to direct, but seemed content to accept his views in quiet submission. He found her simple and straightforward, patiently resigned to wait his decisions. He could not honestly say to himself that he was madly in love, yet he owned to a feeling of growing respect and genuine affection.
He saw Doris every Sunday afternoon, usually staying for dinner and leaving shortly afterward. Patsie was never around for these meals. A month[Pg 228] later, he found out that she had gone on a series of visits. Mr. Drake often joked about his forced responsibilities, but he never tried to change his mind, being too good at reading people to overlook the strength of the young man's beliefs. Doris had completely changed how she treated him. She no longer tried to guide him but seemed satisfied to accept his opinions in quiet agreement. He found her simple and straightforward, patiently willing to wait for his decisions. He couldn’t honestly say he was head over heels in love, but he admitted to feeling a growing respect and genuine affection for her.
Matters went on according to the routine of the day without much change while the spring passed into the hot stretches of summer. The exigencies of the life of discipline he had enforced on himself had withdrawn him more and more from the intimate knowledge of the every-day life of Marsh, whose hours did not coincide with his, and of DeLancy, who, since the episode of the speculation in Pittsburgh & New Orleans, had, from a feeling of unease, seemed to avoid his old friends. Occasionally in her letters from the country Doris mentioned the fact that Gladys had been to visit her and that she thought Fred was rather neglectful; but beyond that he was completely ignorant of his friend's sentimental standing either with Gladys or with Louise Varney, so that what happened came to him like a bolt out of the blue.
Things continued on as usual without much change as spring turned into the hot days of summer. The demands of the disciplined life he had imposed on himself had pulled him further away from the everyday reality of Marsh, whose schedule didn’t match his, and from DeLancy, who, since the incident with the investment in Pittsburgh & New Orleans, seemed to be avoiding his old friends out of discomfort. Occasionally, in her letters from the countryside, Doris mentioned that Gladys had visited her and that she thought Fred was being a bit neglectful; but other than that, he was completely unaware of his friend’s romantic situation, either with Gladys or with Louise Varney, so what happened came to him completely unexpectedly.
Toward the end of July Fred DeLancy married Louise Varney.
Toward the end of July, Fred DeLancy married Louise Varney.
It was on a Friday night when Marsh, after an[Pg 229] unusual tarrying in the den, was preparing to return to the office, that DeLancy, to their surprise, came into the room. In response to their chorused welcome, he flung back a curt acknowledgment, looked around gravely in momentary hesitation, and finally installed himself on the edge of a chair, bending forward, his hat between his knees, turning in his hands. The others exchanged glances of interrogation, for such seriousness on Fred's part usually presaged a scrape or disaster.
It was on a Friday night when Marsh, after an[Pg 229] unusual delay in the den, was getting ready to go back to the office, that DeLancy, to their surprise, walked into the room. In response to their collective greeting, he gave a brief nod, looked around seriously in brief hesitation, and finally settled on the edge of a chair, leaning forward, his hat between his knees, fidgeting with it. The others exchanged curious glances, as Fred’s seriousness typically hinted at trouble or a looming crisis.
"Well, infant, why so solemn?" said Marsh. "Been getting into trouble lately?"
"Hey there, little one, why so serious?" Marsh said. "Have you been getting into any trouble lately?"
DeLancy looked up and down.
DeLancy scanned the area.
"Nope."
"No."
"There's not much information in that," said Marsh cheerily. "Well, what's the secret sorrow? Out with it!"
"There's not much info in that," said Marsh cheerfully. "So, what's the secret pain? Spill it!"
"There's nothing wrong," said DeLancy quietly. He began to whistle, staring at the floor.
"There's nothing wrong," DeLancy said softly. He started to whistle, looking down at the floor.
"Oh, very well," said Marsh in an offended tone.
"Oh, fine," said Marsh, sounding offended.
They sat, watching him, for quite a moment, in silence. Finally DeLancy spoke, slowly and monotonously:
They sat there, watching him in silence for a while. Finally, DeLancy spoke, slowly and in a flat tone:
"I have made up my mind to a serious decision!"
"I've made a tough decision!"
Again they waited without questioning him, while he frowned and seemed to choose his words.
Again they waited silently for him to speak, as he frowned and appeared to think carefully about his words.
"You will think I have gone out of my head, I suppose. Well—I am going to be married—to-night—at eleven."
"You probably think I've lost my mind. Well, I'm getting married tonight at eleven."
"Louise Varney?" said Marsh, jumping up, while Granning and Bojo stared at each other blankly.
"Louise Varney?" Marsh exclaimed, jumping up, while Granning and Bojo looked at each other in confusion.
"Yes."
Yes.
At this Fred started up wildly with an oath, but Granning interposed with a warning cry.
At this, Fred jumped up angrily with a curse, but Granning interrupted with a warning shout.
"You fool—you idiot!" cried Marsh, furiously. "Shoot yourself—cut your throat—but don't—don't do that!"
"You fool—you idiot!" shouted Marsh, angrily. "Go ahead and shoot yourself—cut your throat—but please—please don't do that!"
"Shut up, Roscy, that does no good!" said Bojo quickly. He seized Fred by the wrist: "Fred, honestly—you're going to marry her to-night?"
"Shut up, Roscy, that doesn’t help!" Bojo said quickly. He grabbed Fred by the wrist. "Fred, seriously—are you really going to marry her tonight?"
DeLancy nodded, his mouth grim.
DeLancy nodded, his expression grim.
"Oh, Fred, you don't know what you're doing!"
"Oh, Fred, you have no idea what you're doing!"
"Yes, I do," he said, sitting down. "It's nothing hasty. It's been coming for months. I know what I'm doing."
"Yeah, I do," he said, sitting down. "It's not rushed. It's been building up for months. I know what I'm doing."
"But—but the other—Fred, you can't—in decency you can't—not like this."
"But—but the other—Fred, you can't—in decency you can't—not like this."
"Shut up!" said DeLancy, wincing.
"Be quiet!" said DeLancy, wincing.
"No, no, you can't like this," said Bojo indignantly.
"No, no, you can't like this," Bojo said indignantly.
"By heavens, he sha'n't," said Marsh angrily. "If we have to tie him up and keep him here—he's not going to ruin two lives like this, the lunatic!"
"By heavens, he won't," Marsh said angrily. "If we have to tie him up and keep him here—he's not going to ruin two lives like this, the lunatic!"
"Go easy," said Granning, with a warning glance.
"Take it easy," said Granning, giving a warning look.
But, contrary to expectation, Fred did not resent the attack. When he spoke, it was with a shrug of his shoulders, in a tired, unresisting voice:
But, unexpectedly, Fred didn’t take the attack personally. When he spoke, he shrugged his shoulders and used a tired, accepting tone:
"It's no use, Roscy. It's settled and done for."
"It's pointless, Roscy. It's already settled and done."
"Why, Fred, old boy, can't you see clear?" said Roscy, coming to him with a changed tone. "Don't you know what this means? You're not a fool. Think! I'm not saying a word against Louise."
"Why, Fred, my friend, can't you see what's going on?" said Roscy, approaching him with a different tone. "Don't you realize what this means? You're not an idiot. Think! I'm not saying anything bad about Louise."
"You'd better not!" said Fred, flushing.
"You better not!" said Fred, turning red.
"Her character's as good as any one else's—granted that. But, Fred, that's not all. She's not of[Pg 231] your world, her mother's not—her friends are not. If you marry her, Fred, as sure as there's a sun in heaven, you're ended, done for; you're dropped out of the world and you'll never get back!"
"Her character is just as good as anyone else's—that's true. But, Fred, that's not everything. She's not from your world, her mother's not—her friends aren't either. If you marry her, Fred, as sure as the sun is in the sky, you're finished; you're out of the game and you'll never come back!"
"Well, I'm going to do it," said DeLancy, stubbornly.
"Well, I'm going to do it," DeLancy said, determined.
"You're going to do it and deliberately throw over every friend and every attachment you've got in life?"
"Are you really going to go through with it and purposely ditch all your friends and connections in life?"
"I don't admit that."
"I don’t acknowledge that."
"What are you going to live on?" said Granning.
"What are you going to live on?" asked Granning.
"I've got the money I made and what I make."
"I have the money I've earned and what I continue to earn."
"What you make now," said Marsh, seizing the opening, "what you make because you know people and bring down customers! You yourself said it. But when you drop out of society you'll drop out of business. You know it."
"What you create now," Marsh said, taking the opportunity, "what you build because you know people and bring in customers! You said it yourself. But when you step away from society, you'll step away from business. You know that."
"I may fool you yet," said Fred angrily.
"I might still trick you," Fred said angrily.
"You think you can play the Wall Street game and beat it," said Bojo, divining his thought. "Fred, if you marry, whatever else you do—quit gambling." Knowing more than the others, he had from the first known the hopelessness of argument. Still he persisted blindly. "Fred, can't you wait and think it over—let us talk it over with you?"
"You think you can play the Wall Street game and win," said Bojo, reading his mind. "Fred, if you decide to get married, whatever else you do—stop gambling." Knowing more than the others, he had always understood the futility of arguing. Still, he kept pushing. "Fred, can't you wait and think this through—let us discuss it with you?"
"I can't, Bojo, I can't. I've given my word!"
"I can’t, Bojo, I can’t. I promised!"
"Good God!" said Marsh, raising his hands to heaven in fury.
"Good God!" Marsh exclaimed, throwing his hands up to the sky in anger.
"Fred, can't you see what Roscy says is true?" said Granning, quieter than the rest.
"Fred, can't you see that what Roscy is saying is true?" Granning said, quieter than the others.
"Even so, I'm going to do it," said Fred, in a low voice.
"Still, I'm going to do it," Fred said quietly.
"Because I'm crazy, mad in love," said Fred, jumping up and pacing around. "Infatuated?—Yes!—Mad?—Yes! But there it is. I can't do without her. I've been like a wild man all these months. Whether it ruins me or not, I can't help it— I've got to have her, and that's all there is to it!"
"Because I'm crazy, totally in love," said Fred, jumping up and pacing around. "Infatuated?—Yes!—Crazy?—Yes! But that's just how it is. I can't live without her. I've been like a wild man all these months. Whether it destroys me or not, I can't help it— I've got to have her, and that's all there is to it!"
"Then I guess that's all there is to it," repeated Granning solemnly.
"Then I guess that's all there is to it," Granning repeated seriously.
Marsh swore a fearful oath and went out.
Marsh made a scared vow and left.
"I want to talk to him a moment," said Bojo, turning to Granning with a nod. Granning went into the bedroom, while Bojo drew nearer to DeLancy. "Fred, let's talk this over quietly."
"I want to talk to him for a minute," said Bojo, turning to Granning with a nod. Granning went into the bedroom, while Bojo moved closer to DeLancy. "Fred, let's discuss this quietly."
"Oh, I know what you're going to fling at me," said Fred miserably. "Gladys and all that. I know I'm a beast, I've no excuse. But, Bojo, I'm half wild! I don't know what I'm doing—honest I don't!"
"Oh, I know what you're about to throw at me," Fred said, looking miserable. "Gladys and everything. I know I'm terrible, I don't have an excuse. But, Bojo, I'm half crazy! I have no idea what I'm doing—I'm being completely honest!"
"Is it as bad as all that, old fellow?" said Bojo, shaking his head.
"Is it really that bad, my friend?" said Bojo, shaking his head.
"It's awful—awful." He sat down, burying his head in his hands.
"It's terrible—just terrible." He sat down, hiding his face in his hands.
"Fred, answer me—do you yourself want to do this?"
"Fred, tell me—do you really want to do this?"
"How do I know what I want!" he said breathlessly. He raised his head, staring in front. "I suppose it will end me with the crowd. I suppose that's true. Bojo, I know everything that it will do to me—everything. I know it's suicide. But, Bojo, that doesn't do any good. Reasoning doesn't do any good—what's got to be has got to be! Now I've told you. You'll see it's no use."[Pg 233]
"How am I supposed to know what I want!" he said breathlessly. He lifted his head, staring ahead. "I guess it will lead me to the crowd. I suppose that's true. Bojo, I’m aware of everything it will do to me—everything. I know it's self-destructive. But, Bojo, that doesn't help. Thinking it through doesn’t help—what's meant to happen will happen! Now I've said it. You'll see it’s pointless." [Pg 233]
"I hope it will work out better than we think," said Bojo, solemnly. "And Gladys?"
"I hope it turns out better than we expect," Bojo said seriously. "And Gladys?"
"I wrote to her."
"I texted her."
"When?"
"When's that?"
"Yesterday." He hesitated. "Her letters and one or two things—they're done up in a pile."
"Yesterday." He paused. "Her letters and a couple of things—they're stacked up in a pile."
"I'll get them to her."
"I'll send them to her."
"Thank you." He turned. "I say, Bojo, stand by me in this, won't you? I've got to have some one. Will you?"
"Thank you." He turned. "Hey, Bojo, will you stand by me on this? I really need someone. Will you?"
"All right. I'll come."
"Okay. I'll come."
At eleven o'clock in a little church up in Harlem he stood by DeLancy's side while the words were said that he knew meant the end of all things for him in the worldly world he had chosen for his own. It was more like an execution, and Bojo had a guilty, horribly guilty, feeling, as though he were participating in a crime.
At eleven o'clock in a small church in Harlem, he stood next to DeLancy while the words were spoken that he knew signified the end of everything for him in the worldly life he had chosen. It felt more like an execution, and Bojo had a guilty, intensely guilty feeling, as though he were taking part in a crime.
"Louise looks beautiful," he found the heart to whisper.
"Louise looks amazing," he managed to whisper.
"Yes, doesn't she?" said Fred gratefully, with such a sudden leap in the eyes that Bojo felt something choking in his throat.
"Yeah, doesn’t she?" Fred replied, grateful, with such a sudden spark in his eyes that Bojo felt something tighten in his throat.
He waved them good-by after he had put them in the automobile, and took Mrs. Varney and a Miss Dingler, the maid of honor, home in a taxi. It was all very gloomy, shoddy, and depressing.[Pg 234]
He waved them goodbye after he had put them in the car, and took Mrs. Varney and Miss Dingler, the maid of honor, home in a taxi. It was all very bleak, shabby, and depressing.[Pg 234]
CHAPTER XXII
DORIS MEETS A CRISIS
It was toward the end of August, when the dry exhaustion of the summer had begun to be touched with the healing cool of delicious nights, that Bojo and Granning were lolling on the window-seat, busy at their pipes. Below in the Court foggy shapes were sunk in cozy chairs under the spread of the great cotton umbrella, and the languid echoes of wandering, contented conversation came to them like the pleasant closing sounds of the day across twilight fields—the homing jingle of cattle, the returning creak of laden wagons seeking the barns, or a tiny distant welcome from a barking throat.
It was late August, when the exhausting heat of summer started to give way to the refreshing coolness of pleasant nights, that Bojo and Granning were lounging on the window seat, focused on their pipes. Down in the Court, hazy figures rested in comfy chairs beneath the large cotton umbrella, and the lazy sounds of relaxed, happy conversation drifted up to them like the soothing end-of-day noises across twilight fields—the familiar jingle of cattle returning home, the creaky sound of loaded wagons heading for the barns, or a distant welcoming bark.
"Ouf! It's good to get a lung-full of cool air again," said Bojo, turning gratefully to an easier position.
"Oof! It feels great to take a deep breath of fresh, cool air again," said Bojo, adjusting comfortably to a better position.
"Well, how do you like being a horny-handed son of toil?" said Granning.
"Well, how do you like being a hard-working person?" said Granning.
"I like it."
"I love it."
"You're through the worst of it now."
"You're past the worst part now."
"It's sort of like being in training again," said Bojo reminiscently. "Jove, how they used to drive us in the fall—the old slave drivers! It's great, though, to feel you've earned the right to rest. I say, Granning, it's a funny thing, but you know that first raise, ten dollars a week, thrilled me more than[Pg 235] making thirty thousand in a clip. Come to think of it, I don't believe I ever really made that money."
"It's kind of like being in training again," Bojo said, looking back. "Wow, the way they used to push us in the fall—the old taskmasters! It's great, though, to feel like you've earned a break. I tell you, Granning, it's funny, but that first raise, ten dollars a week, excited me more than making thirty thousand all at once. Now that I think about it, I don't think I ever actually made that much money."
"You didn't."
"You didn't."
Bojo laughed. "Well, this is a man's life," he said evasively. Then suddenly: "What precious idiots we were that first night, prophesying our lives. Poor old Freddie, who was going to marry a million and all that—and weren't we indignant, though, at him! A fine grave he's dug for himself now. Queer."
Bojo laughed. "Well, this is what a man's life looks like," he said vaguely. Then suddenly: "What foolish idiots we were that first night, predicting our futures. Poor old Freddie, who was supposed to marry a rich woman and all that—and weren’t we outraged at him! A nice mess he's gotten himself into now. Strange."
"I like him better than if he'd married the other girl in cold blood."
"I prefer him over if he had married the other girl without any feeling."
"Yes, I suppose I do too. Still—" He broke off. "Do you believe he's had the sense to get out of the market?"
"Yeah, I guess I do too. Still—" He paused. "Do you think he’s smart enough to have gotten out of the market?"
"No," said Granning shortly.
"No," Granning replied curtly.
"Good Lord, if I thought that, I'd—"
"Good Lord, if I thought that, I'd—"
"You'd do nothing. You can't help him—neither can I or any one. After all—don't think I'm hard, but what does it matter what happens to fellows like Fred DeLancy? What's important is what happens to men who've got power and energy and are trying to force their way up. Men you and I know—"
"You wouldn't do anything. You can't help him—neither can I or anyone else. Honestly—don't think I'm unsympathetic, but what happens to guys like Fred DeLancy doesn't really matter. What matters is what happens to men who have power and ambition and are trying to make their way up. Men you and I know—"
"That's rather cruel."
"That's pretty cruel."
"Well, life is cruel. My sympathy is with the fellow that's knocking for opportunity, not the fellow who's throwing it away. Bojo, the salvation of this country isn't in making sinecures for good-natured, lovable chaps of the second generation, but in sorting 'em out and letting the weak ones fall behind. Keep open the doors to those who are coming up."
"Well, life can be harsh. I feel for those who are striving for opportunities, not for those who waste them. Bojo, the future of this country isn't about creating easy jobs for nice, likable guys from well-off families, but about identifying the capable ones and allowing the less capable to be left behind. Keep the doors open for those who are trying to move up."
"I don't think you've ever forgiven Fred for taking[Pg 236] that money," said Bojo reluctantly. "You don't like him."
"I don't think you've ever forgiven Fred for taking[Pg 236] that money," Bojo said hesitantly. "You don't like him."
"I did like him—but I've grown beyond him—and so have you," said Granning bluntly. In the last few months he had come to speak his mind directly to Bojo, with results that sometimes shocked the younger man.
"I liked him—but I've moved on from him—and so have you," Granning said frankly. Over the past few months, he had started to speak his mind directly to Bojo, with results that sometimes surprised the younger man.
At this moment the telephone rang.
At that moment, the phone rang.
"Shuffle over to it," said Granning, withdrawing his legs. "No one ever telephones for me."
"Slide over to it," said Granning, moving his legs out of the way. "No one ever calls me."
"It may be from Fred—perhaps they're back," said Bojo, departing.
"It could be from Fred—maybe they're back," Bojo said as he left.
He came back in a few moments rather excited.
He returned in a couple of moments, looking quite excited.
"That's queer—it's from Doris."
"That's strange—it's from Doris."
"Been rather neglectful, haven't you?"
"Been pretty neglectful, haven't you?"
"It wasn't long distance. She's here!"
"It wasn't far away. She's here!"
"Here—in town?"
"Here—in the neighborhood?"
"Yes. Funny she didn't warn me," said Bojo, mystified. He dug out his hat from the crowded desk and halted before the reclining figure. "Well, I'm summoned. Sorry to leave you. Felt just like rambling along."
"Yeah. It's weird she didn't give me a heads up," Bojo said, puzzled. He pulled his hat from the cluttered desk and paused in front of the lounging figure. "Anyway, I'm called away. Sorry to bail on you. I was just getting into the groove."
"Well, be firm."
"Okay, stand your ground."
"What?"
"What?"
"Be firm."
"Stay strong."
"Now just what did he mean by that?" he said to himself as he tripped down the stairs and out. He puzzled more over this advice as he hastened uptown. Why had Doris come, abruptly and without notification? The more he thought of it, the more he believed he understood the reason of Granning's warning. Doris had come to him with some new proposition, an investment for quick returns or an[Pg 237] opening along lines of increasing salaries. The open surface-car with its cargo of coatless men and shirt-waisted women went pounding up the Avenue, hurrying him toward Doris.
"Now, what did he mean by that?" he asked himself as he stumbled down the stairs and out. He mulled over this advice as he rushed uptown. Why had Doris shown up unexpectedly and without notice? The more he thought about it, the more he felt he understood Granning's warning. Doris had come to him with a new proposal, a quick-return investment or an[Pg 237] opportunity related to rising salaries. The open streetcar, filled with coatless men and women in shirtwaists, sped up the Avenue, pushing him toward Doris.
He would have been at loss to define to himself his real feelings. Despite the sudden awakening in her, the delirious quality of romance had not returned to him. Memories of another face and other hours had ended that. Yet there was a solid feeling of doing the right thing, of playing square by Doris, and of a responsibility well performed. In the long, crowded, heated weeks there were long intervals when he forgot her entirely. Yet when he saw her or opened her letters, poignant with solicitude and faith, he felt his imagination kindle, if but for the moment.
He would have struggled to understand his true feelings. Even with her sudden change, the thrilling excitement of romance hadn’t come back for him. Memories of someone else and different times had put an end to that. Still, he felt a strong sense of doing the right thing, being fair to Doris, and fulfilling his responsibilities well. During the long, hectic, hot weeks, there were times when he completely forgot about her. Yet when he saw her or read her letters, filled with concern and trust, his imagination would spark, even if just for a moment.
He had reached the self-conscious stage in youth when he looked upon himself as supernaturally old and tried in the furnace of experience. He quieted the dormant longings in his heart by assuring himself that he now took a different view of marriage, a more significant one as a grave social step. The less he felt the romance of their relations, the more he acknowledged the solid supplementary qualities which Doris would bring him as his companion, as associate and organizer of the home.
He had reached that awkward stage of youth where he saw himself as unusually old and seasoned by life. He quieted the hidden desires in his heart by convincing himself that he now viewed marriage differently, seeing it as a serious social commitment. The less he felt the romance in their relationship, the more he recognized the practical qualities that Doris would bring as his partner, as well as the organizer of their home.
That he could not give her all that she now poured out unreservedly to him, gave him at times a twinge of pity and compassion. She was so keen to progress, to broaden the outlook of her views, to be of real service to him. There were moments in her letters of inner revelations that stirred him almost with the guilty feeling of surprising what was not his to[Pg 238] see. The idea of an early marriage would have been unbearable, yet as a possibility of the future it seemed to him an eminently wise and just procedure.
The fact that he couldn't give her everything she so openly shared with him sometimes made him feel a pang of sympathy and compassion. She was so eager to grow, to expand her perspective, and to truly support him. There were moments in her letters where she revealed her innermost thoughts that stirred him, almost giving him the guilty sensation of uncovering something that wasn't his to[Pg 238] see. The thought of marrying young would have been unbearable, but as a possibility for the future, it seemed like a really smart and fair idea.
At the Drake mansion his ring was answered by a caretaker, who came doubtfully to let him in, pausing to search for the electric buttons. In the anteroom and down the vistas of the salons, everything was bare and draped in dust-clothes; there was a feeling of abandonment and loneliness in the bared arches, as on his first visit a year before.
At the Drake mansion, a caretaker answered his ring, hesitantly coming to let him in while looking for the light switches. In the foyer and down the long hallways of the living rooms, everything was empty and covered in dust sheets; there was a sense of neglect and isolation in the exposed arches, just like on his first visit a year earlier.
"Bojo—is it you?"
"Is that you, Bojo?"
He heard her voice descending somewhere from the upper flights of the great stone stairway, and answered cheerily. The caretaker disappeared, satisfied, and he waited at the foot while she came rushing down and hung herself in his arms.
He heard her voice coming down from somewhere on the upper floors of the big stone staircase, and he responded cheerfully. The caretaker left, satisfied, and he waited at the bottom while she came running down and threw herself into his arms.
"Why, Doris!" he exclaimed, surprised at her emotion and the tenseness of the figure that clung to him. "Doris, why, what's wrong?"
"Why, Doris!" he exclaimed, surprised by her emotions and the tight grip of the figure clinging to him. "Doris, what's wrong?"
"Wait, wait," she said breathlessly, burying her head on his shoulder and tightening the grip of her arms.
"Wait, wait," she said, catching her breath, burying her head on his shoulder and tightening her arms around him.
She led him, still clinging to his side, through the ballroom and the little salon into the great library, where he had gone for his decisive interview with Drake. They stood a moment in filtered obscurity, groping for the buttons, until suddenly the room sprang out of the night. Then he saw that she had been weeping. Before he could exclaim, the tears sprang to her eyes and she flung herself in his arms again, sheltering her head against his shoulder, clinging to his protection as though reeling before the sudden down swoop of a storm. His first thought was[Pg 239] of death, a catastrophe in the family—father, mother—Patsie! At this thought his heart seemed to stop and he said brokenly:
She led him, still holding onto him, through the ballroom and the small lounge into the large library, where he had gone for his important meeting with Drake. They stood for a moment in dim light, fumbling for the buttons, until suddenly the room illuminated, pulling them out of the darkness. Then he noticed that she had been crying. Before he could say anything, tears filled her eyes, and she threw herself into his arms again, resting her head against his shoulder, clinging to his protection as if she were struggling against the sudden onset of a storm. His first thought was[Pg 239] of death, a family disaster—father, mother—Patsie! At this thought, his heart felt like it stopped, and he said hoarsely:
"Doris, what is it—nothing has happened—no one is—is in danger?"
"Doris, what’s going on—nothing has happened—no one is—is in danger?"
"No, no," she said in a whisper. "Oh, don't make me speak—not just yet. Keep your arms about me. Tighter so that I can never, never get away."
"No, no," she whispered. "Oh, please don't make me talk—not right now. Hold me tighter so I can never, ever escape."
He obeyed, wondering, his mind alert, seeking a reason for this strange emotion. Suddenly she raised her head and, seizing his in her hands with such tenacity that he felt the cut of her sharp little fingers, kissed him with the poignant agony of a great separation.
He complied, curious, his mind sharp, trying to understand this unusual feeling. Suddenly, she lifted her head and, grabbing his face with such force that he could feel the edge of her tiny fingers, kissed him with the intense pain of a deep farewell.
"Bojo, remember this," she cried through her tears, "whatever happens—whatever comes—it is you—you! I shall love only you all my life—no one else!"
"Bojo, remember this," she cried through her tears, "no matter what happens—no matter what comes—it’s you—you! I will love only you for the rest of my life—no one else!"
"Whatever happens?" he said, frowning, but beginning to have a glimmer of the truth. "What do you mean?"
"Is that what’s going to happen?" he asked, frowning, but starting to grasp the truth. "What do you mean?"
She moved from him, standing, with head slightly down, staring at him silently for a long moment. Then she said, shaking her head slowly:
She stepped back from him, standing with her head slightly down, looking at him silently for a long moment. Then she said, shaking her head slowly:
"Oh, how you will hate me!"
"Oh, how you will dislike me!"
He went to her quickly and, taking her by the wrist, led her to the big sofa.
He hurried over to her and, grabbing her by the wrist, guided her to the large sofa.
"Now sit down. Tell me just what this all means!"
"Now sit down. Tell me what this all means!"
His tone was harsh, and she glanced at him, frightened.
His tone was sharp, and she looked at him, scared.
"It means," she said at last, "that I am not what you thought—what I thought I could be. I am not[Pg 240] strong. I've tried and I've failed! I am very, very weak, very selfish. I can't give up what I'm used to—luxury! I can't, Bojo, I can't—it's beyond me!" She turned away, her handkerchief to her eyes, while he sat without a word, compelling her to go on. At last she turned, stealing a look at his set face. "Of course you'll say you told me—but I tried— I did try!"
"It means," she finally said, "that I’m not what you thought—what I thought I could be. I'm not[Pg 240] strong. I've tried and I've failed! I’m very, very weak, very selfish. I can't give up what I'm used to—luxury! I can't, Bojo, I can't—it's too much for me!" She turned away, using her handkerchief to wipe her eyes, while he sat silently, urging her to continue. Finally, she glanced back, stealing a look at his expressionless face. "Of course you'll say you told me so—but I tried—I really did try!"
"I am saying nothing at all," he said quietly. "So you wish to end the engagement, that is all, isn't it?"
"I’m not saying anything," he said softly. "So you want to break off the engagement, that’s it, right?"
"All!" she said indignantly with a flood of tears. "Oh, how can you look at me so brutally? I am miserable, absolutely miserable. I am throwing away my life, my whole chance of loving, of being happy, and you look at me as though you were sending me to the gallows!"
"All!" she exclaimed, her eyes brimming with tears. "How can you look at me like that? I'm so miserable, completely miserable. I'm wasting my life, my chance to love and be happy, and you look at me as if you're sending me to my death!"
If her distress was intended to weaken him in his attitude of quiet, critical contemplation, it failed. Nevertheless he modified his tone somewhat.
If her distress was meant to throw him off his calm, critical thinking, it didn't work. Still, he slightly changed his tone.
"I am quite in the dark. I understand you have come to break off the engagement—that is not perhaps the shock you believe it—but I am curious to know what are your reasons."
"I’m really confused. I get that you’re here to end the engagement—that’s probably not the surprise you think it is—but I’m interested to know what your reasons are."
Her tears stopped abruptly. She faced his glance.
Her tears stopped suddenly. She looked into his eyes.
"I said you would hate me," she said slowly.
"I told you that you would hate me," she said slowly.
"No, I do not think so."
"Nope, I don't think so."
"Yes, yes, you will hate me," she said breathlessly, "and you should. Oh, I'm not excusing myself. I hate myself. I despise myself. If you hated me you would only be right. Yes, you have every right."
"Yes, yes, you’re going to hate me," she said, breathless. "And you should. Oh, I'm not trying to make excuses. I hate myself. I loathe myself. If you hated me, you'd be completely justified. Yes, you have every reason."
"Are you engaged to any one else, Doris?" he said with a smile.[Pg 241]
"Are you seeing anyone else, Doris?" he said with a smile.[Pg 241]
She sprang up indignantly.
She jumped up angrily.
"Oh, how could you say such a thing! Bojo!"
"Oh, how could you say that! Bojo!"
"If I have offended you I beg your pardon."
"If I have upset you, I'm really sorry."
"You beg my pardon," she said, her lip trembling. She came and knelt at his side. "Bojo, look at me. You believe that I love you, don't you?—that you are the only thing, the only person in my life that I have ever loved, and that if I give you up it is because I must, because I can't help it, because—because I know myself so well that I know I haven't the strength to do what other women do—to be—poor! There you have it!"
"You’re asking for my forgiveness," she said, her lip shaking. She came and knelt beside him. "Bojo, look at me. You believe that I love you, right?—that you are the only thing, the only person in my life that I've ever loved, and that if I let you go it’s because I have to, because I can’t help it, because—I know myself so well that I know I don't have the strength to do what other women do—to be—poor! There you have it!"
"But you knew all this six months ago," he said, scenting some mystery. "Something else must have happened—what?"
"But you knew all this six months ago," he said, sensing something mysterious. "Something else must have happened—what?"
She nodded.
She agreed.
"Yes."
Yes.
He waited a moment.
He paused for a moment.
"Well?"
"What's up?"
She rose, listened a moment and glanced carefully about the room. Afterward he remembered this glance.
She stood up, listened for a moment, and looked around the room carefully. Later, he recalled that glance.
"You must give me your word of honor not to mention—not to breathe one word I say to you," she said in a lower voice.
"You have to promise me that you won’t mention—won’t say a single word of what I tell you," she said in a quieter voice.
"That is hardly necessary," he said quickly, on his dignity.
"That's hardly necessary," he said quickly, trying to maintain his composure.
"No, no. This is not my secret. Your word of honor. I must have your word of honor."
"No, no. This isn’t my secret. I need your word of honor. I have to have your word of honor."
"Very well," he said, carried away by his curiosity.
"Alright," he said, driven by his curiosity.
"Before the end of the year, in a few months even, Dad may lose every cent he has!"[Pg 242]
"Before the year ends, in just a few months, Dad could lose every penny he has!"[Pg 242]
"He told you?" he said incredulously. "Or is this some trick of your mother's?"
"He told you?" he said in disbelief. "Or is this some trick by your mom?"
"No, no, it is no trick. Dad told us himself."
"No, it's not a trick. Dad told us himself."
"Us? Whom?"
"Us? Who?"
"Mother and me!"
"Me and Mom!"
"And Patsie?"
"And what about Patsie?"
"No, Patsie is away."
"No, Patsie is not here."
"When did he tell you?"
"When did he say that?"
"Just a week ago."
"Only a week ago."
"But why?— That doesn't seem like him to tell you," said Bojo, frowning. "Perhaps you've exaggerated."
"But why? That doesn't sound like something he'd say," Bojo said, frowning. "Maybe you've blown it out of proportion."
"No, no. He is in a bad way. He is caught," she said hurriedly. "Times have been hard, the market has gone down steadily—all summer—way, way down—and Dad is carrying enormous blocks of stock—must carry them or admit defeat—and you know Dad! I don't know exactly what's wrong. He didn't go into the matter; but he has enemies, tremendous enemies that are trying to put him out, and it's a question of credit. Oh, if you'd seen his face when he told us, you'd know just how serious it was!"
"No, no. He’s in a tough spot. He’s trapped," she said quickly. "Things have been tough, the market has been sinking steadily—all summer—really, really low—and Dad is holding a huge amount of stock—he has to, or he’ll have to admit defeat—and you know Dad! I’m not sure exactly what’s going on. He didn’t go into detail; but he has serious enemies who are trying to take him down, and it’s all about credit. Oh, if you’d seen his face when he told us, you’d understand just how serious it is!"
"Just what did he say?"
"What did he say?"
"He told us—I can't remember the words—that if times continued as they had been, he stood a chance of losing every cent he had, that he was in a fight for existence and that he couldn't tell how it would come out." She hesitated a moment and added: "He thought the situation so critical that we should know of it."
"He told us—I can't remember exactly what he said—that if things kept going the way they were, he could lose every penny he had, that he was fighting for survival and had no idea how it would turn out." She paused for a moment and added, "He thought the situation was so serious that we needed to be aware of it."
This last and the halting before saying it, suddenly[Pg 243] gave him the light he had been seeking during all this interview.
This last moment and the pause before saying it, suddenly[Pg 243] provided him with the clarity he had been looking for throughout this conversation.
"In other words, Doris," he said quickly, "frankly and honestly, since we are going to be honest now that we have come to the parting of the ways—your father let you understand so that you might know how critical the situation was and take your measures accordingly. That's it—isn't it?"
"In other words, Doris," he said quickly, "to be honest, since we're being truthful now that we've reached this turning point—your father made it clear to you so you would understand how serious the situation was and take the necessary steps. That's it—right?"
"Yes, I suppose so."
"Yeah, I guess so."
"I hope at least that you haven't concealed anything from Boskirk," he said quietly.
"I just hope you haven't held anything back from Boskirk," he said softly.
"Why should I tell him?"—she started to burst out, and caught her breath, trapped.
"Why should I tell him?" she began to blurt out, then paused, feeling stuck.
"So you are already to be congratulated?" he said, looking at her with a smile.
"So, you're already being congratulated?" he said, looking at her with a smile.
"That isn't true," she said hastily. "You know and I know that Mr. Boskirk wants to marry me, that I can have him any day—"
"That's not true," she said quickly. "You know it and I know it that Mr. Boskirk wants to marry me, that I can have him anytime—"
"Don't," he said gravely. "You know there is an understanding—"
"Don't," he said seriously. "You know we have an agreement—"
"Oh, an understanding—" she began.
"Oh, I get it—" she began.
"True," he interrupted. "At this moment, Doris, you know that Boskirk has proposed and you have accepted him. Why deny it? It is quite plain. You made up your mind that you would marry him the moment you learned you might be a pauper. Come, be honest—be square."
"That's true," he interrupted. "Right now, Doris, you know that Boskirk has proposed to you and you’ve accepted. Why pretend otherwise? It’s obvious. You decided you would marry him the minute you found out you might end up broke. Come on, be honest—be straightforward."
She went away from him and stood by the fireplace, her back to him.
She walked away from him and stood by the fireplace, facing away.
"That is true—all of it," she said. A shudder passed over her. "I hate him!"
"That's true—all of it," she said. A shiver ran through her. "I hate him!"
"What!" he cried, advancing toward her in[Pg 244] amazement. "You hate him and yet you will marry him?"
"What!" he exclaimed, stepping toward her in[Pg 244] disbelief. "You hate him, and yet you’re going to marry him?"
"Yes. Because I can't bear to give up anything—because I am a weak, selfish woman."
"Yes. Because I can't stand to give up anything—because I'm a weak, selfish woman."
In a flash he saw her as she would be—this woman who now stood before him twisting and turning in half-sincere outbursts, seeking to excuse or accuse herself before his eyes from the need of dramatic sensations.
In an instant, he saw her as she truly was—this woman who stood in front of him, shifting and squirming in partly genuine bursts, trying to either justify or blame herself in his eyes out of a need for dramatic feelings.
"You will be," he said quietly. "So you are going to marry Boskirk?"
"You will be," he said softly. "So you're going to marry Boskirk?"
She nodded.
She agreed.
"Soon, very soon?"
"Soon, like really soon?"
She winced under the note of sarcasm in his voice and turned breathlessly:
She flinched at the sarcasm in his voice and turned, breathless:
"Oh, Bojo—you despise me!"
"Oh, Bojo—you hate me!"
"No—" he said indifferently. He held out his hand. "Well, we have said all we have to say, haven't we?"
"No—" he said casually. He extended his hand. "Well, we've said everything we need to say, haven't we?"
Before he could prevent her or divine her intentions, she had flung herself on his shoulder, clinging to him despite his efforts to tear her from him.
Before he could stop her or figure out what she was planning, she had thrown herself onto his shoulder, holding onto him despite his attempts to pull her off.
"Please, no scenes," he said hastily. "Quite unnecessary."
"Please, no drama," he said quickly. "Totally unnecessary."
She wished him to kiss her once—a last kiss; but he refused. Then she began to cry hysterically, vowing again and again, between her torrents of self-accusation, that no matter what the future brought she would never love any one else but him. It was not until she grew exhausted from the very storm of her emotion that he was able to loosen her arms and force her from him.
She wanted him to kiss her one last time; but he wouldn't. Then she started to cry uncontrollably, repeating over and over, amid her flood of self-blame, that no matter what happened in the future, she would never love anyone else but him. It wasn't until she wore herself out from the intensity of her feelings that he was able to free himself from her embrace and push her away.
"Oh, you don't love me—you don't care!" she[Pg 245] cried, when at last she felt herself alone and her arms empty.
"Oh, you don't love me—you don't care!" she[Pg 245] cried, when she finally felt alone and her arms empty.
"If that can be any consolation—if your grief is real—if you really do care for me," he said, "that is true. I do not love you, Doris, and I never have. That is why I do not hate you or despise you. I am sorry, awfully sorry. You could have been such an awfully good sort."
"If that helps at all—if your grief is genuine—if you truly care about me," he said, "then that’s real. I don’t love you, Doris, and I never have. That’s why I don’t hate you or look down on you. I’m sorry, really sorry. You could have been such a great person."
At this she caught her throat and, afraid of another paroxysm, he went out quickly.
At this, she grabbed her throat, and fearing another episode, he left quickly.
Before the curb the touring-car was waiting. An idea came to him, remembering the glance Doris had sent about the room.
Before the curb, the touring car was waiting. An idea struck him as he recalled the look Doris had shot across the room.
"Going back to-night, Carver?" he said to the chauffeur. "Much of a run?"
"Heading back tonight, Carver?" he asked the driver. "Is it a long drive?"
"Two hours and a half, sir."
"Two and a half hours, sir."
"Mrs. Drake came down with you?"
"Mrs. Drake came down with you?"
"Yes, sir."
"Yes, sir."
"That's the answer," he thought to himself, wondering how much she might have overheard. "Poor Doris."
"That's the answer," he thought, wondering how much she might have overheard. "Poor Doris."
He thought of her already as some one distantly removed, amazed to realize how quickly with the snapping of the artificial bond their true relationship had readjusted itself. He thought of her only with a great wonder, recognizing now all the possibilities which had lain in her for good, saddened, and shuddering in his young imagination at the price she had elected to pay.
He already saw her as someone far away, surprised to realize how quickly their true relationship had shifted with the breaking of the artificial bond. He thought of her with great wonder, now recognizing all the good possibilities she had within her, feeling sad and shuddering in his young mind at the cost she had chosen to bear.
He turned the corner with a last look at the turreted and gabled roof of the great Drake mansion, faint unreal shadows against the starlit sky, as though, in his newly acquired knowledge of the tremendous[Pg 246] catastrophe impending, it lay against the crowded silhouette of the city like a thing of dreams to vanish with the awakening reality.
He turned the corner with one last glance at the turreted and gabled roof of the grand Drake mansion, faint, unreal shadows against the starry sky, as if, with his newfound awareness of the huge[Pg 246] disaster about to happen, it sat against the busy skyline of the city like something out of a dream, ready to disappear with the harsh light of reality.
Before the next month was over, Doris had married young Boskirk—a quiet country wedding whose simplicity excited much comment. Before another fortnight the market, which had been slowly receding before the rising wrath of a great financial panic, broke violently.[Pg 247]
Before the next month was up, Doris had married young Boskirk—a simple country wedding that drew a lot of attention. Within another two weeks, the market, which had been gradually declining due to the growing anger over a major financial panic, crashed violently.[Pg 247]
CHAPTER XXIII
THE LETTER TO PATSIE
Two days after the breaking of his engagement to Doris, Bojo wrote to Patsie. His letter—the first he had written her—he was two days in composing, tearing up several drafts. He was afraid to say too much, and to discuss trivial matters seemed to him insincere. Finally he sent this letter:
Two days after his engagement to Doris ended, Bojo wrote to Patsie. It took him two days to compose his letter—the first one he’d ever written to her—during which he scrapped several drafts. He was hesitant to say too much, and talking about minor things felt insincere to him. In the end, he sent this letter:
Dear Drina:
Dear Drina:
I suppose by now Doris has told you of what has happened. There are a great many things I want you to know about these trying months, that I've wanted you to know and have been hurt that you didn't know. Now that it's over I realize what a tragedy it would have been, and yet I would have gone on believing it was the right thing to do, trying to make myself believe in what I was doing. During all this time I have never forgotten certain things you said to me, your message the day of the panic, the look in your eyes that afternoon before I went in to see your father and—other memories. I want to see you. Where are you? When will you be back in New York?
I guess by now Doris has filled you in on what happened. There are so many things I need you to understand about these tough months that I've wanted to share with you, and it’s been painful that you didn’t know. Now that it’s over, I see how tragic it could have been, yet I would have kept believing it was the right move, trying to convince myself of my choices. Throughout all of this, I’ve never forgotten specific things you told me, your message on the day of the panic, the look in your eyes that afternoon before I went in to see your father, and other memories. I want to see you. Where are you? When will you be back in New York?
Faithfully yours,
Bojo.
Faithfully yours, Bojo.
Having written this he carried it around in his pocket for another day before posting it. No sooner was it irrevocably beyond his hands than he had the feeling that he had committed an irretrievable blunder. The next moment it seemed to him that he had done the direct and courageous thing, that she would understand and be grateful to him for his[Pg 248] frankness. Each morning he heard the rustle of the mail slipping under the door with a sudden cold foreboding, certain that her letter had come. Each evening, back from the grind of the factory, he came into the monastic corridors of Westover Court and turned the corner of the desk with a hot-and-cold hope that in the letter-box there, under the number 51, would be a letter waiting for him. When after a week no word had come, he began to make excuses. She was away on a visit, her mail had to be forwarded or more probably held for her return. But one day, happening to glance at the social column, in a report of the Berkshires he found her name as a contender in a tennis tournament. He wrote a second note:
After writing this, he kept it in his pocket for another day before mailing it. As soon as it was out of his hands for good, he felt like he had made an irreversible mistake. In the next moment, it felt like he had done something brave and straightforward, and that she would appreciate his honesty. Every morning, he heard the sound of the mail slipping under the door, sending a chill of dread through him, convinced that her reply had arrived. Each evening, after a long day at the factory, he walked into the quiet halls of Westover Court and approached the desk with a mix of hope and anxiety, wishing that in the letter box marked 51, there would be a letter for him. When no response came after a week, he started making excuses. Maybe she was away visiting someone, her mail needed to be forwarded, or it was likely being held until she got back. But then one day, while glancing at the social column, he saw her name in a report about a tennis tournament in the Berkshires. He wrote a second note:
Dear Patsie:
Dear Patsie:
Did you get my letter of ten days ago, and won't you write me?
Did you receive my letter from ten days ago? Can you write back to me?
Yours,
Bojo.
Yours,
Bojo.
Perhaps his first had miscarried. Such accidents were rare but yet they did occur. He calculated the shortest time she could receive his letter and answer it and waited expectantly all that day. Again a week passed and no word from her. What had happened? Had he really blundered in sending the first letter? Was her pride hurt, or what? A feeling of despair began to settle over him. He did not attempt a third letter, sick at heart. The thought that he might have wounded her—he always imagined her as a child—was unbearable. It hurt him as it had hurt him with a haunting sadness, the day after their wild toboggan ride, when he had seen the pain in her eyes—eyes that were yet too young for the knowledge of[Pg 249] the sorrow and ugliness of the world. Finally, through a chance remark one day when he had dropped in to his club, he learned that she was to be present at a house party at Skeeter Stoughton's on Long Island. Overlooking the incident of his unsuccessful attempt to enter their employ, he took his friend into a half confidence and begged him to secure him an invitation for over Sunday.
Maybe his first attempt had failed. Such things were rare, but they did happen. He calculated the quickest time she could receive his letter and respond, and he waited hopefully all day. Another week went by, and still no word from her. What had happened? Had he really messed up by sending the first letter? Was her pride hurt, or something else? A feeling of despair started to settle over him. He didn't try sending a third letter, feeling heartbroken. The thought that he might have upset her—he always pictured her as a child—was unbearable. It hurt him as much as it had hurt him with a lingering sadness the day after their wild toboggan ride when he had seen the pain in her eyes—eyes that were still too young to grasp the sorrow and ugliness of[Pg 249] the world. Finally, through a casual remark one day when he dropped by his club, he found out she would be at a house party at Skeeter Stoughton's on Long Island. Ignoring the failure of his earlier attempt to get into their employment, he confided in a friend and asked him to help secure an invitation for the weekend.
When he was once on the train and he knew for certain that in a short two hours he would look into her eyes again, a feeling almost of panic seized him. When they were in the motor rushing over smooth white roads and he felt the lost distances melting away beneath him, this feeling became one of the acutest misery. All that he had carefully planned and rehearsed to say to her, suddenly deserted his mind.
When he was on the train and knew for sure that in just two hours he would be looking into her eyes again, a feeling of panic hit him. As they sped over the smooth white roads in the car and he sensed the distance they had lost melting away, that feeling turned into intense misery. Everything he had thought carefully about saying to her suddenly slipped his mind.
"What shall I say? What shall I do?" he said to himself, cold with horror. There seemed to be nothing he could say or do. His very presence was an impertinence, which she must resent.
"What should I say? What should I do?" he asked himself, feeling a chill of horror. It seemed like there was nothing he could say or do. His very presence felt intrusive, something she would surely resent.
Luckily no one was in the house except their hostess and he had a short moment to reassemble his thoughts before they strolled down to join the party at the tennis courts. He was known to most of the crowd who greeted his appearance as the return of the prodigal. Patsie was on the courts, her back to him as they came up, Gladys Stone on the opposite side of the net. Some one called out joyfully, "Bojo Crocker!" and she turned with an involuntarily startled movement, then hastily controlling herself at the cry of her partner, drove the ball into the net for the loss of the point.[Pg 250]
Fortunately, the only person in the house was their hostess, giving him a brief moment to gather his thoughts before they walked down to join the party at the tennis courts. He was familiar to most of the crowd, who welcomed his arrival like the return of a prodigal son. Patsie was on the courts, facing away from him as they approached, with Gladys Stone on the opposite side of the net. Someone joyfully shouted, "Bojo Crocker!" and she turned around, startled for a second before quickly regaining her composure at her partner's call, then hit the ball into the net, resulting in a lost point.[Pg 250]
When next, ensconced under a red-and-white awning among the array of cool flannels and summery dresses, he sought her, she was seriously intent on her game, a little frown on her young forehead, her lips rebelliously set, the swirling white silk collar open at the browned throat, the sleeve rolled up above the firm slender forearm. She moved lightly as a young animal in slow, well calculated tripping movements or in rapid shifting springs. Her partner, a younger brother of Skeeter's, home on vacation, gathered in the balls and offered them to her with a solicitude that was quite evident. Bojo felt an instinctive antipathy watching their laughing intimacy. It seemed to him that they excluded him, that she was still a child unable to distinguish between a stripling and a man, still without need of any deeper emotions than a light-hearted romping comradeship.
When he next found her under a red-and-white awning among the cool flannels and summer dresses, she was completely focused on her game, a slight frown on her youthful forehead, her lips stubbornly pressed together, the flowing white silk collar open at her tanned throat, her sleeve rolled up above her slim, strong forearm. She moved with the lightness of a young animal, either in slow, deliberate steps or quick, agile bounds. Her partner, Skeeter's younger brother, home on break, gathered the balls and handed them to her with an evident concern. Bojo felt an instinctive dislike watching their joyful closeness. It seemed to him that they were leaving him out, that she was still a child who couldn’t tell the difference between a boy and a man, still without any need for deeper feelings beyond a carefree friendship.
With the ending of the set, greetings could no longer be avoided. As she came to him directly, holding out her hand in the most natural way, he felt as though he were going red to the ears, that every one must perceive his embarrassment before this girl still in her teens. He said stupidly, pretending amazement,
With the end of the performance, greetings were inevitable. As she approached him directly, extending her hand in a completely natural way, he felt himself blushing deeply, convinced everyone could see his embarrassment in front of this girl who was still in her teens. He responded awkwardly, pretending to be surprised,
"You here? Well, this is a surprise!"
"You're here? Wow, what a surprise!"
"Yes, isn't it?" she said with seeming unconsciousness.
"Yeah, isn't it?" she said casually.
That was all. The next moment she was in some new group, arranging another match. Short and circumstantial as her greeting had been, it left him with a sinking despair. He had hurt her irrevocably, she resented his presence—that was evident. His whole coming had been a dreadful mistake. Depressed, he[Pg 251] turned to Gladys Stone to attempt the concealment from strange eyes of the disorder within himself. He was yet too inexperienced in the ways of the women of the world to even suspect the depth of resentment that could lie in her tortured heart.
That was it. In the next moment, she was with another group, setting up a new match. Although her greeting had been brief and formal, it left him feeling hopeless. He had hurt her beyond repair, and it was clear that she resented his presence. His entire trip had been a terrible mistake. Feeling down, he[Pg 251] turned to Gladys Stone to hide the turmoil inside him from prying eyes. He was still too inexperienced in dealing with women to even realize how deep the resentment could be in her troubled heart.
"I'm awfully glad to see you—awfully," he said, committing the blunder of giving to his voice a note of discreet sympathy. It had been his distressing duty to bring her personally the little baggage of her sentimental voyage—letters, a token or two, several photographs—to witness with clouding eyes the spectacle of her complete breakdown.
"I'm really glad to see you—really," he said, mistakenly letting his voice show some sympathetic tone. It was his uncomfortable task to personally deliver the few items from her emotional journey—letters, a couple of keepsakes, several photos—and to watch with tear-filled eyes as she completely fell apart.
She drew a little away at his words, straightening up and looking from him.
She pulled back slightly at his words, sitting up straight and looking away from him.
"Have you heard the date of the wedding, Doris's wedding?" she said coldly.
"Have you heard when the wedding is, Doris's wedding?" she said coldly.
It was his time to wince, but he was incapable of returning the feminine attack.
It was his moment to flinch, but he couldn't respond to the feminine onslaught.
"You should know better than I," he said quietly.
"You know better than I do," he said softly.
She looked at him with a perfect simulation of ignorance:
She looked at him as if she had no idea:
"You were rather well interested, weren't you?"
"You were pretty interested, weren't you?"
"More than that, as you know, Gladys," he said, looking directly in her eyes. A certain look she saw there caused her to make a sudden retreat into banality—
"More than that, as you know, Gladys," he said, looking directly into her eyes. A particular look she saw there made her suddenly retreat into something ordinary—
"Do you play?"
"Do you game?"
"Sometimes."
"Sometimes."
Miss Stoughton and others impatient of the rôle of spectators were organizing tables of auction inside the house. His reason told him that the best thing for him to do would be to join them and show a certain indifference, but the longing, miserable and[Pg 252] unreasoning, within him to stay, to be where he could see her, filling his eyes, after all the long vacant summer, was too strong. He hesitated and remained, saying to himself—
Miss Stoughton and others, tired of just watching, were setting up auction tables inside the house. His mind told him that the smartest move would be to join them and act a bit indifferent, but the deep, desperate urge inside him to stay and see her, to take her in after such a long, empty summer, was too powerful. He hesitated and stayed, saying to himself—
"Suppose I am a fool. She'll think I haven't the nerve of a mouse."
"Imagine I’m an idiot. She'll think I don't have the courage of a mouse."
He wanted to chatter, to laugh at the slightest pretext, to maintain an attitude of light inconsequential amusement, but the attempt failed. He remained moody and taciturn, his eyes irresistibly fastened on the young figure, so free and untamed, reveling in the excitement and hazards of the game, wondering to himself that this girl, who now seemed so calmly steeled against the display of the slightest interest in him, had once swayed against his shoulder, yielding to the enveloping sense of a moonlight night, loneliness and the invisible, inexplicable impulse toward each other. What had come to end all this and how was it possible for her to dissemble the emotion that she must feel, with the knowledge of his eyes steadily and moodily fixed upon her?
He wanted to chat, to laugh at the smallest thing, to keep a vibe of light, carefree fun, but it didn’t work. He stayed moody and quiet, his eyes irresistibly locked on the young woman, so wild and free, enjoying the thrill and risks of the game. He wondered to himself how this girl, who now seemed so calmly indifferent to his slightest interest, had once leaned against his shoulder, giving in to the all-encompassing feeling of a moonlit night, loneliness, and the unknown, unexplainable draw between them. What had happened to change all this, and how was it possible for her to hide the feelings she surely must have, knowing his eyes were fixed on her steadily and moodily?
He was resolved to find a moment's isolation in which to speak to her directly and she just as determined to prevent it. As a consequence he felt himself circumvented at every move, without being able to say to himself that it had been done deliberately. The others who perhaps perceived his intention sought an instinctive distance, with that innate sympathy which goes out to lovers, but Patsie with a foreseeing eye called young Stoughton to her side and pretending a slightly wrenched ankle, leaned heavily on his arm. In which fashion they regained the house without[Pg 253] Bojo having been able by hook or crook to have gained a moment for a private word.
He was determined to find a moment alone to talk to her directly, but she was just as determined to stop him. As a result, he felt blocked at every turn, unable to convince himself that it was intentional. The others, who might have sensed his intention, instinctively kept their distance, showing that natural sympathy for lovers. But Patsie, with a keen eye, called young Stoughton to her side and pretended to have a slightly hurt ankle, leaning heavily on his arm. This is how they made their way back to the house without[Pg 253] Bojo managing to get a moment for a private conversation.
At dinner, where he had hoped that Skeeter Stoughton, in return for his half confidence, would have arranged so that he should sit next to her, he found Patsie on the opposite side of the table. An accusatory glance towards Skeeter was answered by one of mystification. Then he understood that she must have rearranged the cards herself. He was unskilled in the knowledge of the ways of young girls and their instinctive cruelty to those who love them and even those whom they themselves love. He was hurt, embarrassed, prey to idiotic suppositions that left him miserable and self-conscious. He was even ready to believe that she had taken the others into her confidence, that every one must be watching, smiling behind their correct masks. The dinner seemed interminable. He was too wretched to conceal his emotions, neglecting his neighbors shamefully until one, a débutante of the year, rallied him maliciously.
At dinner, where he had hoped that Skeeter Stoughton would have arranged for him to sit next to her in return for his half-hearted trust, he found Patsie sitting on the opposite side of the table. An accusing look at Skeeter was met with a confused stare. Then he realized that she must have rearranged the seating herself. He didn't understand the ways of young girls and their instinctive cruelty toward those who love them and even those they love in return. He felt hurt, embarrassed, and plagued by ridiculous thoughts that left him unhappy and self-conscious. He was even willing to believe that she had shared his feelings with the others, and that everyone was watching, smirking behind their polite facades. The dinner dragged on forever. He was too miserable to hide his feelings, shamefully ignoring his neighbors until one, a debutante of the year, teasingly called him out.
"Mr. Crocker, I believe you're in love!"
"Mr. Crocker, I think you're in love!"
He glanced at Patsie, frightened lest the remark might have carried, but from her attitude he could divine nothing. She was rattling away, answering some lightly flung remark from down the table. He began to talk desperately in idiotic, meaningless sentences, aware that his neighbor was watching him with a mischievous smile.
He glanced at Patsie, nervous that his comment might have gotten to her, but her expression gave him no clues. She was chatting away, responding to some casual comment from further down the table. He started to talk mindlessly in silly, nonsensical sentences, realizing that his neighbor was watching him with a playful smile.
"Are you really in love?" she said delightedly when he had run out of ideas.
"Are you actually in love?" she asked happily when he had run out of ideas.
"If I confess will you help me?" he said in a whisper. Miss Hunter, enraptured with the idea of anything that bordered on the romantic, bobbed her head in enthusiastic response.
"If I confess, will you help me?" he said in a whisper. Miss Hunter, thrilled by anything that had a hint of romance, nodded her head enthusiastically in reply.
"Very well, after dinner," he said in the same low tone. He had a feeling that Patsie had been trying to listen and began to talk with a gaiety for which he found no reason in himself. Several times he glanced across the table and he felt—though their eyes never met—that her glance had but just left him, was on him the moment he turned away. He found her much changed. She was not yet a woman, by a certain veil of fragility and inconscient shyness, but the child was gone. Her glance was more sobered and more thoughtful as though the touch of some sadness had stolen the bubbling spirits of childhood and left a comprehension of deeper trials approaching. At times she assumed an attitude of great dignity, la grande manière, which was yet but assumed and made him smile.
"Alright, after dinner," he said in the same quiet tone. He sensed that Patsie had been eavesdropping and started speaking with a cheerfulness that he couldn't quite understand. He glanced across the table several times, feeling—though their eyes never met—that her gaze had just left him and was on him the moment he looked away. He noticed she had changed a lot. She wasn't quite a woman yet, still veiled in a mix of fragility and unspoken shyness, but the child in her was gone. Her gaze was more serious and reflective, as if a touch of sadness had stolen away the carefree spirit of childhood and left her aware of deeper challenges ahead. Sometimes, she took on a posture of great dignity, a grand manner, that felt forced and made him smile.
Dinner over, dancing began. He made no attempt to seek out Patsie, putting off Miss Hunter too with evasive answers. He danced once or twice, but without enjoyment and finally, not to witness the spectacle of her dancing with other men, made the pretext of an evening cigar to seek the obliterating darkness of the verandah. Safely hidden in a favoring corner, he sat, moodily watching the occasional flitting of laughing couples silhouetted against the starry night. He was totally at loss to account for the reception. At times a suspicion passed through his mind that Doris might have given a different account of their parting scene than the facts warranted. At[Pg 255] others, remembering details of romantic novels, he had devoured, he was willing to believe that his letter had not reached her, had been intercepted perhaps by Mrs. Drake. At the end of an hour, fearing to have made his absence too noticeable, he rose unwillingly to join the gay party within. Suddenly as he rounded the corner he came upon a couple separating, the man returning to the dance, the girl leaning against a pillar, plucking at invisible vines. Then she too turned, coming into a momentary reflection. It was Patsie.
Dinner finished, dancing started. He didn't try to find Patsie, avoiding Miss Hunter with vague answers as well. He danced a couple of times, but without any real enjoyment, and finally, to avoid seeing her dance with other guys, he used the excuse of wanting an evening cigar to escape to the darkness of the verandah. Hidden away in a secluded corner, he sat, moodily watching laughing couples occasionally silhouetted against the starry night. He was completely confused by the reception. Sometimes, he wondered if Doris had told a different story about their breakup than what actually happened. At[Pg 255] other times, recalling details from the romantic novels he’d devoured, he found it hard to shake the thought that his letter might not have reached her, possibly intercepted by Mrs. Drake. After an hour, worried that his absence might have drawn too much attention, he reluctantly stood up to join the lively party inside. As he rounded the corner, he unexpectedly saw a couple parting ways, the man returning to the dance while the girl leaned against a pillar, toying with invisible vines. Then she turned as well, momentarily lost in thought. It was Patsie.
She stopped short, divining who it was, and the instinctive step backward which she made brought an angry outburst to his lips.
She halted abruptly, realizing who it was, and the instinctive step back she took caused an angry outburst from him.
"I beg your pardon," he said stiffly. "I didn't mean to annoy you. I had been finishing my smoke. I—" He paused, at his wits' end. At this moment if he had been called upon to recognize his true feelings, he would have sworn that he hated her bitterly with a fierce, unreasoning hatred.
"I’m sorry," he said awkwardly. "I didn’t mean to upset you. I was just finishing my cigarette. I—" He paused, feeling completely lost. In that moment, if he had been asked to acknowledge his true feelings, he would have insisted that he hated her deeply with a fierce, irrational hatred.
"You do not annoy me," she said quietly.
"You don't annoy me," she said quietly.
"I was afraid so."
"I thought so."
"No."
"Nope."
He hesitated a moment.
He hesitated for a moment.
"Did you get my letters?"
"Did you receive my letters?"
"Yes."
Yes.
"Did you answer them?" he said, with a last hope of some possible misunderstanding.
"Did you answer them?" he asked, holding onto a faint hope that there might have been some misunderstanding.
She shook her head.
She shook her head.
He waited a moment for some explanation and as none came, he started to leave, saying,
He waited for a moment hoping for an explanation, and when none came, he turned to leave, saying,
"I don't understand at all—but—I don't suppose that matters—"
"I don't get it at all—but—I guess that doesn't really matter—"
He went toward the door. Then stopped. He[Pg 256] thought he had heard her calling his name. He returned slowly.
He walked toward the door but then stopped. He[Pg 256] thought he heard her calling his name. He turned back slowly.
"Did you call me?"
"Did you call me?"
"No, no."
"Nope."
All at once he came to her tempestuously, catching her arm as he would a naughty child's.
All of a sudden, he rushed over to her, grabbing her arm as if she were a mischievous kid.
"Drina, I won't be turned away like this. In heaven's name what have I done that you should treat me like this? At least tell me!"
"Drina, I won't just walk away like this. For heaven's sake, what have I done to deserve this treatment? Just tell me!"
She did not struggle against his hold, but turned away her head without answer.
She didn't fight against his grip but turned her head away without saying anything.
"Was it my first letter? You didn't like me to write that way—so soon—so soon after breaking the engagement? Was that it? It was, wasn't it?"
"Was it my first letter? You didn't want me to write like that—so soon—right after breaking off the engagement? Was that the issue? It was, wasn't it?"
It seemed to him, though he could not be sure, that her head made a little affirmative nod.
It seemed to him, though he couldn't be sure, that she gave a small nod in agreement.
"But what was wrong?" he cried in dismay. "You wouldn't have me be insincere. You know and I know what you meant to me, you know that if I went on with Doris after—after that night, it was only from a sense of duty, of loyalty. Yes, because you yourself came to me and begged me to. If that's true, why not be open about—"
"But what’s wrong?" he exclaimed in distress. "You wouldn’t want me to be fake. You know and I know how much you meant to me, and you know that if I continued with Doris after—that night, it was only out of a sense of duty, of loyalty. Yes, because you came to me and asked me to. If that’s true, why not just be honest about—"
"Hush," she said hastily. "Some one will hear."
"Hush," she said quickly. "Someone will hear."
"I don't care if they all hear," he said recklessly. "Drina, what's the use of pretending. You know I've been in love with you, you and only you, from the first day I saw you."
"I don't care if everyone hears," he said boldly. "Drina, what's the point of pretending? You know I've been in love with you, just you, since the first day I saw you."
She drew her arm from his grasp and turned on him defiantly—
She pulled her arm away from his grip and faced him defiantly—
"Thanks— I don't care to be second fiddle!" she said spitefully.[Pg 257]
"Thanks— I don't want to be second best!" she said bitterly.[Pg 257]
"Good heavens, that is it!"
"Wow, that's it!"
"Yes, that is it," she cried out and breaking from him she fled around the corner of the verandah and it seemed to him that he had caught the sound of a sob.
"Yes, that's it," she shouted, and breaking away from him, she ran around the corner of the porch. He thought he heard the sound of a sob.
He entered the house, a prey to conflicting emotions, perplexed, angry, inclined to laugh, with alternate flashes of hope and as sudden relapses into despair. Just as he had made up his mind that she had left for the night, she reappeared without a trace of concern. But try as he might he did not succeed in getting another opportunity to speak to her. She avoided him with a settled cold antagonism. The next day it was the same. It seemed that everything she did was calculated to wound him and display her hostility. He had neither the strength nor the wisdom to respond with indifference, suffering openly. At ten o'clock that night as he was miserably preparing to enter the automobile that was to take him to the station, Patsie came hurriedly down the steps, something white in her hand.
He walked into the house, overwhelmed by mixed emotions—confused, angry, and wanting to laugh, feeling hopeful one moment and then slipping back into despair the next. Just when he thought she had left for the night, she showed up again, completely unconcerned. But no matter how hard he tried, he couldn't find another chance to talk to her. She avoided him with a steady, cold hostility. The next day was the same. It felt like everything she did was meant to hurt him and show her animosity. He lacked the strength and wisdom to respond with indifference, suffering visibly instead. At ten o'clock that night, as he reluctantly got ready to get into the car that would take him to the station, Patsie rushed down the steps, something white in her hand.
"Please do something for me," she said breathlessly.
"Please do something for me," she said, out of breath.
"What is it?"
"What's going on?"
"A letter— I want you to mail this letter—it's important."
"A letter— I need you to send this letter—it's important."
He turned, taking the letter and putting it in his pocket without noticing it.
He turned, took the letter, and put it in his pocket without even noticing.
She held out her hand. Surprised, he took it, yet without relenting.
She held out her hand. Surprised, he took it, but he didn’t give in.
"Good-by, Bojo," she said softly.
"Bye, Bojo," she said softly.
The next moment he was whirled away. When he reached the Court he remembered for the first time[Pg 258] his commission and, stopping at the desk, he handed the letter absent-mindedly to Della, saying,
The next moment, he was whisked away. When he arrived at the Court, he recalled for the first time[Pg 258] his commission and, pausing at the desk, he handed the letter absentmindedly to Della, saying,
"If you're going out, Della, mail this."
"If you're heading out, Della, could you send this?"
She burst out laughing, with her irresistible Irish smile.
She erupted in laughter, her charming Irish smile shining through.
"What are you laughing at?" he said, surprised.
"What are you laughing at?" he asked, surprised.
"You're always up to tricks, Mr. Crocker," she said, looking at the inscription.
"You're always up to something, Mr. Crocker," she said, looking at the inscription.
"What do you mean?" he asked, puzzled, and, perceiving the cause of her merriment, he snatched the envelope and glanced at it. It was addressed to him. Covered with confusion he fled up to his room in a fever of anticipation and wild hope.
"What do you mean?" he asked, confused, and realizing what was making her laugh, he grabbed the envelope and looked at it. It was addressed to him. Overwhelmed with embarrassment, he rushed up to his room, feeling a mix of excitement and wild hope.
Dear Bojo:
Dear Bojo:
Forgive me for being a horrid, spiteful little cat. I am sorry but you are very stupid—very! Please forgive me.
Forgive me for being a terrible, spiteful little cat. I’m sorry, but you are really stupid—really! Please forgive me.
Patsie.
Patsie.
P.S. As soon as the wedding is over, we come to New York. Will you come and see me there—and I'll promise to behave.
P.S. Once the wedding is over, we’re heading to New York. Will you come and see me there—and I’ll promise to be on my best behavior?
Drina.
Drina.
He went to bed in the seventh heaven of delight, repeating to himself a hundred times every word of this letter, turning each phrase over and over for favorable interpretation. It seemed to him that never had he spent such deliciously happy days as the last two.[Pg 259]
He went to bed in pure bliss, repeating every word of this letter to himself a hundred times, analyzing each phrase for a positive interpretation. He felt that he had never experienced such incredibly happy days as the last two.[Pg 259]
CHAPTER XXIV.
PATSIE APPEALS FOR HELP
Meanwhile Fred and Louise returned. He went to see them at a fashionable hotel where they were staying temporarily. The great rooms and the large salon on the corner, overlooking the serried flight of houses and factories toward the river must have cost at least fifteen dollars a day. Louise went into the bedroom presently to her hairdresser, closing the door.
Meanwhile, Fred and Louise returned. He went to visit them at a trendy hotel where they were staying temporarily. The spacious rooms and the large corner lounge, overlooking the tightly packed houses and factories leading to the river, must have cost at least fifteen dollars a day. Louise went into the bedroom shortly after to meet her hairdresser, closing the door behind her.
"Congratulations, Prince," said Bojo laughing, but with a certain intention to approach serious matters. "The royal suite is charming."
"Congrats, Prince," Bojo said with a laugh, but there was a hint of seriousness in his tone. "The royal suite is lovely."
"Remember I'm a married man," said DeLancy, the incorrigible, with a laugh. "Aren't you ashamed to try and lecture me?"
"Remember I'm a married man," DeLancy said with a laugh, not caring. "Aren't you embarrassed to try and lecture me?"
"Have you discovered a gold mine?" said Bojo.
"Did you find a gold mine?" Bojo asked.
"Oh! I got in on two or three good things last Summer," said Fred, who broke off in some confusion at perceiving that he had just divulged to his friend that he had been trying his fortune again in Wall Street.
"Oh! I got in on a couple of good investments last summer," said Fred, who stopped abruptly, feeling a bit embarrassed at realizing he had just revealed to his friend that he had been trying to make his luck again in Wall Street.
"So that's it," said Bojo grimly. "Thought you'd sworn off."
"So that's it," Bojo said grimly. "I thought you said you were done."
"I never did," said DeLancy obstinately.
"I never did," DeLancy said stubbornly.
"It's not my affair, Fred," said Bojo finally. "Only do go slow, old fellow; we're neither of us[Pg 260] great manipulators and what comes slowly, goes with a rush."
"It's not my business, Fred," Bojo finally said. "Just take your time, my friend; neither of us[Pg 260] are great at handling things, and what happens slowly can hit hard all at once."
"Honest, Bojo, I am careful," said Fred with a show of conviction. "No more ten per cent. margins and no more wild-cat chances. If I buy, it's on good information, no plunging."
"Honestly, Bojo, I'm being careful," Fred said with determination. "No more ten percent margins and no more risky bets. If I buy, it's based on solid information, not reckless decisions."
"Are you sure?"
"Are you really sure?"
"Oh, absolutely! I take the solemn oath!" said Fred with a face to convince a meeting of theologians.
"Oh, definitely! I swear an oath!" said Fred with a face that could persuade a room full of theologians.
"And no margins?"
"And no margins?"
"Oh, conservative margins!"
"Oh, tight margins!"
"What do you call conservative?"
"What do you mean by conservative?"
"Twenty-five points—twenty points naturally."
"25 points—20 points naturally."
Bojo shook his head.
Bojo shook his head.
"What are you going to do, live here?"
"What are you planning to do, stay here?"
"Of course not. We are looking around for an apartment for the Winter."
"Of course not. We're looking for an apartment for the winter."
Bojo wanted to know what Louise intended, whether she had made up her mind to leave the stage or not, but he did not know quite how to approach the subject. As he studied DeLancy, he thought he looked irrepressibly happy and indifferent to what lay ahead. He wondered if Fred had made any approaches to his old friends with a view to their accepting his wife.
Bojo wanted to figure out what Louise was planning, whether she had decided to leave the stage or not, but he wasn't sure how to bring it up. As he watched DeLancy, he thought he seemed unshakeably happy and unconcerned about what was coming next. He wondered if Fred had reached out to his old friends to see if they would accept his wife.
"Will Louise stay here too?" he asked finally.
"Is Louise going to stay here too?" he finally asked.
"Naturally."
"Of course."
"Is—is she giving up her career?" he said hesitatingly.
"Is—she quitting her career?" he asked hesitantly.
DeLancy looked rather embarrassed. He did not reply at first.
DeLancy looked pretty embarrassed. He didn't respond right away.
"I have left that to Louise herself. It's her decision. For the present nothing is settled, not as yet."[Pg 261]
"I've left that up to Louise. It's her choice. For now, nothing is decided, not yet."[Pg 261]
Bojo felt the embarrassment that possessed him. He had come to ask a score of questions. He started to leave with the feeling that he had found out nothing. At the noise of his going, Louise came out of the room with her hair down. Probably she had been listening. She said good-by to him with extra cordiality, with an ironical look in her eyes.
Bojo felt the embarrassment wash over him. He had come to ask a bunch of questions but started to leave feeling like he hadn’t learned anything. As he made noise leaving, Louise came out of the room with her hair down. She had probably been listening. She said goodbye to him with extra warmth, a sarcastic look in her eyes.
"Mind you look us up after."
"Make sure to check in with us later."
"Yes, yes."
"Yeah, yeah."
Fred accompanied him to the elevator.
Fred went with him to the elevator.
"As soon as we are settled we'll have a spree," he said with an attempt at the old gaiety.
"As soon as we’re settled, we’ll have a fun time," he said, trying to sound cheerful like before.
"Of course."
"Sure."
Bojo went off shrugging his shoulders, saying to himself, "Where will it all end?"
Bojo walked away, shrugging his shoulders and saying to himself, "Where's it all going to end?"
During the Summer a marked change had come over industrial conditions, a feeling of something ominous was in the air, a vague and undefined threat impending. At the factory a fifth of the machines were idle and Garnett was moodily contemplating a general reduction in salaries. Bojo scarcely paid any attention to Wall Street matters now, but he knew that the movement downward of values had been slow and gradual and that prophecies of dark days were current. Matters with Marsh were going badly. Advertisers were deserting the paper, there had been several minor strikes with costly readjustments. Roscoe seemed to have lost his early enthusiasm, to be increasingly moody, impatient and quick to take offense. The reasons given for the business depression were many, over capitalization, timidity of the small investors due to the exposure of great corporations, distrust of radical political reforms. Whatever the[Pg 262] causes, the receding tide had come. People were apprehensive, dispirited, talking poverty. Granning held that the country was paying for the sins of the great financial adventurers and the cost of the giddy structures they had thrown up. Marsh from the knowledge of his newspaper world, held that below all was the coalescing power of great banking systems, arrayed against the government on one side and on the other, waiting their opportunity to crush the new-risen financial idea of the Trust Company organized to deal in speculative ventures denied to them. When Bojo in his simplicity asked why in a great growing nation of boundless resources, a panic should ever be necessary, each sought to explain with confusing logic which did not convince at all. Only from it he gathered that above the great productive mechanism of the nation was an artificial structure, in the possession of powerful groups able to control the sources of credit on which the sources of production depend.
During the summer, a noticeable shift had taken place in industrial conditions; there was a feeling of something ominous in the air, a vague and undefined threat looming. At the factory, a fifth of the machines were sitting idle, and Garnett was gloomily considering a general salary cut. Bojo hardly paid attention to Wall Street anymore, but he was aware that the downward trend in values had been slow and steady, and that predictions of tough times were widespread. Things were going poorly with Marsh. Advertisers were leaving the paper, and there had been several minor strikes that resulted in costly adjustments. Roscoe seemed to have lost his initial enthusiasm; he was becoming increasingly moody, impatient, and easily offended. The reasons given for the business downturn were many: overcapitalization, the hesitation of small investors due to the exposure of large corporations, and distrust of radical political reforms. Regardless of the[Pg 262] causes, the decline had set in. People were anxious, disheartened, and discussing poverty. Granning believed the country was paying for the sins of the financial gamblers and the extravagant structures they had built. Marsh, from his experience in the newspaper world, thought that underlying it all was the combined power of major banking systems, opposing the government on one side and waiting for their chance to crush the newly risen financial concept of the Trust Company, which was created to handle speculative ventures denied to them. When Bojo, in his naivety, asked why, in a vast growing nation with limitless resources, a panic should ever be necessary, each person attempted to explain with confusing reasoning that ultimately didn't make sense. From it, he gathered that above the nation’s great productive machinery was an artificial structure, held by powerful groups capable of controlling the sources of credit essential for production.
Four days after he had read in the newspapers the account of Doris's wedding to Boskirk, about seven o'clock in the evening, while he was waiting for Roscoe to call for him to go out to dinner, Sweeney, the Jap, brought him a card.
Four days after he read in the newspapers about Doris's wedding to Boskirk, around seven o'clock in the evening, while he was waiting for Roscoe to pick him up for dinner, Sweeney, the Japanese man, brought him a card.
It was from Patsie, hastily scribbled across, "I am outside. Can you come and see me?"
It was from Patsie, quickly written across, "I'm outside. Can you come see me?"
"Where is she? Outside?" he said all in a flutter. Sweeney informed him that she was waiting in an automobile.
"Where is she? Outside?" he asked, all flustered. Sweeney told him that she was waiting in a car.
He guessed that something serious must have happened and hurried down. Patsie's face was at the window, watching impatiently. When she saw him she relaxed momentarily with a sigh of relief.[Pg 263]
He figured something important must have happened and rushed downstairs. Patsie’s face was at the window, watching anxiously. When she saw him, she momentarily relaxed with a sigh of relief.[Pg 263]
"Why, Patsie, what's wrong?" he said instantly, taking her hand.
"What's wrong, Patsie?" he said right away, taking her hand.
"You can come? It's important."
"Can you come? It's important."
"Of course."
"Definitely."
He jumped in and the car made off.
He jumped in, and the car took off.
"Tell him to drive through the Park."
"Tell him to drive through the park."
He transmitted the order. And then turned to look at her.
He sent the order and then turned to look at her.
"I am so worried!" she said at once, gazing into his eyes, with eyes that held an indefinable fear.
"I'm really worried!" she said immediately, looking into his eyes, her own reflecting a fear that was hard to define.
He had not relinquished her hand since he had seated himself. He pressed it strongly, fighting back the desire to take her in his arms, that came to him with the spectacle of her misery. There flashed through his mind the details of his final parting with Doris and her ominous declaration of the ruin impending over her father. He had only half believed it then but now it flashed across his memory with instant conviction.
He hadn't let go of her hand since he sat down. He held it tightly, struggling against the urge to hold her close, which hit him hard as he saw her pain. The details of his last goodbye with Doris and her ominous warning about her father's impending downfall raced through his mind. At the time, he had only half believed her, but now it came back to him with full force.
"Your father is in trouble—financial trouble!" he said suddenly.
"Your dad is in trouble—money trouble!" he said suddenly.
"How do you know?" she said amazed.
"How do you know?" she said, amazed.
"Doris told me."
"Doris said."
"Doris? When?" she said. She stiffened at the name, though he did not notice the action.
"Doris? When?" she said. She tensed at the name, but he didn't notice.
"The last time I saw her—why, Drina, didn't you know? Why she came down, why she saw me and asked to be released—didn't you know her reason?"
"The last time I saw her—hey, Drina, didn’t you know? Why she came down, why she saw me and asked to be let go—didn’t you know her reason?"
"I know nothing. Do you mean to say that she—" she paused as though overwhelmed at the thought, "that then she knew Dad was facing ruin?"
"I don't know anything. Are you saying that she—" she paused as if the idea was too much for her, "that she knew Dad was in trouble?"
"Knew? Why, your father told her!— Doris and your mother! You didn't know?"[Pg 264]
"Knew? Your dad told her!— Doris and your mom! You didn't know?"[Pg 264]
"No."
"Nope."
"You weren't told afterward?"
"Weren't you told later?"
"No, no—not a word."
"Nope, not a word."
Rapidly he recounted the details of the scene, failing in his excitement to notice how divided was her interest, between the knowledge of what was threatening her father, and what bore upon the situation between Doris and himself.
Quickly, he went over the details of the scene, too caught up in his excitement to notice how torn her attention was between the danger facing her father and the situation between Doris and himself.
"Then it was Doris who broke it!" she said suddenly and a shudder went through her body.
"Then it was Doris who broke it!" she said suddenly, and a shiver ran through her body.
He checked himself, saw clear and answered impetuously.
He paused, took a deep breath, and responded without thinking.
"Yes, she did—that's true. But let me tell the truth also. I never would have married her—never—never! I never in all my life felt such relief—yes, such absolute happiness as that night when I walked away free. I did not love her. I had not for a long, long time. I pitied her. I believed that through her love for me a great change was coming in her—for the best. And so it had. I pitied her. I was afraid of doing harm. That was all. She knew it, Drina. You can't believe I cared—you must have known!"
"Yes, she did—that's true. But let me be honest too. I never would have married her—never—never! I had never felt such relief—yes, such complete happiness as that night when I walked away free. I didn’t love her. I hadn’t for a long, long time. I felt sorry for her. I thought that through her love for me a significant change was coming in her—for the better. And it did. I felt sorry for her. I was scared of causing harm. That was it. She knew it, Drina. You can't think I actually cared—you must have known!"
"And yet—yet," she began, hesitatingly, and stopped.
"And yet—yet," she started, hesitating, and paused.
"Don't hold anything back," he said impulsively. "We mustn't let anything stand between us. Say anything you want. Better that."
"Don't hold back," he said impulsively. "We can't let anything come between us. Say whatever you want. That's better."
"What I couldn't understand," she said at last, with an effort, in which her hurt pride was evident—"that afternoon—when you gave back the money to Dad—after what you said to me— Oh! how can I say it."[Pg 265]
"What I couldn't understand," she finally said, struggling to express herself, her wounded pride clear in her voice, "is that afternoon—when you returned the money to Dad—after what you said to me— Oh! how can I put this?"[Pg 265]
"You thought that I was going to tell the truth to Doris and break the engagement. That was it, wasn't it?"
"You thought I was going to tell Doris the truth and call off the engagement. That was the plan, right?"
"Yes," she said, covering her face, in terror that she could have said such a thing, and yet her whole being hanging on his answer—"I couldn't understand—afterwards."
"Yes," she said, covering her face, terrified that she could have said such a thing, and yet her whole being was hanging on his answer—"I couldn't understand—afterwards."
"I came out of the library to make an end of everything and before I knew it, it was Doris who had changed everything. She had listened. She had heard all. She imagined she was in love for the first time. She begged me not to turn from her, to give her another chance. I was caught, what was I to do?"
"I walked out of the library, ready to end everything, and before I realized it, it was Doris who changed everything. She had listened. She had heard it all. She thought she was in love for the first time. She pleaded with me not to leave her, to give her another chance. I was trapped—what was I supposed to do?"
"She loves you," she said breathlessly.
"She loves you," she said, out of breath.
"She only imagines it. She only plays with that idea."
"She just envisions it. She just toys with that thought."
"No, no! she loves you," she said in a tone of great suffering.
"No, no! She loves you," she said in a tone full of pain.
"But, Drina," he said, aghast at her inconsistency, "it was you who came to me—who begged me to marry Doris—how can you forget that?"
"But, Drina," he said, shocked by her inconsistency, "it was you who came to me—who begged me to marry Doris—how can you forget that?"
She burst into tears.
She started to cry.
"What! You are jealous!—jealous of her!" he cried with a great hope in his voice, his hand going out to her.
"What! You’re jealous!—jealous of her!" he exclaimed with a surge of hope in his voice, reaching out to her.
She stiffened suddenly and drew back, frightened into her corner.
She suddenly stiffened and recoiled, scared into her corner.
"No, I'm not jealous," she said furiously. "Only hurt—terribly hurt."
"No, I’m not jealous," she said angrily. "Just hurt—really hurt."
This sudden change left him bewildered. He felt it unjustified, inconsistent and a reproach was on his lips.[Pg 266]
This sudden change left him confused. He felt it was unfair, inconsistent, and a complaint was on his lips.[Pg 266]
In the end he quieted himself and said, forcing himself to speak like a stranger:
In the end, he calmed down and said, pushing himself to talk like someone he didn’t know:
"This, I suppose, is not what you wanted to say to me?"
"This, I guess, isn't what you wanted to say to me?"
Instantly her alarm overcame her defiant attitude.
Instantly, her alarm replaced her defiant attitude.
"No, no. I am terribly worried. I want your help, oh! so much."
"No, no. I'm really worried. I want your help so much!"
She extended her hand timidly as though in apology, but still offended, he withdrew his, saying:
She reached out her hand hesitantly, almost as if to say sorry, but still feeling offended, he pulled his back, saying:
"Anything I can do and you need not fear that I'll take advantage of it!"
"Anything I can do, and you don’t have to worry about me taking advantage of it!"
"Oh!" she shrank back and then in a moment said, "Bojo, forgive me— I am very cruel— I know it. Will you forgive me?"
"Oh!" she recoiled and then after a moment said, "Bojo, please forgive me—I know I'm being really cruel. Can you forgive me?"
"I forgive you," he said at last, trembling at the sweetness of her voice, resolved whatever the temptation, to show her that he could control himself.
"I forgive you," he finally said, shaking at the warmth of her voice, determined to show her that he could hold himself together, no matter the temptation.
"Bojo, everything is going against Dad—everything. Doris must come back and we must get word to Dolly. He needs all the help we can give him."
"Bojo, everything is working against Dad—everything. Doris needs to come back and we have to get in touch with Dolly. He needs all the help we can provide."
"Are you sure?" he said, amazed.
"Are you sure?" he asked, surprised.
"Oh! I know."
"Oh, I get it."
"But your father has millions and in the Pittsburgh & New Orleans he made at least ten more. How can it be?"
"But your dad has millions, and in Pittsburgh and New Orleans, he made at least ten more. How is that possible?"
"I overheard— I listened and then—then mother told me."
"I overheard—I listened and then—then Mom told me."
"When?"
"When's it happening?"
"The night after the wedding—that in another month we might be ruined—that I—I ought to look to the future."
"The night after the wedding—that in another month we could be ruined—that I—I should think about the future."
"Oh, like Doris!" he cried.
"Oh, just like Doris!" he cried.
"Yes, that was what she meant," she said with a[Pg 267] shudder. "Think of it, my mother, my own mother. Then I went to him—to Dad—but he would tell me nothing—only laughed and said everything was all right, but I knew! I don't know how or why, but I knew from the look in his eyes."
"Yeah, that's what she meant," she said with a[Pg 267] shudder. "Think about it, my mom, my own mom. Then I went to him—to Dad—but he wouldn't tell me anything—just laughed and said everything was fine, but I knew! I don’t know how or why, but I could see it in his eyes."
"Yet I can't believe it," he said incredulously.
"Still, I can't believe it," he said, in disbelief.
"Oh! I feel so alone and so helpless," she cried, twisting her hands. "Something must be done and I don't know how to do it. Bojo, you must help me—you must tell me. It's money—he can't get money— I believe no one will lend it to him." Suddenly she turned on him, caught his arm,—"You say Doris knew, Dad told her—before the wedding!"
"Oh! I feel so alone and so helpless," she cried, twisting her hands. "Something has to be done and I have no idea how. Bojo, you need to help me—you have to tell me. It's about money—he can't get money—I really don't think anyone will lend it to him." Suddenly, she turned to him, grabbing his arm, "You said Doris knew, Dad told her—before the wedding!"
"Yes—because she told me."
"Yes—she said so."
"Oh! that is too terrible," she cried, "and knowing it she allowed him to make her a gift of half a million."
"Oh! that is just awful," she exclaimed, "and knowing that, she let him give her a gift of half a million."
"He did that? You are certain?"
"He did that? Are you sure?"
"Absolutely. I saw the bonds."
"Definitely. I saw the bonds."
"But then that proves everything is all right," he cried joyfully.
"But that just shows that everything is okay," he exclaimed happily.
"You don't know Dad," she said, shaking her head mournfully. "Bojo, we must get Doris back, she may do things for you that she won't do for any one else— Oh! yes, you don't know. Then I have something—a quarter of a million. I want to turn it into cash. He won't take it from me if he knew. But you might deposit it to his credit, make him believe some one did it anonymously—couldn't that be done?"
"You don’t know Dad," she said, shaking her head sadly. "Bojo, we need to get Doris back; she can do things for you that no one else can—Oh! right, you don't know. So, I have something—$250,000. I want to turn it into cash. He won't accept it from me if he knew. But you could deposit it into his account, make him think someone did it anonymously—couldn’t that work?"
He raised her hand with a sudden swelling in his throat and kissed it, murmuring something incoherent.[Pg 268]
He lifted her hand, a lump forming in his throat, and kissed it, whispering something unintelligible.[Pg 268]
"That is nothing to do, nothing," she said, shaking her head.
"That’s nothing to do, nothing," she said, shaking her head.
"I wish I could go to him," he said doubtfully.
"I really wish I could go to him," he said uncertainly.
"You can. You can. I know Dad believes you, trusts you. Oh! if you would.
You can. You can. I know Dad believes in you, trusts you. Oh! if you would.
"Of course I will and at once," he said joyfully. He leaned out the window and gave the order. "Heavens, child, we've forgotten all about dinner. I shall have to invite myself." He took her hand, patting it as though to calm her. "It may not be so bad as you imagine. We'll telegraph Doris to-night, the Boskirks can do a lot. Of course they'll help. Then there's your mother—she has money of her own, I know."
"Of course I will and right away," he said happily. He leaned out the window and gave the order. "Oh my gosh, kid, we totally forgot about dinner. I guess I’ll just invite myself." He took her hand, patting it as if to reassure her. "It might not be as bad as you think. We'll send a telegram to Doris tonight; the Boskirks can do a lot. Of course, they'll help. And then there's your mom—she has her own money, I know."
"That's what I'm afraid of—mother," she said in a whisper.
"That's what I'm scared of—Mom," she said softly.
"What do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
She shook her head.
She nodded no.
"Don't ask me. I shouldn't have said it. And yet—and yet—"
"Don't ask me. I shouldn't have said that. But still—but still—"
"We are almost there," he said hurriedly. He wanted to say something to her, revolting at the discipline he had imposed on himself, something from the heart and yet something at which she would not take offense. He hesitated and stammered—"Thank you for coming to me. You know—you understand, don't you?"
"We're almost there," he said quickly. He wanted to tell her something, frustrated by the rules he had set for himself, something sincere yet that wouldn’t upset her. He hesitated and stumbled over his words—"Thanks for coming to see me. You know—you get it, right?"
She turned, her glance rested on his a long moment, she started as though to say something, stopped and turned hurriedly away, but brief as the moment had been, a feeling of meltable content came over him. The next moment they came to a stop. In the vestibule she bade him wait in the little parlor and[Pg 269] went in ahead to the library. He had picked up a paper and paced up and down, scanning it anxiously, with brief glances down the wide luxurious salons and at the liveried servants who seemed to move nervously, all eyes and ears, scenting danger in the air. The accent of fear was in the headlines even. He was staring at a caption telling of rumored suspensions and prophecies of ill when Patsie came tripping back.
She turned, her gaze lingered on his for a long moment, and she seemed about to say something, but then she quickly looked away. Even though the moment was brief, a sense of warm contentment washed over him. The next moment, they came to a stop. In the entryway, she asked him to wait in the little sitting room and[Pg 269] went into the library. He picked up a newspaper and started pacing, anxiously scanning it, while throwing quick glances down the wide, luxurious halls at the well-dressed servants who moved nervously, clearly on edge and alert for trouble. The tone of fear echoed even in the headlines. He found himself staring at a headline about rumored layoffs and predictions of disaster when Patsie came skipping back.
"It's all right. He wants to see you now," she said, happiness in her eyes, holding out her hand to lead him.[Pg 270]
"Everything's fine. He wants to see you now," she said, joy in her eyes, extending her hand to guide him.[Pg 270]
CHAPTER XXV
DRAKE ADMITS HIS DANGER
Drake was before the fireplace, moving or rather switching back and forth, and this unwonted nervousness seemed an evil augury to Bojo. However, at the slight rustle of the portières, Drake came forward with energetic strides, his hand flung out—
Drake was in front of the fireplace, pacing back and forth, and this unusual nervousness felt like a bad sign to Bojo. However, at the faint sound of the curtains moving, Drake stepped forward with strong strides, his hand extended—
"Well, stranger, almost thought you'd fled the country. How are you? Glad, mighty glad, to see you." He stood with a smile, patting the shoulder of Patsie, who leaned against his side. "Let's see your hands, Tom. They tell me you've become quite a horny-handed son of toil."
"Well, stranger, I almost thought you had left the country. How are you? I'm really glad to see you." He stood with a smile, patting Patsie's shoulder, who leaned against him. "Show me your hands, Tom. I've heard you've become quite the hard-working guy."
"I'm mighty glad to see you," said Bojo, studying him anxiously. At first he felt reassured, the old self-possession and careless confidence were there in tone and gesture. It was only when he examined him more closely that his forebodings returned. About the eyes, not perceptible at first, but lurking in the depths was a hunted, restless look, which struck the young man at once.
"I'm really happy to see you," said Bojo, looking at him with concern. At first, he felt comforted; the old calmness and easy confidence were still present in his tone and gestures. It was only when he looked more closely that his worries came back. There was something about the eyes—something not immediately noticeable, but hiding deep down—a hunted, restless look that struck the young man right away.
"I wanted Bojo so to come," said Patsie breathlessly. "I thought—in some way—somehow he might be of help."
"I really wanted Bojo to come," Patsie said breathlessly. "I thought—in some way—he might be able to help."
"I only wish I could," said Bojo instantly. "You know you can trust me."
"I really wish I could," Bojo said immediately. "You know you can count on me."
"Yes, I know that," said Drake briefly with a sudden[Pg 271] clouding over of his face. He added stubbornly, pulling his daughter's ear with a kindly look, "This young lady is all in a panic over nothing. Comes from talking business before them."
"Yeah, I get that," Drake said flatly, a shadow passing over his face. He added stubbornly, playfully tugging at his daughter's ear with a gentle smile, "This young lady is freaking out about nothing. It comes from discussing business around them."
"Oh, Daddy, why not be truthful? Whatever comes we can face it. Only let us know," said Patsie with her large eyes fixed sadly on his face in unbelief.
"Oh, Dad, why not just be honest? Whatever happens, we can handle it. Just let us know," said Patsie, her big eyes sadly fixed on his face in disbelief.
"I'm in a fight—a big fight, Tom, that's all, a little tougher than other fights," he said loudly as though talking to himself. "If you want to see some ructions and learn a few things that may help you in dealing with certain brands of coyotes later, why come in—just possible you might fit in handy."
"I'm in a battle—a serious one, Tom, that’s all, a bit tougher than other battles," he said loudly as if he were talking to himself. "If you want to see some chaos and pick up a few tips that might help you deal with certain types of troublemakers later, come on in—it might be useful for you."
"Thank you, sir," said Bojo gratefully, exalted to the seventh Heaven by this permission, which seemed to bring him back the old intimacy. Patsie was looking at him with shining eyes.
"Thank you, sir," Bojo said with gratitude, feeling overjoyed by this permission, which seemed to rekindle their old closeness. Patsie was gazing at him with bright eyes.
"Yes, but how about your work—the factory?" said Drake.
"Yes, but what about your job—the factory?" said Drake.
"The factory be damned," said Bojo fervidly, with the American instinct for the fitness of the direct word. All broke out laughing at his impetuosity.
"The factory be damned," said Bojo passionately, with the American knack for saying exactly what he means. Everyone burst out laughing at his sudden outburst.
"Well, Tom, I always did want you in the family," said Drake, clapping him on the shoulder with a sly look at Patsie. "Have it as you wish. I'll be mighty glad to have you, though you did give me a pretty stiff lesson!"
"Well, Tom, I always wanted you in the family," said Drake, patting him on the shoulder with a mischievous glance at Patsie. "Take it however you want. I’ll be really happy to have you, even though you taught me a tough lesson!"
At this moment when Patsie and Bojo did not dare to look at each other, the situation was luckily saved by the announcement of dinner.
At that moment, when Patsie and Bojo didn't dare to look at each other, the situation was fortunately saved by the announcement of dinner.
In the dining-room they waited several moments for Mrs. Drake to appear until finally a footman[Pg 272] brought the news that the mistress of the house was indisposed and begged them to sit down without her. Drake looked rather startled at this and went off into a moody abstraction for quite a while, during which Patsie exchanged solicitous glances with Bojo.
In the dining room, they waited a few moments for Mrs. Drake to show up until finally a footman[Pg 272] brought the news that the lady of the house was unwell and asked them to sit down without her. Drake looked a bit surprised by this and fell into a thoughtful silence for quite a while, during which Patsie exchanged concerned glances with Bojo.
"It is more serious than he will admit," he thought. "I must get a chance to speak to him alone. He will never tell the truth before Drina."
"It’s more serious than he’ll admit," he thought. "I need to find a way to talk to him alone. He’ll never be honest in front of Drina."
Dinner over, a rather anxious meal partaken of in long silences with occasional bursts of forced conversation, Bojo found opportunity to whisper to Patsie as they returned towards the library.
Dinner was over, a somewhat tense meal filled with long silences and occasional awkward attempts at conversation. As they walked back toward the library, Bojo found the chance to whisper to Patsie.
"Make some excuse and leave us as soon as you can. I'll see you before I go."
"Make up an excuse and get out of here as soon as you can. I'll catch you before I leave."
She gave him a slight movement of her eyes to show she comprehended and went dancing in ahead.
She gave him a quick glance to show she understood and danced ahead.
"Now before you begin on business, let me make you both comfortable," she cried. She indicated chairs and pushed them into their seats, laughing. She brought the cigars and insisted on serving them with lights, while each watched her, charmed and soothed by the grace and youth of her spirits, though each knew the reason of her assuming. She camped finally on the arm of her father's chair, with a final enveloping hug, which under the appearance of exuberance, conveyed a deep solicitude.
"Before you start the meeting, let me make you both comfortable," she said with enthusiasm. She pointed to the chairs and helped them settle in, laughing. She brought out the cigars and insisted on lighting them for them, while they watched her, captivated and calmed by her youthful energy, even though they were aware of her motives. Finally, she settled on the arm of her father's chair, giving him a warm embrace that, beneath her cheerful demeanor, conveyed a genuine concern.
"Shall I stay or do you want to talk alone?"
"Should I stick around, or do you want to talk by yourself?"
"Stay." Drake caught the hand which had stolen about his neck and patted it with rough tenderness. "Besides I want you to get certain false ideas out of your head. Well, Tom, I'll tell you the situation." He stopped a moment as though considering, before beginning again with an appearance of frankness[Pg 273] which almost convinced the young man, though it failed before the alarmed instinct of his daughter. "Miss Patsie here is taking entirely too seriously something her mother repeated to her. I won't attempt to deny that the times are shaky. They are. They may become suddenly worse. That depends entirely on a certain group of men. But the strong point as well as the weak point in the present situation is that it can depend on a certain group. There will be no panic for the simple reason that in a panic this group will lose in the tens of millions where others lose thousands. Now this group in the past through their control direct or inter-related has been able to dominate the centers of credit, the money loaning institutions, such as the great banks and insurance companies. By this means they have been in a measure able to keep to themselves the great industrial exploitations dependent on the ability to finance in the hundreds of millions. More, they have been able to limit to narrow fields such men as myself and other newcomers, who wish to rise to the same financial advantage. Lately this supremacy has been threatened by the rise of a new financial idea, the Trust company. This new form of banking, due to the scope permitted under the present law, has been able to deal in business and to make loans on collateral which, while valid, is forbidden a bank under the statutes. The Trust companies, able to deal in more profitable business and to pay good interest consequently on deposits, have developed so enormously as to threaten to overshadow the banks. Back of all this the Trust companies have been developed and purchased by the younger generation of financiers[Pg 274] in order to acquire the means of providing themselves with the credit necessary to develop their large schemes of industrial expansion, without being at the mercy of influences which can be controlled by others. From the moment the dominant group perceived this phase of the development of the Trust company, war was certain. That's where I come in. Pretty dry stuff. Can you get it?"
"Stay." Drake grabbed the hand that had snaked around his neck and gave it a gentle pat. "Besides, I want you to clear some misconceptions from your mind. Well, Tom, let me explain the situation." He paused for a moment, appearing as if he was thinking, before speaking again with a level of openness[Pg 273] that almost convinced the young man, though it didn’t fool his daughter, who was concerned. "Miss Patsie here is taking her mother’s words way too seriously. I won’t deny that things are shaky. They are. They might suddenly get worse, depending on a specific group of people. But the strong and weak aspect of the current situation is that it hinges on this particular group. There won’t be a panic simply because a panic would result in this group losing millions while others would only lose thousands. In the past, this group has managed to control the credit centers and money-lending institutions, like the big banks and insurance companies. By doing so, they've been able to monopolize the major industrial opportunities that require financing in the hundreds of millions. Furthermore, they have limited the chances for individuals like me and other newcomers who want to achieve the same financial success. Recently, this dominance has been challenged by a new financial concept—the Trust company. This new banking model, thanks to the flexibility allowed by current laws, can engage in business and offer loans on collateral that banks cannot due to regulations. Trust companies, able to handle more profitable ventures and offer better interest rates on deposits, have grown so significantly that they risk overshadowing banks. Behind all this, the younger generation of financiers has developed and acquired Trust companies to secure the credit needed for their major industrial expansion plans without being at the mercy of outside control. Once the dominant group recognized this shift in Trust company development, conflict was inevitable. That’s where I come in. Pretty dry stuff. Do you get it?"
Patsie nodded, more interested perhaps in her father's manner than in what he said. Bojo listened with painful concentration.
Patsie nodded, maybe more interested in her dad's vibe than in what he was saying. Bojo listened with lots of focus.
"After my deal in Indiana Smelters and the turn in Pittsburgh & New Orleans I knew that the knives were out against me. I tried to make peace with Gunther but I might just as well have tried to sleep with the tiger. I saw that. There were several things I wanted to do—big things. I had to have credit. Where could I get it—dare to get it? So I went into the Trust companies. They want to get me and they want to get them." He stopped, rubbed his chin and said with a grin, "Perhaps they may sting me—good and hard—but at the worst we could worry along on eight or nine millions, couldn't we, living economically, Patsie?"
"After my deal with Indiana Smelters and the situation in Pittsburgh & New Orleans, I realized that everyone was against me. I tried to make peace with Gunther, but it felt like trying to sleep with a tiger. I could see that clearly. There were several big things I wanted to do. I needed credit. Where could I get it—how could I even dare to ask? So I approached the trust companies. They want to take me down, and they want to take them down too." He paused, rubbed his chin, and said with a grin, "Maybe they'll really sting me—but at the worst, we could make do with eight or nine million, right? We could live frugally, Patsie?"
"Is that the worst it could mean?" she said, drawing off to look in his eyes.
"Is that the worst it could mean?" she asked, pulling back to look into his eyes.
He nodded, adding:
He nodded and added:
"Oh, it isn't pleasant to have fifteen to twenty millions clipped from your fleece, but still we can live—live comfortably."
"Oh, it’s not great to have fifteen to twenty million cut from your earnings, but we can still get by—live comfortably."
She pretended to believe him, throwing herself in his arms.[Pg 275]
She acted like she believed him, throwing herself into his arms.[Pg 275]
"Oh! I'm so relieved."
"Oh! I'm so glad."
His hand ran over her golden head in a gentle caress and his face, as Bojo saw it, was strained and grim, though his words were light:
His hand brushed gently over her golden hair, and his face, as Bojo observed, looked tense and serious, even though his words were casual:
"But I'm not going to lose those twenty millions, not if I can help it!"
"But I'm not going to lose that twenty million, not if I can help it!"
Patsie sprang up laughing, caught Bojo's signal and ran out crying:
Patsie jumped up laughing, noticed Bojo's signal, and ran out crying:
"Back in a moment. Must see how mother is."
"Be right back. I need to check on how my mom is doing."
When the curtains, billowing out at her tumultuous exit, had fluttered back to rest, Bojo said quietly:
When the curtains, blowing out from her chaotic exit, finally settled back, Bojo said quietly:
"Mr. Drake, is that what you wish me to believe?"
"Mr. Drake, is that what you want me to believe?"
"Eh, what's that?" said Drake, looking up.
"Eh, what's that?" Drake said, looking up.
"Am I to believe what you've just told?"
"Should I believe what you just told me?"
There was a long moment between them, while each studied the other.
There was a long moment between them as they both looked at each other.
"How far can I trust you?" said Drake slowly.
"How much can I trust you?" Drake asked slowly.
"What do you mean?"
"What do you mean?"
"Can I have your word that you will not tell Patsie—or any one?"
"Can I trust you not to tell Patsie—or anyone else?"
Bojo reflected a moment, frowning.
Bojo paused, frowning.
"Is that absolutely necessary?"
"Is that really necessary?"
"That's the condition."
"That's the requirement."
"Very well, I shall tell her nothing more than she knows. Will that satisfy you?"
"Okay, I won’t tell her anything more than she already knows. Will that satisfy you?"
Drake nodded slowly, his eyes still on the young man as though finally considering the advisability of a confidence.
Drake nodded slowly, keeping his gaze on the young man as if he was finally thinking about the wisdom of sharing a secret.
"That was partly true," he said slowly; "only partly. There's more to it. It's not a question yet of being wiped out, but it may be a question. Tom, I'm not sure but what they've got me. It all depends[Pg 276] on the Atlantic Trust. If they dare let it go to the wall—" He grinned, took a long whistle and threw up his arms.
"That's only partly true," he said slowly; "there's more to it. It's not about being wiped out **yet**, but it might become that. Tom, I'm not sure if they've got me. It all depends[Pg 276] on the Atlantic Trust. If they risk letting it fail—" He smiled, let out a long whistle, and threw his arms up.
"But surely not all—you don't mean wiped out?" said Bojo, aghast. "You must be worth twenty, twenty-two million."
"But surely not all—you don't mean totally wiped out?" said Bojo, shocked. "You must be worth twenty, twenty-two million."
"I am worth that and more," said Drake quietly. "On paper and not only on paper, under any other system of banking in the world, I would be worth twenty-seven millions of dollars. Every cent of it. Remember that afterward, Tom. You'll never see anything funnier. Twenty-seven millions and to-day I can't borrow five hundred thousand dollars on collateral worth forty times that. You don't understand it. I'll tell you."[Pg 277]
"I’m worth that and more," Drake said quietly. "On paper and not just on paper, under any other banking system in the world, I’d be worth twenty-seven million dollars. Every single cent of it. Remember that later, Tom. You’ll never see anything funnier. Twenty-seven million and today I can’t borrow five hundred thousand dollars on collateral that’s worth forty times that. You don’t get it. I’ll explain it to you." [Pg 277]
CHAPTER XXVI
A FIGHT IN MILLIONS
Drake did not immediately proceed. Having impulsively expressed his intention to reveal his financial crisis, he hesitated as though regretting that impulse. He left the fireplace and went from door to door as though to assure himself against listeners, but aimlessly, rather from indecision than from any precaution. Returning, he flung away his cigar, though it was but half consumed, and took a fresh one, offering the box to Bojo without perceiving that he was in no need. So apparent was his disinclination, that Bojo felt impelled to say:
Drake didn't move right away. After impulsively saying he wanted to talk about his financial troubles, he hesitated, almost as if regretting that impulse. He got up from the fireplace and walked from door to door, not really checking for listeners, but more out of uncertainty than caution. When he came back, he tossed aside his half-finished cigar and grabbed a new one, offering the box to Bojo, not realizing he didn't need it. Bojo could clearly see his reluctance, so he felt the need to say:
"Perhaps you would rather not tell me, sir!"
"Maybe you’d prefer not to tell me, sir!"
"I'd only be telling you what my enemies know," said Drake sharply, flinging himself down. "They know to a dollar what I've pledged and what I can draw on— Oh! trust them."
"I'd only be sharing what my enemies already know," Drake said sharply, throwing himself down. "They know exactly how much I've committed and what I can access— Oh! You can trust them."
"Mr. Drake," said Bojo slowly, "I don't need to tell you, do I, that I would do anything in this world for Patsie, and that without knowing in the slightest what she feels toward me—believe me. I say this to you—because I want you to know that I've come only in the wildest hope that I might help in some way—some little way."
"Mr. Drake," Bojo said slowly, "I don't need to tell you, do I, that I'd do anything for Patsie, and that I have no idea how she feels about me—believe me. I'm telling you this because I want you to know that I've come here with the hope that I might be able to help in some small way."
Drake shook his head.
Drake shook his head.
"You can't, and yet—" He hesitated a last time[Pg 278] and then said, in a dreamy, indecisive way, so foreign to his nature that it showed the extent of the mental struggle through which he had passed, "and yet there are some things I'd be glad to have you know—to remember, Tom, after it's all over, particularly if you come into the family. For I don't think you quite understand my ways of fighting. You took a rather harsh view of certain things from your standpoint— I admit you had some cause."
"You can't, and yet—" He paused for a moment[Pg 278] and then said, in a dreamy, uncertain tone, so unlike him that it revealed the extent of his internal struggle, "and yet there are some things I’d be happy for you to know—to remember, Tom, once it’s all over, especially if you join the family. I don’t think you fully understand my ways of fighting. You had a pretty harsh perspective on some things from where you were coming from—I admit you had some reason."
"I didn't judge you," said Bojo hastily, blushing with embarrassment. "I was only judging myself, my own responsibility."
"I wasn't judging you," Bojo said quickly, his face turning red with embarrassment. "I was just judging myself, my own responsibility."
"Well, you judged me too," said Drake, smiling. "Yes—and I felt it, and I'll say now that I felt uncomfortable—damned uncomfortable. That's why I'm going to let you see that according to my ways of looking at things I play the game square. I'm going to let you overhear a certain very interesting little meeting that is going to take place" (he glanced at the clock) "in about half an hour. Mr. James H. Haggerdy is coming to make me a proposition from Gunther and Co. It'll interest you."
"Well, you judged me too," Drake said with a smile. "Yeah—and I felt it, and I’ll admit I felt uncomfortable—really uncomfortable. That’s why I’m going to let you see that from my perspective, I play fair. I’m going to let you overhear a pretty interesting meeting that’s going to happen" (he looked at the clock) "in about half an hour. Mr. James H. Haggerdy is coming to make me a proposal from Gunther and Co. You’ll find it interesting."
"Thank you," said Bojo simply.
"Thanks," Bojo said simply.
"Now, here's the situation in a nutshell. If I could weather this depression a year, six months, or if there had been no depression, but normal times, I would be able to swing a deal and clear out at over one hundred millions— I gambled big. It was in me—fated— I had to sink or swim on a big stake. If I'd have won out, I'd have been among the kings of the country. That's what I wanted—not money. It's the poker in my blood. However. Here's the case: I made money, as you know—a great deal[Pg 279] of money. I was worth considerable after the Indiana Smelters got going. I was worth ten millions more when I had sold back Pittsburgh & New Orleans. That was the crisis. I wanted to get in with the inner crowd—not simply to be a buccaneer, for that's about what I'd been. That's why they bought their old railroad back. I was rated a dangerous man. I was. So is every man dangerous till he gets what he wants. I went to Gunther and laid my cards on the table. Gunther's a big man, the only man I'd have done it to, but he has one fault—he can hate. The ideal master ought to have no friends and no enemies. I said to Gunther:
"Here’s the situation in a nutshell. If I could get through this depression for a year, six months, or if there hadn’t been a depression at all, but just normal times, I would have been able to make a deal and walk away with over one hundred million—I took a big risk. It was in my nature—fated—I had to either succeed or fail on a big bet. If I had won, I would have been one of the top dogs in the country. That’s what I wanted—not just the money. It’s the thrill that drives me. But here’s the thing: I made money, as you know—a huge amount[Pg 279] of money. I was worth a lot after the Indiana Smelters got going. I was worth ten million more after I sold back Pittsburgh & New Orleans. That was the turning point. I wanted to get in with the elite—not just to be a rogue, which is pretty much what I was. That’s why they bought their old railroad back. I was seen as a dangerous man. I was. Every man is dangerous until he gets what he wants. I went to Gunther and laid my cards on the table. Gunther’s a big deal, the only person I would have done this with, but he has one flaw—he can hold a grudge. The ideal leader shouldn’t have friends or enemies. I told Gunther:"
"'Gunther, let's talk straight. I want to come into the field—on your level—you know what that means. Your word and I'll be satisfied. Am I big enough yet? Do you want me inside or outside the breastworks? Say the word.'
"'Gunther, let's be clear. I want to join the action—on your level—you know what that means. Just give me the green light and I'll be good. Am I big enough yet? Do you want me inside or outside the defenses? Just say the word.'"
"He sat there smiling, listening, gazing out the window.
"He sat there smiling, listening, and gazing out the window."
"'I know what I'm asking's a big thing, to forget what I've cost you. It is a lot to ask. But you're big enough to see beyond it. Say the word and I'm yours, through thick and thin, from now on, and I'll lay before you now a campaign as big as anything you handled so far. All I want is your word—is it peace or war!'
"'I know it's a lot to ask you to forget what I've put you through. It really is a huge request. But you're strong enough to look past it. Just say the word and I'm all in, no matter what happens, from this point forward. I promise you a campaign that's bigger than anything you've dealt with so far. All I need is your word—are we going for peace or war!'"
"That's where he played square.
"That's where he played defense."
"'I don't forget easily,' he said.
"I don’t forget easily," he said.
"'So that's the answer?' I said.
"'So that's the answer?' I said."
"He nodded.
He agreed.
"'I'm sorry. I came to you because you're the only man down here I'm willing to look up to,' I said,[Pg 280] for I knew there was no use going on, but as I went out I plumped in a last shot: 'In a year from now I'm going to put the same offer to you, and when I do I'll carry a few more guns.'
"'I'm sorry. I came to you because you're the only guy down here I actually respect,' I said,[Pg 280] knowing that there was no point in continuing, but as I left, I threw in one last comment: 'In a year from now, I'm going to make the same offer to you, and when I do, I'll be packing a few more guns.'"
"I went out and I got to work. As a matter of fact, I had already begun. I went in with Majendie of the Atlantic Trust, Ryerson of the Columbian, and Dryser of the Seaboard Trust. I bought my way in. I'd got a say in institutions able to lend millions on good collateral without having to duck at a bell pressed downtown. Then I started with a group of Middle-Westerners to make myself felt. There was only one big field left and it was a question how long that would be left alone. They had organized their steel industries and their railroads, they'd knocked out or digested competitors, controlled the field of production and had things sailing along gloriously, but they'd forgotten, or almost forgotten, one thing which they ought to have controlled the first, the iron to pour into their furnaces and the coke to keep them going. When they woke up, they found me in control of the Eastern Coke and Iron Company, holding about eighty million dollars worth of land in West Virginia and Virginia which they had to have sooner or later. Then they woke up with a vengeance. The first thing they did was to send word to me through Haggerdy to get out of the Seaboard Trust and be a good little boy and they'd let me come around and play. I laughed at that, though I knew it meant war to the knife. About ten weeks ago I got a taste of what they could do. Of course, to carry what I was carrying, I had need of big sums, and I had large blocks of Eastern Coke and Iron[Pg 281] hypothecated not only among my Trust Company connections, but in banks around town, where it was upon good strong margins. Ten weeks ago, when I dropped in at a certain bank to renew my loan, I was told that they had decided on account of the business outlook, the downward trend of prices and what not, to call in their loans and proceed on a very conservative basis. Of course, under that rigamarole I knew what was doing—orders from headquarters—and more to follow. I placed the loan with the Atlantic Trust and waited. Last week another refusal. This time the warning was a little more pointed. The president himself looked with grave concern—that's always the expression—on the amount of Eastern C. and I. stock hypothecated at present. A collapse in the stock, which had been declining steadily, might seriously upset financial conditions all over the country, etc. Well, I weathered that and a couple others until I've got where I'm stumped. A bank has got the right to decide for itself what it wants to lend money on; it can decline a loan on any security or all securities offered, and what are you going to do about it? The trust companies are carrying all they can and besides they're being squeezed themselves. As a matter of fact, with solid properties worth to-day in the market from fifty-five to fifty-seven millions, of which we own sixty per cent., there isn't a bank in town will lend us a hundred thousand dollars. The word has been passed around and those who are independent don't dare. I need two million cash by day after to-morrow, absolutely must have it, and they know it and Haggerdy's coming here to look me over, examine[Pg 282] my pocketbook and say, 'What have you got that we want!'"
"I went out and got to work. In fact, I had already started. I teamed up with Majendie from the Atlantic Trust, Ryerson from the Columbian, and Dryser from the Seaboard Trust. I bought my way in. I had a say in institutions that could lend millions based on good collateral without needing to run downtown every time there was a call. Then I began collaborating with a group from the Midwest to make my presence known. There was only one major market left, and it was anyone’s guess how long it would remain untouched. They had organized their steel industries and railroads, eliminated or absorbed competitors, controlled production, and had everything running smoothly, but they had overlooked one crucial aspect: they hadn’t secured the iron to pour into their furnaces and the coke to keep them firing. When they finally realized, they found me in control of the Eastern Coke and Iron Company, sitting on about eighty million dollars’ worth of land in West Virginia and Virginia that they eventually needed. That woke them up with a vengeance. The first thing they did was send word to me through Haggerdy, asking me to leave the Seaboard Trust and behave, and they’d let me come around and play nice. I laughed, even though I knew it meant a serious conflict. About ten weeks ago, I got a glimpse of what they could do. To handle what I was carrying, I needed large sums, and I had significant blocks of Eastern Coke and Iron[Pg 281] hypothecated not just through my Trust Company connections, but in banks around town, where it was based on solid margins. Ten weeks ago, when I went into a particular bank to renew my loan, they told me they had decided, because of the business outlook, the downward trend in prices, and so on, to call in their loans and operate on a very conservative basis. Of course, under that pretext, I knew what was really happening—orders from higher-ups—and more bad news was likely to follow. I transferred the loan to the Atlantic Trust and waited. Last week, I faced another refusal. This time, the warning was more direct. The president himself expressed grave concern—that expression was always the same—about the amount of Eastern C. and I. stock hypothecated at that moment. A collapse in the stock, which had been steadily declining, could seriously destabilize financial conditions across the country, etc. Well, I managed to get through that and a couple others, but now I’m stuck. A bank has the right to decide for itself what to lend money on; it can turn down a loan based on any or all securities offered, and what can you do about it? The trust companies are maxed out and, on top of that, they're in a tight spot themselves. In fact, with solid properties valued in the market today at fifty-five to fifty-seven million, of which we own sixty percent, there isn't a bank in town willing to lend us a hundred thousand dollars. The word has spread, and those who are independent are too scared to take the risk. I need two million in cash by the day after tomorrow, absolutely must have it, and they know it. Haggerdy's coming here to check me out, inspect[Pg 282] my finances and say, 'What do you have that we want!'"
At this moment the butler came with a card.
At that moment, the butler arrived with a card.
"Did you say any one was here?" said Drake, studying the card.
"Did you say someone was here?" Drake asked, looking at the card.
"No, sir."
"No, thanks."
"Show Mr. Haggerdy in when I ring," said Drake, with a nod of dismissal. He rose and beckoning Bojo placed him in the embrosine of the window, where a slight recess hid him completely from the rest of the room.
"Show Mr. Haggerdy in when I ring," said Drake, nodding to dismiss. He got up and, gesturing to Bojo, placed him in the window alcove, where a slight recess completely concealed him from the rest of the room.
"No need of a record; take it in just for your own curiosity," he said, returning to his desk.
"No need to make a record; just take it for your own curiosity," he said, returning to his desk.
Mr. James H. Haggerdy came in like a bulky animal emerging from a cage and blinking at the sun. He was not the man to beat about the bush, and in his own long and varied experience in Wall Street he had been called many names, but he had never been branded with anything petty, a fact which made a certain bond of sympathy between the two men.
Mr. James H. Haggerdy came in like a heavy animal coming out of a cage and squinting at the sun. He wasn’t someone to waste words, and in his extensive and diverse experience in Wall Street, he had been called many names, but he had never been labeled with anything trivial, which created a certain bond of understanding between the two men.
"Hello, Dan!"
"Hey, Dan!"
"Hello, Jim!"
"Hey, Jim!"
Haggerdy moved to a chair, refused a cigar, and said directly:
Haggerdy sat down in a chair, turned down a cigar, and said plainly:
"Well, Jim, I suppose you know what I've come for."
"Well, Jim, I guess you know why I'm here."
"Sure, to carry off the furniture and the silverware," said Drake, laughing.
"Sure, to take the furniture and the silverware," said Drake, laughing.
"That's about it!" said Haggerdy, nodding with a grim twist of his lips. He had a sense of humor, though he seldom laughed. "Dan, they've got you."
"That's all there is to it!" said Haggerdy, nodding with a grim smile. He had a sense of humor, even though he rarely laughed. "Dan, they've got you."
"So they seem to think."[Pg 283]
"So they think."
"And they want your Eastern C. and I. stock."
"And they want your Eastern C. and I. stock."
"That's quite evident. Will they accept it as a present or do they want me to pay them for taking it?" said Drake grimly.
"That's pretty clear. Will they take it as a gift, or do they expect me to pay them for accepting it?" Drake said grimly.
"What's the use of faking," said Haggerdy. "Gunther wants the stock and is going to have it. Do you want to sell now or hand it over. You're a sensible man, Dan; you ought to know when you're beaten."
"What's the point of pretending," Haggerdy said. "Gunther wants the stock and he's going to get it. Do you want to sell now or just give it up? You're a reasonable guy, Dan; you should know when you've lost."
"I'm not sure I am a sensible man," said Drake facetiously.
"I'm not sure I'm a sensible guy," Drake said jokingly.
"It's all in the game. You're not kicking because you've been caught, are you?" said Haggerdy, as though in surprise.
"It's all part of the game. You're not backing out because you got caught, are you?" Haggerdy said, sounding surprised.
"No. If I were in Gunther's place I should do just what he's doing. Quite right. Only I'm not sure, Jim, he'd do what I do were conditions reversed."
"No. If I were in Gunther's position, I'd be doing exactly what he's doing. That's true. But I'm not sure, Jim, that he would do what I would do if the roles were reversed."
"You paid around 79 for the stock. You've got a million shares you're carrying. The stock's to-day at 54. We'll buy you out at 55. Take it, Dan."
"You paid about 79 for the stock. You've got a million shares you're holding. The stock is at 54 today. We’ll buy you out at 55. Take it, Dan."
"Thanks for the advice, but my answer's No."
"Thanks for the advice, but my answer is no."
"Why?"
"Why?"
"That stock's going to be worth 150 in two years."
"That stock will be worth 150 in two years."
"Two years isn't to-day. You're facing conditions." He looked at him as though trying to understand his motive. "The old man isn't bargaining when he says 55; he means 55 and no more."
"Two years isn't today. You're dealing with circumstances." He stared at him as if trying to figure out his reasoning. "The old man isn't negotiating when he says 55; he means 55 and nothing more."
"I know that."
"I got it."
"Where are you going to raise two million dollars cash in forty-eight hours? You see, we are well informed."[Pg 284]
"Where are you going to get two million dollars in cash in forty-eight hours? You see, we know everything."[Pg 284]
Drake smiled as though this were the easiest matter in the world.
Drake smiled like this was the simplest thing in the world.
"Suppose the Clearing House refuses to clear for the Atlantic Trust to-morrow. What'll that mean?"
"Suppose the Clearing House refuses to clear for the Atlantic Trust tomorrow. What will that mean?"
"A panic."
"A freak-out."
"And where would your Eastern Coke and Iron go then?"
"And where would your Eastern Coke and Iron go then?"
"To 40 or 35, wherever you wanted it to go—possibly."
"To 40 or 35, wherever you wanted it to go—maybe."
"And can't you take a hint?"
"And can't you take a hint?"
"Not when I know a stock that's worth over a hundred has been pushed down on purpose to freeze me out."
"Not when I know a stock that's worth over a hundred has been intentionally lowered to shut me out."
"You're not talking morality, Dan?"
"You're not discussing morality, Dan?"
"Oh, no! You think I'm beaten. I know I'm not."
"Oh, no! You think I've lost. I know I haven't."
"You're bluffing, Dan."
"You're bluffing, Dan."
"Find out."
"Check it out."
"To-morrow'll be too late."
"Tomorrow will be too late."
"Possibly, but if Gunther can buy it at 40 or 35, why should he pay 55 to me?"
"Maybe, but if Gunther can get it for 40 or 35, why would he pay 55 to me?"
"I think he likes you, Dan," said Haggerdy slowly.
"I think he likes you, Dan," Haggerdy said slowly.
"No. He wants to make sure of getting the stock. He doesn't want a scramble for it," said Drake. "I'm surprised to hear you talking such nonsense."
"No. He wants to make sure he gets the stock. He doesn't want a rush for it," said Drake. "I'm shocked to hear you talking such nonsense."
Haggerdy rose, shaking his head impressively.
Haggerdy stood up, shaking his head in disbelief.
"A mistake, Dan—a mistake." He waited a moment and then played his last card. "Of course, if you sell out in this, it's understood Gunther'll see you through on the rest. And that may mean the question of the roof over your head."
"A mistake, Dan—a mistake." He paused for a moment and then revealed his final move. "Of course, if you bail out on this, it’s clear Gunther will help you with the rest. And that could affect your housing situation."
"That means credit at the bank—that I'll be allowed[Pg 285] to put up good collateral like a respectable member of the crowd?"
"That means credit at the bank—that I’ll be able[Pg 285] to put up solid collateral like a decent member of the crowd?"
"Phrase it as you will, that's it. Gunther will buy out your Trust Company holdings for what you paid for them and he'll see you through on Indiana Smelters—that means something saved out of the wreck—and, Dan, there's a big smash up just over the horizon."
"Say it however you want, that's the deal. Gunther will buy out your Trust Company shares for what you originally paid and he'll help you with Indiana Smelters—that means you'll salvage something from the disaster—and, Dan, there's a big crash coming up just ahead."
"I thought that was the proposition," said Drake, ruminating. "Well, Jim, it's more than ever no."
"I thought that was the proposal," said Drake, thinking it over. "Well, Jim, it's definitely a no."
"Why more than ever?"
"Why more than ever?"
"Because this in good old-fashioned English means just one thing—getting out, saving my skin at the expense of others."
"Because this in good old-fashioned English means just one thing—getting out, saving myself at the expense of others."
"Quite so—every man for himself."
"Absolutely—everyone for themselves."
"Not with me. I've given my word on the Coke and Iron deal. I'll see it through. Tell Gunther I'll sell out at 80 all or nothing, and give him twenty-four hours."
"Not with me. I've made a promise on the Coke and Iron deal. I'm going to follow through. Tell Gunther I'll sell at 80, all or nothing, and give him twenty-four hours."
Haggerdy stretched out his hand in farewell.
Haggerdy reached out his hand to say goodbye.
"Are you sure of the other fellows, Dan?" he said slyly.
"Are you sure about the other guys, Dan?" he said with a smirk.
"I don't give a damn what the other fellows may do. I've given my word and I stand by that."
"I don't care what the other guys do. I've made my promise, and I'm sticking to it."
"I'm sorry for you, Dan," said Haggerdy, shaking his head ominously. "Telephone me if you change your mind."
"I'm sorry for you, Dan," Haggerdy said, shaking his head sadly. "Call me if you change your mind."
"Thanks for your wishes, but don't lose any sleep—expecting," said Drake, laughing.
"Thanks for your wishes, but don’t worry about it—just waiting," said Drake, laughing.
Bojo came out aghast.
Bojo came out shocked.
"You don't mean to say the Atlantic Trust is in danger," he cried, foreseeing all in a glance the structures that would go toppling.[Pg 286]
"You can't be serious that the Atlantic Trust is in danger," he exclaimed, immediately imagining all the buildings that would come crashing down.[Pg 286]
"It's in danger, all right," said Drake moodily, "but they won't—they don't dare let it close—impossible!"
"It's definitely in danger," Drake said gloomily, "but they won't—they don't dare let it close—it's impossible!"
"And if you can't raise two million?"
"And what if you can't come up with two million?"
Drake shrugged his shoulders.
Drake shrugged.
"But surely there's some way," Bojo cried helplessly, "some friends—there must be a way to raise it. This house surely is worth twice that—it isn't mortgaged, is it?"
"But there has to be a way," Bojo said in desperation, "some friends—there must be a way to increase it. This house has to be worth twice that—it isn't mortgaged, is it?"
"No, it's quite clear, but it belongs to my wife," said Drake, and again there came into his face that shadow of broken despair which Bojo had noticed a score of times.
"No, it's pretty obvious, but it's my wife's," Drake said, and once more, that shadow of broken despair appeared on his face, something Bojo had seen dozens of times.
"But then—does she realize—"
"But then—does she get it—"
"Yes, she knows," said Drake to himself. It was easy to see that the interview with Haggerdy had profoundly convinced him. "Mrs. Drake's fortune outside of that is fully three millions, which I have given her—"
"Yeah, she knows," Drake said to himself. It was clear that the interview with Haggerdy had really convinced him. "Mrs. Drake's fortune outside of that is a full three million, which I've given her—"
"But why haven't you told her and your daughter—they ought—" Suddenly he stopped short, his eyes met Drake's and a suspicion of the truth struck him. "You don't mean—"
"But why haven't you told her and your daughter—they really should—" Suddenly he paused, his eyes met Drake's and a suspicion of the truth hit him. "You don't mean—"
"Don't," said Drake helplessly, and for the first time he caught a glimpse of the vastness of his inner suffering. The next minute he had hurriedly recovered his mask, saying: "Don't ask me about that— I can't— I must not tell you."
"Don’t," Drake said helplessly, and for the first time, he caught a glimpse of the depth of his inner pain. The next moment, he quickly regained his composure, saying, "Don’t ask me about that—I can’t—I must not tell you."
"Mrs. Drake has refused to help you!" exclaimed Bojo, carried away. "She has—she has. I see it by your face."
"Mrs. Drake won't help you!" Bojo exclaimed, getting carried away. "She has—she really has. I can tell by your face."
Drake walked to the fireplace and stood gazing[Pg 287] down. Presently he nodded as though talking to himself.
Drake walked over to the fireplace and stood looking down. After a moment, he nodded as if he were speaking to himself.
"Yes; my wife could come to my assistance. I have been forced to ask her. She won't. I have been living in a fool's paradise. That's what hurts!"[Pg 288]
"Yes, my wife could help me. I've had to ask her. She won't. I've been living in a fool's paradise. That's what hurts!"[Pg 288]
CHAPTER XXVII
PATSIE'S SCHEME
When Bojo returned home after a brief stolen interview with Patsie, he could hardly believe what he had himself witnessed. It seemed incredible that all that magnificence and luxury might be dissipated in a night, could depend upon the wavering of an hour in a mad exchange. But deeper than the feeling of impending disaster—which he even now could not realize—was the disclosure of the true state of affairs in the Drake household. Without telling Patsie the extent of her father's danger, he had told of Drake's applying to his wife for assistance and her refusal. Then Patsie brokenly had told her part, how she had pled with her mother and sought in vain to place before her the true seriousness of the situation, her father's peril and his instant need. To entreaties and remonstrances Mrs. Drake remained deaf, sheltering herself behind an invariable answer. Why should she throw good money after bad? What was to be gained by it? If he had thrown away the family fortune, all the more reason for her to save what she had. The worst was that Dolly was abroad and Doris and her husband were cruising off Palm Beach and the telegram they sent might not reach them in time.
When Bojo got back home after a brief, secret interview with Patsie, he could hardly believe what he had witnessed. It seemed unbelievable that all that grandeur and luxury could disappear in a night, that it could all hinge on the whims of an hour in a crazy exchange. But deeper than the feeling of looming disaster—which he still couldn't fully grasp—was the revelation about the true situation in the Drake household. Without telling Patsie how serious her father's situation was, he shared that Drake had asked his wife for help and she had refused. Then Patsie, in tears, explained her side, how she had begged her mother and tried unsuccessfully to convey the real urgency of the situation, her father's danger, and his immediate need. Despite her pleas and protests, Mrs. Drake remained unyielding, hiding behind the same excuse. Why should she throw good money after bad? What would be the benefit of that? If he had squandered the family fortune, that was even more reason for her to protect what she had left. The worst part was that Dolly was abroad, and Doris and her husband were cruising off Palm Beach, and the telegram they sent might not arrive in time.
The next morning Bojo waited fitfully for the[Pg 289] opening of the Stock Exchange, with the dreaded memories of Haggerdy's prophecies running in his head. It took him back to the days when he himself had been a part of the vast maelstrom of speculation. He breakfasted with one eye on the clock waiting for the hands to advance to the fatal hour of ten. At five minutes past that hour he went feverishly across the way to the ticker in the neighboring hotel brokerage. He had a feeling as though he were being sucked back into the old life of violent emotions and unreal theatrical upsets. He remembered the day before the drop in Pittsburgh & New Orleans when he had waited in the Hauk and Flaspoller offices matching quarters with Forshay to endure the last few intervening minutes before the crisis which was to sweep away their fortunes as a tidal wave obliterates a valley. He had not understood then the ironical laughter in Forshay's eyes, but as he came back again to the old associations he felt himself living over with a new poignant understanding the final act of that tragedy.
The next morning, Bojo anxiously awaited the[Pg 289] opening of the Stock Exchange, haunted by Haggerdy's ominous predictions. It brought back memories of when he had been caught up in the chaotic world of speculation. He had breakfast with one eye on the clock, counting down to the dreaded hour of ten. At five minutes past, he hurried across to the ticker at the nearby hotel brokerage. It felt like he was being pulled back into the intense emotions and dramatic twists of his former life. He remembered the day before the plunge in Pittsburgh & New Orleans when he had spent those last few minutes in the Hauk and Flaspoller offices, trading quarters with Forshay as they endured the final moments before the crisis that would wipe out their fortunes like a tidal wave sweeping through a valley. He hadn't grasped the ironic laughter in Forshay's eyes back then, but as he returned to those old memories, he found himself reliving that tragedy with a new, painful clarity.
Between the Tom Crocker of those breathless days and the ordered self which he had built up during these last months of discipline there seemed to intervene unreal worlds.
Between the Tom Crocker of those exhilarating days and the composed version of himself that he had developed over the past few months of discipline, it felt like there were unreal worlds in between.
The group gathered in the hotel branch of Pitt & Sanderson were indolently interested rather than excited. They were of the flitting and superficial gambling type, youngsters still new to the excitement of the game and old men who could not tear themselves away from their established habit. They formed quite a little coterie in which the differences of age and wealth were obliterated by the common[Pg 290] bond of the daily hazard. He knew the type well, the reckless plunger risking thousands on shallow margins, determined to make or lose all at one killing; the rodent, sharp-eyed, close-fisted veteran, wary from many failures, who was content to play for half a point rise and take his instant profit. The lounging group studied him with a moment's curiosity, seeking in which category to place the intruder, whether among the shifting truant crowd stopping for the moment's information or among that harried occasional group of lost souls who came expectant of nothing but complete disaster.
The group gathered at the hotel branch of Pitt & Sanderson were more lazily interested than excited. They were the fleeting and superficial gambling type, young people still new to the thrill of the game and older men who couldn’t break free from their established habits. They formed a small circle where differences in age and wealth faded away under the shared bond of daily risk. He recognized the type well: the reckless gambler throwing thousands on slim odds, intent on either hitting it big or losing everything in one go; the sharp-eyed, tight-fisted veteran, wary from many failures, who was satisfied playing for small gains and quickly taking his profits. The lounging group observed him with a moment's curiosity, trying to figure out which category to place the newcomer in: whether among the drifting crowd stopping for a moment's information or among the stressed occasional group of lost souls who came expecting nothing but total disaster.
Bojo went to the tape with almost the feeling with which a reformed drunkard closes his hand over the glass that had once been his destruction. His mind, excited by the memories of the night before, was prepared for a shock. To his surprise the clicking procession of values—Reading, Union Pacific, Amalgamated Copper, Northern Pacific—showed but fractional declines. The break he had come to witness did not develop. He waited a quarter of an hour, half an hour, an hour. The market continued weak but heavy.
Bojo approached the tape with a sense similar to that of a reformed alcoholic wrapping their hand around the glass that once led to their downfall. His mind, buzzing with memories from the night before, was ready for a jolt. To his surprise, the listing of values—Reading, Union Pacific, Amalgamated Copper, Northern Pacific—only showed slight declines. The drop he expected to see didn’t happen. He waited for a quarter of an hour, half an hour, then an hour. The market stayed weak but steady.
"Nothing much doing," he said, turning to his neighbor, a financial rail bird of a rather horsy type, grisled and bald.
"Not much going on," he said, turning to his neighbor, a financial insider who looked a bit horsey, with gray hair and a bald head.
"Playing it short?"
"Playing it safe?"
"Haven't yet made up my mind. What do you think?" he said, to draw the other on.
"Haven't made up my mind yet. What do you think?" he said, trying to get the other person to share their thoughts.
"Think?" said the other with the enthusiasm of the gambler's conviction. "Lord, there's only one thing to think. This market's touched bottom two[Pg 291] weeks ago. When it starts to rise watch things go kiting."
"Think?" said the other, sounding as confident as a gambler. "Honestly, there's only one thing to think about. This market hit rock bottom two[Pg 291] weeks ago. Once it starts to rise, just watch everything take off."
"You think so?" said Bojo, with the instinctive tendency to seek hope in the slightest straws that is the strangest part of all the strange acquaintanceships of the moment which speculation engenders. He had to listen for five minutes to impassioned oratory, to hearing all the reasons recounted why the long depression was nothing but psychological and an upward turn a certainty. He slipped away presently, rather relieved at this confidence from a shallow prophet, and when he met Patsie by appointment, the news he brought her dispelled the feelings of foreboding under which she had been suffering the last week.
"You think so?" Bojo asked, instinctively looking for hope in the smallest signs—it's the weirdest part of all the odd relationships that speculation creates. He had to listen for five minutes to passionate speeches, hearing all the reasons why the long depression was just in people's heads and why a recovery was guaranteed. He eventually slipped away, feeling a bit relieved by the shallow confidence of that so-called prophet. When he met Patsie as planned, the news he shared lifted the sense of dread she'd been feeling for the past week.
"After all, perhaps we have been rather panicky," he said, with a new assumption of cheerfulness. "Remember one thing, your father knows this game and when he says that the big group does not intend to have a panic, because they themselves have too much to lose, Patsie, he must know what he is talking about."
"After all, maybe we’ve been a bit too anxious," he said, adopting a more cheerful attitude. "Just remember, your dad knows this game, and when he says the big group doesn’t plan to panic because they have too much to lose, Patsie, he really knows what he’s talking about."
"If Doris were only here," she said, her woman's instinct unconvinced.
“If only Doris were here,” she said, her intuition as a woman not convinced.
"You sent the telegram?"
"Did you send the text?"
"Last night. I should have had the answer this morning. That's what worries me. Perhaps it won't reach them in time and even if it does it will be over two days before they can get back."
"Last night. I should have had the answer this morning. That's what worries me. Maybe it won't reach them in time, and even if it does, it will be over two days before they can respond."
"It would help a good deal," he admitted. The prospect of going to Doris for help after what had happened was one from which he shrank, yet he was[Pg 292] resolved to stop at nothing, willing to sacrifice his pride if only to secure the aid which, knowing their connections, he knew Boskirk could bring the imperilled financier.
"It would really help," he admitted. The idea of asking Doris for help after what had happened made him uncomfortable, yet he was[Pg 292] determined to do whatever it took, even if it meant putting his pride aside, just to get the support that he knew Boskirk could provide to the in-danger financier.
"At least I shall do what I can do," she said, with a determined shake of her head.
"At least I’ll do what I can," she said, shaking her head firmly.
He looked at her doubtfully. "I am afraid, Patsie, that a few hundred thousands will not help much—but if your mind is made up."
He looked at her uncertainly. "I'm afraid, Patsie, that a few hundred thousand won't help much—but if you're set on it."
"It is made up."
"It's made up."
"Very well, what address shall I give them?" He leaned forward and repeated the number.
"Alright, what address should I give them?" He leaned forward and repeated the number.
Twenty minutes later they were in the office of Swift and Carlson, in the inner room, talking to the senior partner. Thaddeus C. Swift was one of the innumerable agents through whom Daniel Drake operated in the placing of his more serious enterprises, of the older generation of Wall Street, conservative, seemingly unruffled by the swirling tide of strident young men which churned about him. He had known Patsie since her childhood and received her as he would his own daughter, with perhaps a quizzical and searching glance at the young man who waited a little uncomfortably in the background. Patsie opened the conversation directly without the slightest hesitation.
Twenty minutes later, they were in the office of Swift and Carlson, in the inner room, talking to the senior partner. Thaddeus C. Swift was one of the countless agents through whom Daniel Drake operated in managing his more serious ventures, belonging to the older generation of Wall Street. He was conservative and seemed unaffected by the chaotic influx of loud young men swirling around him. He had known Patsie since she was a child and welcomed her like his own daughter, perhaps giving a curious and probing look at the young man who was waiting a bit awkwardly in the background. Patsie began the conversation directly and without any hesitation.
"Mr. Swift," she said imperiously, "you must give me your word that you will keep my confidence." And as this caused the old gentleman to stare at her with a startled look, she added insistently: "You must not say a word of my coming here or whatever I may ask you to do. Promise."
"Mr. Swift," she said in a commanding tone, "you have to promise me that you’ll keep this a secret." And when she saw the old gentleman look at her in surprise, she emphasized, "You can’t tell anyone about my visit or anything I may ask you to do. Promise."
"Sounds quite terrible," said Mr. Swift, smiling[Pg 293] indulgently. In his mind he decided that the visit meant a demand for a few hundred dollars for some girlish fancy. "Well, how shall I swear? Cross my heart and all that sort of thing?"
"That sounds pretty awful," Mr. Swift said with a smile[Pg 293] of indulgence. In his mind, he concluded that the visit would involve a request for a few hundred dollars for some silly whim. "So, how should I swear? Cross my heart and all that kind of stuff?"
"Mr. Swift, I am serious, awfully serious," stamping her foot with annoyance, "and please do not treat me as a child."
"Mr. Swift, I'm serious, really serious," she said, stamping her foot in annoyance, "and please don't treat me like a child."
He saw that the matter was of some importance, and scenting perhaps complications, withdrew into a defensive attitude.
He realized that the situation was important and sensing potential complications, took on a defensive stance.
"Suppose you tell me a little of what you want of me," he said carefully, "before I give such a promise."
"Why don't you share with me a bit of what you're expecting from me," he said cautiously, "before I make that promise."
Patsie, who for her reasons did not wish her father to have the slightest suspicion of this visit, hesitated, looked from Mr. Swift to Bojo, and turned away nervously, seeking some new method to gain her end.
Patsie, who had her reasons for not wanting her father to suspect anything about this visit, hesitated, glanced from Mr. Swift to Bojo, and turned away anxiously, trying to find a new way to achieve her goal.
"Miss Drake is coming to you as a client," said Bojo, deciding to speak, "to consult you about her interests. So long as it is about her business affairs, it seems quite natural, doesn't it, that you should keep her confidence?"
"Miss Drake is coming to you as a client," Bojo said, choosing to speak up, "to talk to you about her interests. As long as it’s about her business matters, it seems quite normal, right, that you should respect her confidentiality?"
"Eh, what?" said Mr. Swift, frowning. He seemed to repeat the question to himself, and answered grudgingly: "Of course, of course, that's all right, that's true. If it is only to consult me about your business affairs—"
"Eh, what?" Mr. Swift said, frowning. He seemed to repeat the question to himself and replied reluctantly, "Of course, of course, that's fine, that's true. If it's just to ask me about your business matters—"
"It is absolutely that," said Patsie hastily. She stood beside him, holding out her hand obstinately. "Your promise. No one is to know what I do."
"It definitely is," said Patsie quickly. She stood next to him, stubbornly holding out her hand. "Your promise. No one is supposed to know what I do."
Mr. Swift made a mental reservation and nodded his head. The three sat down.[Pg 294]
Mr. Swift held back his thoughts and nodded. The three of them sat down.[Pg 294]
"How much have I deposited in stocks and bonds to my account?" asked Patsie.
"How much have I invested in stocks and bonds in my account?" asked Patsie.
"Do you wish a list?" said Mr. Swift, preparing to touch a button.
"Do you want a list?" Mr. Swift asked, getting ready to press a button.
"No, no, not now; only the value—in a general way."
"No, no, not right now; just the value—in a general sense."
"Of course," said Mr. Swift, caging his fingers and looking over their heads to the depths of the ceiling, "of course, it depends somewhat on the state of the market. While what you have is the best of securities, still, as you must know, even the best will not bring to-day what it would a year ago."
"Sure," said Mr. Swift, interlocking his fingers and gazing up at the ceiling, "sure, it does depend a bit on the market conditions. Even though what you have is top-notch security, you have to realize that even the best won’t sell for what it could have a year ago."
"Yes, but in a general way," she insisted.
"Yes, but in a broad sense," she insisted.
"In a general way," he said carefully, "I should say what you have would represent a capital of $500,000 to $510,000. Possibly, under favorable conditions, a little more."
"In general," he said carefully, "I would say what you have would amount to a capital of $500,000 to $510,000. Possibly, under good conditions, a little more."
Patsie and Bojo looked at him in astonishment.
Patsie and Bojo stared at him in disbelief.
"You said $500,000?" she said incredulously.
"You said $500,000?" she asked, shocked.
He nodded.
He agreed.
"You are thinking of Doris," she said, bewildered.
"You’re thinking about Doris," she said, confused.
"Not at all. That is approximately the value of your holding. Your father deposited with me securities to the value of $260,000 on your coming of age last January."
"Not at all. That's roughly the value of your assets. Your father deposited securities worth $260,000 with me when you turned 18 last January."
"Yes, yes; I know that, but—"
"Yeah, I understand that, but—"
"And securities of the par value of $250,000 on the occasion of your sister's marriage."
"And securities with a face value of $250,000 for your sister's wedding."
"He did that?" exclaimed Patsie, her heart in her throat; "he really did that?" Her eyes filled with tears and she turned away hastily with an emotion quite inexplicable to the older man. Bojo himself was much moved at the thought of how the father[Pg 295] in the face of a supreme conflict had been willing to risk his reserves to provide for the future of his daughters.
"He did that?" exclaimed Patsie, her heart racing; "he actually did that?" Her eyes filled with tears as she quickly turned away, feeling emotions that the older man couldn't quite understand. Bojo himself was deeply touched by the idea that the father[Pg 295], in the midst of a major conflict, had been willing to sacrifice his security to ensure a future for his daughters.
Patsie came back, her emotion in a measure controlled. She placed her hand upon the shoulder of Mr. Swift, who continued to gaze at her without comprehension.
Patsie returned, her emotions somewhat in check. She put her hand on Mr. Swift's shoulder, who kept looking at her in confusion.
"I know you don't understand; you will later. Mr. Swift, I want you to sell every one of my securities, now, immediately. I want everything in cash."
"I know you don’t get it right now; you will later. Mr. Swift, I want you to sell all of my securities, now, immediately. I want everything in cash."
Mr. Swift looked at her as though he had seen a ghost and then rapidly at Bojo. In his mind perhaps was working some fantastic idea of an elopement. Perhaps Patsie guessed something of this, for she blushed slightly and said:
Mr. Swift stared at her like he had seen a ghost and then quickly glanced at Bojo. Maybe he was conjuring up some wild idea about an elopement. Perhaps Patsie sensed this, as she blushed a little and said:
"My father needs it. I want to give it to him."
"My dad needs it. I want to give it to him."
Her words cleared the atmosphere, though they left Mr. Swift obstinately determined.
Her words cleared the air, but they left Mr. Swift stubbornly resolved.
"But, Patsie," he said, as a father might to a child, "this is a bombshell. I can't allow you on my own responsibility to do a thing like this on impulse. You should not ask me. How do you know your father is in need? He has not sent you here?"
"But, Patsie," he said, like a father would to a child, "this is shocking. I can't let you do something like this on a whim without being responsible for it. You shouldn't even ask me. How do you know your father needs help? He didn't send you here?"
"No, no; never. Don't you know him better than that? If he knew he never would permit it. That's the difficulty, don't you see? He must never know of it and you must arrange some way so he will never guess it is coming from me."
"No, no; never. Don't you know him better than that? If he knew, he would never allow it. That's the problem, don’t you see? He must never find out about it, and you need to figure out a way so he won't suspect that it's coming from me."
Mr. Swift stared at her utterly amazed. At length he turned and, addressing Bojo, said:
Mr. Swift stared at her in complete disbelief. After a moment, he turned to Bojo and said:
"You are in the confidence of Miss Drake? If so, perhaps you can help me out. Does she know what she is doing, and is it possible that she has any[Pg 296] valid reason for believing that her father can possibly be in need of such heroic assistance as this?"
"You’re close with Miss Drake, right? If so, maybe you can help me out. Does she know what she’s doing, and could she have any[Pg 296] valid reason to think her dad actually needs this kind of heroic help?"
His face expressed so much amazement mingled with consternation at the thought that Daniel Drake could possibly be in difficulties that Bojo for the first time perceived what he should have foreseen, the direct danger to the financier from the suspicion of his true situation which must come from the revelation of Patsie's intentions.
His face showed so much shock mixed with concern at the idea that Daniel Drake could really be in trouble that Bojo finally realized what he should have anticipated all along: the real danger to the financier from the suspicion around his true situation that would arise from revealing Patsie's plans.
"Mr. Swift," he said, in great perturbation, "I do not know whether we have done wisely in speaking to you so frankly. You will perhaps understand now why Miss Drake insisted on a promise of secrecy."
"Mr. Swift," he said, clearly upset, "I’m not sure if it was smart to speak to you so openly. You probably see now why Miss Drake insisted on a promise of confidentiality."
"What! Daniel Drake in need of money?" said Mr. Swift, staring at him or rather through him, and already perceiving the tremendous significance of this disclosure upon the distraught times.
"What! Daniel Drake needs money?" said Mr. Swift, staring at him or rather through him, already realizing how important this revelation was in these troubled times.
"At least Miss Drake believes so," said Bojo carefully. "She may exaggerate the necessity. What she is doing she is doing because she has made up her mind herself to do it and not because I have advised her or suggested it in the slightest. You are too good a friend of the family I know, sir, to speak of what has occurred."
"At least that's what Miss Drake thinks," Bojo said cautiously. "She might be overplaying how important it is. She's doing what she's doing because she has decided to do it on her own, not because I suggested it in any way. I know you’re too good a friend of the family to talk about what’s happened."
"Oh, Mr. Swift," said Patsie, breaking in and seizing his hand impulsively, "you will help me, won't you?"
"Oh, Mr. Swift," said Patsie, interrupting and grabbing his hand impulsively, "you will help me, right?"
Mr. Swift gazed at her blankly, a hundred thoughts racing through his mind; still too upset by the news he had just received, which could not fail to be full of significance to his own fortunes, to be[Pg 297] able to focus for the moment on the immediate decision.
Mr. Swift stared at her blankly, a hundred thoughts racing through his mind; still too shaken by the news he had just received, which was bound to have a big impact on his own fortunes, to be[Pg 297] able to concentrate on the immediate decision.
Patsie repeated her demand with a quivering lip. He came out of his abstraction and began to think, arranging and rearranging a pile of letters before him, convinced at last that the situation was of the highest seriousness.
Patsie repeated her request with a trembling lip. He snapped out of his thoughts and started to think, organizing and reorganizing a stack of letters in front of him, finally realizing that the situation was very serious.
"Wait, wait a moment; I must think it over," he said slowly. "This is an unusually serious decision you have put up to me. My dear Patsie, you know nothing about such matters; you're a child."
"Hold on a second; I need to think this through," he said slowly. "This is a really serious decision you've brought to me. My dear Patsie, you don't know anything about this; you're still a kid."
"I am eighteen and I have a right to dispose of what belongs to me."
"I’m eighteen, and I have the right to decide what to do with what’s mine."
"Yes, yes, you have the right, but I have the right also to advise you and to make you see the situation as it exists." His manner changed immediately and he said simply and frankly, "Since you have trusted me, you must give me your full confidence. I shan't abuse it. Mr. Crocker, I can see by your manner and your attempt at caution that this matter is not a trifle. Do you know from your own knowledge how serious it is? Please do not hide anything from me."
"Yes, yes, you have your rights, but I also have the right to advise you and help you understand the situation as it is." His tone shifted right away, and he said openly and honestly, "Since you’ve trusted me, you need to give me your complete confidence. I won’t take advantage of it. Mr. Crocker, I can tell by your demeanor and your effort to be cautious that this is not a minor issue. Do you understand just how serious it is? Please don’t keep anything from me."
"I won't," said Bojo. "I know of my personal knowledge and I believe it to be as serious as it can possibly be."
"I won't," Bojo said. "I know from my own experience, and I believe it's as serious as it can get."
The two men exchanged a glance and the look in both their eyes told Swift even more than his words revealed, more than he wished Patsie herself to suspect.
The two men exchanged a glance, and the look in their eyes revealed even more to Swift than his words did, more than he wanted Patsie to suspect.
"Suppose the very worst were true," said Mr. Swift after a moment's thought, "that your father[Pg 298] was in danger of complete failure? I am merely supposing this extreme case to show you the difficulty of my position. Your father has placed these securities to your account with the distinct intention that whatever happens to him you shall be provided for as his other daughters are provided for, and undoubtedly his wife is taken care of. If I should allow you to do this, even as a matter of sentiment it is possible in an extreme case everything you have as well as everything your father possesses might be wiped away. Do you realize that?"
"Let’s say the absolute worst is true," Mr. Swift said after a moment of thought, "that your father[Pg 298] is at risk of totally failing? I'm just using this extreme scenario to illustrate how difficult my position is. Your father has put these securities in your name with the clear intention that, no matter what happens to him, you will be taken care of just like his other daughters, and of course, his wife is also looked after. If I let you do this, even out of sentiment, it’s possible in a worst-case scenario that everything you have, along with everything your father owns, could be wiped out. Do you understand that?"
"And that's just what I am afraid may happen," she exclaimed, worried beyond the thought of caution by her forebodings.
"And that's exactly what I'm afraid will happen," she said, her worries overwhelming her to the point of ignoring any sense of caution.
"And you are willing to take the risk of losing everything?" he said slowly; "for after all there is no reason why you should sacrifice what belongs to you rightfully and legally even if your father should fail completely."
"And you’re really willing to risk losing everything?" he said slowly. "After all, there’s no reason you should give up what’s rightfully and legally yours just because your father might completely fail."
"No reason?" she cried. "Do you think for a moment that money means anything to me when he, my father, the one who has given it to me, needs it?"
"No reason?" she shouted. "Do you really think that money matters to me when he, my father, the one who provided it, needs it?"
"But if even this won't save him?" he persisted, shaking his head.
"But what if this won't save him?" he continued, shaking his head.
"What has that got to do with the question?" she said impatiently, almost angrily. "Everything I have I want him to have. That's all there is to it."
"What does that have to do with the question?" she said impatiently, almost angrily. "Everything I have, I want him to have. That's all there is to it."
He gazed at her fresh and ardent face a moment and then laid his hand over hers, muttering something underneath his breath which Bojo did not catch, although he divined its reverence.[Pg 299]
He looked at her youthful and passionate face for a moment and then placed his hand over hers, mumbling something under his breath that Bojo couldn't hear, although he sensed its respect.[Pg 299]
"Then you will do as I wish?" she cried joyfully, guessing his surrender.
"Then you will do what I want?" she exclaimed happily, sensing his agreement.
He nodded, gave a helpless glance to Bojo and cleared his throat huskily. "As you wish, my dear," he said very gently.
He nodded, gave a helpless look to Bojo, and cleared his throat roughly. "As you wish, my dear," he said softly.
"And you will sell everything at once?" she cried.
"And you're going to sell everything all at once?" she exclaimed.
"I can't promise that," he said quietly. "Such a block of securities can't be thrown on the market all at once. But I will do my best."
"I can't promise that," he said softly. "We can't just dump a huge amount of securities on the market all at once. But I'll do my best."
"But how long will it take?" she said in dismay.
"But how long will it take?" she said, feeling disheartened.
"Four days, possibly five."
"Four or five days."
"But that will be too late. I must have it all the day after to-morrow."
"But that will be too late. I need it all the day after tomorrow."
"That will mean a serious sacrifice," he said.
"That will mean a big sacrifice," he said.
"What do I care? I must have it by to-morrow night."
"What do I care? I need it by tomorrow night."
"You are determined?"
"Are you determined?"
"Absolutely."
"Totally."
"It will have to be so then."
"It has to be that way then."
"And when that is done," she cried joyfully, clapping her hands in delight, "you will help me to send it to him so he will never suspect it?"
"And when that's done," she exclaimed happily, clapping her hands in joy, "you'll help me send it to him so he won't ever suspect it?"
He nodded, yielding every point, perhaps more moved than he cared to show.
He nodded, agreeing with everything, maybe a bit more affected than he wanted to let on.
They left the office after Patsie had signed the formal order.
They left the office after Patsie signed the official order.
At the house they found a telegram from Doris.
At the house, they found a text message from Doris.
Dear Patsie, your telegram has thrown us into the greatest anxiety. Jim and I are leaving at once. Will be in New York day after to-morrow. Courage. We will do everything to help.
Dear Patsie, your telegram has caused us a lot of worry. Jim and I are leaving right away. We’ll be in New York the day after tomorrow. Stay strong. We’ll do everything we can to help.
This news and their success of the morning restored their spirits immeasurably. It seemed as though clouds had suddenly cleared away and left everything with a promise of sunshine and fair weather. They lunched almost gaily. Mrs. Drake still kept her room and Patsie was impatient for the day to pass and the next one to have the certainty that the sale was achieved. Confident from her first success she declared once Doris was back she would go with her sister to her mother and shame her if they could not persuade her into a realization of the gravity of the situation. When Bojo left they had even forgotten for the space of half an hour that such bugbears as Wall Street, loans and banks could exist. The realization of the seriousness of human disasters had somehow left them simple and devoid of artifices or coquetry before each other. He found again in her the Patsie of earlier days. He comprehended that she loved him, had always loved him, that the slight misunderstanding that had momentarily arisen between them had come from the long summer renunciation and the passionate jealousy of one sister for the other. He comprehended this all, but did not take advantage of his knowledge. On leaving her he held her a moment, his hands on her shoulders, gazing earnestly into her eyes. From this intensity of his look she turned away a little frightened, not quite reconciled. Already his, but still hesitating before the final avowal. The knowledge of how indispensable he was to her in these moments of trial restrained him in the impulsive movement towards her. He took her hand and bowed over it a deep bow, a little quixotic perhaps, and hurried[Pg 301] away without trusting himself to speak. Outside he went rushing along as though the blocks were mere steps, swinging his cane and humming to himself gloriously. He was so happy that the thought that any one else could be unhappy, that any disaster could threaten her or any one who belonged to her, seemed incredible.
This news and their success that morning lifted their spirits enormously. It felt like the clouds had suddenly cleared, leaving everything bright with the promise of sunshine and good times ahead. They had lunch almost cheerfully. Mrs. Drake still stayed in her room, and Patsie was eager for the day to pass so they could be sure the sale was secured the next day. Feeling confident from her initial success, she declared that once Doris returned, she would confront their mother with her sister and try to make her understand how serious the situation was. When Bojo left, they even forgot for half an hour that worries like Wall Street, loans, and banks existed. The awareness of real-world disasters had somehow stripped them of pretense and flirtation around each other. He recognized the old Patsie in her again. He realized that she loved him and always had, and that the slight misunderstanding between them stemmed from the long summer apart and one sister’s jealousy of the other. He understood all of this but didn’t use his knowledge to his advantage. When he left her, he held her for a moment, his hands on her shoulders, looking earnestly into her eyes. The intensity of his gaze made her turn away slightly, a bit frightened and not fully at ease. He felt she was already his, but still hesitated before fully admitting it. Knowing how much she needed him during these tough times held him back from making a move toward her. He took her hand and gave it a deep bow—maybe a bit overly dramatic—and hurried[Pg 301] away without trusting himself to say anything. Once outside, he rushed along the street as if the blocks were mere steps, swinging his cane and humming to himself joyfully. He was so happy that the thought of anyone else being unhappy or any disaster threatening her or anyone connected to her seemed unbelievable.
"Everything is going to turn out all right," he repeated to himself confidently. "Everything; I feel it."
"Everything is going to be fine," he reassured himself with confidence. "Everything; I can feel it."
He went back to the Court radiant and gay and dressed for dinner, surprising Granning, who came in preoccupied and anxious, with the flow of animal spirits. At the sight of his contagious happiness Granning looked at him with a knowing smile.
He returned to the Court beaming and cheerful, dressed for dinner, surprising Granning, who came in worried and anxious, with his lively energy. When Granning saw his infectious joy, he looked at him with a knowing smile.
"Well, things aren't so black after all, then?"
"Well, things aren't so bad after all, are they?"
"You bet they're not!"
"You bet they're not!"
"Glad to hear it. You had me scared last night. My guess is that something besides stocks and bonds must have cheered you up," he added suspiciously with a wise nod of his head. "Glad to see it, old fellow. You've been mum and gloomy as a hippopotamus long enough."
"Glad to hear that. You had me worried last night. I’m guessing something other than stocks and bonds must have lifted your spirits," he added suspiciously with a knowing nod. "Great to see it, my friend. You've been quiet and down in the dumps for way too long."
"Have I?" said Bojo, laughing with a little confusion. "Well, I'm not going to be any longer. You're an old hippopotamus yourself." He got him around the knees and flung him with an old time tackle on the couch, and they were scrambling and laughing thus when the telephone rang. It was Patsie's voice, very faint and pitiful.
"Have I?" Bojo said, laughing a bit confused. "Well, I won't be for long. You’re an old hippopotamus yourself." He grabbed him around the knees and tackled him onto the couch, and they were scrambling and laughing like that when the phone rang. It was Patsie's voice, very faint and sad.
"Have you heard? The Clearing House has refused to clear for the Atlantic Trust. Oh, Bojo, what does it mean?"[Pg 302]
"Have you heard? The Clearing House won't clear for the Atlantic Trust. Oh, Bojo, what does that mean?"[Pg 302]
CHAPTER XXVIII
ONE LAST CHANCE
Bojo came away from the telephone with a face so grave that Granning greeted him with an involuntary exclamation:
Bojo hung up the phone, his expression so serious that Granning couldn't help but exclaim:
"Good heavens, Bojo, what's wrong?"
"Wow, Bojo, what's wrong?"
"The Atlantic Trust has gone under. The Clearing House refused to clear. You know what that means."
"The Atlantic Trust has collapsed. The Clearing House wouldn't clear the transactions. You know what that implies."
"But, I say, you're not affected. You've been out of the market for months. I say, you didn't have anything up."
"But I say, you're not bothered. You've been out of the market for months. I'm telling you, you didn't have anything going on."
"No, no," said Bojo grimly. He went and sat down, his head in his hands. "I'm not thinking of myself. Some one else. I can't tell you; you must guess. It will probably all be out soon enough. By George, this is a cropper."
"No, no," Bojo said seriously. He sat down, putting his head in his hands. "I'm not thinking about myself. It's someone else. I can't tell you; you have to guess. It will probably all come out soon enough. By George, this is a disaster."
"I think I understand," said Granning slowly. He sat down in turn, kicking his toes against the twisted andirons on the hearth. "The Atlantic Trust—and a billion—who knows, a billion and a half deposits! What the deuce are we coming to? It will hit us all—bad times!"
"I think I get it," Granning said slowly. He took a seat, kicking his toes against the twisted andirons on the hearth. "The Atlantic Trust—and a billion—who knows, maybe a billion and a half in deposits! What on earth are we coming to? It's going to affect all of us—tough times ahead!"
Bojo got up heavily and went out. Hardly had he stepped from the leafy isolation of the Court into the strident conflict of Times Square when he felt the instant alarm that great disasters instantaneously[Pg 303] convey to a metropolitan crowd. Newspaper trucks were screaming past, halting to fling out great bunches of the latest extras to fighting, scrambling groups of street urchins who dispersed, screaming their shrill evil in high-pitched, contagion-spreading voices. Every one was devouring the last panic-ridden sheet, some hurrying home, others stopping in their tracks spellbound to read to the end. He bought an extra hastily from a strident newsboy who thrust it in his face. The worst was true. The great Atlantic Trust had been refused clearance. Darkest suspicions were thrown upon its solvency. The names of other banks, colossal institutions, were linked under the same awful rumors. The morrow would see a run on a dozen banks such as the generation had not witnessed. He hailed a taxicab and hurried uptown. Drake had told him that everything depended upon the Atlantic Trust. Now that this had gone under did this mean his absolute ruin? Patsie was already waiting for him as he drew up before the great gray stone mansion. She flung herself in his arms, trembling and physically unnerved. He was afraid that she was going to collapse completely and began solicitously to whisper in her ear many deceptive words of hope and comfort.
Bojo rose heavily and stepped outside. As soon as he left the leafy solitude of the Court and entered the chaotic buzz of Times Square, he felt the immediate tension that big disasters bring to a city crowd. Newspaper trucks raced by, stopping to toss out bundles of the latest extras to fighting, scrambling groups of street kids who scattered, shrieking their piercing cries in high-pitched voices that spread panic. Everyone was hungrily reading the last frantic edition, some rushing home, others stopping in their tracks, captivated until they finished reading. He quickly bought an extra from a loud newsboy who shoved it in his face. The worst was true. The great Atlantic Trust had been denied clearance. Dark suspicions were being cast on its solvency. The names of other banks, massive institutions, were linked to the same awful rumors. Tomorrow would see a bank run like the city hadn’t experienced in a generation. He hailed a taxi and hurried uptown. Drake had told him that everything depended on the Atlantic Trust. Now that it was failing, did this mean his total ruin? Patsie was already waiting for him as he arrived in front of the large gray stone mansion. She threw herself into his arms, trembling and visibly shaken. He feared she might completely fall apart and began to softly whisper comforting words of hope in her ear.
"It may not be so bad. Your father—have you seen your father? How do you know what he has done? Perhaps he has come to some agreement this afternoon. Perhaps he has saved himself by some bold stroke. I believe him capable of anything."
"It might not be that bad. Have you seen your dad? How do you know what he’s done? Maybe he made some deal this afternoon. Maybe he pulled off something brave to save himself. I really think he’s capable of anything."
She stopped the futile flow of words with her fingers across his lips.[Pg 304]
She silenced the pointless chatter by placing her fingers over his lips.[Pg 304]
"Oh, how happy we were this afternoon," she said, for the moment almost breaking down. But immediately the Spartan courage which was at the bottom of her character prevailed. She drew herself up, saying so quietly that he was surprised:
"Oh, how happy we were this afternoon," she said, almost breaking down for a moment. But then her inner strength took over. She straightened up and said so calmly that he was taken aback:
"Bojo, we mustn't deceive ourselves. This is the end, I know it. Whatever is to come we must help immediately."
"Bojo, we can't lie to ourselves. This is the end, I’m sure of it. Whatever happens next, we need to help right away."
"Yet I still feel, I can't help it, that something may have happened. He may have been able to do something to-day."
"Yet I still feel, I can't help it, that something might have happened. He may have been able to do something today."
"I wish I could feel so," she said sadly.
"I wish I could feel that way," she said sadly.
With her hand still in his she led the way into the great library, which seemed a region of mystifying and gloomy things, lit only by the lights of the desk lamps.
With her hand still in his, she led the way into the large library, which felt like a place filled with mysterious and dark things, lit only by the glow of the desk lamps.
"All we can do is to wait," she said.
"All we can do is wait," she said.
"Have you seen your mother?" he said at last.
"Have you seen your mom?" he finally asked.
She shook her head. "It is useless. I have no influence over her. Doris perhaps, or Doris' husband; she might do something for fear of what others might think of her, but she wouldn't do it for me."
She shook her head. "It's pointless. I have no power over her. Maybe Doris, or her husband; she might act out of concern for how others see her, but she wouldn't do it for me."
"I can't understand it at all," he said, shaking his head.
"I can't get it at all," he said, shaking his head.
"I can," she said quietly. "My mother doesn't love him. She has never loved him. She married him just as Doris and Dolly married, for money, for position."
"I can," she said softly. "My mom doesn't love him. She has never loved him. She married him just like Doris and Dolly did, for money, for status."
"But even then—"
"But even then—"
"Yes, even then," she took up with a laugh that had tears in it. "Wouldn't you think that for the[Pg 305] sake of the family name and honor, out of just simple ordinary gratitude for what had been given her, she would part with the half, even a third of her fortune? But you do not know my mother. When she has made up her mind nothing will ever change it."
"Yes, even then," she said with a laugh that was filled with tears. "Wouldn't you think that for the[Pg 305] sake of the family name and honor, and just out of basic gratitude for what she’d received, she would part with half, or even a third, of her fortune? But you don’t know my mother. Once she makes up her mind, nothing will change it."
"Let us hope you are wrong."
"Let's hope you're mistaken."
She laughed again and began walking up and down, her hands clenched, trying to think of some way out.
She laughed again and started pacing back and forth, her hands clenched, trying to come up with a way out.
"Poor Dad, just when he needs all his courage to go on fighting! This, too, has broken him up. That's the only sort of a blow he couldn't get over."
"Poor Dad, just when he needs all his courage to keep fighting! This has really taken a toll on him. That's the one thing he couldn't handle."
The butler came in at this moment, announcing dinner.
The butler walked in right then, saying that dinner was ready.
"No, no; not for me," she said. "I couldn't; but you, perhaps?"
"No, no; not for me," she said. "I couldn't; but maybe you could?"
"No, not until your father comes back."
"No, not until your dad gets back."
The butler went out. Bojo held out his hand to her, saying: "Come here; sit down by me." Worn out by the strain of emotions, she obeyed quietly. She came to take a seat on the sofa beside him, looked a moment into his eyes, saw the depths of tenderness and sympathy there and with a tired, fleeting smile laid her head gratefully on his shoulder.
The butler left the room. Bojo extended his hand to her, saying, "Come here; sit next to me." Exhausted from the emotional turmoil, she complied quietly. She took a seat on the sofa beside him, looked into his eyes for a moment, saw the deep tenderness and sympathy reflected there, and with a weary, brief smile, rested her head gratefully on his shoulder.
It was almost eleven o'clock before Drake came wearily in. They were exhausted with the long tensity of their vigil, waiting for every sound that would announce his arrival, but at his entrance they stood up, vibrantly alert. One glance at Drake, at the hunted and harassed look across his forehead[Pg 306] told Bojo that the worst had happened. Patsie went to her father bravely with a steady smile that never wavered and put her arms around his neck.
It was almost eleven o'clock when Drake finally walked in, looking worn out. They were drained from the long, tense wait, straining to catch any sound that might signal his arrival, but when he came in, they stood up, fully alert. A single look at Drake, with the hunted and troubled expression on his face[Pg 306], told Bojo that the worst had happened. Patsie bravely approached her father with a steady smile that never faltered and wrapped her arms around his neck.
"Pretty bad, isn't it, Dad?" she said.
"Pretty bad, isn't it, Dad?" she said.
He nodded, incapable for the moment of speech.
He nodded, unable to speak for the moment.
"I am so sorry. Never mind, even if we have to begin at the bottom we will win out again."
"I’m really sorry. It doesn’t matter; even if we have to start from scratch, we’ll come out on top again."
Bojo had come up and taken his free hand, looking in his eyes anxiously for the answer.
Bojo had come up and grabbed his free hand, anxiously searching his eyes for the answer.
"I guess the game is up," said Drake at last. "There is only one chance, and though I swore I never would do it—" he stopped a moment, running his hand over Patsie's golden curls, "I guess I'll have to swallow my pride," he said.
"I guess the game is over," Drake finally said. "There's only one chance, and even though I promised I would never do it—" he paused for a moment, running his hand through Patsie's golden curls, "I guess I'll have to swallow my pride," he added.
"You're going to her," said the daughter, shuddering.
"You're going to see her," said the daughter, shivering.
"Once more," he said, grimly.
"One more time," he said, grimly.
Leaving her he went to the little table by the desk and poured out a stiff drink.
Leaving her, he went to the small table by the desk and poured himself a strong drink.
"Whew, what a day! Two hours more and I might have pulled through; I thought I had it all fixed up, but that Clearing House mess ended that! You can't sell men eggs at five cents a piece when they know to-morrow they can get the same at three cents."
"Whew, what a day! If it had gone on for two more hours, I might have made it; I thought I had everything sorted out, but that Clearing House situation ruined it! You can't sell guys eggs for five cents each when they know they can get them for three cents tomorrow."
He tried to smile, but back of it all Bojo was alarmed to see the disorder in the physical and moral man which had gained over him since yesterday. Despite Drake's determination to assume a stoic attitude he felt the biting bitterness and revolt that was gnawing at his soul.
He tried to smile, but deep down, Bojo was alarmed to see the chaos in both his physical and moral self that had taken hold since yesterday. Despite Drake's resolve to remain stoic, he felt the sharp bitterness and resentment eating away at his soul.
Patsie wanted him to sit down to rest a moment,[Pg 307] to have something, if only a morsel, brought in, but he refused absent-mindedly.
Patsie wanted him to take a seat and relax for a bit,[Pg 307] to have something, even if it was just a little bite, brought in, but he absent-mindedly turned it down.
"No, no, I must get it over with. I must know where I stand."
"No, no, I need to get this done. I need to know where I stand."
Still he delayed his departure, evidently revolting against the rôle which he had determined to play.
Still, he postponed his departure, clearly struggling with the role he had chosen to take on.
"Your mother is home?" he said abruptly.
"Is your mom home?" he asked suddenly.
"She is home—in her room," said Patsie.
"She’s home—in her room," said Patsie.
He took a final turn before at last making up his mind, then he gave a short gesture of his hand towards them, saying:
He made one last turn before finally deciding, then he waved his hand briefly at them, saying:
"Wait."
"Hold on."
The next moment he went out, not with the old accustomed swinging gait, but with a lagging step as though already convinced of the futility of his errand.
The next moment he stepped outside, not with his usual confident stride, but with a slow, dragging walk as if he was already sure that his task was pointless.
"He is doing it for his daughters," thought Bojo; "only that would make him so humble himself." He felt with a little compunction that he had judged Drake rather harshly, for in these last interviews it had seemed to him at times that there had been an absence of that gameness which in his mind he would like to have associated with the romantic figure of the manipulator. Now with the secrets of the household laid bare to him he felt strongly the inner vulnerability of such men. Able outwardly to defy the great turns of fortune and present a smiling front to adversity, yet unable to resist the mortal blow which strikes at the vital regions in their sentiments and their affections. Implacable as he had been, neither giving nor asking quarter in his struggles with his own kind, Bojo at length realized the[Pg 308] tenderness and pride amounting almost to a weakness with which he idolized his own. What he had seen working in the soul of the man in this last half hour made him feel more than simply the ruin of his worldly possessions. The moment was too tense for words, the issue too tremendous. They sat side by side, his hand over hers, staring ahead, waiting.
"He’s doing it for his daughters," Bojo thought; "that’s the only reason he would humble himself like this." He felt a bit guilty for judging Drake too harshly, as in their recent conversations, he had occasionally sensed a lack of the boldness he liked to associate with the romantic figure of a manipulator. Now that he could see the family’s secrets laid bare, he deeply felt the inner vulnerability of such men. They could outwardly defy major twists of fate and present a brave face to hardship, yet they were powerless against the blows that struck at their core feelings and affections. As unforgiving as he had been, neither giving nor accepting mercy in his battles with others, Bojo finally recognized the tenderness and pride bordering on weakness with which he idolized his own. What he had witnessed in the man’s soul over the last half hour made him feel more than just the loss of his material wealth. The moment was too intense for words, the stakes too high. They sat side by side, his hand over hers, staring ahead, waiting.
Ten minutes, half an hour elapsed without a sound. He pictured to himself to what arguments and entreaties the desperate father must resort, trying through his inexperience to visualize the drama in one of these domestic scenes which pass unguessed.
Ten minutes, half an hour went by without a sound. He imagined the arguments and pleas the desperate father must be making, trying through his inexperience to picture the drama in one of those domestic scenes that go unnoticed.
Patsie heard him first. She sprang up with a sharp intaking of her breath. He rose less precipitately, hearing at last the sound of returning footsteps. The next moment Drake came into the room and stood gazing at the two erect figures of the young man and the young girl. Then he tried to smile and couldn't. Her instinct guessed on the instant what had happened. She went to him swiftly and put her arms about his shoulders as though to support him.
Patsie heard him first. She jumped up, taking a sharp breath. He got up more slowly, finally hearing the sound of footsteps coming back. The next moment, Drake walked into the room and stood there looking at the two standing figures of the young man and the young woman. Then he tried to smile but found he couldn't. Her instinct immediately sensed what had happened. She hurried to him and put her arms around his shoulders as if to hold him up.
"Never mind, Dad," she said bravely. "Don't you care, money isn't everything in this world. Whatever happens, you've got me."[Pg 309]
"Don't worry, Dad," she said confidently. "Money isn't everything in this world. No matter what happens, I'll always be here for you."[Pg 309]
CHAPTER XXIX
THE DELUGE
The next day the deluge broke.
The next day, the flood happened.
On leaving Patsie and her father he had gone down the Avenue in a vain hope that his father might be in town, hoping to catch him at his hotel. On his way to his amazement he perceived a long line of curious shapes stretched along the sidewalk. As he came nearer he saw a file of men and women, some standing, some seated, camped out for the night. Then he noticed above all the great white columns of the Atlantic Trust and he realized that these were the first frightened outposts of the army of despair and panic which would come storming at the doors on the morrow. By the morning a dozen banks scattered over the city were besieged by frantic hordes of depositors, a dozen others hastily preparing against the impending tide of evil rumor and disaster.
After leaving Patsie and her father, he walked down the Avenue, hoping his father might be in town so he could find him at his hotel. To his surprise, he noticed a long line of unusual shapes along the sidewalk. As he got closer, he saw a line of men and women, some standing, some sitting, camping out for the night. Then he noticed the large white columns of the Atlantic Trust, and he realized that these were the first scared outposts of the army of despair and panic that would come crashing through the doors the next day. By morning, a dozen banks across the city were overwhelmed by desperate crowds of depositors, while a dozen others were hurriedly preparing for the looming threat of bad news and disaster.
With the opening of the Stock Exchange the havoc began, for with the threatened collapse of gigantic banking systems orders came pouring in from all over the country to sell at any price. In the wild hours that ensued holdings were thrown on the market in such quantities that the machinery of the Stock Exchange was momentarily paralyzed. Stocks were selling at half a dozen figures simultaneously, until[Pg 310] it became a human impossibility for the frantic brokers to fulfil the demands that came pouring in on them to sell at any price. Any rumor was believed and shouted frantically: receivers were to be appointed for a dozen institutions: the State Superintendent's investigation was showing incredible defalcations and misuses of funds. Indictments were to be returned against the most prominent men in the financial world, and at the close of the day on top of the wildest fabrications of the imagination came the supreme horror of fact. Majendie, the president of the Atlantic Trust, was dead, slain by his own hand. But what happened this day would be nothing to the morrow.
With the opening of the Stock Exchange, chaos erupted, as the threat of massive banking system failures led to a flood of sell orders from across the country, at any price. In the chaotic hours that followed, stocks were dumped on the market in such large amounts that the Stock Exchange's processes were temporarily disabled. Stocks were trading at multiple prices at once, until[Pg 310] it became nearly impossible for the frantic brokers to meet the overwhelming demands to sell at any price. Any rumor was accepted and shouted out desperately: receivers were to be assigned for several institutions; the State Superintendent's investigation uncovered shocking embezzlements and fund mismanagements. Indictments were expected against many prominent figures in the finance world, and by the end of the day, the wildest fabrications were overshadowed by the stark reality: Majendie, the president of the Atlantic Trust, was dead, having taken his own life. However, what transpired this day would be nothing compared to what was to come.
At Patsie's frantic request Bojo went down in the late forenoon to see Mr. Swift. He had to wait almost an hour in the outer offices, watching breathless, frantic men, men of fifty and sixty as panic-stricken as youngsters of twenty-five, breaking under the strain of their first knowledge of overwhelming ruin, an indiscriminate convulsive mass pouring in and out. Then a door opened and a secretary issued him in. Mr. Swift received him with an agitated clutch of the hand, and valuing the precious seconds, without waiting for his questions, burst out:
At Patsie's urgent request, Bojo went down late in the morning to see Mr. Swift. He had to wait nearly an hour in the outer offices, watching anxious, frantic men, men in their fifties and sixties, as panicked as twenty-five-year-olds, crumbling under the pressure of their first realization of complete disaster, a chaotic mix flowing in and out. Then a door opened, and a secretary let him in. Mr. Swift greeted him with a tight grip of the hand, and valuing the precious seconds, without waiting for any questions, blurted out:
"Mr. Crocker, it's absolutely humanly impossible for me to do what Miss Drake requested. We disposed yesterday of over forty thousand dollars. To sell now would be a financial slaughter to which I simply will not give my permission. Moreover, it's all very well to talk of selling, but who's going to buy?"
"Mr. Crocker, it's completely impossible for me to do what Miss Drake asked. We got rid of over forty thousand dollars yesterday. Selling now would be a financial disaster that I absolutely won't allow. Plus, it's easy to talk about selling, but who's actually going to buy?"
"If you can't sell," said Bojo, gloomily, "Miss[Pg 311] Drake would like to know what you could raise on her holdings as security."
"If you can't sell," Bojo said gloomily, "Miss[Pg 311] Drake wants to know what you could use as collateral on her properties."
"She wants to know?" said Mr. Swift, on edge with the anxiety of twenty operations to be safe-guarded, "I'll tell you. Not a hundred thousand dollars, nor ten thousand. There isn't an institution that would dare weaken its cash supply to-day on any security offered. Mr. Crocker, say for me that I absolutely and completely refuse to offer a single security." A door opened and back of the secretary the faces of two new visitors were already to be seen. Mr. Swift with scant ceremony seized his hand and dismissed him. "It can't be done, that's all; it can't be done."
"She wants to know?" Mr. Swift said, tense with the stress of twenty operations to protect, "I'll tell you. Not a hundred thousand dollars, not even ten thousand. There's no institution that would risk its cash supply today on any security offered. Mr. Crocker, tell them I'm absolutely and completely refusing to offer any security." A door opened and behind the secretary, the faces of two new visitors were already visible. Mr. Swift hastily shook his hand and dismissed him. "It can't be done, that’s all; it can’t be done."
Bojo went out and telephoned the result. He even tried, though he knew the futility of the attempt, to place a loan at two banks where he was known, one his own and the other the depository for the Crocker Mills. At the first he got no further than a subordinate, who threw up his hands at the first mention of his plan. At the latter he gained a moment's opportunity to state his demand to the vice-president, who had known him from childhood. The refusal was as instantaneous. The banks were coming to the aid of no one, frightened for their own security. He even attempted to call up his father on long distance, but after long, tedious waits he was unable to locate him. What he would have asked of him he did not quite know, only that he was seeking frantically some means, some way, to come to the assistance of the girl he loved, even though in his heart he knew the futility of her attempt; perhaps even despite his admiration for her unselfishness,[Pg 312] glad that the sacrifice could not be made. He went up later in the afternoon to explain to her all he had tried to do, to get her to go for a short ride up the river in order to snatch a little rest and calm, but Patsie refused obstinately. She was afraid that at any moment her father might return and call for her, declaring that she must be ready to go to him. Perhaps she had fears that she did not express even to him, but she remained as she had remained all day, waiting feverishly. Drake did not come back until long after midnight. Then there were conferences to be held in his library far into the gray morning. Everything seemed topsy-turvy. The night was like the daytime. At every hour an automobile came rustling up, a hurried ring of the bell followed by a ghostly flitting passage into the library of strange, hurrying figures. Drake was no longer the dejected, resigned man, broken in pride and courage, of the night before. He put them aside hastily with a swift, convulsive hug for his daughter and a welcoming handshake for Bojo. He would say nothing and they could guess nothing of all the desperate remedies that were being discussed and acted upon in the shifting conference within the library. It was after four o'clock when Bojo left, after persuading Patsie of the uselessness of further vigil. He felt too tremulously awake for need of sleep. He went down the Avenue and in the convalescing gray of the weak and sickly dawn passed the growing lines of depositors still obstinately clinging to their posts, feeling as though he were walking a world of nightmares and alarms. About seven o'clock he came back to the Court for a tub and a[Pg 313] cup of coffee. There he received news of Fred DeLancy, who had been in frantically the night before begging for loans to back up his disappearing margins. Neither Marsh nor Granning could come to his assistance and he had left absolutely unnerved, vowing that he would be wiped out if he could not raise only ten thousand dollars before the morrow. Bojo shook his head. He had no desire to help him. The few thousands he still retained seemed to him something miraculously solid and precious in the whirling evaporation of fictitious values. There was nothing he could do before the arrival of Doris and her husband, if anything could be done then. He went down again to Wall Street merely as a matter of curiosity and entered the spectators' gallery in the Stock Exchange. The panic there had become a delirium. He stood leaning over the railing gazing profoundly down into this frenzy which had once been his life. Removed from its peril—judging it. What he saw was ugly to look upon. A few figures stood out grim, game and defiant to the last, meeting the crisis as sportsmen facing the last chance. But for the rest, the element of the human seemed to have disappeared in the animal madness of beasts trapped awaiting destruction. These shifting, struggling, contending clumps of men, shrieking and hoarse, all strength cast to the winds, fighting for the last disappearing rung of financial security, gave him a last final distaste of the life he had renounced. He went out and passed another howling group of savages on the curb, feeling all at once the high note of tragedy that lies in the manifestation of obliterating rage of a great people disposing[Pg 314] finally of all the shallow horde of petty parasites that are eliminated by the cleansing force of a great panic.
Bojo went out and called in the results. He even tried, although he knew it was pointless, to get a loan from two banks where he was known—one his own and the other the bank for the Crocker Mills. At the first bank, he couldn't even get past a subordinate, who raised his hands in despair at the mention of his plan. At the second bank, he only had a moment to explain his request to the vice president, who had known him since childhood. The refusal came immediately. The banks weren’t helping anyone, too scared for their own safety. He even tried to call his father long-distance, but after long, tedious waits, he couldn't reach him. What he would have asked of him, he wasn't sure; he just knew he was desperately looking for a way to help the girl he loved, even though he felt in his heart that it would be futile. Maybe despite his admiration for her selflessness, he was relieved that the sacrifice couldn’t be made. Later that afternoon, he went to explain everything he had tried, hoping to convince her to take a short ride up the river to rest and find some calm, but Patsie stubbornly refused. She was worried that her father might return at any moment and call for her, insisting that she must be ready to go to him. Perhaps there were fears she didn’t voice to him, but she remained as she had all day, waiting anxiously. Drake didn’t come back until well past midnight. Then there were meetings in his library that went on into the gray morning. Everything felt upside down. The night felt like day. Every hour, a car would pull up, a hurried ring of the bell followed by shadowy figures rushing into the library. Drake was no longer the defeated, resigned man, stripped of pride and courage, he had been the night before. He quickly embraced his daughter and shook Bojo’s hand. He said nothing, and they could only guess what desperate solutions were being discussed in the chaotic conference in the library. It was after four o'clock when Bojo left, after convincing Patsie that it was pointless to keep waiting. He felt too jittery to sleep. He walked down the Avenue, and in the weak, sickly light of dawn, he passed the growing lines of depositors still stubbornly holding their ground, feeling like he was traversing a landscape of nightmares and alarms. Around seven o'clock, he returned to the Court for a bath and a cup of coffee. There, he heard news about Fred DeLancy, who had been frantically in the night before pleading for loans to support his rapidly vanishing margins. Neither Marsh nor Granning could help him, and he left completely shaken, swearing he’d be wiped out if he couldn’t raise just ten thousand dollars by morning. Bojo shook his head. He had no interest in helping him. The few thousand he still had felt miraculously solid and precious amidst the chaotic loss of false values. There was nothing he could do before Doris and her husband arrived, if anything could even be done then. He went down to Wall Street again out of curiosity and entered the spectators' gallery in the Stock Exchange. The panic there had turned into a frenzy. He leaned over the railing, deeply observing the chaos that had once been part of his life. Detached from the danger—judging it. What he saw was hard to watch. A few figures stood out, grim and stubborn, facing the crisis like athletes fighting for their last chance. But for the rest, the human element seemed to vanish in the animal madness of trapped beasts awaiting destruction. These shifting, struggling groups of men, screaming and hoarse, all strength thrown to the wind, fought for the last remnants of financial security, leaving him with a final distaste for the life he had left behind. As he left, he passed another group of howling people on the curb, suddenly feeling the tragic high note that lies in the intense rage of a great population finally discarding all the superficial swarm of petty parasites eliminated by the purging force of a major panic.
Doris arrived in the late afternoon and there was a family consultation, at which he was not present. Whatever might have been done the week before the issue had been decided. Drake's fate was in the hands of Gunther, to whose house he had been summoned that night to learn the terms which would be accorded him by the group of financial leaders who had been hastily organized to save the country from the convulsion which now threatened to overwhelm every industry and every institution.
Doris arrived in the late afternoon for a family meeting, but he wasn’t there. Whatever decisions had been made the week before were now final. Drake’s fate rested with Gunther, who had called him to his house that night to find out the terms set by the group of financial leaders that had been quickly assembled to save the country from the chaos now threatening to engulf every industry and institution.
At midnight Drake returned a ruined man, stripped of every possession, a bankrupt. Only Patsie and Bojo were there when he came in. A certain calm seemed to have replaced the unnatural febrile activity of the last forty-eight hours, the calm of accepted defeat, the end of hopes, the certainty of failure.
At midnight, Drake came back a broken man, stripped of everything he had, a bankrupt. Only Patsie and Bojo were there when he walked in. A certain calm seemed to have taken the place of the unnatural frantic energy of the last forty-eight hours, the calm of accepted defeat, the end of hopes, the certainty of failure.
"It's over," he said with a nod of recognition. "They got me. I'm rather hungry; let's have something to eat."
"It's over," he said with a nod. "They got me. I'm pretty hungry; let’s grab something to eat."
"What do you mean by it's over?" said Patsie, coming towards him. "You lost?" He nodded. "How much?"
"What do you mean by it's over?" Patsie asked as she walked over to him. "You lost?" He nodded. "How much?"
"Stripped clean."
"Cleaned up."
"You mean that there's nothing left, not a cent?"
"You’re saying there’s nothing left, not even a dime?"
For the first time the old hunted look came back to his eyes. "It's worse than that," he said. "It's what's got to be made good. Your Daddy is a bankrupt, Patsie, one million and a half to the bad."
For the first time, the old hunted look returned to his eyes. "It's worse than that," he said. "It's what needs to be fixed. Your dad is bankrupt, Patsie, one and a half million dollars in debt."
"You owe that?"
"You owe that?"
"But what will you do? They can't put you to prison."
"But what are you going to do? They can't send you to prison."
"Oh, no," he said grimly, "there's nothing to be ashamed of in it; that is, so far." He stopped a moment and watching him closely they both divined that he was thinking of his wife. "If worse comes to worse," he added moodily, "I've got to find some way of paying that over, every cent of it."
"Oh, no," he said seriously, "there's nothing to be ashamed of in it; at least, not yet." He paused for a moment, and watching him closely, they both sensed that he was thinking about his wife. "If things get really bad," he added darkly, "I've got to figure out a way to pay that back, every cent of it."
"But, Mr. Drake," said Bojo hastily, "surely there is no reason why you should feel that way. Others have met misfortune—been forced into bankruptcy. Every one will know that it could not be helped, that conditions were against you, that you were forced into it."
"But, Mr. Drake," Bojo said quickly, "there's really no reason for you to feel this way. Other people have faced tough times—gone bankrupt. Everyone will understand that it couldn't be avoided, that the circumstances were against you, that it was unavoidable."
"And every one," he said quickly, speaking without reserve for the first time, "will say that Dan Drake knew how to fail at the right time and in the right way." He gave a wave of his hand as though to indicate the great house of which he was thinking, and added bitterly: "What will they think of this, when this goes on? They'll think just one thing—that I worked a crooked, double-crossing game and salted away my fortune behind a petticoat! By God, that's what hurts!" He brought down his fist with an outburst of anger such as they had never seen in him before and sprang up trembling and heavy. "No, by Heavens, if I fail she can't go on with her millions." The rage that possessed him made him seemingly oblivious to their presence. "Oh, what a fool, a blind, contemptible fool I've been! If she is worth a cent she is worth four millions to-day, and every cent I made for her, I gave to her. Talk about business heads, there is not a one of us can touch[Pg 316] her. Oh, she's known all right what she has been doing all these years. She took no chances. She knew when to work me and how to work me. Clever? Yes, she's clever and as cold as they make 'em. Under all her pretense of being weak and sickly, tears and hysterics, you can't beat her."
"And everyone," he said quickly, speaking openly for the first time, "will say that Dan Drake knew how to fail at the right moment and in the right way." He gestured toward the grand house he was thinking about and added bitterly: "What will they think of this when it keeps happening? They'll think just one thing—that I played a crooked, double-crossing game and stashed away my fortune behind a woman's back! Damn, that hurts!" He slammed his fist down in a fit of anger like they'd never seen from him before and jumped up, trembling and heavy. "No, heavens, if I fail, she won't continue with her millions." The rage that consumed him made him seem completely unaware of their presence. "Oh, what a fool, a blind, despicable fool I've been! If she's worth anything, she's worth four million today, and every cent I earned for her, I gave to her. Talk about business minds, not one of us can compare to her. Oh, she's known exactly what she's been doing all these years. She took no risks. She knew when to manipulate me and how to do it. Smart? Yes, she's smart and as cold as they come. Beneath all her pretense of being weak and fragile, crying and having tantrums, you can't outsmart her."
"Oh, Daddy, Daddy," said Patsie, laying her hand on his arm to calm him, "she can't, she won't refuse to come to your help now when it's a question of honor, our honor and her honor. I know, I promise you, we will pay over every cent of what you owe."
"Oh, Dad, Dad," said Patsie, putting her hand on his arm to calm him, "she can't, she won't turn down your help now that it's a matter of honor, our honor and her honor. I know, I promise you, we'll pay back every cent of what you owe."
"You think so? Try!"
"You think so? Go for it!"
"Daddy," said Patsie quietly, "I have $500,000 you gave me. Bojo and I tried our best to sell them and raise money for you. If you had only let me know sooner perhaps we could have. Every cent of that will go to you. Doris, too, I know, will give her third. We will only ask my mother for what we are giving ourselves. That she will not refuse, she cannot, she won't dare. Daddy, there is one thing you must not worry about. We won't let any one say a single word against you. Every cent you owe shall be paid. I'll promise you that."
“Dad,” Patsie said softly, “I have $500,000 that you gave me. Bojo and I did our best to sell them and raise money for you. If you had just let me know earlier, maybe we could have. Every penny of that will go to you. I know Doris will also give her share. We’ll just ask my mom for what we’re giving ourselves. She won't refuse, she can't, she wouldn't dare. Dad, there’s one thing you don’t need to worry about. We won’t let anyone say a word against you. Every dollar you owe will be paid. I promise you that.”
At the first mention of what she had done, Drake turned and stared at her, deaf to what had followed. When she ended tears were in his eyes. For a moment he could not control his voice.
At the first mention of what she had done, Drake turned and stared at her, unable to hear what came next. By the time she finished, there were tears in his eyes. For a moment, he couldn't keep his voice steady.
"You did that?" he said at last. "You would have done that?"
"You did that?" he finally said. "You really would have done that?"
"Why, Dad," she said, smiling, "I couldn't do anything else."
"Why, Dad," she said with a smile, "I couldn't do anything else."
He took her suddenly in his arms and the touch[Pg 317] of kindness broke him down where everything else had failed. Bojo turned hastily away, not to intrude on the sanctity of the scene. When a long moment afterwards Patsie called him back from the window where he had been standing Drake seemed to have grown suddenly old and feeble.
He suddenly pulled her into his arms, and the gentle touch[Pg 317] of kindness broke him down when nothing else had worked. Bojo quickly turned away, not wanting to interrupt the sacred moment. When, after a long pause, Patsie called him back from the window where he had been standing, Drake appeared to have aged significantly, looking old and frail.
"I want you to wait here, Bojo dear," she said as determined as her father seemed without will or energy. "I am going to settle this now. I am going to see my mother. Don't worry."
"I want you to wait here, Bojo dear," she said, as determined as her father looked, drained of will and energy. "I'm going to take care of this now. I'm going to see my mom. Don't worry."
She went out after bending lightly for a last kiss and a touch of her hand, over the weak shoulders.
She stepped out after leaning down for one last kiss and a gentle touch of her hand on his frail shoulders.
Left alone, there was a long silence. Finally Drake arose and began to pace the floor, talking to himself, stopping from time to time with sudden contractions of the arms, clutches of the fists, to take a long breath and shake his head. When Bojo was least expecting it, he came to him abruptly and said:
Left alone, there was a long silence. Finally, Drake got up and started pacing the floor, talking to himself. He would occasionally stop with sudden arm movements, clenching his fists, taking a deep breath, and shaking his head. When Bojo least expected it, Drake approached him suddenly and said:
"Tom, I tell you this, and you may believe I mean it—that it's going to be. Not one cent will I take from that child. With all that I provided for the others she's not going to be left a pauper. It's got to be my wife who stands by me in this." In his excitement he seized the young man by the wrist so that the fingers cut into his flesh. "It's got to be her and only her, do you understand, or else—" He stopped with a wild glance, with a disorder that left Bojo cold with apprehension, and suddenly as though afraid to say too much Drake dropped the young man's wrist roughly and went and sat down, covering his face with his hands.
"Tom, I’m serious about this—you can believe me. It’s going to happen. I won't take a single cent from that child. With everything I’ve given the others, she won’t be left poor. It has to be my wife who supports me in this.” In his excitement, he grabbed the young man by the wrist, his grip tight enough to hurt. “It has to be her and only her, do you get it, or else—” He paused, his eyes wide with a panic that left Bojo feeling uneasy, and suddenly, as if scared to say too much, Drake released the young man's wrist roughly and sat down, covering his face with his hands.
"I mean it," he said, and several times he repeated the phrase as though to himself.[Pg 318]
"I mean it," he said, repeating the phrase several times as if to convince himself.[Pg 318]
They spoke no more. Bojo on the edge of his chair sat staring at the older man, turning over what he had heard, not daring to think. At the end of a long wait a maid knocked and came in.
They said nothing else. Bojo sat on the edge of his chair, staring at the older man, processing what he had heard, not daring to think any further. After a long wait, a maid knocked and entered.
"Mr. Crocker, please. Miss Drake would like you to come to her mother's room."
"Mr. Crocker, please. Miss Drake wants you to come to her mom's room."
Bojo, startled, sprang up hastily, saying: "All right, right away." He turned, striving to find a word of encouragement, hesitated, and went out.
Bojo, surprised, jumped up quickly, saying, "Okay, I'll do it right now." He turned, trying to find something encouraging to say, hesitated, and left.
When he came into the little sitting room which gave on to Mrs. Drake's private apartments he found the two confronting each other, Patsie erect and scornful, with flashing, angry eyes, and her mother, in a hastily donned wrapper and bedroom cap, clutching a sort of blue lace quilt, sunk hysterically in the depths of a great armchair. At the first glance he guessed the scene of cries and reproaches which had just ended. At his entrance Mrs. Drake burst out furiously:
When he walked into the small sitting room that opened into Mrs. Drake's private space, he saw the two of them facing off, Patsie standing tall and contemptuous, with fiery, angry eyes, and her mother, in a quickly thrown-on robe and a nightcap, holding onto a blue lace quilt, collapsed in the depths of a large armchair. At first glance, he sensed the aftermath of a heated argument and accusations that had just taken place. As soon as he entered, Mrs. Drake exploded in anger:
"I won't have it; I won't be insulted like this. Mr. Crocker, I desire you, I command you, to leave the room. It's enough that my daughter should take advantage of me. I will not be shamed before strangers."
"I won't accept this; I won't be insulted like this. Mr. Crocker, I want you, I command you, to leave the room. It's bad enough that my daughter takes advantage of me. I will not be embarrassed in front of strangers."
"Lock the door," said Patsie quietly, "and keep the key."
"Lock the door," Patsie said quietly, "and keep the key."
He did so and came back to her side.
He did that and returned to her side.
"Don't mind what she says," said Patsie scornfully. "She's not ill, she's not hysterical, it's all put on: she knows just what she's doing."
"Don't pay attention to what she says," Patsie said with disdain. "She's not sick, she's not being dramatic, it's all an act: she knows exactly what she's doing."
At this Mrs. Drake burst into exaggerated sobs and shrank down into the chair, covering her face[Pg 319] with the quilt she clung to, without perception of the grotesqueness of her act.
At this, Mrs. Drake started crying in an exaggerated way and sank down into the chair, covering her face[Pg 319] with the quilt she held onto, completely unaware of how ridiculous she looked.
"Now, you're going to listen to me," said Patsie, striving to remain calm through her anger. "You don't fool me the least bit, so you might just as well listen quietly. I know just how much money you have and every cent of it has been given to you by my father. You are worth over four million dollars, I know that."
"Now, you’re going to hear what I have to say," said Patsie, trying to keep her cool despite her anger. "You’re not fooling me at all, so you might as well just listen quietly. I know exactly how much money you have, and every single dollar of it has come from my father. You're worth over four million dollars, I know that."
"It's not true, that's a lie," said Mrs. Drake with a scream.
"It's not true, that's a lie," Mrs. Drake shouted.
"It is true," continued Patsie calmly, "and you know it's true. This house is yours and everything in it. Do you want me to tell you exactly what stocks and bonds you have at the present moment? Shall I have my father come in, too, and tell us in detail just what he has given you all these years? Do you want that?" She waited a moment and added scornfully: "No, I rather guess that is not what you want. I asked you before to help raise a loan to save him from losing what he had. You could have done it: you refused. Now I am asking you to give exactly what I shall give and what Doris will give, $500,000, so there will be nothing, not the slightest reproach against his good name, against the name you bear and I bear. Will you do it or not?"
"It's true," Patsie said calmly, "and you know it's true. This house is yours and everything in it. Do you want me to tell you exactly what stocks and bonds you have right now? Should I have my dad come in and explain in detail everything he's given you all these years? Do you want that?" She paused for a moment and added scornfully, "No, I doubt that's what you want. I asked you before to help raise a loan to keep him from losing what he had. You could have done it; you refused. Now I'm asking you to give exactly what I'm going to give and what Doris will give, $500,000, so that there won't be any, not the slightest, reproach against his good name, against the name you carry and I carry. Will you do it or not?"
"You don't know what you are talking about," cried the mother wildly. "It's $500,000 now, it's $500,000 to-morrow and then it's everything. You want me to ruin myself. You think just because he's gone on risking everything, just because he never could be satisfied, that I should suffer, too. You[Pg 320] want me to make a pauper of myself. Well, I won't. What right had he to risk money that didn't belong to him? What right have you to reproach me, abuse me?"
"You don't know what you're talking about," the mother shouted angrily. "It's $500,000 now, it'll be $500,000 tomorrow, and then it's everything. You want me to ruin myself. You think just because he's gone and risked everything, just because he could never be satisfied, that I should suffer too. You[Pg 320] want me to make myself a beggar. Well, I won't. What right did he have to gamble with money that wasn’t his? What right do you have to criticize me, to mistreat me?"
Bojo attempted to burst in on the stream of meaninglessness and repeated phrases. He, too, saw through the assumption of hysteria, shielding behind a cloak of weakness a cold and covetous woman.
Bojo tried to interrupt the flow of nonsense and clichés. He also recognized the underlying hysteria, hiding behind a facade of vulnerability a cold and greedy woman.
"My dear Mrs. Drake," he said icily, "you are proud of your position in society. Let me put this to you. Don't you realize that if your husband fails for a million and a half and you continue living as you have lived that it will be a public scandal? Don't you realize what people will say?"
"My dear Mrs. Drake," he said coldly, "you take great pride in your social status. Let me ask you this. Don’t you understand that if your husband goes bankrupt for a million and a half and you keep living the way you do, it will be a public scandal? Don’t you get what people will say?"
"No, I don't," she cried: "I don't admit any such ridiculous nonsense. I know that I have a right to my life, to my existence. I know what is mine is mine. If he has lost money, other people have lost money in the same way who gamble just as he has. They should take their losses, too, without coming to people who are not responsible, who don't believe in such things. And then what good will it do? The money's mine. Why throw good money after bad? I tell you that he has never had a thought about the duties and responsibilities to his family; I have. I won't impoverish myself, I won't impoverish my family, I won't, I won't, and I won't be badgered and brow-beaten in this brutal way. You're a bad daughter, you've always been a disobedient, wicked daughter. You've always been this way to me from the first. Now you think you can force me into this, but you shan't."[Pg 321]
"No, I don't," she exclaimed. "I won't accept any of that ridiculous nonsense. I know I have the right to my life, to my existence. I know what belongs to me is mine. If he lost money, there are others who have lost money in the same way, gambling just like he did. They should deal with their losses too, instead of coming to people who aren’t responsible and don’t believe in such things. And what difference will it make? The money is mine. Why throw good money after bad? I'm telling you, he has never thought about his duties and responsibilities to his family; I have. I won’t make myself poor, I won’t impoverish my family, I refuse, and I won't be pressured and beaten down like this. You're a bad daughter; you've always been disobedient and wicked. You've been this way to me from the beginning. Now you think you can force me into this, but you won’t." [Pg 321]
"Mother," started Patsie stonily, but she was interrupted by a fresh torrent of words.
"Mom," Patsie began coldly, but she was cut off by a new flood of words.
"No, no, I can't, I won't, I'm ill, I have been ill for days. Do you want to kill me? I suppose that's what you want. Go on. Put me down, make me ill. Oh, my God, my God, I can't stand it, I can't stand it. I can't. Ring for the doctor, the doctor or some one."
"No, no, I can’t, I won’t, I’m sick, I’ve been sick for days. Do you want to kill me? I guess that's what you want. Go ahead. Put me down, make me sick. Oh my God, oh my God, I can’t take it, I can’t take it. I can’t. Call for the doctor, the doctor or someone."
"Come away," said Bojo, taking Patsie by the arm as Mrs. Drake went into the paroxysm which she knew was perfectly assumed. "It's useless trying to say anything more to her. To-morrow perhaps Doris and her husband may have more effect."
"Come on," Bojo said, grabbing Patsie by the arm as Mrs. Drake went into a dramatic episode that she knew was totally fake. "It's pointless to keep talking to her. Maybe tomorrow Doris and her husband will have more impact."
They went out without even looking back.
They left without even looking back.
Patsie was in such a rage of indignation, shaking from head to foot, that he had to take her in his arms and quiet her.
Patsie was so furious, shaking all over, that he had to hold her in his arms and calm her down.
"What shall we say to Daddy?" she said at last in despair.
"What are we going to say to Dad?" she finally said, feeling hopeless.
"Lie," he said. "Tell him that it will be done."
"Lie," he said. "Tell him that it will happen."
But when they came back into the library Drake was gone. He didn't return all that night. Afterwards from what they learned he must have spent the night hours in wandering about the city.
But when they came back into the library, Drake was gone. He didn’t return all night. Later, from what they found out, he must have spent the night wandering around the city.
The next morning Mrs. Drake locked her doors, sent word by a doctor that she was too ill to see any one, that seeing them might have disastrous effects. Despite which they forced an entrance and with Doris and her husband present went over again the same shameful and degrading scene of the night before. Nothing could shake Mrs. Drake, neither remonstrances nor scorn nor tears. Drake returned[Pg 322] haggard and wild-eyed towards noon to learn the result, which they were unable to conceal from him. He went out immediately. At five o'clock he was taken to a hospital, having been run over by an autobus. Various stories as to how this happened were circulated. The insurance company which carried his life insurance attempted to prove suicide in vain. The testimony of witnesses all seemed to point to an accident. He had started across the street, had lost his hat and in stooping to pick it up slipped and fallen underneath the wheels.
The next morning, Mrs. Drake locked her doors and informed a doctor that she was too ill to see anyone, warning that meeting with them could lead to disastrous consequences. Despite this, they forced their way in and, with Doris and her husband present, replayed the same shameful and degrading scene from the night before. Nothing could shake Mrs. Drake—neither protests, scorn, nor tears. Drake returned[Pg 322] looking worn and wild-eyed around noon to find out what had happened, which they couldn't hide from him. He went out right away. By five o'clock, he was taken to a hospital after being hit by a bus. Various stories about how the accident occurred circulated. The insurance company that held his life insurance tried to claim it was suicide but failed. Witnesses all seemed to agree it was an accident. He had started to cross the street, lost his hat, and while bending down to pick it up, he slipped and fell under the wheels.
CHAPTER XXX
THE AFTER-YEARS
When Daniel Drake's affairs were wound up it was found that with the sums derived from his life insurance there remained a deficit of a little over $400,000. In this crisis the old loyal and generous spirit of Doris returned for perhaps the last time. She wished to take upon herself the total indebtedness, but Patsie would not listen to this. She would have preferred perhaps in her devotion to the name of her father to have shouldered all the responsibility with a certain fierce pride. In the end the sum was divided. The younger sister left the house of her mother and went to stay for a short while at Doris's.
When Daniel Drake's affairs were settled, it turned out that after accounting for his life insurance, there was still a shortfall of just over $400,000. In this critical moment, Doris's loyal and generous nature resurfaced, possibly for the last time. She wanted to take on the entire debt herself, but Patsie wouldn’t hear of it. Out of devotion to their father's name, she might have preferred to bear all the responsibility with a fierce sense of pride. In the end, they split the amount. The younger sister moved out of their mother's house and stayed with Doris for a short time.
It was given out officially that Mrs. Drake's health had been wrecked by the family catastrophes. She left shortly for Paris, Rome and the Italian Riviera, where her health speedily improved and she passed the remainder of her life as an exile with a pronounced aversion to anything American.
It was officially announced that Mrs. Drake's health had been destroyed by the family troubles. She soon left for Paris, Rome, and the Italian Riviera, where her health quickly got better, and she spent the rest of her life abroad with a strong dislike for anything American.
The panic which swept over the country, leveling the poor and rich alike, gradually subsided into a long period of depression. Fred DeLancy lost every cent he had and became dependent upon his wife's career. He dropped completely out of society. A few of his friends saw him at rare moments, but whenever he[Pg 324] could he avoided such encounters, for they recalled to him the expectations of his earlier days. Fate, which had played him several rude turns, had however a compensation in store. With the arrival of the dance craze several years later Mr. and Mrs. Fred DeLancy, who were of the first to seize its possibilities, became suddenly the rage of society, and in the letting down of barriers that followed the frantic rush from boredom among our most conservative sets the DeLancys regained curiously enough a certain social position. Adversity had taught him the value of making money. Guided by the hands of one of those remarkable and adroit personages that instigate and expand popularity, the press agent, Fernando Wiskin, a genius of diplomacy, the DeLancy craze overran the country. They had their own restaurant, with dancing studios attached, and an after midnight dancing club. They appeared in the movies, made trips to Europe. They set a dozen fashions, they inspired sculptors, illustrators and caricaturists, and raised up a host of imitators, some better and some worse. Properly coached, they received fees for instruction a surgeon might envy, but as once a gambler always a gambler, what they made miraculously they spent hugely, and despite all warnings it would surprise no one if with the turning of the fickle public from one fad to another the DeLancys, after spending $50,000 a year, would end just as poor as they began.
The panic that swept through the country, affecting both the poor and the rich, eventually gave way to a long period of depression. Fred DeLancy lost all his money and became dependent on his wife's career. He completely withdrew from society. A few of his friends saw him occasionally, but whenever he[Pg 324] could, he avoided those meetings because they reminded him of the expectations of his earlier days. Fate, having dealt him some harsh blows, had a surprise in store for him. With the arrival of the dance craze a few years later, Mr. and Mrs. Fred DeLancy, who were among the first to recognize its potential, suddenly became the talk of the town. In the chaos that followed as people rushed to escape boredom, even the most conservative crowds welcomed the DeLancys back into a certain social standing. Adversity had taught him how to make money. With the help of a remarkable and savvy press agent named Fernando Wiskin, a genius at building popularity, the DeLancy craze took over the nation. They opened their own restaurant with dance studios attached, and an after-midnight dance club. They appeared in movies and traveled to Europe. They set multiple trends, inspired sculptors, illustrators, and caricaturists, and gained a host of imitators, some better and some worse. Properly coached, they earned fees for instruction that a surgeon might envy, but like a gambler who can't change his ways, they spent extravagantly what they earned, and despite all warnings, it wouldn't surprise anyone if, with the fickle public shifting from one trend to another, the DeLancys, after spending $50,000 a year, ended up just as broke as they started.
Roscoe Marsh, hard hit by the panic, after steady reverses consequent upon a rather visionary adventure into journalism, found himself compelled to part with his newspaper to a syndicate organized by his[Pg 325] own city editor, a man who had come up from the ranks, who had long bided his opportunity, a self-made American of the type that looks complacently upon the arrival in the arena of the sons of great fortunes with a belief that an equalizing Providence has sent them into the world to be properly sheared. Marsh, despite these reverses, still retained a considerable fortune, constantly augmented by a large family of uncles, aunts and cousins whose sole purpose in life seemed to be to die at opportune moments. He became interested in many radical movements, rather from the need of dramatic excitement than love of publicity or any deep conviction. At the bottom, however, he believed himself the most sincere man in the world, and for a long time continued to believe that he had a mission to perform.
Roscoe Marsh, deeply affected by the financial panic, after facing steady losses from a rather unrealistic venture into journalism, found that he had to sell his newspaper to a syndicate formed by his[Pg 325]own city editor. This editor had worked his way up from the bottom, patiently waiting for his chance, a self-made American who viewed the arrival of wealthy heirs in the field with a belief that fate had sent them into the world to be skillfully managed. Despite these hardships, Marsh still had a significant fortune, which continued to grow thanks to a large family of uncles, aunts, and cousins whose only purpose seemed to be to die at just the right moments. He became involved in various radical movements, driven more by a need for drama than for attention or any strong beliefs. Deep down, however, he considered himself the most genuine person in the world and for a long time believed he had a mission to fulfill.
George Granning became one of the solid men of the steel trade. Of the four young men who had met that night on the Astor roof and prophesied their futures he was the only one to fulfil his program to the minutest detail. He married, rose to the managership of the Garnett foundries, left them to become general manager of a subsidiary to the steel corporation at a salary of which he had never dreamed. He became a close student of industrial conditions and outside of his business career found time to serve on many boards of arbitration and industrial investigation. Though his intellectual growth had been slower than his more gifted companions he had never relinquished a single fact acquired. At thirty-five he was constantly broadening, constantly curious for new interests. He went into politics and became more and more a power in[Pg 326] party councils, and though not aspiring to office himself was speedily appointed to offices of social research and usefulness.
George Granning became one of the key figures in the steel industry. Of the four young men who met that night on the Astor roof and envisioned their futures, he was the only one to achieve his goals down to the last detail. He got married, became the manager of the Garnett foundries, and then moved on to be the general manager of a subsidiary of the steel corporation, earning a salary he had never imagined. He became a keen observer of industrial conditions and, aside from his business career, found time to serve on various boards of arbitration and industrial investigations. Although his intellectual growth was slower than that of his more talented peers, he never forgot any information he had learned. At thirty-five, he was continuously expanding his knowledge and eager to explore new interests. He entered politics and grew increasingly influential in [Pg 326] party councils, and while he did not seek office for himself, he was quickly appointed to positions focused on social research and community service.
The panic extended its paralyzing influence over the histories of industries of the nation. A month after the events recorded in the last chapter Bojo was still deliberating on his course of action when he learnt by accident the serious crisis confronting the Crocker Mills. With the knowledge that his father needed him he hesitated no longer, and taking the train by impulse one morning arrived as his father was sitting down to breakfast with the announcement that he had come to stay.
The panic spread its crippling effect across the nation's industries. A month after the events described in the last chapter, Bojo was still pondering his next steps when he accidentally discovered the serious crisis facing the Crocker Mills. Realizing that his father needed him, he wasted no time and impulsively took a train one morning, arriving just as his father was sitting down to breakfast, announcing that he had come to stay.
Before the year was over he had married Patsie, settled down in the little mill town to face the arduous struggle for the survival of the fabric which his father had so painfully erected. For three years he worked without respite, more arduously than he believed it was possible for any man to work. Due to this devotion the Crocker Mills weathered the financial depression and emerged triumphantly with added strength as a leader and model among factory communities of the world. Despite the sacrifices and extraordinary demands made upon his knowledge and his youth, he found these years the best in his life, with a realization that his leadership had its significance in the welfare and growth of thousands of employees. When, the battle won, he removed with his family to New York and larger interests, there were times when he confided to his wife that life seemed to be robbed of half its incentive. In connection with Granning, to whom he had grown closer in bonds of friendship, he devoted his time and[Pg 327] money more and more to the problems of Americanizing the great alien industrial populations of this country with such enthusiasm that he in more than one quarter was suspected of believing in the most radical socialistic ideas.
Before the year ended, he married Patsie and settled down in a small mill town to tackle the tough fight to keep the fabric his father had built alive. For three years, he worked non-stop, harder than he ever thought a person could work. Thanks to his dedication, the Crocker Mills survived the financial downturn and emerged stronger, becoming a leader and model in factory communities worldwide. Despite the sacrifices and extreme demands on his knowledge and youth, he considered these years the best of his life, realizing that his leadership significantly contributed to the well-being and growth of thousands of employees. After winning the battle, he moved with his family to New York for bigger opportunities, and there were times when he told his wife that life felt like it had lost half its motivation. Along with Granning, who had become a close friend, he devoted more and more of his time and money to the challenges of assimilating the large immigrant industrial populations in the country with such enthusiasm that some suspected he might believe in very radical socialist ideas.
THE END
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!